UFO Crash at Aztec - A Well Kept Secret

From KB42
UFO Crash at Aztec - A Well Kept Secret
Book Title UFO Crash at Aztec - A Well Kept Secret
Subject UFOs
ISBN 0-934269-05-X
Website Aztec UFO Case Files

Full text of "UFO Crash at Aztec"

UFO Crash at Aztec

A WELL KEPT SECRET


WILLIAM S. STEINMAN WENDELLE C. STEVENS


UFO CRASH AT AZTEC A Well Kept Secret


LIMITED FIRST EDITION


Book No. of 1,000


This is a limited First Edition published exclusively for those few Serious researchers and individuals really interested in the remark- able evidence in this mysterious and highly secretive operation that has been carried out with impunity for many years by agencies of our government who do not want us to know what is really going on.

UFO PHOTO ARCHIVES.
P.O. Box 17206
Tucson, Arizona 85710
U.S.A.


“The nations of the world will have to unite — for the next war will be an interplanetary war. The nations of the Earth mst someday make a -coR- mon front against attack by people from other other planets."

General Douglas McArthur

— The New York Times, Oct. 9, 1955


UFO CRASH AT AZTEC
A Well Kept Secret


by


William S. Steinman


Contributions by
Wendelle C, Stevens


COPYRIGHTS All rights, including that of translation into other languages is specifically reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced in any form, stored in a retrieval system, or be transmitted by any method or means including electrical, mechanical, photographic, record or otherwise, without the prior pemission of the copyright holders. All rights are exclusively held by the copyright owners.


Originally printed in the UNITED STATES OF AMERICA


Qopyright 1986 by UFO PHOTO ARCHIVES, P.O. Bos 17206, Tucson, Arizona, 85710, U.S.A. and William S. Steinman, 15043 Posalita Dr., La Mirada, Califormia 90638.


ISBN 0-934269-05-X


Privately Published by Wendelle C, Stevens


"For your information, each nation of this planet has been officially informed of the existence of the ‘Flying Discs' and of their occupants. As nations, they are re- sponsible for whatever official position they take..." Wilbert B. Smith Director of “Project Magnet" Government of Canada


Distributed by AMERICA WEST DISTRIBUTORS P.O. Box K Boulder, CO 80306


DEDICATION


This work is humbly dedicated to all those men who labored so diligently on the matters discussed in this Report and then passed on so silently to their graves, taking most of these stupendous secrets with them. We hope this madness can be ended soon.


ACKNOWLEDGEMENT


We wish to acknowledge all of the encouragement and assistance by a great number of collaborators who of necessity mist remain unknown.


PREFACE

[edit | edit source]

The subject of crashed UFOs and their possible recovery has been one long term mystery piquing the curiosity of researchers; and laymen as yell, Since the very beginning of the public awakening to this strange

in 1947 with the Kenneth Amold story and its subsequent coining of the term "Flying Saucers".

But that was not the first awareness at government level, nor was the Maury Island case in Puget Sound, about the same time, the first evidence of UFOs in distress. That was an example of a UFO in distress peing "saved" by its sister ships in full view of ground observers yo were showered with pieces of metal ejecta that fell froma large do-nut-shaped flying vehicle that was slowly drifting down as it was aided by the other identical vehicles. The falling fragments of metal injured ground observers, punctured boats, and killed one fisherman's Gog. Amold was even called in by the news media for consultation. ~

We got our first view of official obfuscation of facts, intimidation of witnesses, and suppression of evidence in the handling of that event, and it has gone on ever since.

Fortunately, that did not result in a crashed UFO, but the worst has also happened, even in this country, since then, and its handling in- volved the direct intervention of same of the biggest officials in out country.

There was a time in the late 1940s when several disc-shaped craft of unknown origen went out of control and crashed here in these United States.

This account is about one of those incidents in the western U.S.A., when four such unknown and unidentified flying vehicles reportedly came down within a few months of each other, and some only days apart:

One near Roswell, New Mexico

One near Aztec, New Mexico

One near Laredo, Texas

One in Paradise Valley, Arizona

The one that crashed near Roswell was reported extensively in "IHE ROSWELL INCIDENT" by Charles Berlitz and William Moore,

The original news of one or more of these crashes at that time was briefly reported by the Hearst Syndicate based on Dorothy Kilgallen's uivestigations, and was picked up by Walter Winchell in New York and Frank Edwards in Washington. Frank Scully in the west, discovering an- Sther source, tock up a more systematic pursuit of the story and con- tacted several principal figures in the drama. He published his report An a special book on the matter titled "BEHIND THE FLYING SAUCERS".

Scully's report revolved around a mysterious Mr. "G" who was appar- ently involved in a U.S. Government contract of same kind in attempt—


5


ing to determine the source of power in these mysterious vehicles. The Mystery Lecture at Denver University centered around the findings of this unidentified Mr. "G" and his investigations.

All of this still lacked reality to me in a personal sense, and was just an interesting story until in 1979 when I was investigating a UFO abduction case in Charleston, South Carolina, involving a then UFO sceptic, a "bom again christian" in his Baptist faith, who thought he was observing a new U.S. Navy aircraft under test, because of the proximity to a Naval Base, which he had cbserved a mmber of times and had even photographed twice.

Still thinking it was a new Government test project, he took his photos to authorities, who wanted them bad enough to go to exceptional measures to get them, and then branded the witness a “nut" and a psy- chopath. The local newspaper printed this man's story in a "tongue-in- cheek" offhanded way, in a single colum, short item on an inside page of the local daily, and right next to it they ran a two-colum wide twice as big article in a box, by a University Professor, debunking the ridiculous idea of UFOs and all the psychopaths who see them.

Three months after the second set of color photographs were made, this witness was involuntarily abducted from a point only a few hun- dred feet from his house, and taken aboard the same ship he had pho- tographed. He was transported aboard in a coherent beam of light, and was carried away for over an hour. During that absence he was physi- cally and mentally examined, and then was given a tour of the ship during which some "discussion" took place.

In that discussion, among other things, reference was made to a sim- ilar earlier abduction from his area, and another that took place some 18 years before that, in another part of the country, which got too much attention and caused some problems in subsequent operations.

Then in a discussion as to why they did not pick sameone in author- ity for their contact, his "guide" explained that they (the Els) had lost some ships here earlier, and at first believed the craft had gone gut of control and crashed due to hostile action. A meeting of their "Network" was even convened to decide on what fom a retaliation should take. But their more careful examination of the problem revealed a dangerous ray being transmitted from a certain area in the westem part of the Country in a continuous revolving sweep that was affecting circuits in their on-board computer systems and causing them to fail when the ships came too close to this area. They lost several ships before the cause was discovered and they designed a protective screen.

(It was about this time that a new 200 mile sweep area control radar of super-power was put into experimental use for cross country Air Traffic Control. This first one was installed on a mountain top in the


6


Four-cormers Area: Utah, Arizona, New Mexico and Qblorado, but its radiations were found so dangerous that it was de-conmissioned until a safer version was ready.)

Once satisfied that the action was unintentional, and not directed at them, they attempted an official contact and narrowly avoided in- jury to the attackers seeking to capture them. They then ruled out such attempts because of the high risk of injury —- not so mich to them (who were well protected), but to those who would be attacking, and they opted for the isolated secretive contacts until we came to out senses.

Now this whole crash scene began to take on new significance to me.

I had been coordinating sone information with Dr. James McDonald a Professor in the Atmospheric Physics Department at the University of Arizona in Tucson, and helped provide him with same recent case infor- mation he could use to find out for himself that Project Bluebook was


different from the earlier projects, and was not being given certain.


cases. Then as an afterthought, since he was going to Wright-Patterson Air Force Base anyway, we asked him to try to find out what happened to the Project Grudge/Bluebook Report No. 13. We had No. 1 through No. 12 and Nb. 14 had been released. The story being put out was that there was no Report No. 13, but having been in the service 23 years, I knew they did not skip numbers for mo good reason. Then we picked up rumors that a Nob. 13 had been prepared but, upon the order of some- one higher-up had been recalled and destroyed immediately after dis- tribution had begun. This made more sense, but we had never been able to verify this. Jim did find one man who said he knew that it had been prepared. But why destroy it???

McDonald also found that Project Bluebook was not getting a lot of Reports, including the test cases that he was carrying (which he had verified for himself), and that some reports that had gotten there one time disappeared later. This worried him.

Fe chased his developing theories all the way to Washington and the Pentagon, and found that though he got some answers, his objective was getting bigger and bigger. He returned to ‘lucson and “ammitted sui- cide".

Bs I was working on "UFO CONTACT FROM RETICULUM", a book on that single case, a man who had become aware of my search for evidence of the mythical late 40's crashes to back up the statements made to the Charleston witness by his extraterrestrial abductors, came to my hane to tell me that he had reviewed narrative material on those crashes, and that it included photographes of the damaged ships, ship residue, and bodies of the occupants, and he had seen these in a Project Gmadge Special Report No. 13, which had come out of an intercepted courier's pouche in Europe (where he worked). That Report had been annotated


7


and updated along the margins by somebody, and was on its way to an east Bloc Country.

That man, who was an "intelligence analyst", said he was fired from his job two weeks after processing the document and was returned to the United States "Persona Non-Grata" so he could never go back.

While he was being mustered out at Fort Dix, New Jersey, his immed- jate supervisor at that post, an office Staff Sergeant who had recei- ved the report from the first man, arrived from the same overseas post also fired from his job and retumed “Persona Non-Grata". A short time later they learned that that Post Commander had also been removed from his job and sent back under stigna. The one thing in common was that they all handled the Report No. 13!

Tt appears that they have all "passed-on" now, and so are no longer vulnerable by these revelations. As a matter of peculiar fact, the mortality rate among persons involved in UFO mttters has been unusual- ly high, which raises some other interesting questions.

We don't know the significance of this at this point, but are con- vinced that with enough light on this subject, something may come out. Tf in fact UFOs do not exist, we may rest assured that we are not in any danger from then. If they do really exist after all the official denials, then we are being officially lied to and my also be in dan- ger, if not from the operators of these craft, then for investigating the reality being suppressed.

This is our motive in considering publication here of a little mre of this massive mystery, in this book. If you have any information that may further contribute to a resolution of the facts in this case, we welcome your contact.

We undertake this report with no inconsiderable amount of trepida- tion, realizing at the outset that we may be isolated from our fellow researchers because they did not have the evidence first, or are not prepared to release it if they do. We will be attacked by a few out of jealousy, but most of all we will become the objects of wrath and tar- gets for discrediting (which we assure you can be quite effective) by the many various agencies of disinformation used by official as well as covert levels to do the "dirty work".

This includes first and foremst, the exploitation of jealousies through the very effective use, wittingly or unwittingly, of UFO Clubs and Study Groups, UFO research agencies and senior UFO figures, to discover and spread unfounded numors and outright falsehoods.

We are not the first, however, as the list preceeding us is long and illustrious. Witness Silas M. Newton, Richard E. Gebauer, Wilbert B. Smith, Frank Scully, Frank Hiwards, Admiral James V. Forrestal, Capt. Hiward J. Ruppelt, and there are many more.

Most of these gentlemen have been unduely cast in unfavorable light


8


to cloak whatever they may have said, or could have said in qood faith, with an aura of suspicion and outright distrust. Same were even bran- ded outright liars, and that in itself is one of the few real false- hoods in the story we are about to tell.

I myself (WS) first heard of Silas M. Newton and his interests in UFO investigations and crashed discs through the late Harry Meyers Sr. last of Grass Valley, Galiformia. Meyers, at the time that I met him in 1958 was investigating the Solar Cross contacts coming through Mr. Richard Miller who had developed as a psychic voice channel for the same group of Space Brothers who were commmicating through George Hunt Williamson (described in STAR WARDS by Richard Miller and also in OTHER TONGUES, OTHER FLESH by G.H. Williamson). I was personally in- vestigating the Miller contacts at the same time as Mr. Meyers, al- though Meyers had already been following them for some time for his employer. Meyers had been working for the Los Angeles Times as a con- sultant on psychic and unusual phenomena when he first encountered the crashed disc story through Dorothy Kilgallen (a freelance reporter for , the Hearst Syndicate) who first reported to them on the crashed discs. Dorothy Kilgallen also knew Silas M. Newton and had discussed her own newly discovered leads and evidence of the recovery of the crashed discs by U.S. Military vehicles. She received some backing and support by Newton who was modestly wealthy at the time. But by strange coinci- dence Newton was already familiar with part of one story through his friend and collaborator in oil prospecting research based on magnetic fields, one Mr. Leo A. GeBauer, a physical scientist specialized in magnetics, who also just happened to know one of the research consul- tants called in by the U.S. Government to examine the crashed discs. Harry Meyers met Newton when he was verifying the story for the Los Angeles Times — and having many interests in common, they became very good friends.

Newton joined Meyers in interrogating the Space Brothers through Richard Miller about the crashes — which those entities verified and alleged that same crash residue had been taken to Wright Field, and was held in a big red brick building at the far southwest end of the Wright Field Flight Line. Qn a layout map of that base they picked out building number 18! Upon further interrogation they said that the par- ticular crashes under inquiry occurred because a certain kind of ra- dicelectric beam had damaged the control systems of several such ex- traterrestrial ships. This same cause was reported, unsolicited, to William Bermmann in Charleston, South Carolina, in 1979 (see UFO CON- TACT FROM RETICULUM, 1981, by Stevens and Herrmann) who was a non- believer in UFOs, not interested in the subject, and never heard of the Solar Cross Group, or of any crashed UFOs.

But back to Kilgallen who was now heavily into the "big story" and


9


coordinating as well with Newton, through whan she met one man who alledged that he had inspected three of the four crashed discs under government orders, examining them from a magnetics engineer's point of

iew. These are presumably the four mentioned in the beginning of this statement, which may have been the only ones posessed up to that time.

Kilgallen's investigations led her to identify 5-Star General George C. Marshall, then U.S. Secretary of State (father of this country's Marshall Plan) with these crashed discs, as he tumed up several times in her investigations. Kilgallen was the one who passed the lead on the crashed discs to Walter Winchell in New York and Frank Edwards in Washington. (Their brief release was in both cases immediately sup-~ pressed.) But she was also among those who passed infommation on to other researchers into this exotic aspect of this phenomenon and was careful about respecting confidences. Kilgallen never really let go of this story, and never released all the details to anybody. Me has to wonder why! Was she going to write a book? Was somebody controlling her or at least threatening or intimidating her? Shortly after that English Air Marshall Lord Dowding (a close associate of General George C. Marshall during World War II) revealed to her that Marshall was in- deed the man who supervised the UFO crash recoveries -- including one in northern Mexico, where Marshall telephoned the Mexican Goverrment at night, advising that one of our missile tests had gone out of con- trol and landed in Mexico, and obtained permission for immediate re- covery with U.S. Army equipment — which Marshall was reported to have supervised personally.

So here was one of the mst interesting developments of all. It was the Department of State that was calling the shots on Goverrment UFO activity! The Military was only an instrument of the State Department, and the various military activities involved were kept carefully con- partmented so that none of them ever had the whole story. That was why it couldn't be put together. Each agency -- Military, Civilian Qon- tractors, Gonsultants, all had only fragnentary parts of the project which were kept separate at the lower levels. Intelligence never had the ball either. They were also an instrument of State in this respect and only carried out assigned tasks, but they were more involved than any military branch. This also accounts for the intimate intergovern- mental cooperation on UFO matters, which has always seemed surprising.

Tt wasn't long after these discoveries that Dorothy Kilgallen mys- teriously suffered a premature death, and her files on this subject "disappeared"!

But back to the association that developed between Harry Meyers and Si Newton over their common interests. Newton was being kept informed by Kilgallen, his friend Mr. "G." and Frank Sculley, who was now con- ducting his owm investigations to verify facts in the case. They by


10


now were acquainted and knew Mr. "G.", a key figure in this case be- cause he was apparently the only one of them who had actually seen the crashed discs. Mr. "G." reported that he had inspected crashed discs, circular vehicles, at Roswell, New Mexico; an Arizona desert and Aztec, New Mexico, all of which figure in other reports unknown to Mr. "G.". The association in common interest of these several people con- tinued until all of their later bodily deaths as they all shared a “secret" that each was obliged one way or another to keep. Sy Newton and Leo GeBauer were popularly discredited by unwarranted and unfair court cases designed to make them look like “con-artists" and cheap frauds. Frank Scully died leaving this UFO monument before he saw any second manuscript on these cases published.

Mr. Meyers' descriptions of the Silas Newton he knew sound very mich like that of Harold Sherman as reported by Dr. Berthold E. Schwarz in UFO DYNAMICS, Book II, pages 532 to 541. The following excerpts are considered significant:

"A psychiatrist is sometines in a privileged position to hear rice! what is going on behind the scenes in connection with sensitive mat- ters, including the varigated "people" complexities of UFOs. In this connection, mention might be made of something disquieting that should not be ignored. Frank Scully's highly successful BEHIND THE FLYING SAUCERS was published in 1950, but it was soon discredited (APRO Bul- letin, Vol 23, Jan-Feb 1975). Scully claimed that a saucer had crashed in Aztec, New Mexico in 1948 and that Silas M. Newton, a successful geophysicist, businessman and oil millionaire had described three wrecked craft with their dead crews who were observed by scientists friends of his. Newton detailed this and additional information in an anonymously delivered lecture at the University of Denver on March 8, 1950. Possibly, as a consequence of his statements Newton suffered protracted harrassment, and in an audiotaped lecture on April 20, 1969, entitled 'Same Implications of Space Ships and Space Gommand', he told a small group of individuals in Denver that: 'I find it diffi- cult to talk about this phase to any extent because of the memory of the grief I experienced through attempts to force me, by different means and methods, to disclose the source of the information that I had received from time to time.’ I (BES) personally would never have paid mich attention to this apparently wild tale, except for two events. By synchronicity or coincidence, I had met a young man in Cincinnati in 1971 who was an expert in laser physics and whose father was a prominent surgeon who supposedly was told by a colleaque how he had actually seen preserved specimens of the Newton (?) ufonauts at Wright-Patterson Air Firce Base [formerly named Wright Field - wos]. Dayton, Chio. Unfortunately the infomnant and also, through intermed- ijaries, his father, refused to say anything further on this delicate


n


subject. (Was the informant Dr. E.H. Wang, ...or Fritz A. Werner?)

"In New York City in 1972 I met Harold Shennan, the renouned parag- nest, psychic investigator, and author of more than 90 books, who is also the founder and Board Chairman of the ESP Research Associates Foundation of Little Rock, Arkansas. I had corresponded with Shennan years earlier in connection with my researches on the nonagenarian, but youthful-appearing paragnost Jacques Romano. At that time I also had interviewed the well-known internist-researcher, Seymour S. Wande- man, M.D., who was Sherman's personal physician, and the late Leslie F. Egbert, a close friend of mine who had also known Harold Sherman since the 1920s. Therefore when, during our last meeting, I told him about my UFO studies, Sherman confided to me about his friend Si New- ton and the crashed saucer occupants. My ears perked up because I had found Harold Sheman to be truthful and creditable. Among his many accomplishments throughout his more than half century career should be mentioned his outstanding experiments in telepathy between Sir Hu- bert Wilkins, who was 2,000 miles away in the Canadian Arctic, and Sherman, who was in New York...

“Recently the pioneer ufologist Leonard Stringfield, after years of painstaking interviewing and researches, published studies in which he carefully documented the evidence of the Aztec, New Mexico landing and similar situations. Although various details of these cases were spor- adically published throughout the years, they had also been recently collected and reviewed by the scholarly polylinguist and ufologist Gordon Creighton in FLYING SAUCER REVIEW. My psychiatric footnote is to supplement this information with sane of Newton's interests and experiences that might not be so widely known and which happened subsequent to his becoming deeply involved with UFOs.

“Although I had pledged never to reveal Sherman's 1972 confidences to me, I asked him for a follow-up during our 1980 visit. Since Newton had died in the interim and Stringfield had stirred considerable in- terest in Newton and the subject, Sherman felt free to reaffirm what he had originally told me and to further dilate on matters in a tele- phone interview on May 31, 1980 between his wife Martha and himself in Arkansas, and myself in New Jersey. The Shermans met Silas Newton and his family through Frank Scully, who was a friend of many years stand- ing, and whom they implicitly trusted for his honesty and humanity: ‘A great human being, and an Irishman with a wonderful sense of humor ++-a unique experience in life to know his personality."

"In Newton's little-known audiotaped 1969 lecture he described how several workers and he had observed in 1947 a UFO sighting on his company's oil property in Wyoming. As a scientist he wondered how those objects could fly and how they were propelled. Following his awesome experience, Newton became acquainted with several high-ranking


12


geophysicists who had actually seen downed craft and occupants, and according to Sherman, through the intervention of Wilbert Smith, elec- tronics expert and organizer of Project Magnet (1950-54, the official Canadian UFO study)* Newton later actually saw the humanoids himself.

“The Shermans were friends of Newton and his family for almost 30 years. Newton had been to the Sherman home in Arkansas on many occa- sions and they had been to his. The Shermans had visited locations where Newton had been drilling for oil, and Sherman recalled: ‘We didn't know how old he was until he died, when his wife told us. We thought he was in his 80s, but he was 102. Sometimes he used to give us a knowing lock and say, "I am older than you think, my friend."' And then the Shermans recalled: 'He would show us scrap books about things he had done at the tum of the century. He was fran Texas and had gone to Baylor and to Yale. He was the first All American Quarter- back and a four-sport man. At the Buming Tree Golf Club in Washing- ton, D.C., he once showed me (HS) a plaque with his name 'Silas Newton, Founder.’ He was one of the great golfers of all times and he taught Bobby Jones how to putt. Jones named one of his children after Si.' ‘Though the Shermans had met some of the most extraordinary people in the world of then, throughout Mr. Sherman's long exciting career, they said that they never met anyone like Si Newton. Although Newton was a highly creative man with deep interests in psychic matters, he never told Sherman about any possible personal psi experiences, except his relief from severe pain, presumably due to cervical arthritis by a Phillipines surgeon.

"\..Sherman recalled how Newton had invented an instrument that would measure the vortices of different areas of the earth, and he had actually seen the instrument in operation. For example, when staying with the Shemans in Arkansas, Newton once commented: ‘You've got one of the strongest magnetic vortices I have ever lived in. Nb wonder you can perform [your paragnostic feats) .'

“The Shermans recalled that Newton was a vegetarian for many years and that he neither drank alcoholic beverages nor smoked, He did not use drugs, and to the best of their knowledge, Newton had never been hospitalized for an emotional disorder. Newton was active until near the end of his long life, and besides being a great sportsman, he had made 50 million dollars in the oil business which he lost in the depression of 1929. However he regained large sums of money in various wildcat adventures through the years. Sherman believed that


  • In 1950 Smith reported to the Canadian Government that "...The matter

of UFOs is the most highly classified subject in the U.S. Government, rating higher even than the H-bomb." (UFO Investigator, NICAP, Vol, 11 (No. 203, Feb., 1980),


13


perhaps a disgruntled investor, who had sued Newton in later life, might have been used by official interests to discredit Newton because of his comments about UFO matters. Sherman continued: ‘Newton believed in inhabited planets and space people, He predicted that the time was coming when they were going to make contact with us and he thought they were concerned about the human race. His way of putting it was, ‘They care about the damn fool human creatures that are going to be sorry because they keep exploding these atomic bombs.‘ Sherman went on: 'I don't remember Newton discussing religion but he had a deep~ rooted philosophy. He believed in the Great Creator, so far beyond the localized concepts of God here. An altogether extraordinary person (Newton) who probably was misunderstood in many fields, but he had an awful lot to him."

‘Twelve years after BEHIND THE FLYING SAUCERS Frank Scully devoted one chapter (Chapter 18) in his new manuscript on another subject ti- tled IN ARMOUR BRIGHT, to his problems that came from writing his first and last book on UFOs.

In that chapter he described his first meeting with Silas Newton in 1944, and characterized him pretty much as Harold Shennan and Harry Myers have done. The two remained friends ever after. Newton was the man who first told Scully, over lunch at the Sportsman's Lodge in San Fernando Valley (Los Angeles) about his scientific friends (he moved among the most prestigious) having been called in by the Defense De- partment to examine a grounded flying disc near Aztec, New Mexico. In seventy two days they collected enough information for Scully's book.

One evening after a talk in Glendale, California, a man came up to Scully and told him he had worked on a grounded disc-shaped craft. A bank president also attending the lecture that night provided the man's name and said that the man was a civilian specialist working for Army Ordnance. (This fit perfectly in the pattern of events un- folding because in those days a crashed military or unidentified air- plane was always approached by an Amny Ordnance specialist first, to disarm any weapons or explosive charges it might be carrying.)

After reestablishing contact with that witness, Scully saw his first example of the "silencing" treatment, and just how effective it could be. Military officers in that District started a campaign to defame Scully and his associates.

Scully got his first look at a real UFO when two Hollywood cameramen working on Malholland Drive shot same footage over Hollywood and suc- cessfully filmed movies of a flying object that moved in from the left and tumed and ran south, parallel to some high tension wires, made a 180° tum and went west, back towards Nichols Canyon. The flying ob- ject looked like a Mexican hat. When It speeded up it became almost transparent. When it slowed down it became solid again. Skilled studio


14


technicians studied the film exhaustively but were unable to figure out a way this could be faked.

The studio and camera men dutifully tumed their valuable film over to Air Force Intelligence (another coups for them). Neither the studio nor the cameramen ever heard of that film again, and all efforts to get it retumed failed. But this was the mst authentic motion picture sequence of a UFO up to that time.

(ne of the early, less scrupulous writers, trying to take over the case from Scully, came to him one time and tried to buy it for $3,000. Scully declined, and that writer then became antagonistic and attacked the case and Scully in a very underhanded way (this is still going on).

But before that man's antagonistic article was on the newsstand, Scully released a statement to the press in which he revealed a number of things involved that he was sure would not be mentioned in that denigrating article. Among other things, that Press Release said:


“Fron time to time some character, publication, or Pentagonian sto-- oge breaks out with an "expose" of BEHIND THE FLYING SAUCERS, a book I wrote which, since 1950, has gone around the world in various trans- lations.

"The most recent attempt is in the September 1952 issue of a maga- zine published in New York. It will be on the Los Angeles newsstands August 20. The magazine is edited by a character who was demoted fron Publisher to editor a few years ago and now divides his time between his editorial desk and peddling automobiles. (That was TRUE magazine)

"He writes that he offered me $25,000 for the proof of the story two years ago. He actually offered me $3,000 for the story, agreed to ad- vance $1,000 for expenses, and finally settled for $12.50. That is quite a discount. I then sold the story to Holt, and the book's subse- quent success seemingly has consumed the magazine editor with frustra- tion and envy, and the sort of indigestion that comes from having to eat old crow.

“Some time back the magazine editor received the manuscript of an unemployed San Francisco newspaperman. It attempted to discredit our BEHIND THE FLYING SAUCERS by belittling the private character and pro- fessional standing of two of the hundreds of authorities I cited in the book. In his account, the reporter is a self admitted thief. He Admits he stole one of the discs, reported to be from a flying saucer, from Mr. Silas Newton in a San Francisco hotel room. He goes into long details how he planned the larceny, which would be petty or grand, depending on the value of the discs, bat theft in any case...

"All I can say is that they announced in their table of contents that they were going to give the true story of the flying saucers and they mysterious little men, and in 25,000 words of character asassain-


15


ation of big men never got around to the little men."


Scully wrote, "Though I have never written another book on the sub- ject I have know many of the amy of "experts" who have caused scores of books to be published on this mystery."

Yes indeed, we suggest that if Mr. Scully's critics had half the qualifications of his collaborators, we would know a whole lot more about this amazing story today.

We ask nobody to believe any of the statements we have made here simply because you have read them in this book. We have reported to the best of our ability exactly what we have found. We may err to some degree in our interpretation, but the evidence is there to be examined by all. You do not have to take our word for any of this. In fact we advocate disbelief until you have verified these things for yourself. We have pointed the way. We have conducted these investigations with private resources and strictly on our own initiative. We are convinced that anybody doing the same thing will find the same evidence. Be well prepared however, to face considerable highly organized interferrence, heavily funded, and with information sources and support completely beyond your ability to control. Be aware that there are dangers in this as well.

Though we do not have the hardware in our personal posession to show you in order to positively prove its existence, we have nevertheless interviewed others who have convinced us that they had personal and intimate contact with such proof, always carefully safeguarded from any kind of exhibition by the authorities in charge. Little of this evidence is in private hands.

We have collected the interviews and our infomation from the most widely disparate sources, mostly independent, and almost always com- pletely out of touch with all others telling similar stories. Same of them were convinced that they alone were the first and only ones wil- ling to let the world know what was really going on. They seldom knew of any other cases or that anyone else had already reported on these cases they were describing.

They were almost always aware of the danger they were in by reveal- ing what they knew, and only discussed details after being assured of complete anonymity. We have therefore had to withold same of these identifications for now, and simply offer their information for pos- sible corroboration, or refutation, by other separate information developed elsewhere through other witnesses.

You are free to choose to believe what you may prefer. You may just consider this all one big hoax if you feel better in so doing; or you may choose to accept our data with reservation, preferring to wait for more information before deciding, clearly the wiser course for


16


all, because the one thing that is certain is that the truth eventu- ally will be known. Or you may agree with us, that this evidence is substantial and seek to evaluate what we have reported and how to proceed as we continue our search for more data.

We, for our part, have became convinced beyond all doubt that the situation is real and that UFOs have crashed on United States soil, and have been recovered and studied by scientists. We simply offer what we have collected through cur own sources to be compared with all other data similarly collected by others, notably Leonard String- field, who has specialized in this particular aspect of the UFO phen- q@menon for many years, and who probably could put out a mach more ex- tensive report on this subject if he chose to do so.

Where we differ is in this author's concentration on a single spec- tacular UFO crash and recovery case which has produced other evidence in the process leading to other similar situations already well doc- umented in Stringfield's files. An importnat consideration is the fact that many of our witnesses are different from his, and so we gladly add our evidence to his collection for greater exposition at some future time.

This therefore offers some degree of support to what he could say if he would, and tends to reinforce his position.

We have decided to lay the evidence out for all to see —- believing that the light of day will illuminate the truths here. We feel that the evidence is substantial and needs to be aired for public scrutiny now, relying on the inherent good judgement of intelligent people to ascertain the real facts as they exist.


[Note-- The "Mr. G" as used here indicates both Mr. Leo A. GeBauer individually and 8 other scientific contacts, referred to collectively under this pseudonym to protect their real identity. This was the plan originally used by Scully. We shall identify them in this work. --WS]


7


FOREWORD


When I was first approached in July 1985 to write the Foreword for William S. Steinman's book, which deals mainly with the alleged re- covery of a crashed UFO near Aztec, New Mexico, in 1948, I was reluc- tant to accept it. No way; not the Aztec case!

First of all, the famous - or infamous - incident had too many ar-— guments against it and no reliable firsthand witnesses to back it up. Besides, I had enough to do by continuing to investigate my own pub- lished crashlanding cases all of which needed substantive backup. And, like others in research, my disbelief was a result of having been "con- ditioned" too long by a succession of investigators who claimed that the case was a hoax. All seemed to agree that Frank Scully, the author of Behind the Flying saucers, published in 1950, who originally wrote up the Aztec story, was duped by a scheming Silas Newton and his cohort, Leo GeBauer. Then came the final blow to crush Newton, and his ilk, from William Moore, co-author of The Roswell incident in his paper, Crashed Saucers: Evidence in Search of Proof, which he present- ed at the MUFON symposium in St. Louis, 1985. In this work he left little doubt about Newton's shady past. For Aztec, it was to be the kiss of death.

But as Steinman progressed in writing his book and several chapters reached me for review containing more provocative evidence, I re-read, with closer scrutiny, the Moore critique. This time something seemed instantly amiss. Although well-written, it seemed almost too cut-and- dry, too fixed or biased, and it made Scully, a professional writer, appear ineptly gullible. While his charges against a scheming Newton and GeBauer were convincing enough, based on records of their past swindles, there are, however, some gray areas where he becomes spec- ulative and leads us to assume, as fact, that only swindlers were directly interacting with Scully on Aztec matters.

Of pertinence, the following is from Moore's paper, "why GeBauer went along with Newton on the crashed saucer scam has never been clear, except to say that Newton was obviously in control of the sit- uation from the start to finish and GeBauer was the type who could easily be manipulated into anything that smelled like money. In any case, according to FBI records, the three (later) agreed to publish GeBauer's connection with the matter; he was to be identified only as "Dr. Gee'. Scully, for his part, was completely taken in, and took only 72 days to complete his book. There is no evidence to indicate that he even bothered to try to check out anything the two men told him — a serious error which later caused considerable damage to his reputation."

In playing the role of devil's advocate, I must note, using Moore's


19


chronology, there were plenty of gaps between Scully's alleged rendez- vous with Newton and GeBauer, allowing time and opportunity to have met other contacts, as he claimed, to receive authentic "inside" details about the Aztec episode. And, when I ponder the evidence offered by both Moore and Steinman, I am left to wonder if some of the stories and dialogues handed down and attributed to Newton and others, are accurate and to be taken in their full and unadorned context. We cannot be sure, and here, both Moore and I, can only assume they are true. But assumptions are not proof. In this ufological business of trick mixrors, the truth is often distorted.

Also, it is to be noted that Moore had assumptive notions about my crash/retrieval research when, in the same paper, he said, "How many of the literally hundreds of crashed saucer stories circulating today (and cited or repeated by Leonard Stringfield and others) originated with the Scully-Newton-GeBauer machinations of more than three-and- one-half-decades ago can only be guessed at..."

More realistically, a closer check would have found three references to the Aztec case in 1948 and one to an alleged crash in Mexico, the same year, in my series of status reports. Two, however, were first- hand reports and were not based on “circulating stories" as Moore suggests. One concerned an intelligence officer who told me in 1980 that while on duty he saw a secret TWX come into his headquarters, reporting a crashed UFO near White Sands in 1948. This report, however, was dismissed by Moore on grounds that the informant had in later years resorted to some wild UFO claims and, accordingly, lost his credibility. Another entry is a statement I had received from re- searcher, John Spencer Carr, in 1982, who in confidence, gave me the name of a high-level Air Force officer and known to our research, who was sent to Aztec during the recovery operations. The third item con- cemed a story generated by Newton about burial rites being adminis- tered to alien victims of crashed UFOs. This story, however, I refuted in my comment that followed, stating that its source, Newton, had been "discredited."

While I was well aware of all the stories, or rumors, since 1950, emanating, possibly, from the Aztec affair, I chose not to cite or repeat them, except in the foregoing instances, where, in each case, the name of the source offering new and perhaps useful infonmation, was given. I rest my case.

In a climate not right for a book on the Aztec affair with all the dirt dug up about its cast of characters, author Steirman, admittedly obsessed by the case, chose instead to dig up his own set of facts about the incident itself. He not only went to the crash site for a firsthand look; but beyond it, probing for new information from every pigeonholed source he could find, still alive, in UFO literature who


20


might have been involved in the early activities. As a result of these endeavors he came up with some startling new evidence, same of it suggesting the case was far from dead. This he shares in his report, UFO Crash at Aztec; but, unfortunately, some of his key informants remain anonymous. A few he has revealed to me in confidence, by letter; others, no, being too sensitive he claims. His weakness however, has also been mine since I first started my series of Status Reports on UFO crash/retrievals. Indeed, we are not alone for even our critics have names of sources they do not share. But, surely they will complain anyway.

Whatever the verdict of the reader on the anonymity problem, Stein- man's new material is refreshingly digestible. And, if his "expose" eventually is proved convincing even to a hardnosed skeptic, it may also have serious implications for all of us who try to breach a hole into the official wall of secrecy. In this sensitive zone, Steinman describes at length the existence of a powerful, highly select group of professional people, military and scientific, who secretly control all phases of UFO operations, which he believes, has been in force since the Roswell crash incident in 1947. According to "leaks" they are known as "Majestic 12", Now, if indeed this group is real and, in fact, has employed Draconian methods, as Steinman suggests, to keep the lid of secrecy down tight on the hard evidence, we may justly ask why? The answer(s) may be any one, or a mixture, of social, political, economic, religious or military reasons - all scary - but whatever it may be, Steinman doesn't claim to know. But, in respect to Aztec, he does claim to know that the Majestec 12 hierarchy had a perfect "goat" to use in its cover-up —- the notorious Newton! By playing up his antics, all other facts in the case would simply be denigrated. Qn the other hand, many of us in research are well aware of far stran- ger, and stronger, tactics used by some covert force to keep the lid down and, it probably began from lessons learned at Roswell.

An example of Steinman's aggressive probes for information was his pursuit of scientist, Dr. Robert I. Sarbacher, who fonmerly served as science consultant in the U.S. Defense Department's Joint Research and Development Board. He got the name from my Status Report III, which I had used with permission from Arthur Bray, a Toronto researcher, who, in tum, had access to the files of Wilbert B. Smith who in 1950, was head of Canada's Project Magnet. According to Bray, Sarbacher met with Smith and informed him that flying saucers were serious business and among other things that "Scully's book was substantially correct.” That was all that Steinman needed and upon reaching the scientist by phone and letter, he got more top-level names — all allegedly in- volved in the Aztec affair. But, we will let Steinman tell his own story in the chapters ahead.


at


And now, for some personal second-thought observations about the Bill Steinman ventures. Seldam do writers allow or invite open criti-~ cism of their work in their book's Foreword, which is usually reserved for either a complaisant colleague or some other agreeable authority in their field--and, almost all would rather read words that glorify; not about their faults. Not so with Bill Steinman. To my knowledge, he voiced no objections whether my comments were nonconmital, construc- tive or negative — they would be printed in full. Tb Bill, sure and confident, the main thrust of his Aztec story was unalterably true.

Despite Steinman's own strong convictions, one of my early-on con- cerns was his naivete in handling his own public relations affairs. Although he fully explains in his book how the announcement of his prized letter from Dr. Sarbacher got bungled in the trusted hands of others, it did cause him embarassment and some credibility problems.

But, of greater concem is Steinman's narrative style used in his early chapters - assumptive and matter-of-fact -- where he covers the sensitive issues and activities of big names like General George C. Marshall, General Nathan F. Twining and Dr. Vannevar Bush in connec- tion with Majestic 12. I may know some of his unnamed sources but the reader, who doesn't, may not only question the narrative style but the book's credibility as well. Steinman would have been wiser, I believe, had he made even the vaguest references to a source; sane- thing, perhaps, like this: "...according to the younger sister, living in Paducah, of the ex-wife of my source, Dr. F.0.0., who now lives with her older sister in Peoria." That one, Bill, would have thrown every- body off and still, in all honesty, be accurate, and it just might have appeased the reader.

Doing the hard work, the research, writing and editing of the UFO Crash at Aztec was not my task, and although there are parts of it I would change or amit, I feel honored to have been asked to write the Foreword, a far easier task. The hard work was William Steinman's and for this he deserves an "A". For sure, his book will open eyes, make tongues talk and ears listen.

Leonard H. Stringfield 4412 Grove Ave., Cincinnati, Ohio 45227 U.S.A.

November 19, 1986


22


INTRODUCTION

[edit | edit source]

The rumors and stories pertaining to the United States Military's recovery of a flying saucer that crash-landed east of the small town of Aztec, New Mexico, on 25 March 1948, have continued to be a very controversial subject among the various memberies of the UFO conmun- ity for the past 37 years.

The story was first documented publicly in a few magazine articles by Frank Scully in late 1949, culminating in a full-length book en- titled BEHIND THE FLYING SAUCERS, published in September of 1950. His story, originating fron a genuine security leak, through same very talkative and controversial characters, caused quite a stir amongst. the various branches within the Intelligence Community.

This story has been attacked time and again, from its very beginning right up until the present time. These attacks were originally insti- gated by members of the intelligence comunity and were carried out by young and energetic reporters and/or investigators operating under the influence of a carefully planned and controlled program of disinfor- mation. The attacks on the story culminated in its being labeled a hoax both within and without the ufological commmnity. Nobody wanted to be associated with the story at all, in fear of being labeled as a "mt".

The town of Aztec itself, was placed under very tight intelligence Surveillance control. Those who did witness the incident were told in such an emphatic way that what they had seen was a National Security matter, and it was their patriotic duty to keep it to themselves, that they were afraid to speak out for many years.

But, regardless, the numors and the stories persisted. Scully him self backed the story right until his untimely death in 1964... His widow still maintains that the story is true; she has seen evidence to back it up. A few faithful ufologists have never doubted the truth, often based upon their own individual findings of somewhat "solid evidence".

This subject has remained the most closely kept secret of the United States goverrment — so secret in fact, that it is carefully guarded by a super-secret group within a super-secret security agency, "in the interest of National Security and for the general public's awn good".

In 1977 the ufological commmnity once again renewed its interest in the crashed-recovered flying saucer stories, due mostly to the surfac— ing of some surprising information. They were now ready to accept that there were some recovered saucers; but they continued to reject the Aztec case, due to the excellent smokescreen of disinformation spread by counterintelligence agencies.

The author began his investigations into the Aztec recovery as a


23


sceptic, in Jamary of 1981. But as the evidence began to pile up, he was forced, contrary to his inclinations, to accept the fact that a flying saucer was indeed recovered east of Aztec, New Mexico, in March of 1948. A case such as this has to be solved through an ac- cumiation of evidence, mostly circumstantial in nature due to the fact that the hardware and the bodies are not available (below that super-secret level) as hard or direct evidence for examination.

THE EVIDENCE HANDBOOK states: "Proof of a significant set of circumstances often produces belief beyond a reasonable doubt... even in the absence of direct proof of the ultimate fact." - "Actally, circunstantial evidence, contrary to public belief, is capable of pro- ducing at least as high a degree of certainty as that arising from direct proof." And again, "In such cases, all facts tending to throw light upon the matter and which tend to establish a chain of circur- stantial evidence in respect to the act charged, are admissible, The only requirerent is that they afford the basis of a logical inference Telative to the issue and supply a ‘link in the chain'." Bnd believe me, all of the individual pieces of evidence presented in this Report are logical and relative links in a chain of ciramstantial evidence clearly pointing to the fact that a flying saucer was in fact recov- ered east of Aztec, New Mexico.

Sonow, after 37 years of very tight intelligence control, the truth pertaining to the Aztec, New Mexico, flying saucer recovery of March 1948 has finally been brought out into the open and is exposed to the public for what it was and now is. A flying saucer did indeed crash- land, occupied by a crew of 16 Iuman-like beings, twelve miles east of Aztec on 25 March 1948. This craft, of unknown origin, was recov- ered by a team composed of military intelligence and scientific per- sonnel, and was subsequently dismantled and secretly carted off to a covert hiding place.

The overall purpose of this book is to persuade the United States Gverment to end this unnecessary above-top-secret policy towards "nuts and bolts" recovered from flying saucers along with their human- oid occupants; persuade them to admit that they do actually have this hardware and these bodies harbored away in various military and sci- entific installations; and to persuade them to tum these artifacts over to the whole scientific community for proper analysis /application of knowledge obtained in our own technologies. This might well be the answer to the world's economic and energy needs, and would eventually boost our technological advancement head over heels beyond our wildest

Now you can proceed to read through this investigation report con- ceming the Aztec flying saucer recovery operation, in light of this new and amazingly revealing evidence in the form of photographs, on-


24


site interviews, eye-witness accounts, and declassified intelligence department. documentation.

The story itself, and the uncovering investigations are filled with mystery and intrigue, suspense, and excitement that will hold one spellbound and captivated to the extent, that he will not want to put this volume down until it is finished.

So, as my quest, enter the bizarre world of the behind the scenes reality of the existence of government recovered flying saucers.


William Steinman August 1985


UFO CRASH AT AZTEC A Well Kept Secret


CONTENTS


PREFACE

FORWORD

INTRODUCTION

CHAPTER I THE AZTEC RECOVERY

CHAPTER II SECURITY LID CLAMPED DOWN
CHAPTER III SECURITY LEAKS

CHAPTER IV THE HOAX STATUS

CHAPTER V SOME BELIEVE REGARDLESS
CHAPTER VI THE "NEW" INVESTIGATION BEGINS
CHAPTER VII THE INVESTIGATION CONTINUES
CHAPTER VIII A MAJOR BREAKTHROUGH - SCULLY WAS RIGHT


CHAPTER IX OTHER RECOVERIES AND DUPLICATION ATTEMPTS
CHAPTER X CONCLUSIONS

APPENDIX 1 THE RAY THOMAS AFFAIR

APPENDIX 2 ‘THE LAREDO UFO BODY

APPENDIX 3 THE COMMITTEE

APPENDIX 4 PROJECT RED LIGHT

APPENDIX 5 UFO? A REAL BOND MYSTERY

APPENDIX 6 PROJECT SIGN REPORTS

APPENDIX 7 GRUDGE/BLUEBOOK SPECIAL REPORT #13
APPENDIX 8 ALIEN BODY PHOTOGRAPHS

APPENDIX 9 BLUE BERETS


APPENDIX 10 AIR FORCE TESTS DISC-SHAPED CRAFT
APPENDIX 11 A COMMON ORIGIN?

APPENDIX 12 PROJECT "SEA SPRAY"

APPENDIX 13 THE EXPOSE EXPOSED

APPENDIX 14 MOON DUST

APPENDIX 15 THE ROLE OF NATIONAL INTELLIGENCE
APPENDIX 16 BARKER INTERVIEW WITH CARR
APPENDIX 17 DREAMLAND

APPENDIX 18 INTERPLANETARY PHENOMENA UNIT


26


573


CHAPTER I THE AZTEC RECOVERY

[edit | edit source]

25 March 1948, an Unidentified Flying Object was detected and picked up on their scopes by three separate and strategically located RADAR units in the southwestern part of the Unites States. One of the radars was a very high-powered experimental installation situated high on a mountain top in the four comers area (an area where Utah, Arizona, New Mexico and Colorado meet).

It seems that the beam emanated from this unit had some kind of effect on the central control system of the flying object, for immediately it seemed to go out of control. It fluttered and wobbled from side to side, and appeared to be taking a trajectory towards the ground.

Contact with the object was attempted by radio, with no response. Immediately the Air Defense Command (ADC) was notified and local military units were activated. Through previous experience with this sort of bogy image, the director of the high-powered radar site wired a special message to General George C. Marshall, Secretary of State, telling him that an unidentified flying object was about to crash somewhere in the four comers area. Marshall immediately called an impromptu meeting with the Joint chiefs of Staff, the National Security Council, and the President. They weré connected up to a direct voice-to-voice communication with that top-secret radar station.

Marshall ordered ADC and their associated military units to stay on standby status; but not to take action unless specifically told to do so by himself. He then contacted the MI-12 group, later to became know as "The Committee of 12" and/or "The Special Group” (see chapter II for details). He then placed the special unit of Amy Gounterintel- ligence, the Interplanetary Phenomenon Unit (IPU) of the Scientific and Technical Branch, on Red-Alert. This unit was established shortly after the Rosewell and Magdalena debris residues were collected and discovered to be of strange material of unknown origin. The IPU oper- ated out of Camp Hale, Qblorado, with the unique purpose of collecting and delivering crashed and/or disabled Flying Saucers to designated secret points.

By means of triangulation, based upon information from the three separate radar units, the proposed area of impact was calculated to be


27


in the vicinity of Aztec, New Mexico. This information was immediately radioed to General Marshall, who in tum relayed it to the IPU Comman~ der at Camp Hale. A scout team was immediately dispatched by helicop- ter from Camp Hale to the Aztec area.

Within a few hours, the IPU Scout Team sighted the object on top of a rocky plateau in a very mugged area about 12 miles northeast of Aztec. The object appeared to be circular in shape, damed on top, and roughly 100 feet in diameter. The Scout Commander radioed back to IPU Headquarters at Camp Hale, "We have a Flying Saucer on the ground about 12 miles northeast of Aztec." He gave the exact map coordinates. ‘The IPU Commander relayed the message to General Marshall.

At that instant all communication was cut off with the radar station facilities, and only remained open between IPU and Marshall. General Marshall then ordered the Air Defense Command to "de-activate” (go off alert) and all local military units were told to go about their usual business, and the Radar Stations were, told that there had been a false alarm, and to go off standby. (See Fxhibit 3)

Marshall then ordered the commander of IPU to organize a recovery team. This unit knew exactly what to do. They had been practicing for something like this for almost a year. As this commando-type unit was heading south towards Aztec, Marshall contacted Dr. Vannevar Bush, briefing him on the situation. He told Dr. Bush to organize an improm- ptu scientific team to accompany the IPU team to the crash-site.

Dr. Vannevar Bush was the Director of The Research and Development Board (R&DB), the peace time version of the wartime Office of Scien- tific Research and Development, under whose leadership was developed the atomic bomb, RADAR, the proximity fuse, magnetic anti-submarime warfare, and many other such devices. Bush had the reputation of being both a creative scientist and an organizer with creditable leadership abilities. His reputation was well known throughout the entire Scien- tific community; and he could easily persuade any scientist, no matter who he was or what position he held, to drop what he was doing and join the cause at hand. That is exactly how he put together OSR&D dur- ing the wartime energency situation.

Bash organized a team including such names as Dr. John Von Neumann, the physicist-mathematician from Princeton who established the basic fundamentals for our modern day hand held calculators and computers; Dr. J. Robert Oppenheimer, the individualist free-thinking physicist who headed up the atomic bomb development project at Los Alamos, New Mexico; Dr. Detlev walf Bronk, a physiologist and biophysicist of international repute, chairman of the National Research Qouncil, men- ber of the Medical Advisory Board of the Atomic Energy Gmission, men- ber of the Scientific Advisory Committee of the Brookhaven National laboratory until 1946, Coordinator of Research at the Air Surgeon's


28


AZTEC SAUCER RECOVERY SCIENTIFIC TEAM MEMBERS:


Or. Vannevar Bush


Team Leader


Or. John Yon Neumann Or. Detlev Wulf Bronk


Or.Lleyd ¥. Berkner Or. Jerome C, Hunsaker Dr. Carl A. Hei land


The initial investigation team at the Aztec flying-disc crash site included the above scientists plus Dr. Horace Buele Van Valkenburgh and Dr. Jerome C. Hunsaker, and more.


29


Artist Chan Johnson's impression of the 100' diameter disc-shaped craft on the ground near Aztec, New Mexico.


Dr. Vannev Bush, team leader, and Dr. Jerome C. Hunsaker, Aeronautical Engineer at MIT, head of NACA confer-


optice (Amy Air Force), and Director of the Institute of Neurology,

other things; Dr. Lloyd V. Berkner, Geophysicist and Electrical yneet, 2 member of the staff of the Department of Terrestrial Mag- at the Gomegie Institute of Washington, Executive Secretary ¢ the Research and Development Board under Bush, and Head of the os tt of Exploratory Geophysics we the Upper ‘Atmosphere at the camegie Institute; Dr. Carl August Helland, geophysicist and magnetic eciences expert, Head of the Geophysics Department of the Qlorado school of Mines; Dr. Horace Buele Van Valkenburgh, inorganic chemist associated with the University of Glorado, in Boulder; and Dr. Jerome c. Hunsakeer, Head of the Department of Aeronautical Engineering at the Massachussetts Institute of Technology (MIT); and several other similar specialists.

These scientists were called and were told by Bush to meet. at Durango Airfield on the outskirts of Durango, Golorado as quickly as possible. He informed them that this mission was extremely important and of the utmost secrecy. They would be briefed on the details upon arrival at the airfield. Bush, himself, was to be completely in charge of the scientific segnent of the operation, reporting directly to General Marshall.

In the meantime the IPU Scout Team circled over the crash-landed disc, radioing back to the main recovery team a detailed route over a network of unimproved dirt roads to the crash site from Durango Airfield, 35 miles to the north. The main recovery team was imformed that the disc was at least 100 feet in diameter, and they would need at least three heavy equipment hauling trucks and trailers, and plenty of dismantling equipment

The Scout Team also watched for any evidence of Civilian personnel in the immediate area. They moticed a ranch house within a half mile Of the crash, informing the main team members of the exact location. This crash-site was a plateau overlooking a deep and secluded canyon, marked on the survey maps as Hart Canyon. After some immediate check- ing the main team commander was informed that this crash-site was located on a cattle ranch owned by a Mr. H.D. (still living); and that the ranch house was being occupied by him and his family.

The convoy of IPU team members reached the crash-site, virtually unnoticed by civilians living in the area, by taking great care to not rouse interest, and by taking maximum advantage of the ridges and Yavines of the mugged plateaus along the Hart Canyon walls.

No military press agent was available to make the same mistake that

lone] Blanchard and Lieutenant Haut made on 8 duly 1947, at Rosewell

Air Force Base. The brass learned a lesson from that recovery SPeration. The Rosewell recovery set a precident as how NOT to handle Such a situation, if the chance ever came again. Procedure was devel-


31


mg retin


Canvonanat ar) Bait


This is a map clip of the relative positions of the UFO crash site # A Surveyor's topographical map of the actual Aztec crash site and the | Aztec, New Mexico, and the Camp Hale location west of Denver, thé route from Durango taken by the Military recovery team. They never home base of the UFO crash recovery team. entered or passed through the town of Aztec on this operation,


32 33


Sketch. from notebook


°


Toward s Duvs. Colorado


4


~of B wa


|


Harold Dunning -property


1} miles


! = ¥ maar a


ee ea


Concrete block


°

£

°

5

33u94 aAIm _fegsep. Uo

== = t

a

o|

=


El Paso Oil Co.


) ene


natural gas \b jp natura 9


Pipeline Sta. ™ -


iH Crash site a SN paay | o sy" 7


SUS MERAY


Mesa = mat


———— |:


Barbed wire fence put up by U.S. Government


6 miles


Hart. Canyon Road


Harold Dunning property


From Hwy: 550


=


A detailed map of the actual crash site from the sharp elbow in the Hart Canyon Road. This area was transferred to the U.S. Government in


April 1948, a few days after the remains had been removed. 34


Gyles


oped through the mistakes made during that incident. This entire oper— ation was to be carried out under a shroud of utmost secrecy. No one was to know about this recovery operation outside the handful of men involved, and they were swom to an ABOVE TOP-SHCRET CATH, which carried dire consequences if broken!!

General Marshall called the Secretary of Interior asking him to transfer the piece of property on which the crash-site was located, from the ownership of H.D. to Federal Status!! Marshall accomplished this in such a way as not to arouse suspicions concerning the real reason, and carried it off successfully.

Upon arrival at the crash-site, the IPU recovery team went into immediate action. Road blocks were set up at strategic locations on all access roads within 2 miles of the crash scene (these road blocks could not be seen from the highway). Guards were posted at all roadblocks, with explicit orders to tum away all persons who did not. have the proper pass-cards. The owner of the ranch and his family were held incommunicado within their own ranch house. They were told that a top-secret military operation was in progress, and it was their pat- riotic duty to stay inside. They were also told in a very emphatic manner, not to tell anyone what had occurred on their ranch. Needless to say, H.D, refuses to answer any questions petaining to this strange incident to this very day. He has been properly intimidated.

The equipment hauling trucks were camouglaged to appear as oil dril- ling rigs, just in case anyone got past the roadblocks or happened to see the activity from a distance, Every aspect of the operation was covered in its minutest detail in order to divert any possible notice away from it.

The scientific team arrived on scene shortly after the IPU team got there. They went into inmediate action, first checking for any possi- ble radioactivity. The ground and the disc-shaped machine were both gone over very carefully with Geiger counters. The rancher's water supply and livestock were placed under quarantine until they were proven fit for human consumption.


THE CRAFT


Immediately after all the preliminaries were taken care of, the ship itself became the main object of attention, there didn't seem to be any way of access into the saucer's interior. The entire surface was smoothe and appeared to bo one continuous piece, with no seams. breaks in contour, fasteners, or any other evidence of joining of metals. There were what appeared to be "windows" or "ports" that seemed to be metallic, but were actually transparent when seen up very close (kind of like our one way mirrors or the solarized glass that we now have).


35


Diameter: 99.9 feet overall Height: 6,0 feet overall Cabin: 18.0 feet acroas Gabin to rim edoe: 41.0 feat ‘Top of cabin: Raised 45" above thd level of the mean plane of the disc


Disc edge: 27" above the saucer base, slightly curved slope upper and lower surface of disc


Line Drawing of the 100' diameter disc-shaped craft which came down at Azted, New Mexico on 25 March 1948. This reconstruction is from several eyewitness descriptions. Note the thin diameter to thickness ratio.


36


37


A cabin window in the dome of the craft was broken out and a pole thrust through which tripped a release and an access port opened. Dead occupants inside were found slumped over elaborate control panel arrangements there...


These scientists were completely stricken with awe as they examined the exterior of this amazing aeroform of unknown origen. Some just stood back to take in the entire scene, while others crawled under and around it feeling its texture and shape. Finally, to break the heavy silence, Bush told the men to get to work, for this entire project mist be over with as soon as possible, leaving not a trace of evidence behind.

The first thing that had to be done was to gain entry into the in- terior of the craft. The ship was gone over very carefully, but they could not find anything that remtely resembled any door or hatch. Finally, one of the scientists, after closely looking through each "porthole", moticed what happened to be a double-pushbutton type (a knob-shaped protrusion with a button in the middle) affair on one of the cabin's walls. He motioned the others over to look for themselves. Me of the scientists picked up a hammer and beat the "porthole" "glass" out. Another scientist found a long pole which he then poked through the hole made in the "port", barely reaching the pushbutton affair. The button was finally pushed, and to their surprise, a door opened, downward from the cabin's side, down through the disc's rim flange.

Immediately, one by one, the scientists scrambled up the ramp, into the cabin chamber. There, slumped over the instrument panel were two human-like beings, about four feet in height and charred to a deep chocolate brown color, through some mishap known only to them.

The instrument panel contained several push-buttons and control levers labeled in a heiroglyphic type symbol-form unknown to any of the scientists in the team. Oppenheimer, who knew Sanscrit, made a remark that the symbols did resemble Sanscrit to same degree. Also on the instrument panel were blinking lights and more symbols lit up on small display screens (sort of like our modern digital readout on watches, calculators, etc. There was also a beeping sound emanating fron something that remotely resembled our modern day hand held port~ able transistor radios. These scientists were once again amazed by these technologically very advanced devices that none of them had seen anyplace before.

Examining the ship, they found another chamber within the cabin that must have been some sort of sleeping quarters. There were retractable beds that pulled out of the walls. There also were 12 more charred bodies sprawled around on the floor. they carried these little bodies outside and layed them in even rows on the ground beside the craft.

Immediately, Dr. Detlev Walf Bronk began to examine the bodies with extreme care. These little creatures were either dwarfs piloting a very highly advanced aircraft from some country on this Earth, or they were aliens of extraterrestrial origin. His thoughts quickly


38


CHANT. So GYOHNSON 39 —86~6


went to preservation. He asked Dr. Bush if they could obtain same cry- ogenic equipment with which to preserve these bodies for further examination and study. Bush's mind went to Dr. Paul A. Scherer, who worked with him very closely as the Director of the Transition Division of OSR&D (Office of Scientific Research and Development) dur- ing the war, and was now with Bush on the Board of Directors of the Camegie Institute in Washington, D.C. Scherer's specialty was cryo- genics, and he had plenty of connections all over the U.S. concerning cryogenic equipment, materials and techniques.

Dr. Bush immediately radioed Dr. Scherer, briefing him on the situ- ation. Scherer told Bush to get some dry ice for temporary preserva- tion of the bodies, while he made some quick contacts in the south- westem part of the country.

While Bush was conferring with Scherer, another group of scientists and military personnel were examining the craft very thoroughly for any way to disassemble it. They first tried cutting torches, without success. The torches didn't even phase the metal, which had a brushed aluminum type appearance. Then they tried diamond drills and diamond cutting saws. One bit and blade after another dulled very quickly. The material just could not be penetrated. Finally, one scientist, after a very thorough examination, found a place on the inside where there was some sort of interlocking key device. When he pulled on the device, a seam opened up on the ship, at that particular location, from top to bottom. He continued around the ship and found several of these devices at equally spaced intervals. Here was the key to the disassembly problem they had been looking for.

While the ship was being disassembled, Dr. Von Neumann and Dr. Bush became very interested in the control panel. they found that the panel had drawers that rolled out, but nowireing was seen. These drawers seemed to be sections of the "electrical" circuitry from which the controls received their power (kind of like the modem day electronic devices with integrated circuits). They were amazed at how this entire control panel, which no doubt operated on a computer type principle, could be compacted into such a small space. Dr. Von Neumann and Dr. Bush had developed the first computers during the war, but those took entire rooms full of electronic equipment, wireing, etc., to operate them. Each one of these pull-out "drawers" contained thousands of microscopic pull-out "chips". What kind of technology were they deal- ing with? Where did this ship come from? Many questions to answer.

Qe scientist found what appeared to be a book composed of parch- ment-like pages having the texture of plastic. It contained more ex- amples of the same "Sanscrit-like” symbols that labeled the instrument panels, and which showed up on the tiny illuminated display screens. Nobody could read the script. The book was passed on to General George


40


ts RAE EH “00h, CS eoh,?. & Ix FAI p, § |v Ceol} 2. Sopeeo, &._


YS ABet $0 1 BS RES CIN) I A 4op KEM, BIA. TALMA, BY ZLAB BES PRIA, AMT of HOLY UL, Axe B PQYOM__= T volof wy Sone, RE--= ANE. 1 iA OJ 4 OA farce (Hd) A 1 Tot PF HHS GF & fe, T fesse F BINFO BOL 2 Ble (ee HHS FS let MW x ees.

= le 04, YAS BA, IL A-F res +04 BSS % of tid TALE, tr fr FON old Beri os A fai +6 “fo* 4 “wi Ete aS ene AN SLER fey 1 Ae 8 BAS fA, Fos Porn] FR OMOEA Me BO" LOO UN lef 3 Lab “O”(00') x ‘AY--/AN = S908] AEYTS’ tOfe Eel 4 [AFP IAP AS Satis nt RIA!

2O S Ga +7 ah 1 fey WFO 4 S VO. BLA, bn 2 of To Ws Sn So/o'.."H'® (ote POLS" FEGAW? = THis” BL ISON HEH “HP? 80 By [La SAWS ope Ta"F. (TAS Flo, Pah Ppansn x 7 GCefo 8, FES HBA..O@ 2G, “Boo off hd 1 PA Boe} OSL"

Le tey tok =O co BoeHl (2A 2a hel Hf Foe) ah $284 1 feeb, 9,50 40h & PH SFA, 50 4 HELIN biG Lae Sees 2 FA, IUW.-[royau na]


THE ABOVE SCRIPT IS VERY SIMILAR TO THAT FOUND IN THE AZTEC FLYING SAUCER AND WAS SUBSEQUENTLY TURNEO OER TO DR. WILLIAM F. FRIEDMAN AND LAMBROS P. CALL(HAMOS FOR STUDY AND INTERPRETATION.


This is a sample of the symbol form found in the Aztec UFO crash. The book found aboard was turned over to General George C. Marshall, who sent the symbols to Dr. Willaim F. Friedman and Lambros P. Callihamos


for study and interpretation.


Marshall, who turned it over to this nations two topmost experts in cryptology, William F. Friedman and Lambros ©.P. Callihamos. A sample of this type of scriptform is presented here for your information,

Qnce the saucer was disassembled, three big tracks were maneuvered into place and ‘the pieces were carefully loaded up. Canvas tarps were snugly tied down over the loads and signs designating "EXPLOSIVES" were plastered all over each truck. Anyone who happened to see the trucks on their way to Los Alamos would be easily deceived.

After three full days of extensive activity, the convoy of three trucks and two automobiles left the crash scene by night. The route they took followed a network of dirt and gravel roads and some off road travel out the east end of Hart Canyon. This was found to be the least populated and most inconspicuous route towards Los Alamos, which was to be a temporary storage site until an underground compound could be constructed. Travelling was done late at night through least pop- ulated areas and over roads with least traffic or simply cross- country when necessary.

Inmediately after the convoy of vehicles left the plateau-top crash scene, the clean up crew went into action. They buried all evidence of military activity there, such as trash, wom out tooling, bracing, disturbances on the ground, etc. A barbed wire fence was then erected around the entire top of the crash-recovery site on the plateau, which mow belonged to the Federal Government. Mne mistake overlooked was that some of the bracing materials which were thought too big for the burial excavation at the time were left on top to be hauled away. Otherwise only same charred rocks and broken down cedar pine trees remained as evidence for some future field investigator to discover. (See Chapter VITI)

The convoy reached a pre-determined secluded portion of the Los Alamos atomic testing area, after a week of laborious travel over the primitive roads and country, moving mostly by the light of the Moon. Here the saucer was unloaded piece by piece and reassembled for a very thorough and extensive examination. Here the saucer was stored for over a year, until it was moved to a more permanent site prepared for it and other such residue.

A little over a year and a half after the recovery; actually it was about in November of 1949, Dr. Eric Henry Wang, a consultant to the Wright Air Developnent Genter on Aerodynamic Metallurgical Design for the Structures Division, who was on the staff pf the University of Cincinnatti (see Chapter IX), was called in on the project. Dr. Wang had a friend by the name of Nicholas Von Poppen, a photographer, who had perfected the art of metallurgical close-up photography as it was applied in the aerospace sciences field.

Von Poppen, an Estonian refugee of royal blood, who carried the


42


title of Baron, had fled Estonia by the "skin of his teeth" during the Soviet "annexation" of 1941. He enjoyed various scientific and tech- nological interests, among which was photography. He had perfected the art of close-up metallurgical photography for technical applications, using a combination of camera and microscope techniques. He was in demand throughout the aerospace industry.

Dr. Wang called Von Poppen in on this project in order to get some better microphotographs to include in the final report of the recovery operation. But Dr. Wang didn't call Von Poppen direct; things had to be done according to the protocol of the security system. Two members of the intelligence agencies went to his home in Hollywood, Califor- nia, telling him of the highly classified photographic job that was expected of him. Both Von Poppen and the two Intelligence officers flew to a landing field within the Los Alamos Complex. Fram there they boarded a bus with blacked-out windows, which then took then to a top- secret location within the Complex. Von Poppen was amazed at what he saw ~ a huge disc-shaped object of a shiny brushed-aluminum finish, sitting on the ground with military brass, intelligence guards and officers, and scientific personnel all around it. It had an almost Circus-like atmosphere about it in the form of small and large tents, tables full of scientific instruments, and vehicles of all shapes and sizes scattered all around the area.

Von Poppen was issued the finest and most advanced photographic equipment that money could buy. If he were lacking anything, all he had to do was ask for it; and a plane would fly in the very nextday with the exact piece of equipment that he requisitioned. He spent two days taking over 200 photographs of the ship from all different angles and views, close-up and distant, and some of them literally within inches to show the texture of the metal. He also made microscopic photographs using his special technique. He was allowed to photograph every part of the craft, inside and out, except for one mechanism which seemed to be a central power supply.

Von Poppen was enthralled by the highly advanced technology clearly indicated, "which," as he stated, "showed me that these people have long ago passed the stage of technological development we find oursel— ves now in, and they were again tending toward the simplification of life, thus eliminating the complicated intricacies which tend to ob- scure the natural laws of being." Here, as Von Poppen did, one tends to philosophize on the issues.

Von Poppen went on to describe what he thought might be various com- ponents that made up the "cosmic space motor", as he put it."First of all there were 15 little machines, beautifully welded to the floor, that appeared something like typewriters (possibly computers). Then there were heavy copper-like cables coiled around the outer walls of


43


Or. Vannevar Bush


Dr. Vannevar Bush was called upon by then Secretary of State, Genera


George C. Marshall, to head up the examination and recovery effort and to form a team of select scientists to investigate this remarkable new situation. Bush answered directly to General Marshall, who personally retained control of the entire operation, and provided what was needed


44


the chime (within the disc portion), and that mechanism I was forbid- den to photograph," Von Poppen said. Von Poppen described the ship as some sort of computerized electro-magnetically driven flying saucer!! Many others who have touched on this subject involving these flying objects’ mde of operation have provided a similar basic description.

Von Poppen also described the little bodies which he was allowed to see and to photograph with the official equipment. He states, "The largest, who seemed to be the Captain, was four feet nine inches tall and weighed about 35 pounds (very thin). The smallest and obviously (to Von Poppen) the youngest, was 23 inches tall and weighed about 22 pounds. They were white men, with very pale skin (where not discolored) as if they had come from a cold world with little air. Their faces were intellectual and refined in appearance. I have never seen any~ thing like them here on Earth." Here in 1949, Von Poppen was describ- ing what recent sources have been revealing to Len Stringfield, W.L. Moore, Larry Bryant, and others.

Von Poppen should never have revealed this experience to Dr. George C. Tyler on that rainy day in November 1949. That was the beginning of the end for both individuals. Both Von Poppen and Tyler were under close intelligence surveillance until both died under mysterious cir— cumstances (Tyler first, on 13 October 1954, and then Von Foppen on 13 March 1976). Both individual's apartments were thoroughly ransacked by very unusual persons inmediately after their deaths! !


A telex was sent to Headquarters, Assistant Chief of Staff, G-2 (Army Intelligence) in Washington D.C. from Camp Hale, Qblorado, de- scribing the craft and the recovery operation. A copy was transmitted to Counterintelligence Special Headquarters at Pope Air Force Base, within the Fort Bragg Complex in North Carolina. Captain Virgil A. Postlethwait, with the Qounterintelligence V-Corps along with his Air Force Counterpart, Captain Donald A. Broadus (A-2) handled this TWX, which went as follows:


“FLYING OBJECT GF UNKNOWN ORIGIN RECOVERED NEAR AZTEC, NEW MEXICO. CRAFT APPROXIMATELY 100 FEET DIAMETER, 30 FEET HEIGHT, ONE WINDOW PORT BLOWN, BODIES ON BOARD. ALL CQOUPANTS DEAD, 4 FEET HEIGHT, OVERSIZED HEADS. CRAFT HAS METALLIC SKIN, THIN AS NEWSPAPER, BUT TOO ‘TOUGH TO PENETRATE, BY CONVENTIONAL TOOLS. PRIVATE PROPERTY WAS PURCHASED FROM LOCALS IN ORDER TO FACILITATE TRANSPORTING THE CRAFT TO BASE."

Captain Postlethwait stated that this TWX left a lasting impression on his mind. He never saw the craft, but he did handle this evidence of its existence.


45


THE BODIES


As stated before, Dr. Vannevar Bush asked Dr. Paul A Scherer to have some preservation containers made for the bodies. Dr. Scherer acted very promptly. He had the chambers ready within a few weeks. One of manufacturing companies that contributed the major part to these spe- cial chambers was Air-Research Qbrporation. They supplied the liquid- nitrogen pump, circulatory system, and refrigeration units, without having the slightest idea what for!

Dr. Scherer was the director of Research amd Development for the Air-Research Corporation from 1940 until 1944, when he joined Dr. Bush at OSR&D. He had everyone in that corporation very loyal to him, al- lowing him to have a very persuasive influence over then.

The containers, which resembled a cross between glass covered fun- eral caskets and deep-freeze units, were tailor made to suit the pri- mary purpose - preserve these unique bodies for study. These contain- ers operated on the principles of a cryogenic "deep-freeze" unit, utilizing liquid nitrogen to keep the temperature at extreme sub-zero cold levels. The special cases were prepared for the better preserved more intact bodies. Selected specimens were preserved in these units which had been made with transparent covers and were vented and ex- hausted in such a way that it was possible to view the bodies without opening the special display case. Other specimens were prepared for ordinary cryogenic storage in the wrappings and stored in cylinders for possible future need. In this way these very unusual and unique bodies of unknown origin could be preserved indefinitely.

Some of the bodies were not frozen, but autopsied and parted out for more detailed study, from which exhaustive reports were made. Doctor Detlev Walf Bronk, as stated, was initially in charge of the physical examination of these bodies from this craft. He had the responsibility of trying to give a full report covering every phase of this strange life-form's physiological, anatomical and biophysical make-up. He or- ganized and directed a team made up of biophysicists, histochanists, pathologists, etc. The results were accumilated and organized into a summary report, a copy of which was included, in part, in the later "Project Sign Report No. 13". [This may be a confusion with unfounded reports of a "Project Grudge Report #13", mentioned in the appendices to this work. We must remember that the current name of the Air Force UFO project at the time mentioned here was then "Project Sign".]

The alien body report described them briefly as follows:

"The bodies were all small, averaging 42 inches in length. The fac- jal features strongly resembled mongoloid orientals in appearance, with large heads, large "slant" eyes, small noses and mouths. The average weight was around 40 pounds. They had very thin necks. Their torso was very small and thin. They had long and slender arms reaching


46


This is a photograph of one Alien body from the UFO crash "stored" in this specially created view through case for repeated visual observa- tion and study. Others were stored in cryogenic capsules for later re- covery as needed. Note the nitrogen gas venting from the case.


47


the knees, with hands containing long and slender fingers with webb: between them. There didn't seem to be any reproductive organs. (Che scientist suggested that these "aliens" might be manufactured or con_ structed)

Instead of blood, as we know it, they had a colorless liquid prey- alent in the body, with no red cells. This liquid had a kind of ©z0ne smell about it. They had no digestive system or GI tract, no alimen. tary or intestinal canal and no rectal point.

As the one scientist stated, "I got the impression that these alion beings were "constructed". These humanoid beings may have been clones produced through some very highly advanced genetic ‘technology!

Even now our own genetic technology has just scratched the surface compared to the technological wonders found in that flying machine near Aztec, New Mexico. Dr. Bronk and his team were fascinateq with what they had found. A whole new world opened up to them. But the questions remained; who were the advanced “alien" scientists who had built this flying object, manufactured these life-forms, if they did, and where do they come from?


1U. 8, Army Photo


GENERAL GEORGE C. MARSHALL


48


Notes: A few observations with respect to the material offered in this first chapter may be in order here.

From the foregoing it may be seen that the parts and residue from the Aztec UFO crash were first taken to Los Alamos Complex for a num- ber of very good reasons. That was home ground to Drs. Bush and also Oppenheimer who headed this recovery team and effort, and also because they already had the necessary security systems in place, a secure facility to store the recavered material in and to work in, and all the technicians and special equipment they would need to carry out their more extensive examinations. A further plan, early on, was to construct a proper, suitably secured, adequately equipped underground facility to house the recovered remains and material for the long-term project visualized. After all, this was not the first recovery, and they did not know how many more there would be.

The Navy Auxiliary Airfield in the AEC area (described in Appendix 4) was the ideal site for the proposed underground facility to be needed for this storage and research, because it too was already se- cured, has housing, hospital and support facilities, including its own water and power supply, and a railroad spur right into the installa- tion. It also was familiar ground to Bush and Oppenheimer, then in charge of this project, who were also supervising other projects in this AEC area.

This also explains why Dr. Vannevar Bush was the American Scientist who frequently visited Alice Springs and Pine Gap in Australia, a location of one of the later de-centralized UFO research sites when the U.S. and some of its partners began trying to construct such a craft.

We can see also how Mr. Leo Gebauer, who was associated with Doctor Carl A. Heiland in some magnetics research, came into his knowledge of the Aztec crash and some of the details. Gebauer was the unintended "leak" outside of the group of scientists sworn to secrecy, who really had all Gebauer said they had and much, much more. Gebauer picked his information up from Dr, Heiland, staff and associates who were work- ing on magnetics aspects of the problem at hand, hence the heavy em- phasis on a magnetics aspect to the phenomenon. Gebauer carried the information out as "scuttlebutt", with a little of the residue he was able to get hold of. Dr. Heiland was now "confiding" in Gebauer, not Silas Newton, and probably thought little of a "leak" until Scully published the story. Then there was a lot of back-tracking to repair the damage done. Heiland was eventually separated from the main re- search project because of this, and still, because of security com- partmentization, did not know all the details you are reading here. Dr. Heiland, we must emphasize, was not guilty of any betrayal of our secrets, and he never violated his security oaths.


49


Gebauer, the real "leak" has passed-on as well as Silas Newton and Frank Scully, the ones who published the story. The real secrets are still safe and the research work goes on at a number of decentralized sites even today.

The Dr. "G" identification used by Newton and Scully as their source was actually a epver for all of Gebauer's connections, through which they got the little information they had.

As a further note, we may observe that somebody who contributed to the making of the movie Hangar 18 seems to have known something about the written scriptform found on this ship, because certain of the symbols shown in that movie are very similar to the real ones found in the craft. Also some of the display screens on the movie version of the crashed UFO are remarkably similar to some of those seen aboard the crashed craft.


CHAPTER I EXHIBITS


Supporting documents for any chapter will be appended to that chapter as Exhibits. Supporting documents of broader nature pertaining to the whole text will be attached at the end of the text as Appendices. We have included the following exhibits in support of this first chapter:


Exhibit 1. Artist Chan Johnson's impression of the extemal physiology of one of the small extraterrestrial bodies removed from the downed flying disc.


Exhibit 2. Department of the Amy, Staff Message Center, Incoming Classified Message, not paraphrased, from OO Kirtland AFB, New Mexico, to Chief of Staff USAF, attn: Dir of Special Investigations, Office of the Inspector General, dated 31 January 1949. Please note that this new unidentified flying object was tracked to suspected impact point on the night of 30 January 1949, and was witnessed by about 30 people after a flurry of about 100 sightings in the same area where the alien vehicles crashed in 1947 and 1948. Did we have still another UFO crash and recovery we have been told nothing about? Did our plans and methods improve to the point that we picked up another ‘crashed unidentified flying object and carried it away successfully without anybody outside of the levels that control these things finding out about it?


Exhibit 3. FOIA request from W.L. Steinman to the Department of the Amy, dated 8 May 1984, seeking information on the "Interplanetary Phenamena Unit" of the Scientific and Technical Branch, of the Anny Directorate of Intelligence; and the reply dated 16 May 1984. The Amy denied all knowledge of the IPU. (One Interplanetary Phenomena Unit was reportedly stationed at Camp Hale, Colorado. )


51


Exhibit 2 4 SITET WAL


DEPARTASNT OF THE ABKT STAY }ESSAGE CUITER THCOLINS CLASSIFIED WESSAGE


CORFIDIAL PARAPHRASE HOT REQUIRED

peTostrt ”

Tro: 0 Kirtlend AYR Bev hexico

Tor Chief of Staff USAF attn Dir of Specinl Iaveetigaticos ae 1


Officer of the Inspector General


ar OsI-1-96 M Jenuary 1949


Reference previous reports, subject; unknovo, aerial pbonosenn, file number 8, Sighting of tdentical object reported at 22552 30 Jan 49 by aprx 30 people, Eatioste at Teast 100 total alghtings, AEC, APSéP, 4th Aray, local cosenndere perturbed by Implications of phenonena, Sighting reported from Zl Paso, Alburquerqus, Alazogordo, Roswell, Socorro, and other locations, All appear to be sane object at different polote In trajectory, Unless instructed to contrary this office will make all out investigation with view to location of tapact point 1f any, Request reply,


ee vw


Rrenenen .10y 49- $ 3, REEHANED - 149 13317


cian 13 FEB 02 1919 : Tie


(2 ev 49) DM: maasz dek/D RC 5/1.


vk Ns


io


o EER

&


nr


ier SOFTLY 2a was Of?


CATAL


Our artist Chan Johnson's impression of the small bodies found aboard the downed 100 foot diameter circular spacecraft found near Aztec, New Mexico, based on eyewitnesses descriptions relayed through intermediary contacts.


52 53


Exhibit 3


Wilf lam S. Stainman 15043 Rosalita Or. La Mirada, Caltf.


90638 Department oF the Army Director of Counterintelligence Office of the Assistant Chief of Staff for Intelligence Washington, O.C, 20310 May 8, 1984 Dear Sir.


Allow me to Introduce myself. My name is William S, Steinman, | am a free-lance Investigator into the subject matter pertaining to the early structure of the Military Intelligence Gathering Ospartments and how they evolved inta what they are today. During my research, | came across one unit with a peculiar name. This was "The Interplanatary Phenomenon Unit of the Scientific and Technical Branch of Army Counterintelligance Directorate, DA." , which was disestablished during the late 1950's and never reactivated. Can you please explain the purpose of the above mentioned Unit, when it began, exactly what date it was disestablished, who was in command during itsexistence, and any existing documentation pertalning to this Unit and its


purpose?

Also, | understand that Or was involved actively with Army Counterintelligence (1943 aad Ona, oeserve status (1946-1959) as a Caplin at Headquagters on Mobilization Assignment, while he was a student and ass jstant professor at Harvard University. Could there be any relationship between Or RE The Interplanatary Phenomenon Unit? |f so, please explain.

I will anxiously be awaiting a reply from you as soon as possible.


Thank you for your help in this matter. Very Sincesely Yours Wm Sheri,


William S. Steinman


54


Exhibit 3


DEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY OFFICE OF THE ASSISTANT CHIEF OF STAFF FOR INTELLIGENCE WASHINGTON, D.C. 20310


May 16, 1984 Freedom of Information Office


Mr. William S. Steinman 15043 Rosalita Drive La Mirada, California 90638


Dear Mr. Steinman:


This 1s in response to your letter of May 8, 1984, in which you request information concerning "The Interplanetary Phenomenon Unit of the Scientific and Technical Branch of Army Counterintelligence Directorate, DA." Your letter was received in this office on May 15, 1984.


As you note in your letter, the so-called Interplanetary Phenomenon Unit (IPU) was disestablished and, as far as we are aware, all records, 1f any, were transferred to the Air Force in the late 1950's. ‘The "unit" was formed as an in- house project purely as an interest item for the Assistant Chief of Staff for Intelligence. It was never a "unit" in the military sense, nor was it ever formally organized or reportable, 1t had no investigative function, mission or authority, and may not even have had any formal records at all. It is only through institutional memory that any recollection exists of this unit. We are therefore unable to answer your questions as to the exact purpose of the unit, exactly when it was disestablished, or who was in com mand; this last would not apply in any case, as no one was "4n command". We have no records or documentation of any kind on this "unit." Also, 1t 4s very unlikely that there


was any relationship dete TD 22 the IPU, but only QE could answer that question.


I regret that we are unable to be of more assistance in this matter.


Sincerely,


Spcihe, path, qn Lance R. Cornine


Lieutenant Colonel, General Staff Director of Counterintelligence


55


PaH2 JP 404J2 Atanoder sno Burnsasqo drys soyyoUe paBoge $13 IETTWTS JayjO Jo UOTSsesdwT s\uOSUYOT UeYg 4STIay


CHAPTER ITI


SECURITY LID CLAMPED DOWN


With the successful recovery of the world's first intact flying sau- cer along with its small humanoid occupants, the following questions are called to mind:


Where did it come from?

Why did it come?

How does it operate?

How shall we classify it? What shall the public be told?


After all, this was a first in the history of mankind on this planet. Never before, in recorded history, have we had the opportunity to study the technology of sanething that seemed to originate froma very highly advanced civilization from some other world! The opportunity was here, now. The secret may lie in those parchment-Like pages written in that strange sanscrit-like symbolform, which were now in the hands of Dr. William F. Friedman and Lambros P. Callimados for analysis and de- ciphering.

Since the military faction seemed to hold the reigns of control over this unique situation, through General George C. Marshall, It was de- cided that the entire subject matter would be classified two points higher than the undeveloped "H"-Bomb; in fact it became the most highly classified subject in the United States Government.

The sociological and anthropological aspects of the problem became of secondary importance in this issue—the unlocking of the secrets pertaining to the propulsion system was of primary concem to these military minded men. Whichever nation on this globe understood this new technology first, and applied it to their national defense system, would control the entire international global situation.

‘The whole project, collectively known as "The Flying Saucer Program", was placed under the control of an elite group known as "MJ-12", which was originally organized by General George C. Marshall in July 1947 to study the Roswell-Magdalena UFO crash/recovery debris. MJ-12 was a non-politically oriented group made up originally of the following individuals:


1. Dr. Vannevar Bush


2. Dr. Detlev W. Bronk 3. Dr. Lloyd V. Berkner 4. Dr. Gordon L. Gray

5. Dr. Jerome C. Hunsaker 6. Dr. Donald H. Menzel


57


7. Admiral James V. Forrestal, USN 8. General Hoyt S. Vandenburg, USAF 9. General Robert M. Montague, USA 10. General Nathan F. Twining, USAF 11. Admiral Sidney W. Souers, USN 12. Admiral Roscoe Hillenkoetter, USN


Each of these individuals had a unique and special part to play in this "Flying Saucer Program". Drs. Bush, Bronk, Berkner, and Hunsaker, had the primary job of studying and analyzing the hardware and the bodies of the occupants of the ship; Secretary Forrestal, Gen. Vanden- berg, Gen. Montague, and Gen. ‘Twining had the military end of the pro~ gram; while Adm.Souers, Adm. Hillenkoetter, Dr. Gray, and Dr. Menzel created and maintained the security program itself. This group, pri- marily Souers, Hillenkoetter, Gray and Menzel controlled the ") -to- know" flow of personnel in and out of the entire program and, believe


me, somebody really had to prove that his "need-to-know” was genuine


in order to gain access to even the very periphery of the program.

The "security lid" which covered and obscured the saucer program was designed in such a way as to completely conceal even the very existence of the program itself. Gounterintelligence activities including disin- formation programs played a valuable role in concealing this program by creating a buffer zone of confusion, separating the public from the real "security lid".

MJ-12 decided that the following steps in the minimum course of action had to be taken in order to assure that the security lid was clamped down very tight, and that the public attitude towards flying saucers could be controlled:


1. A government sponsored program was set up to "investigate" UFO information that was reported by the general public and military per- sonnel at large. This program sponsored public infomation centers through which the vast majority of "sightings" were channeled. An "official" agency was set up in Air Material Qommand Headquarters at Dayton, Chio. The staff members of this agency (Project Sign at first, then Project Gnadge, and later Project Bluebook) were kept in the dark conceming the recovered real physical evidence. This project had an Intelligence Department "mole" planted on the staff who reported di- rectly to MJ-12. His job was to divert the hard-core information away from the other project staff members, and on to MJ-12; to help set the "mood" or "climate" in which the other staff members worked concerning UFO phenomena, and to keep MJ-12 updated on possible leaks. The main purpose for having this project at all, was to keep the public satis- fied that their Air Force was "investigating" all UFO reports, and to divert the public away from the real physical evidence. [Note here that Prof. Donald Menzel, the likely choice for a serious project advisor

58


to a serious Air Force research project, was passed up in favor of the relatively unknown J. Allen Hynek, having the personality qualifica- tions needed for the job, and who could be professionally built up to any image they wanted to create. Menzel always waited in the wings if Hynek made a wrong decision. This was part of the reason Hynek was never given a desk in the Air Force public investigative center there at Wright Field.]


2. A top-secret panel of individuals selected from the various mili- tary and civilian intelligence agencies was set up. This was called “The Psychological Strategy Board". The primary function of this group was to direct the dissemination of disinformation, to help form public and scientific opinion, and to direct the psychological strategy con- ceming the entire UFO phenomenon. They also planned various diver- sionary tactics to be used during future recovery operations, some of which have been used very effectively since then. This panel reported directly to MJ-12 and operated through all the various military in- vestigative and counterintelligence groups and the various civilian counterparts in all the espionage and counterespionage departments. [In effect, this amounted to a super-secret inner cell, within every in- telligence agency, known only to MJ-12 and not even to each other in- side the groups. Remember the movie "The Last Days of Condor"?]


3. The wartime "Office of Censorship" was unofficially re-activated. This office now reported directly to MJ-12, with the primary purpose of censoring UFO reports through the various extensions of the news media management. This office was composed of individuals, experts in their own fields, selected from the various news media branches. They could actually, working in conjunction with the Psychological Strategy Board, plant fictitious information into the newspapers, magazines, radio and television broadcasts, and did. They could also review man- uscripts of UFO related books prior to publication! This office was under the directorship of Theodore Koops who worked very closely with Dr. Gordon L. Gray. [Witness the fiasco involving newscaster Walter Cronkite and his discovery and inadvertent reporting that a UFO had interrupted an underwater launch of an ICBM from the Atomic Submarine Skipjack, being demonstrated for our foreign allies in the "Tongue of the Ocean" off the coast of Andros Island in May 1966, when an RCA theodolite camera operator shot 350 feet of high quality official movie film of the UFO at close range. This was reported in detail, 20 years later, in UFO CONTACT FROM PLANET UMMO, Vol. II, recently submitted for publication. ]


ANALYSIS OF "MJ-12" MEMBERS Fach member of the MJ-12 group was non-politically affiliated, was 59


tops in his own particular field of knowledge, and had strong influ ence within government circles, the scientific comunity, and the socioeconomic communities that make up our country.

Dr. Vannevar Busch, already discussed in Chapter I, was recognized throughout the entire scientific cammmity as "Tbp Scientist in the United States of America", He organized the National Defense Research Council (NDRC) in 1941 and the Office of Scientific Research and Dev- elopment (OSR&D) in 1943, leading them both into new frontiers of science and technology during the war. Inmediately after the war, he convinced President Truman that the Research and Development effort should continue. OSR&D became the Joint Research and Development Board (JR&DB), and in 1947 became the Research and Development Board (R&DB). Bush chaired many committees such as: The National Advisory Comittee for Aeronautics, the Advisory Qouncil of the Department of Commerce, the Joint Comittee on New Weapons and Equipment of the Joint chiefs of Staff, and many more. He was also the president of the Camagie Institute (Headquarters) in Washington, D.C.


Dr. Detlev Wulf Bronk, mentioned previously also, was involved in


all phases of physiology and biophysics. Bronk's main field of re- search was in the study of neurophysiology, of which he was an inovat- ive scientist. He evolved a methodology, with the aid of electrical, optical, and electron-microscopic aids, by which he was able to mea- sure the changes in nerve cells during the passage of stimuli to the brain. These same technicians assisted him in evaluating the molecular structure of nerve cells, and the placement of atomic and ionic com- ponents in the cells. He measured, for the first time, the pressure which carries oxygen through the body. Along with Dr. Edward U. Condon he was named a member of the Scientific Advisory Comittee of the Brookhaven National Laboratory, devoted to atomic research. This as- sociation with Dr. Qondon will be discussed further at a later point, but it is already becoming apparent why Dr. Condon was selected for the big UFO inquiry by what became known as "The Condon Gannittee" and why Dr. Condon published the conclusions he did despite the evidence to the contrary. Some of his appointed assistants unfortunately dis- covered what he was up to, and nearly blew the whole operation, For- tunately his reputation carried him through too big a problem with the scientific commnity, and they followed him like the Pied Piper. But Dr. Bronk also had very strong influence with the "super-wealthy" high society people, with whan he associated, and who actually control the political and goverment purse strings.

Dr. Lloyd Viel Berkner was considered one of the world's foremost experts in magnetism. He was a quiet sort of individual, but carried a lot of clout among the various members of the scientific and intelli- gence commnities. Later on, in 1953, he was chosen as a member of the


60


CIA's "Robertson Panel" another cover-up operation, which was formed to monitor and control public opinion concerning the UFO phenomenon.

Dr. Gordon L. Gray, former publisher of two newspapers in Winston- Salem, North Carolina, moved into the Pentagon Building in 1947 as assistant Secretary of the Amy, and later, in 1949, as Secretary of the Amy. He was a very secretive and extremely powerful individual among his fellow cabinet members. In 1950 he became the Special Assis- tant to President Truman on National Security Affairs. Later, in 1951, Gray became the director of the ultra secret, seemingly almost "non- existent!" Psychological Strategy Board". Dr. Gray was a lawyer by ed- ucation and profession, and he knew exactly which strings to pull and how to manipulate and/or bend the legal system to achieve the desired ingredients to fabricate the veil of secrecy.

Dr. Jerone Clark Hunsaker was an innovative Aeronautical Engineer well learned in the unique design concept known as the "Coanda Effect" (See Chapter X). He was head of the department of Mechanical and Aero- nautical Engineering at the Massachusetts Institute of technology (MIT) and Chairman of the National Advisory Comittee for Aeronautics, and he made many contributions to the advancement in aircraft design.

Dr. Donald H. Menzel was director of the Harvard Gbllege Chservatory at Cambridge, Massachusetts. He was Professor of Astrophysics and was Chairman of the Astronomy Department at Harvard University. Dr. Donald Menzel was called into MJI-12 for the explicit purpose of dissuading both public and general scientific opinion away from the flying saucer phenomenon. He attempted this in his almost convincing book titled FLYING SAUCERS, published at Harvard in 1952. Dr. Menzel's "disin- formation" campaign may have fooled the majority of the general public, and it did assist in formating the public attitude that "Flying Sau- cers are foolishness", but it did not fool those who did, and stilldo, know the truth!

Admiral James Vincent Forrestal, first Secretary of Defense, was all for making new technological advancements in the defense program. He worked very close with Dr. Vannevar Bush in that capacity. Forrestal was often tor between the idea of airtight security over the flying saucer situation and letting the public know. He struggled with this dilemma in his mind through many a sleepless night. He discussed the situation privately with other MJ-12 members, especially Dr. Vannevar Bush. Word eventually reached General Marshall who in tum warned Forrestal, and reminded him of his security oath. Forrestal persisted and was eventually forced to resign his position as Secretary of De- fense. He was then worked on psychologically and was treated in the psychological ward of Bethesda Naval Hospital, where he "fell" from a 15th floor window to his death on 22 May 1949! This event occurred with two sentries at his door and more in the lobby on the ground


él


floor below. There have always been many unanswered questions concern- ing this fall.

General Hoyt S. Vandenburg, the youthful and energetic "go-gitter" Chief of Staff of the U.S. Air Force, was a very staunch advocate of national security. He served two very brief assignments in this cap- acity; first as Assistant Chief of Staff of G2 (Amy Intelligence) from February until June of 1947, and then as the second Director of Central Intelligence for a few weeks in June of 1947. Gen. Vandenburg was comitted to the idea of keeping this crashed/recovered flying sau~ cer subject under tight wraps until every question was answered. In fact, when the Air Force sponsored public information program, "Project Sign", came up with their famous "Estimate of the Situation" report in August of 1948, stating that flying saucers were real and of inter- planetary origin, he became furious and ordered it destroyed.

General Robert M. Montague, a very influential military officer with political pull as well, headed up the Antiaircraft and Guided Missile Branch of the Amy Artillery School, from in 1946 until July 1947, at Fort Bliss, Texas. He was called in by General Marshall as part of the original MJ-12 Group to study the Roswell and Magdalena recovery re- mains, there in his military district. When the main part of the above mentioned remains were forwarded to the highly secret Sandia Base, in mid-July 1947, he was ordered to the position of Commanding Officer in charge of the Sandia Base, where he remained until February 1951.

General Nathan F. Twining was the Commander of Air Materiel Command which was headquartered at Wright Field near Dayton, Chio, from Decen- ber 1945 until October 1, 1947. On September 23, 1947, Gen. Twining generated a letter to Brig. Gen. George Schulgren, asking for pemnis- sion to set up an Air Force sponsored flying saucer study program. Authorization was granted on December 30th, 1947, and "Project Sign" began. (This was the first of a series of such programs, ending with the termination of "Project Bluebook" on December 17, 1969, following publication of the report of the "“Gondon Gommittee" declaring that there was no evidence that the UFOs were a threat to this country.) Gen Twining left Air Material Command on October 1, 1947, to become Commander in Chief of the new Alaskan Command, just prior to the set- ting up of "Project Sign". Twining became Vice-Chief of Staff of the U.S. Air Force under Gen. Vandenburg on October 10, 1950, and succeeded him as Chief of Staff in 1953, His leaving Air Material Command on October 1, 1947, is significent, since that is where "Project Sign” was set up (actually under the jurisdiction of the Air Technical In- telligence Center located at Wright Field also). General Twining had to leave in order to avoid possible influence (and blame) over "Project Sign" findings, since he knew the entire truth of the matter concern- ing the "solid evidence". In fact, some examples of the solid evidence were at AMC at the time and had to be removed to other locations.

@2°


Admiral Sidney W. Souers organized this nation's first Central In- telligence Agency office, beginning January 23, 1946 at the request of then President Harry S. Truman, while holding the official title of Chief of Naval Intelligence. He resigned as first Director of Central Intelligence in June Of 1947. On September 26, 1947, he was swom in as executive secretary of the new National Security Council. The of- ficially defined function of the National Security Council was, “Tb advise the President with respect to the integration of domestic, for- eign, and military policies relating to national security, so as to enable the military services and other departments and agencies of the goverrment to cooperate more effectively in matters involving the national security". Souers resigned this position on January 15, 1950, but continued on as special assistant to the President on national security matters.

Admiral Roscoe H. Hillenkoetter was the Director of the Central in- telligence Agency (CIA) from May 1, 1947 until September 1950. He set up the wartime intelligence network in the Pacific Theater during the war and was considered an expert in the field of covert activities. Tt was one of his own suggestions that activated the CIA sponsored "Robertson Panel" decision to monitor the activity of the civilian flying saucer study groups growing up around the country. Admiral Hillenkoetter, himself, joined the then largest one also based in the Washington area, the National Investigations Committee on Aerial phen- menon (NICAP) in 1956, and was chosen as a member of its board of directors, by virtue of his previous military and governmental exper- dence. It was from this position that he was able to act as an M12 "mole", along with his team of other covert experts, who also held board member positions at one time or another. They were able to steer NICAP in any direction that MJ-12 wanted it to go.

From this position they were also able to influence the new civilian UFO study groups, who usually sought advice and guidance from NICAP, one of the few visible UFO institutions available. Such affiliations were actively sought and encouraged by NICAP, actually to further the purpose for which it was organized in the first place.

With the "Flying Saucer Program" under the complete control of MJ-12 and with the real physical evidence safely hidden away, with the gen- eral scientific and public attitudes toward flying saucers established and controlled in the manner desired, and with all avenues of poten- tial and/or possible security leaks safeguarded from serious compro- mise, General (then Secretary of State) Marshall felt more at ease with this very bizarre situation.

[These men and their successors have successfully kept most of the public fooled for 39 years, including much of the western world, by setting up false experts as real experts and then throwing their in- fluence behind them to make the plan work, with considerable success. |

63


DR. VANNEVAR BUSH SEC. JAMES FORRESTAL


> GNL. HOYT VANDENBERG SIONEY W. SOUERS


ty


OR. JEROME C. HUNSAKER GN.L ROBERT MONTAGUE ROSCOE H. HILLENKOETTER


This is the original group of officers and scientists involved which is believed to have ultimately become the group known as MJ-12, Majestic or just "The Committee". (From the notebook of the investigator)


ALASKAN THEATER


Within six months of the Roswell crash on 2 July 1947 and the find- ing.of another crashed UFO at San Augustine Flats near Magdalena, New Mexico on 3 July 1947, a great deal of reorganization of agencies and sudden shuffling of people took place, as we have now seen. Some of the observable things that were happening at that time, that didn't seem to make much sense then, now fit perfectly into the scenario now visible from a broader perspective.

In September 1947 Captain Wendelle C. Stevens, a young test pilot in the Performance Test Division, with a desk in the Air Technical Intel- ligence Center, was suddenly rotated, out of specialty, to a remote station, an Army Airfield at Fort Richardson, Alaska, where he was one of the two Air Force Officers assigned to Base Operations. The other was Major Charles W. Moss, an Air Operations Specialist. Stevens became the Assistant Operations Officer with no prior training in that field.

Stevens soon discovered that his principal duty was operational sup- ervision of a special team of scientists and NCO specialists from Air Material Command who were engaged in a special project that was known only by a TWX number. ‘his project was one of the classified riders on the unclassified "Ptarmigon Project", a weather reconnaissance pro- gram surveying and mapping the Arctic in several different ways simil- taneously.

Another classified rider project provided mich of the funding for what was going on. The weather reconnaissance missions were flown by combat ready B-29 crews from the combat ready squadrons in the Zone of Interior, back home. The combat ready crews arrived in Alaska fully trained and qualified in their defense mission, bringing their actual Target Folders with them. When they arrived their airplanes were put through a winterization program and the crews were run through the Arctic Survival School. Then they were helped to plot a "profile mis- sion" to be flown against their real target, with simulated legs and ranges over the true Arctic, as real as they could be made. After fly- ing their profile mission they were briefed to fly a preassigned grid pattern with certain equipment turned on to carry out the mapping, surveying and other reconnaissance projects. The Strategic Air Command provided the airplanes and crews, and paid for gasoline and consumable support out of their Operations and Training budget, and called these flights training missions. The Weather Service provided the special mapping and surveying equipment, equipment supplies, and reconnais- sance processing, out of a weather research project paid for by the Weather Service, and they called them research missions. Air Material Command set up the modification depot for Arctic winterization of the


65


aircraft, and they called it upgrading of the fleet, picking up that part of the tab, and justifying the big cold weather hangars and the store of modification equipment and supplies collected there. They paid for that out of their fleet upgrading budget. The Signal Corps handled all special communications requirements in a research project of their own. In this manner no big expenses stuck out to attract any attention. It was all absorbed in other very normal things.

One of the highly classified rider projects pertained to what that team of scientists from AMC were doing. They would install special classified equipment aboard the aircraft only a few hours before the scheduled mission. This consisted of electromagnetic emission scanners which searched the RF spectrum and when an emission on any frequency was detected, it would lock-in on it and record it for a time, and then it would cancel that one and search again, continuously through- out the 14 and 15 hour missions. Other equipment included a surge de- tector wired into the airplane's electrical system to pick up and re- cord any electrical surges or blackouts anywhere in the ship. Then there were special cameras and a magnetics field detector. The cameras included 16m movie cameras in fixed installations rigged for time lapse programs, and portable |6mm versions for hand held use, a 35mm movie camera, and even a 70m movie camera. The still cameras included 35mm snapshot versions, 4x5" Press Cameras, and a Fairchild K-20 aerial camera that took a picture on an 8"xl0" negative. Then there were the vertical and side-mounted aerial mapping cameras with which every inch of the Arctic was photographed. Besides that the regular gun positions had their turret mounted gun cameras.

Those crews were briefed on what they had aboard and how to use it and sent out. When they came back they were immediately de-briefed on what they did and saw, and what they thought they had recorded. ‘The film rolls, cartridges and canisters and recording tape cassettes and reels were down loaded and the equipment was removed from the bombers and locked up for the next one. The record in the form of film and tape was packed in a metal box after every day's missions, which was padlocked to an Officer's wrist and flown back to the ZI every night.

The field crew in Alaska never got to see anything of the recorded data or pictures, and only knew what was mentioned in the verbal de- briefing of the crews after the missions. But what was occasionally heard was of interest here.

Those Ptarmigon crews reported encountering disc-shaped metallic craft in Arctic airspace that could fly faster than anything we had and could stop suddenly in the air, or were seen to come in head-on, stop, and reverse to exactly the speed the bomber was flying. They could descend vertically and land on the icecap, and rise vertically at prodigious speed and fly out of sight in seconds. They could even


,~


land on water and submerge, and emerge again and fly away. Somebody had certainly achieved some remarkable breakthroughs in the aeronaut— ical sciences. Major Moss, who did not come out of AMC and had an op- erations background, could only believe they were new Russian develop- ments, obtained possibly from the Germans. Stevens was certain that they exceeded the technologies he was familiar with. The strange fly- ing machines were a mystery to both, but it is quite obvious now that they were no mystery to the special team of scientists putting that equipment aboard the bombers to collect data; and somebody knew what equipment they needed to do the job. This was no wild guessing there.

All of this was planned and operational before the Kenneth Arnold story hit the press and flying saucers became popular.

Only a few weeks after Stevens assignment, General Nathan F. Twining became the theater commander, taking over all that operation directly. We can only guess as to why such emphasis was shifted north to the Arctic, and our guess is that more approaches to Earth were being ob- served up there than any other place then known, and that became the place to look.

We are also quite convinced that we were not the only ones observing this activity in the Arctic, and that the race for more information than the other was getting was very serious indeed.

One may question, why Alaska? Why go up there when these first UFO crashes took place in the Zone of Interior? Though we can make no claims to having answers, a number of interesting speculations come to mind:

1. Radar may have detected unusual activity or a greater degree of penetration into the Earth's atmosphere from the Arctic.

2. The DEW and Pinetree radar picket lines were often disturbed by “bogies" that have never been identified.

3. Our biggest potential threat comes from over the Arctic, the rea- son for the radar picket lines.

4. If we suddenly needed a scapegoat for a diversion, the potential enemy threat from the north can be effectively used.

5. There are less pairs of eyes to observe what we are doing.

6. Canada, and even the USSR were experiencing unusual UFO activity

from the north -- and of course that is us to the Russians.

7. There is less ambient interferrence in the collection of radio, electrical, and magnetic data produced by artificial sources.

8. The remoteness reduces more of the potential for false disturban- ces of instruments and equipment.

9. The data collectors are isolated from their friends and families while collecting, and can be suitably rebriefed before they get home.


67


ANATOMY OF THE SECURITY LID


The "security lid" itself, its "buffer zone", and its various exten- sions are so interwoven, actually integrated, that it is very difficult to see where one phase leaves off and the other begins, without look~ ing through the "eyes" of the MJ-12 group. It was purposely created in that manner so as to confuse anyone who might stumble into its web, either by accident or on purpose.

In analyzing its structure, one must start at the top (MJ-12) and work his way downward through the verious flow-lines and/or extensions below. MJ-12 has just about, if not all, intelligence, counterintelli- gence, and intelligence gathering agencies and groups, both military and civilian, at its disposal.

The main thrust of activity behind the "security lid", and the very reason for which it was constructed, is the analysis and attempted duplication of the technologies of the recovered flying saucers. This activity is headed up under control of the Research and Development Board (R&DB), working through Army Research and Development, Air Force Research and Development, the Office of Naval Research (ONR), and the CIA and NSA Offices of Scientific Intelligence (CSI). No single one of any of these groups knows the whole full story. Each group knows only the part that MJ-12 allows them to know about. A more detailed de- scription of the analysis and some of the attempts at duplication of the recovered saucers technology will be given later and in the Appen- dices to this report.

The various groups of military intelligence are utilized by MJ-12 to make sure that no unauthorized military personnel get too close to the truth, either by accident or design. Of course, the only person in each of these groups who does know the truth is the "mole", who was planted there by MJ-12.

Qne such case of minor military personnel getting too close to the truth involves Master Sergeant L.R.B. and Airman C.E.W, (their full names are witheld because both men are still alive and may be vulner- able). According to an Air Force Office of Special Investigations (ACSI) report, dated July 10, 1952, obtained through a Freedom of In- formation Request, Airman C.E.W., who had designs for a vertical take-

off plane, took up temporary residence in a trailer park at Selfridge Air Force Base, near Detroit, Michigan in 1951. Next door to him in that park resided M/Sgt. L.R.B. During conversation one day, the aimman mentioned his work on his aircraft project and told the M/Sgt. that he was eventually going to be transferred to Wright-Patterson AFB where he could introduce and work on his vertical take-off design con- cept. M/Sgt L.R.B. informed C.E.W. that he knew for a fact that such machines already existed, and that there were two recovered flying 68


saucers, employing such principles, being held at Wright-Patterson AFB in a section connected in some way with the radiation laboratory. He claimed that two friends of his had verified this fact to him, one of whan was actually working on the project (Project Radiation) and had handled some evidence.

M/Sgt. L.R.B. tried to persuade Aimman C.E.W. to set up some kind of code system by which they could communicate back and forth concerning the flying saucers at Wright-Patterson. C.E.W. thought the entire matter over and decided it should be checked out with the Air Force Intelligence Office, which he proceeded to do. They took C.E.W.'s information and ran a check on it. The final conclusion of the ACSI Report. #AFX HF333-5 dated July 10, 1952, was that. "There could be a leak in the Flying Saucer Program."(See reproduction of document at- tached hereto. )

Of course that particular AOSI Office had no knowledge of the fact that there was real physical evidence in the form of flying saucer residue when they wrote that conclusion; but they surmised that there could be a leak in that phase of the program involving the building of flying saucers. They did not know, and had no need to know, that the program to build a flying saucer was based on saucers of unknown origin that were recovered under MJ-12's supervision.

But the MJ-12 "mole" in AOSI reported the matter to MJ-12 who in tum stepped-up surveillance on both M/Sgt L.R.B. and Ainman C.E.W., to make sure that they didn't get too close to the truth.

MJ-12 also operates through the various civilian intelligence and investigative groups. The Central Intelligence Agency (CIA) and the Federal Bureau of Investigation (FBI) can be, and are, manipulated by M12 to carry out its purposes without their even knowing it. This is performed via the "moles" planted at all levels in those groups.

The National Security Agency (NSA) was created in the first place to protect the secret of the recovered flying saucers, and eventually got to the point of complete control over all Commmications Intelligence. This allowed them to monitor any suspicious individual through mail, telephone, teléxes; telegrams, and now through on-line computers, monitoring private and personal conversations as they choose. In fact, the present day NSA is the current main extension of MJ-12 pertaining to "The Flying Saucer Program".

The various counterintelligence and counterespionage groups, both military and civilian, play a very important role in maintaining the "Security Lid" and generating the "buffer-zone" of confusion that sep- arates the general scientific and public citizens from the truth of the matter. This "buffer-zone” is largely made-up of the vast amount of disinformation carefully spread throughout the UFO research field, eventually reaching the general public through such controlled out- lets. Sometimes support will be for the reality of flying saucers and


69


sometimes not. Sometimes it purposely borders on the ridiculous and then is followed up by an outright debunking. Both the person spread~ ing the seemingly ridiculous "facts" and the person debunking then, are ultimately motivated by M>+12 through the utilization of som counterintelligence group or other. ‘The object of this entire type of action-reaction policy is to keep the public so confused on the real flying saucer issue that it remains an enigma, a "perpetual enigma". When you think you know something about it, the basis for your reason- ing is pulled out from under you, every time!

Each individual person who ever took part in one phase or another of this Flying Saucer Program remains under very close surveillance for the rest of his natural life. This also pertains to anyone who hap~ pened to witness any phase of that program, either by accident or on purpose. These person's lives are monitored in every detail. Fach has signed a security oath, violation of which results in dire and irre- versible consequences.

A typical sequence of steps are then taken if any individual does seem to be breaking or about to break his oath. That could include the following in any sequence:

1. A verbal warming from someone known by the potential violator to be a member or former member of a security organization. This may be accompanied by a review of the individual's security oath and its pen- alties, and may be accompanied by direct threats.

2. Stronger waming —- sometimes accampanied by a brow-beating and intimidation.

3. Direct action through one or another of many avenues, such as:

a. Psychologically working on an individual to bring on depression leading to suicide.

b. Qatright murder made to appear as "suicide" or an accident.

c. Strange and sudden accidents, always fatal.

d. Gonfinement in special "Detention Centers" for such witnesses — where they just disappear and are not heard of again.

e. Qonfinenent in Insane Asylums where they are "treated" by one or another of the "deprogranming" or "mind-interferring" techniques, and are then released with changed personalities, identities, and altered memories.

f. Bringing the individual into the "inside", where he is employed and works for "them", and where he can be watched, always, and very closely. This is usually in closed facilities and from there he has little contact with the outside world.


Any individual who does get too close to the truth through investi- gation into the flying saucer phenomenon, will be treated in the very same manner. Sometimes a person will be discredited (as will be ex-


70


plained later under "The Hoax Status"). At any rate, M12 will go to any extent to preserve and protect the "Ultimate Secret"


TOWN OF AZTEC


MJ-12 ordered the entire town of Aztec, New Mexico placed under com- plete surveillance. ‘The family of ranch owner H.D. were under special watch. Their phone calls, all mail, and all movements were monitored at all times. All of their relatives, school mates, teachers, close frtends, etc., were also watched like a hawk. This close surveillance is still going on 39 years after the event, and will continue until MJ-12 sees fit to relax the net. And this is only one example...


Frank Scully as he appeared at the time he wrote his book BEHIND THE FLYING SAUCERS, describing the Aztec recovery.


71


HOW COULD MJ-12 EXIST IN SUCH SECRECY?


To understand how such a super-secret agency could come inta being and continue to exist relatively unknown for so long, we must recall the situation in Washington during the time of its inception. World War II had recently ended and besides the number of new faces in all the government circles, there was much confusion caused’ by the shift from a war economy and war staff to a peacetime economy and a recovery staff.

General George C. Marshall had been Army Chief of Staff under Presi- dent Roosevelt at the end of the War. Admiral James V. Forrestal was the Navy Chief of Staff. "Hap" Arnold was Chief of the Army Air Force. General Dwight D. Eisenhower, fresh from Europe, succeeded Marshall as Army Chief of Staff on 3 December 1945. Admiral John L. Sullivan succeeded Forrestal as Navy Chief of Staff in July 1946. And General Tooey Spaatz had replaced Arnold as commanding General of the Army Air Force. President Roosevelt passed on and Vice President Harry W. Truman was Sworn as President of the United States.

Congress passed, and President Truman signed, in 1946, the National Security Act, which created a new National Military Establishment. The same act created the new National Security Council and the new Central Intelligence Agency (the NSC and the CIA respectively). Admiral James V. Forrestall was immediately appointed the first Secretary of Defense in this new arrangement. General George C. Marshall became the New Secretary of State of the United States, the father of the Marshall Plan for Europe unveiled on 5 June 1947 at Harvard University.

General Nathan F. Twining was head of the Army Material Command which became the Air Material Command under the Air Force in the néw National Military Establishment.

This was the situation when the first UFOs came down at Magdalena and Roswell, New Mexico on 2/3 July 1947. We are somewhat familiar with the events that transpired at that time as a result of the inad- vertent Public Information leak, and all the activity and deception to regain control of that situation. (See ROSWELL INCIDENT and subsequent follow-up releases.) Lt. General Hoyt S. Vandenberg had joined General Tooey Spatz as his Chief of Staff, and was being groomed to replace

Spaatz soon as Chief of the Air Force, as Spaatz was about to retire.

It is not difficult to percieve the pattern of events that had to take place. A crashed airplane is found near Magdalena, New Mexico. It is reported to the nearest Air Force Base, Kirtland AFB, at Albuquer- que. They check air traffic and send out an emergency rescue team, and an airplane to take a look. The air spotter sees an airplane of very unusual design on the ground. Base Intelligence people and some avail- able scientists are sent out to bring it in. They find it truely dif- ferent, and with human bodies in it like nobody has ever seen before.


They relay their findings to headquarters, who now intensifies their checks to try to find out where it came from. Nobody has any aircraft missing. The residue is hustled to Kirtland for others to examine. It is truely unique. Their accident investigation people contact the Air Material Command on the unique design, thinking it may be a research aircraft of some sort. AMC knows it is not. They ask for more informa- tion and with the situation becoming more confusing, and the 4th of July holidays beginning, they go to Air Research and Development, who does not recognize the vehicle, the report goes to the AMC Commander, He does not recognize it either, and he takes his R&D Chief and they take one of the Flight Test Division support airplanes and fly out to Albuquerque for a first hand look.

What they see shocks them into special actions. They contact their next in line for reporting something as bizarre as this, the acting Chief of Staff of the Air Force, General Hoyt S. Vandenberg, and fill him in. It is obviously not one of ours, so he goes to the Secretary of Defense, Admiral James V. Forrestal. If it were a Navy special re- search project, Forrestal would be the one to know. Not theirs either.

Forrestall feels that if it is not ours, it must be from a foreign nation, and that is the business of the State Department. He contacts General George C. Marshall, then Secretary of State, and appraises him of the strange situation, and all that has been done so far. Marshall checks with some counterparts in England, and decides it is not from any other country on Earth! At that point he takes personal charge and immediately begins trying to get control of the situation. He sets up an emergency team including only those who already know, and they pick some scientific specialists of highest calibre in certain fields, and make up the first "Group". All others are excluded at this time and are carefully kept from finding out until we knew more.

There were a number of reasons why the "Special Group” had to work in almost perfect secrecy:

The rapid dismantling of our war strength left us in great disarray.

  • The Russians were already becoming a military and political problem.
  • Tne reorganization of our military created all new lines of contact.
  • Business was carried out on a personal basis among the "Old Guard".
  • The new National Security Council was so ineffective that business

was routinely conducted in informal emergency meetings between For-

restal (Sec. of Defense), Marshall (Sec. of State), the Services Sec- retaries, and the Joint Chiefs of Staff. The new CIA was also almost completely ineffective and was ignored.

The other three senior military men and the six scientists making up this “Special Group" were equally involved in one way or another, and could not be left out. This eventually became the select MJ-12 group which crossed all lines, and finally became an ultra-entity in itself.


73


Special secret projects were being set up to find out what we had, The secrecy level was raised above that of all elective and appointive


poaitions, and this became a secret agency above and beyond all other security agencies -- the super secret "Committee" was staffed by more


and more people and replacements for those leaders that were lost, to the degree that it permeated all levels of security by the time the CIA became effective as the overt arm of intelligence. The super-sec- ret inner cell was already firmly established, and in control.

Within a few months, the Russians were flexing their muscles and in February 1948 staged their coup and take-over in Czechoslovakia. On the 8th of March, they began hasseling Berlin traffic which later led to the blockade and Berlin airlift, from the llth to the 14th of March the Joint Chiefs of Staff met with Forrestal at Truman's "Little White House" at Key West to draw up a unified "Short Range" Emergency War Plan and the first Unified Military Budget.

On 25 March 1948 another unidentified spacecraft with more of the strange little human-like bodies came down, and this time it had been tracked in from an altitude beyond earth's aircraft by radar, and had been followed to its impact site near Aztec, New Mexico. By this time forces were ready for such eventualities and an emergency recovery team from Camp Hale, Colorado was on the scene within hours. The same "Special Group" of military men and scientists were immediately called into action by General George C. Marshall, who insisted on controlling all aspects of this recovery operation personally. That was the group which actually came into being as the MJ-12 Group. It was finally legitimized by secret Executive Order signed by President Eisenhower during the early months of his first term in office, and it has exis- ted ever since.

They are the ones who sit on the secrets concerning the crashed UFOs and their recovery, evaluation, testing, study, and attempts to derive new technologies from what we see. They will very likely remain out of sight for the forseeable future, as the studying still goes on, and always offers visions of solutions over the horizon, to problems that


vex us today.


74


ANATOMY OF THE SECURITY LI


Ma-12


The Special Group (The Committee)


f i 7 Rape eviaian viinivary Scientific InteLLigence Inve Ligence wD NAD (alysis and Attempted Duplication) r T 1 5A cin Far Gamnications Qwilian TntelLigence Sunes Llance ‘Newspapers: ‘Telechones Psychological (Qontrol) (Surveillance) Strategy Board a Mail Radio and 1V |) (Survei Llance) (control) ) \ ‘ | T 1 Aemy MBI a Guinterintel Ligence 1 unitary | Sarvetllance \ + ' UFO Staty Group Dis-Information Infiltration '


aun, Grudge, Bluet=ok


This is a simplified diaqran of the mijor agencies that interlock into a network of cross-control designed to keep all UFO information ami activities at qaverment level along with other similar clandestine operations trom being campronised. It has worked successfully for over 35 years, and is expected to continue in similar fom as long as it remins effective. The personalities and biographical histories of these men filling


these positions completes the plan.


75


CHAPTER II EXHIBITS


The following exhibits are provided in support of Chapter IT, ang are offered here as follows: Exhibit 1. Letter, subject: "Flying Saucers" at Wright-Patterson AFR, from Lt, Col, James H. Gunn, OSI District Commander, to Hy. ATIC.


Exhibit 2. Inclosure number 3 to a report from the 5th OSI District on the matter in question. Inclosures numbers 1 and 2 were withdrawn for security reasons.


Exhibit 3. Inclosure number 4 to the report from the Sth OSI Dis- trict on the matter in question.


CONFIEENTIAL


SUBJECT: "Flying Saucers" at Wright-Pattersan Air Force Base, Chio


50-24-21-81


Officer

a! Intelligence Center Wright-Patterson Air Force Base thio

ATTN: Air Provost Marsha!


To:


1, The following information was odtained by a Special Agent of this District Office and is submitted tor your information:


2. A/IC CLYCE E. WHEELER, AF 21258827, 6501st Support Squadron, Wright-Patterson Air Force Base, Ohio, was interviewed 3) July 1952, and advised that M Sot LOYAL R, BUNCE, AF 6832919, 575th Fleia Nain- tenance Squadron, Sox 19, Selfrigge Air Force Base, Mt. Clemans, Michigan, told him approximately 10 June 1952, tnat he (BUNCE) knew about the Flying Saucers at Wright-Patterson Air Force Sase. At this time (approximately 10 June 1982), BUNCE explained in detail that he knew the pecple at Wright~ Patterson AFB had found sone Flying Saucers and also some bodies inside the Saucers. The Saucers ang the Dodies were taken to Wright-Patterson AFB, Ohio, date unknown. At Wright-Patterscn AFS, BUNCE explained officials at the Radiation Laboratory dissesamb\ed the Flying Saucers, which supposidly came from Venus and the bozies inside the Saucers were taken to the Aero-Medical Latoratory, Wright-Patterson Air Force Base, for further study. The discussion of saucers ceme about as a result of BUNCE's interest in 2 project that A/i2 WHEELEP was working on and also a5 2 result of BUNCE's knowledge of WHEELER having. been at Wright Air Development Center, Kright-Patterson S€5, Ohio, sometime in January 1952.


3. Amutual friend of BUNCE, Identified as mr. ¥ Suger Bush Foad, North Baltimore, Michigan, veritied this stary to WHEELER as relates above by BUCE, concerning the Flying Saucers. advised WHEELER that 2 friend of nis, who works at Wright-Patterson AFR, Ohio, at the present time, is » West Spring- field, Ohio, and his friend had related This Information To him ( ) concerning the Flying Saucers and bodies now at Wright-Patterson Afi


SECURITY INFORMATION ter ~ CONFIDENTIAL Exhibit 1

Qnfidential letter, Subject: "Flying Saucers” at Wright-Patterson Air Force Base, Ohio; to Commanding Officer, Air Technical Intelligence Center, Wright-Patterson Air Force Base, Ohio, from Lt. Obl. James H. Ginn, District Commander, Office of Special Investigations, with an information copy to Hg. OSI, including inclosures Nos. 3 and 4., Nos. 1 and 2 having been withdrawn.


CNTIAL


fea Sca CONFIDENTIAL Saks ENV i


sual " Flying Saucers" et al

5p-28-21-81 4. Prior to nis (WHEELEP'S) “transfer to Wright-Patterson AFS, Chio gua) " Flying Saucers " et al (11 duly 1952), BUNCE approached him and wrote out eleven ¢h) questions A \ . for him (WHEELER) to find the answers, A photostatic copy of the questions 9, No further Investigation of this matter 15 contemplated by this is attached to this correspondence a& Inclosuré 1. Also, BUNCE suggested District Office unless specifically requested by your command, to WHEELER that they correspond in code concerning this matter and WHEFLEP


admits helping BUNCE write a code system, of which a photostatic copy was made and is attached to this letter as inclosure #2. isms sade Rane . oer ny tons fr BUNCH ta WHEELEP Lt Colonel, USAF 5. According to WHE OR, a civilian employee at uiright #ir Mevelop~ 1, Photo cy ques t L , ment Genter, et the Padiatic: Laboratory, identified only as y isa 2. Prote’sy cade by BUNCE and WHEELER Cistrict Commander good friend of and is, supposed to have supplied the Information 3 are ey a ement by WHEELEP d to concerning te Flying Saucers being disassandied at the Padio~ ? tion Laboratory and the information concerning the bodies that were taken 4, Hoots, St aceet ue ema ae 10 Jul 52 ,to the Aero-Mad Laboratory. Cn 13 July 1952, WHEELEP typed a statement, w/Incl/Specta EELS ‘a photostatic copy of which is attached to this letter as Inclosure #3. i 52, WHEELE i “ let Copy tot 6. Approximatley 20 June 1952, WHEELEP claims he wrote a conplete PY tes w/tnels


report concerning the above captioned matter and gave this report to 2nd Lt GEORGE #. JANCZEWSKI, who is intelligence Ctticer at Headquarters Squadron, l0th Air Force Selfridge, Air Force Base, Michigan. ft the time WHEELER gave the report to the Intelligence Officer, he was instructed by the Intelligence Cfficer to listen to BUNCE, ) or anyone else, who had ‘knowledge of Flying Saucers and report back To him (intelligence Officer) any information he might obtain concerning this sublect,


7. During the month of June, WHEELER claims he went to the Sase Library (Selfridge AFB) and drew a book entitled "Behind The Flying Saucer," by FRANK SCULLY, This was tirst suggested by Sgt BUNCE, WHEELED claims, and after reading the book, he found it contained the same information as related to him by Sgt BUNCE concerning the flying saucers with this exception: IN the book there was no mention made of the Flying Saucers being disassambled at tright-Patterson AFB at the Radiation Laboratory


and no mention made about the bodies inside the saucers being taken to Aero-Med Laboratory, hricht=Patterson for further study.


&. A review of File No. 2-21 at Headquarters, 5th CS! District, reflected a photostatic copy of the statement ta the Intelligence Office, Selfridge AFB, mentioned above, and a/so reflected a letter of transmittal trom the Air Provost Marshal, Selfridge AFB, Michigan, wherein the Provost Marshal stated it is his belief A/IC WHEELEP may be attempting to draw attention to himself to further his invention or a possible security leak may exist In the Flying Saucer Program. The letter of transmittal with IncTosure (Special File of WHEELEP) is attached hereto as Inclosure #4,


SECUPITY INFORMATION


SECURITY. INFORYATION 30 Aue 1952 CONFIDENTIAL relate COMTI ENTIAL It is evident that Gl. Ginn is not included in the listed need-to- know line of security authorization for the actual UFO projects, but Pe 2 is carrying out standard policy on a suspected breach of security. Tnclosures No. 1 and 2 were witheld for security reasons. One has to wonder what security information was revealed in Bunch's questions to


The MJ-12 "mole" in that OSI District would have been watching these developments very closely for the "Committee". Wheel.


78 oc)


CONFIDENTIAL

Assignment Alte Clyde E. Wheeler AF >12@8827

SFO! 4 Support Say.

ter Wright-Patterson #

ele Cayton, oF

aes 13 Jul 52


Brockton, Mass.


Report of the 8th of Jul 52.


On the night of 8 Jul 52, 1 Clyde E, Wheeler AF 21268627 A/c


USAF, did visit M/SGT Loyal Eunce, who resided at the Selfridge AFB


Trailer Court, accompanied by Breech, which ws a business partner of mine. Mr. Breech and 1 arrived at approximately 1900 hrs,


My visit was to sav googbye to the Bunce family and that was the reason for bringing my friend along. “Sgt. Bunce was finisned with his Supper and was seated ot the far end of the table and he asked me to sit next To him, He motioned to my friend to sit at the other end of the table. Mr. Breech engaged in conversation with mr. Bunces wite about children when the Sgt, assed me if | had worked out a code to be used in communication back anc forcn. | told nim that | had forgot about it to which he replied "H3a could you forget abour He asked his wife to bring him a penci/e and a pad of paper he then proceeded to make out his own questiors which were adout eleven In all, All this time he continuec to talk to Mr. Breech about other things while making up the code questions. The Sct. still did not let on th Mr. Breech as to what he wes doing until Mr. Breech started staring at the pad upon which the Sgt, was writing. The Sgt. then noticed this and said, "Of course you know what Clyde and.| are doing", to which Breech just smiteg and went on to something else. Icopied the questions and answer shee+ for Sgt. Bunce as he seened to be # poor speller and writer. He said that | should be sure to date the good letter the first of the nanth or the Fifteenth of the month and to use exactly the coce answers to the questions Breech and the Sot. talked over the lest war and we left.

The next day 9 Jul 52, Istarted to clear the field and during my clearing | talked to the Provost “arstal about the code and he then advised me on the usua! security measures and to make up this report. THis is the end of my report. Clyde £. Wheeler, AF 21288827.


| have in my possession the introduction letter to Breech end


have listed his address Wost Springfield, oni el. Wright Field


| will report in as soon as | arrive at Wricht for futher instructions.


Assignment Par. 125, dtd 25 Jun 52 Hg. Tenth AF Selfridge AFB


t

Eneb eS CONEDENTIAL

The list of questions Sgt. Bunce made up pertained to a crashed UFO he had reason to believe was being studied at Wright-Patterson AFB by 2 group of scientists working for the Air Force.


Exhibit 3


CONFIDENTIAL


HEACQUARTERS TENTH AIR FORCE Office of the Air Provost NMershal Selfridge Air Force Base, Michigan


AFXHF 333,5/1 10 July 1952


SUBJECT: Transfer of Special File (WHEELER, Clyde £.)


To: Conmanding General Wright-Patterson Air Force Base


ATTN: Air Provost Marshal Dayton, Ohio


1, Special File is forwarded for your information and eny action deemed necessary, (one(!) typewritten copy is being malntained in the Intelligence files this headquarters.)


2, A/IC Clyde E. Wheeler AF 21288827, transferred to port Sq (WADC) (ARDC) (PB) your conmand, per par 7, special order 125 this headquarters, 25 June 1952, as amended par 25, Special order 131 this headquarters.


3. Information contained herein was presented to Intelligence Ctfice this headquarters by A/IC Wheeler 2 Juty 1952. Was further coordinated with undersigned and 25th Nistrict OS! 3 July 1952.


4. Upon review it is believed A/IC Wheeler may be attempting to draw attention to himself to further his invention or a possible security leak may exist in the Flying Saucer Program.


5, Subject airman has been instructed to report to Air Provost Marshal upon arrival at your station. No further action has been Initiated by this headquarters sinc


Subject airman is already on orders for transfer your organization. b. If a security violation exists in the Flying Saucer


Frogran, determination for sama must pe made ef your installation.


GEORGE’. KIMBALL Major, USAF Air Provost Marshal


1 Incir Statement WHEELER, Clyde (27 Jun 52)


SECURITY INFORMATION


nll COMMENT


The Air Provost Marshall of course knew nothing of the real UFO study projects going on at Wright-Patterson, and so treated this information


in a routine way. 81


| told Sgt Buntz when | saw him that same day and that evening starte, the flying saucer deal.

Sgt Buntz told me about Frank Scully ang his book "Behind the Flying Saucers”, which | had read something about in the newspapers end in an article in "True Magazine". He explained that he knew there were flying saucers and that they hat two of them at Wright Field with the sizes of 271 diameter and 99" diameter. He said that one craft had a broken porthole in it and that the reason the three passingers were dead was because of a territic heat field caused by friction had cracked the porthole and had kitted all inside. At Wright Field, he claimed the Air Force had closed Project Saucer because it was true fact and would be alarming to the American public and that the Air Force reopened the project under the name of Project Radiation and that the laboratory was situated on the top of a hill in Wright Field, | listened to him on this subject and when | said | doubted the story in some ways he told me it was fact because they had proof. | asked him what sort of proot could he have. He then said back/ng his statements that there wos @ man who came from this field by the name of


who was transferred to Wright Field and was put on Project Radiation,


He said that they (meaning Mr ‘and someone else | don't know and Sgt


Bunts) thought would no doubt be assigned to that project and they


arranged for to tell who works in Maintenance Flectronics or


a building of that name, so that could transmit back to this radio


shop so Mr and Sgt Bunts could know if there were really flying seucers


and such.


B/IC Clyde Wheeler's statement taken by the Air Provost Marshall staff at Selfridge Air Force Base, Michigan. Sgt. Bunce was still seeking to verify his own leads to the UFO crash residue at Wright-Patterson AFB. He was just a UFO fan with some infomnation that indicated more valid- ity to the phenomenon than we were being told, and sought to verify some things for himself. He had no subversive plan for use of the in-


formation once he had it.


82


Then M Sgt Bunts told me about the radio they found in one ship. He said they got into only one ship of the two they have and that one was the one with the broken BAKXKXMXA porthole. They kept probing through the port hole until they Nit something that opened the door of the ship. They found a radio or something similar of which set a signal off at a staggered interval of time somewhat over 15 minutes. They said it evidently set off @ signal but which could not be picked up with out modern electrical devices. The case of the radio which was about 5” (inches) could not be pierced by diemond drills and was as light in weight as aluminum.

Then came some theories which he told me was such that the answers to this saucer was that a magnetic field was set up ahead of this craft by 2 turning, spinning disc in the center which created the magnetic field ahead.

timot Mr yesterday and he confirmed Sgt Bunts's story and sald a letter of introduction would be given me introducing me to Mr ____ when | get there who would in turn introduce me to :

| realised after meeting Mr that @ Serious leak in security was present and if the saucer was real as they said it started to scare me at the thought | knew this. | didn't feel well yesterday afternoon as my mind was on saucers and this information | knew. | realised a little when | egot héme last night and realised the actual seriousness of my position.


1 decided | would see Mr. and being my best friend would give me some


advice as to whether he thought It was a hoax or not. After supper, | decided | would make up some questions pertaining to


the saucer and see what Sgt Bunts would say. | figured my serial number


The rest of Airman Wheeler's statement was also missing. It is quite possible that Bunce could have gotten this mich information fram the Scully book which he had read. He had evidently established some clues that indicated validity to the story to him, as he was seeking infor- at a place not mentioned in the book, and he had names of people who were apparently involved, to whom he was referring Airman Wheeler to


get the information he sought.


83


sone =o, 001 narrons SMES OO: TION


Pree


Perensoeeeenee


COPY ONE OP ONE. July 1h, 195%


Pas ICTS


MEMORANDUM FOR GENERAL TWINING SUBJBOIs NSC/MJ-12 Spocial Studies Project


The President has decided that the MJ~12 SSP briefing PUPARED 700 A “RRR )


should take placo Pas ee already scheduled Wate Saag pours:


noeting of Iuly 1 orig 2F it as intended. More precise arrangenents wil) se erga to you upon arrival. Please alter your plans ee ee, [=D


Your eoncurrence in the above change of arrangenents is asmmed. Th ese pages are photsappties of the microfilm "TOP e documents pi briefing for President "DWIGHT D, EISENHOWER" recovered under the


Freedom of Information Act, Please ROBERT CUTLER note that some names were covered over by the government,


Special Assistant to the President


document containing


‘the national security othe material herein


F wf wn mf


i

ey ‘T52-EXEMPT (B) ITHE NATIONAL ARCHIVES s |Record Group No... S41) Records of tho Heagquarters United - ———Bisibs:Air Force


OuUzZ


COPY ONE OP ong,


SUBJECT: OPERATION SS BRIEPING FOR DOCUMENT PREPARED QUE PIaRUEeEnaas


BRIEFING OFFICER: ADM. ROSCOE H. HILLENKORTTER (MJ~1)


NOTE: This document has been prepared as a preliminary briefing only. It should be regarded as introductory to a full operations briefing intended to follow,


eonees


OPERATION’ isa OP SECRET Research and Develormment/ Intelligence operation reeponsible directly and only to the President of the United State Operations of the project are oarried out under control of Group which was pete especial classifi ive order of


President Truman on er, 1947, upon recommendation by (See Attachment


Dr, Yannevar Bush and Sec: james Forrestal.

"AY Me jroup were designated as followe: Adm. Rosoos’H.:Hillenkoetter Dr. Vannevar


Gen, Nathan Pe


The death"of Secretary Doiea bal fos ‘@Ni22 May, 1949, created @ vacancy which remained unfilled’.nntil 0: "august, 1950, upon which date Gen. Walter. Bo \Smith.~wes designated as permanent


replacement.


‘weveneowrentee


aemqosiiae >


ee —eeee


T52-EXEMPT (8)


SOT ICU ese


ara


errerryirrr


COPY ONE OF ONE.


eae


On 24 June, 1947, 8 civilian pilot flying over the Cascade Mountains in the State of Washington observed nine flying

dao haped aircraft traveling in formation at a high rate

pe Although this was not the firat known sighting

of such objecta, it was the first to gain widespread attention in the public media. Hundreds of reports of sightings of similar objects followed, Many of theee came from highly credible military and civilian sources, ‘These reports res- ulted inf independent efforts several different elements

of the military to ascertain the nature and purpose of these objects in the interests of national A number of witnesses were interviewed and there were several unsuccessful attempts to utilise airoraft in efforts to pursue reported disoe in flight. Public, reaction bordered on near hysteria


at times,


On G7 July, 1947, a seoret operation was begun to assure


Tecovery of the wri of thie object for scientific study.


152-EXEMPT (BE)


vis


i)


CHAPTER IIT


SECURITY LEAKS


With the entire matter classified above TOP SHCRET (the ultimate se~ cret), and the "security lid" clamped down very tight, General George Marshall felt that this "terrifying" truth was, for the time being at least, being kept from the public, “for their own good". But, when something as unique and as unusual as this happens, and the human element becomes involved with it, especially persons with eccentric and creative minds fron the scientific commmnity, there is bound to be a leak somewhere at some point in time, no matter how insignificent and/or unintentional it may seem to be.

Dr. Vannevar Bush's Group, NDRC, was getting smaller and smaller as the various members were dispersing throughout the various colleges and universities from whence they came, and/or were seeking employment at private and goverrment installations all over the United States. Sane of these men, as mentioned in the first chapter of this book, were involved directly and indirectly with the actual recovery oper- ations.

There is a "scientific grapevine" behind the scenes, no matter how secret a project is labeled. The more people that get involved in the project, no matter how indirectly it may be, the more chances there axe of springing a leak, and such leaks in this case did happen.

me such "leak" originated through Dr. Carl A. Heiland, mentioned earlier. Dr. Heiland rubbed shoulders with quite a few persons in the various fields related to geophysics, geophysical exploration, mag- netics, instrumentation, and so on down the line. He always operated on the crest of the cutting edge of technology. Dr. Heiland, like all other scientific minds of his caliber, was eager to share his findings with others in his field, thinking always of the advancement of tech- mology first and security second. The "leak" though unintentional and innocently let out, was still a "leak" as far as those who control the flow of "need-to-know" in and out of the security systemwas concerned.

Qe Leo Amold G:Bauer, former electrical engineer with AiResearch Company, and owner of Wester Electrical Supplies of Phoenix, Arizona, became acquainted with Dr. Heiland in the early 1930s through their matual interests in geomagnetics, geophysics, and terrestrial magnet- ism. Dr. Heiland and Mr. GeBauer spent a few months together in 1935 in the Antarctic studying the Aurora Borealis. They occasionally worked together with sensitive electromagnetic instrumentation, attempting to devise methodology for accurately detecting mineral deposits beneath the Earth's surface.


84


Dr. Carl A Heiland


Dr. Carl Augustus Heiland, founder and owner of the Heiland Research and exploration Co. in Denver, an on-site member of the original Aztec recovery team, was probably the original and unintentioned "leak" of the Aztec crash and recovery operation, though the act was not willful on his part, and he did not knowingly violate his security oaths in that matter. Dr. Heiland and Mr. Leo A. GeBauer, the next link in the chain, were old acquaintences and fellow researchers going back many years, to 1935, when they worked and lived together on a U.S. Govern- ment magnetics research project in the Antarctic. They were later associated in the Top Secret development of the MAD (Magnetic Aerial Detection) anti-submarine technology which returned control of the seas to the Allies before the end of World War II. Further development of the MAD technology led to techniques for detection of ore bodies underground and ultimately to many other kinds of underground deposits including oil, gas, water and others, the basis for modern aerial sur- veying and prospecting today. Dr. Heiland and his company were working on these project developments when, together with GeBauer, they mod- ified some English MAD equipment to further their underground geologi- cal explorations, and turned to Silas M. Newton and some of his hold- ings for research testing of the modified equipment. Their equipment did work successfully, as we can see from where that science is today.


85


ne day in the Summer of 1949, Dr. Heiland and Mr. GeBauer happeneq on to the subject of flying saucers. GeBauer had heard the stories conceming the electromagnetic effects that the alleged flying saucers had on automobiles. He went on to expound on his theory that these alleged saucers operated on electromagnetic principles, extracting the necessary energy from the various magnetic fields manifested through- out the Universe.

Dr. Heiland, caught up in the conversation, let the big secret he had been sitting on for months slip out. He conversed with GeBauer as scientist to scientist, not thinking of security at all. He told Mr. GeBauer that his theory was in fact correct, and that the flying sau- cers are real. In fact he told GeBauer that he had participated in the actual recovery of a flying saucer that had crash-landed near the town of Aztec, New Mexico, in the Spring of 1949. He even told of the bodies that were taken from the saucer.

GeBauer became very excited over the entire matter. Here he had just been told by a prominent scientist, that a spacecraft of a very ad- vanced technology, from an umknown point of origin, had been recovered by elements of our government, just a little more than a year ago. And furthermore, there were bodies aboard!! He prompted Dr. Heiland to expound further on this new subject.

Now that the "cat was out of the bag", and GeBauer's interest was aroused, Dr. Heiland thought it no harm to go farther into more detail on the matter. Forgetting the oath that he had taken and the security documents that he had signed along with the dire consequences if bro- ken (on file with MJ-12), Heiland revealed more, as scientist to fel- low scientist, and told of the saucer in detail, the recovery oper-

ation, and even the present storage place of the residue at Los Alamos.

GeBauer went one step further; he actually asked Heiland if he could obtain a security clearance to observe and examine the remains for himself. This type of clearance took time to obtain, which involved a background check on GeBauer.

In the meantime, GeBauer, through sone hamnless conversation, hap- pened to slip the story out to a couple of very talkative individuals. First of all, he related it to Silas M. Newton, an expert geologist, who worked GeBauer into same partnerships which he regretted later on. Newton had a yen for telling all things to all persons who would stay and listen, especially if the subject matter could be used as part of his con-job. Secondly, he related the story to George T. Koehler, advertising manager for KMYR Radio Station of Denver, Oblorado. It seems as though Koehler knew Newton also, and was also under the in- fluence of the master storyteller's cham. GeBauer told both of these men the story in July of 1949,

Dr. Heiland finally got the OK for Gebauer to view the recovered


86


saucers, in August of 1949. At their storage facility, GeBauer per- suaded one of the scientists to "loan" him same of the artifacts taken from the Aztec saucer, on the premis that he was going to analyze then for the project. He was handed a small radio-like receiving-type unit (about the size of a pack of cigaretts), some pieces of metal, and same "dehydrated foodstuffs".

In the meantime Silas Newton started telling the story to different individuals around the Denver and Los Angeles areas. Same of these people let the story go in one ear and out the other; but some took the account seriously and told others. Mr. Newton owned a small bus- iness called "The Newton Oil Company", which was actually a front for his oil game. This is how he got to know GeBauer in the first place. Newton used him and his experimental oil divining devices to persuade wealthy land speculators to came his way. GeBauer was very serious about his geophysical oil exploration devices and what they could detect. He went on showing Newton's "clients" how the devices worked, not realizing that he was being used by Newton to suck them into some- thing with Newton.

"Si" Newton quickly became attached to the nick-name, "Dr. Gee", that was given GeBauer by Newton's son, Frederick D. Newton, manager if the I.C.X. Trucking Company in Denver. Sometimes he would shorten it to "the Dr." in order to impress his "clients". GeBauer never claimed to be a doctor, he just calmly allowed Newton to run off at the mouth, which he also regretted later, as we chall see in the succeeding chap- ter explaining details.

Newton spent a considerable amount of his time traveling around the Western States searching for persons who might be interested in his “oil saturated properties". He met Frank X. Scully, a Hollywood Jour~ nalist and somewhat of a socialite, as early as 1944. O his first trip to Hollywood since GeBauer told him the saucer story, Newton just couldn't contain himself. He invited Mr. and Mrs. Scully to the posh

Sportsman's Iodge in San Fermando Valley, Califomia, and told

him the flying saucer story over dinner. Scully had previously devel-

oped an interest in the UFO phenomenon in 1947 when they started mak- ing the front pages of several national newspapers. The story of the

Aztec flying saucer recovery operation inmediately sparked Scully's

curiosity. He begged Newton to place him in touch with the scientists

who were directly involved with the recoveries. Newton promised to introduce him to “the Doctor" who would give him first hand informa~ tion the next time he was in town.

Scully had the opportunity to meet Mr. GeBauer in Septenber of 1949. GeBauer told of Dr. Carl A. Heiland, Dr. Vannevar Bush, Dr. Lloyd Vv. Berkner, and the other scientists who were involved. He told of view- int the saucers, and bodies. Here was the nucleus of a story for a


87


fantastic book. In the meantime, actor Mikel Conrad claimed to have just arrived fron


Alaska with motion picture footage of an actual flying saucer landing or taking off, and hovering over the arctic tundra. Qonrad, who was producing and starring in a film entitled The Flying Saucer, claim that he was going to use this footage in his movie, which would un~ doubtedly prove the reality of flying saucers.

After two meetings with GeBauer and same other scientist (probably Heiland), and after Conrad's claim to know more than anyone else about flying saucers, Scully decided to publish the story about the recovered saucers in his regular weekly Variety column titled "Scully's Scrap- book". Tt was in the October 12, 1949 issue of Weekly Variety that the story concerning the Aztec flying saucer recovery operation was first published. Scully wanted to let the public know that Oonrad didn't know everything about flying saucers. He came out with a second ar- ticle in the November 23, 1949 issue of the same publication, telling how the saucer was disassembled and carted away to be hidden fron public view.

It was the two articles in Weekly Variety, Mikel Conrad's claim to have actual moving picture footage of closeup saucers, and Newton's continuous statements, that caused MJ-12 to mandate the various branch operations of Defense and Civilian Intelligence to move into action, in order to get to the bottom of the leak. The investigations began with Army Qounterintelligence, who recovered the craft in the first place, who were assisted by the Air Force Office Of Special Investi- gations, with the FBI jumping in for added help.

In the meantime, George T. Koehler became very curious about the recovered saucers, He persuaded GeBauer to have Dr. Carl A. Heiland set up an examination date, so he could view the saucers and bodies. Koehler finally had the opportunity to see some of the evidence at a "Top Secret radar station" on Arizona's and New Mexico's northem border section, where two small saucers were being stored. Koehler collected same souvenirs and headed back to Denver, where he began telling the story of the recovered saucers and bodies. He first told the story to the manager of the Ford Automobile Agency in Denver, via a telephone conversation. The Ford Manager was in the middle of a con- ference with some Ford dealers when he received the call from Koehler. Qe of the dealers who happened to be in this conference was one Rudy Fick of Kansas City, Kansas. As soon as Koehler's telephoned story was over, this manager related it to those in conference with him.

Rudy Fick, filled with excitement over the whole story, related it to a reporter on the staff of the Wyandotte Echo, a Kansas City news- Paper. The story was printed in the January 6, 1950 issue of the Echo, where Koehler's name was printed as Qoulter, for lack of a proper


88


spelling. The Echo story started quite a stirr within the MJ-12 Group, because once it was printed in a public newspaper, it spread like wildfire.

Now the story was all over the place; California, Qlorado, Kansas, and heaven knows where else. It had to be stopped as soon as possible, and the tracks had to be covered up completely!!! MJ-12 ordered immed- jate surveillance by Army Cbunterintelligence, AOSI and the FBI m Newton, Koehler, and Mikel Qonrad in hopes that they could find out who was responsible for the original leak, ACSI also put out a search for the "Top Secret Radar Station" via investigators from their own office at Kirtland Air Force Base, near Albuquerque, New Mexico, Since this "Radar Station" belonged to a branch of the Amy Counterintel- ligence known as the Interplanetary Phenomenon Unit (IPU) of their Scientific and Technical Branch (sometimes known as the Outer Limits Investigation Unit — OLIU), the ACSI (because of the internal compart- mentalization of intelligence operations) didn't know anything about its whereabouts or even its existence.

At one time Koehler had investigators from ACSI, Amny counterintel- ligence, and the FBI, all on him at the same time. nce they found that "Dr. GeBauer" was the source of information for both Koehler and Newton, AOSI started searching for him. Army Qounterintelligence knew Where he was all along, as well as the FBI but did not want to draw attention to him. AOSI however couldn't locate him, because they were looking for a “Dr. GeBauer" and were searching for him in the wrong places (colleges and scientific laboratories all over the State of Arizona). Once Newton and Koehler found out they were being invest- igated, they "clammed up" and failed to cooperate.

Not. finding GeBauer or the "Top Secret Radar Station", AOSI closed their investigation and assumed that Newton and Koehler had just made their own saucer story up or had latched on to some very remote rumors possibly stemming fron a probable real incident. Since Amy Counter- intelligence was not telling AOSI the real source story, AOSI was to remain in the dark about the actual recovered saucers. AOSI was only being sent out as an "errand boy" anyway, not knowing the real truth, to investigate the story as told by Newton and Koehler. As said, only

the MJ-12 members and the IPU Division of Army Qounterintelligence knew the real truth concerning the recovered flying saucers ard bodies.

Nevertheless, Army Counterintelligence kept a watchful eye on Newton, Koehler, GeBauer, and Scully, even after the AOSI gave up. Newton, GeBaver, and Koehler were warned several times about telling the story and the warmings were enough to frighten all of them considerably.

Here we have a classic case of the interservices rivalry that was going on, within the above-Top-Secret security classifications, which are supposed to be known to only a select handful of individuals with


89


a genuine need-to-know. The Anny Qbunterintelligence unit which hag recovered the flying saucers, along with a few members of the very top levels of brass, knew about the recovered saucers, but interded to keep the secret at all costs. Those below them, such as AOSI, FBI, Army Intelligence (G2), etc., suspected that something was go- ing on behind the scenes, but exactly what, they were not told. ie know that General Hoyt S. Vandenberg knew the truth, and that is why he reacted the way he did when in 1948 the staff at Air Technical In- telligence at Wright Field, working behind the more popularly known "Project Sign", submitted a report claiming that flying saucers were real and were more likely extraterrestrial in origin. That report ti- tled "Project Sign, Estimate of the Situation", was bounced back to ATIC and was ordered destroyed!!! ATIC was getting too close to the truth, and Vandenberg ordered then to stop their investigation and sought to confuse them in some way in order to change their attitude towards the saucers!!

That group, already knowing same of the real truth of the matter reacted by publishing their Top Secret AIR INTELLIGENCE REPORT No. 100-203-79, ANALYSIS OF FLYING OBJECT INCIDENTS IN THE U.S., dated 10 December 1948. Not agreeing with their superiors, and feeling that somebody should know what is going on, they included sone of the data and sane of the Appendices from the rejected Estimate of The Situation. That same group, in collaboration with same other as- sociated agencies is believed to have prepared a more comprehensive report in 1951, adding more information collected from a mmber of associated sources. The Air Intelligence Report was not intercepted because it went up through nommal intelligence channels, which had a different routing and different controls on it. At the same time MJ-12 was trying to keep nommal intelligence completely out of the "bigger secret". Having succeeded with the Air Intelligence Report, those an- alists chose the same routing for their big summary report up to the point where the new Project Bluebook was being turmed into a false public information program. Their summary report was discovered and, like the Estimate of the Situation, was ordered destroyed. That is now believed to be the mythical Project Grudge/Bluebook Report No. 13. The Project Bluebook Report No. 14 became the Public Information Sumary, and all subsequent reports were Public Information Office (PIO) re- leases. The staff who prepared these reports were warmed, swom, and were dispersed.

With AOSI temporarily off the case; Newton, Koehler, and Gebauer temporarily keeping their mouths shut; and no more printed publicity about the incident, those who controlled the "security lid" considered the case back to air tight.

But, lo and behold, a college student at the University of Denver,


90


who worked part-time at KMYR Radio Station remembered Koehler telling the saucer story at the radio station office. This student's class instructor, Francis F. Broman, was looking for someone to give a lec- ture to the class, on a subject bordering on the fantastic, before his class as an object lesson for the students. His class had been study- ing how to verify truth in such situations. This student (who prefers not to be identified) told Broman about Koehler and his flying saucer story. Broman, after several tries, persuaded Koehler to lecture to his class on the saucers.

Koehler, remembering all the hassel he had with AOSI, FBI, and ACID (Army Counter Intelligence Division), had asked Newton to per— fom the lecture in his place on the premis that Newton knew more about the saucers. Qn March B, 1950, George T. Loehler accompanied Silas M. Newton to Broman's Basic Science Class at the University of Denver. Newton presented the lecture before the class, while Koehler tape- recorded it. Newton presented the lecture in a very serious, scien- tific type format. Many of the listeners believed him, and all pan- demonium broke out.

An agent from the Denver area branch of the Air Force Office of Special Intestigations started questioning several persons as to the identity of the speaker. He eventually found out that Silas M. Newton gave the lecture and was accompanied by George T. Koehler. When Koeh- ler's name was mentioned, the investigator exclaimed, "Oh Koehler!", suddenly realizing that this story pronoted by the same individuals might never come to an end. The AOSI team went to the office of Radio Station KMYR demanding the tape-recording of Newton's lecture, as the order had came down fron M12 to get it at all costs. MJ-12 was very anxious to hear just exactly what was said conceming the flying sau- cer recovery operation. Maybe names were mentioned. Maybe the leak could be traced to its origin, already suspected!

MJ-12 and AOSI didn't then know that Newton already had a copy of the tape and was in Hollywood, Califomia, at that very instant, play- ing it for friends. Kochler tricked the AOSI team by having the original tape erased, thus handing them a blank.

Sameone from an unidentified intelligence group in Washington, D.C. (probably an MJ-12 staffer) called Francis Broman within a few days after the lecture was given. He was quizzed as to whether he believed what the lecturer had said, or not. Broman told the presumed investi- gator that he was very doubtful, which seamed to satisfy him.

The Dean of the University of Denver, Albert C. Jacobs, was very upset over the entire situation. He came out with a ruling that all guest speakers on campus must have credentials, be reputed authorities and mist be screened through his office and him be advised personally.

The entire incident made the newspapers from coast to coast, start-


91


ing with the Denver Post, and spreading as far as South America ang Newfoundland. Needless-to-say, M+12 was very disturbed by this situation. It seemed as though there never would be an end to this serious leak. MJ-12 notified Army Counterintelligence that they must stop this story from spreading any further, make that which did leak out sound too ridiculous for anyone to believe, and ridicule those who continued to persist in telling this story to the point of looking absolutely insane, a ploy that seemed to work.

Koehler received a very threatening telephone call from an anonymous intelligence officer (from MJ-12), whom he was led to believe was fron the FBI. He was told in no uncertain terms to "keep his mouth shut" or he would suffer dire consequences. Needless-to-say, Koehler quickly clammed up, denying everything he had said, and still, to this very day, refuses to discuss the subject with anyone and does not want to get re-involved. He did, however, tell this author that the story is true and that GeBauer was involved.

Frank Scully decided that he had better start writing now while the

subject was still fresh and no one else had published a book on it. In May of 1950 he started writing BEHIND THE FLYING SAUCERS, after having interviewed eight scientists who were involved in the recovery and/or analysis of the physical evidence directly. This book was put together very quickly so as to get to press before anyone else. In order to protect the scientists he interviewed, and at the same time to simplify the telling of the story, Scully grouped all eight of them together under one pseudonym, "Dr. Gee", which, by the way, was the nickname assigned to GeBauer by Fred Newton. Scully used infonna- tion given him by all of these scientists, interspersed here and there with his own unique Literary wit.

His story told of three flying saucer recoveries, concentrating mainly on that one near Aztec, New Mexico, on which he had the most infomation. The other two are presumably the ones from which Koehler reportedly obtained sane sample parts. He told of the extreme secrecy that surrounded the entire matter, and struck out against it. He also continued to back the story until his death in 1964. In fact, he de- voted an entire chapter to this subject in his autobiographical work titled IN ARMOUR BRIGHT published the year of his death. (copy of chapter 18 of that work is attached as exhibit to this chapter)

Scully didn't realize that he was under strict intelligence surveil- lance since October of 1949, when he published that first saucer ar- ticle in the Weekly VARIETY. They thought Scully had lost interest since his last VARIETY article of January 11, 1950, and the tighter surveillance was focused primarily on Newton, Koehler, and GeBauer. But the "bombshell" exploded in August of 1950 —- MJ-12 was shaken to


92


its very foundations; Scully's book BEHIND THE FLYING SAUCERS had gotten published.

‘The book was out and the public grabbed it up like hotcakes. Crashed and recovered flying saucers became the talk of the day. MJ-12 had to move quickly in order to quench this rapidly spreading fire. Something had to be done to make the entire story appear as a hoax in order to divert public attention completely away from it. The "cat had to be put back in the bag" at any cost.

Nb matter what the intelligence groups tried to do, the story kept rolling right along. Every time one hole was plugged up, it seemed as though two more sprang up somewhere else. This was becoming an intel— ligence departnent nightmare.

Qe person claimed that he drove a truck which carried parts of a disassembled flying saucer from Aztec, New Mexico; another claimed that he removed bodies from a flying saucer that had crash-landed near Aztec, New Mexico; still another claimed that he had taken photographs of a flying saucer being recovered by the military near Aztec, New Mexico; one person claimed that his relative, who lived near Aztec, witnessed the event; one person, the owner of an Icemachine Company, claimed his brother was called in on the project; and so on...

Borderland Sciences Research Associates, under Mead Layne, on 31 January 1950, published the Wyandotte Echo story using the wrong name Qoulter, not knowing that Koehler was the correct name. This was read by several individuals, one of whom was Gray R. Barker of Jane Lew, West Virginia, who in tur published it in Ray Palmer's February 1958

issue of FLYING SAUCERS magazine.

As we can see, MJ-12 did have their job cut out for them. Gover up of this serious leak at all costs became the Order Of The Day.


93


Leo A. GeBaier


Silas M. Newton


‘Two of the principal players in the leak and exposure of the Azted UFO


Having modified and developed some Magnetic Aerial Detection equip- ment surplus from the World War II anti-submarine patrol program, Dr- Carl A. Heiland and Mr. Leo GeBauer began to look around for suitable ways to test the devices. They discovered this in the form of Silas M. Newton, a local oil wildeatter who got around very well, and who had local oilfield holdings available for the necessary verification.

It was in this atmosphere of mutual magnetics sciences association, and the peculiar magnetics aspects of the Aztec recovery developments that GeBauer came to hear of the Aztec crash in the first place. Then it became a matter of two interested magnetics specialists discussing a problem in magnetics research.


Remember that GeBauer was then employed, or recently employed, at Air Research, Phoenix, who also held contracts on MAD research pro- jects during the war. Remember also that this same Air Research co- was the one called on for a rush project for the Government, to pro-


vide special cryogenics storage equipment on very short notice, and


94


that there were direct connections between other Aztec team members


and Air Research. It seems inevitable that GeBauer sooner


contact with the Aztec affair. In the development and testing of their magnetics detection devices,


and especially the experiments concerning oil deposits, it likewise seems inevitable that GeBauer would sooner or later come into contact with the flamboyant Silas M. Newton, who was getting around to a num ber of oil properties through previously established contacts, and who had a particular interest in the results of tests using these devices.

A not too compatible relationship developed from that, and because of Newton's own UFO sighting, eventually turned to flying saucers, and GeBaver's thories about their magnetics aspects...and finally to the


Aztec story. The "cat was out of the bag".


or later would come into


95


CHAPTER III EXHIBITS


A number of exhibits are being made available here in support of Chapter III. Because of elapsed time and same of then being available now only from photostat or microfilm records, we have found it neces- sary to quote them verbatum from the inclosed text, which you may examine for yourselves. These have been arranged in chronological order for easy reference back to the text of the chapter. Exhibits offered in this section are as follows:

Exhibit 1. SQULLY'S SCRAPBOOK, from the Weekly VARIETY dated October 12, 1949. A re-typed version is attached to the reproduction from Photostat because of near illegibility of the photostat.

Exhibit 2. Clipping from the WYANDOITE ECHO of Kansas City, Kansas as printed in that paper dated January 6, 1950. A re-typed version is again attached because of illegibility of the clipping. P Exhibit 3. FOI copy, Deaprtment of The Air Force, Memorandum for the Inspector General, USAF, Subject FLYING DISCS... dated 4 January 1950,


Exhibit 4. An intercepted copy of a letter from a citizen (censored), writing fron Linden, Missouri, to the United States Research Bureau in Los Angeles, Califormia. The letter picked up by U.S. Intelligence was dated January 10, 1950. This document is readable as it is.


Exhibit 5. Department of the Air Force, Staff Message Division, IN- COMING CLASSIFIED MESSAGE, FROM HQ 13th OSI District, Offutt AFB, Qnaha, Nebraska, dated 14 January 1950, to the Director of Special Investigations, HQ USAF, Washington, D.C. This report makes reference to the Koehler visit to the Top Secret Radar Site on the Airzona.New


Mexico border and the story told the Ford dealer in Denver.

Exhibit 6. Report of Investigation by the United States Air Force, Inspector General, Office of Special Investigations, dated 23 January 1950.

Exhibit 7. Office Memorandum, United States Goverrment dated 22 March 1950, fron Agent Guy Hottel, SAC, Washington to the Director of the Federal Bureau of Investigation, Subject: Flying Saucers...

Exhibit 8. HQ Fifth Amy Intelligence Division (G2) report dated 6 October 1950, Subject: Purchase of Flying Saucer Photographs. Exhibit 9. HQ USAF, 19th District OSI, Memo for Record, dated April 17, 1951, advises of J.P. Cahn contact with OSI.

Exhibit 10. AIR INTELLIGENCE REPORT No. 100-203-79 (Top Secret).


%


Exhibit 11. What I've Leamed Since Writing "Behind the Flying Saucers", by Frank Scully, published in Pageant magazine for February 1951, p 76 through page 81. In this article Scully discusses same of the things that happened to him after the book was out.

Exhibit 12. Summary of Lecture Given at Convention, Sunday night, the 16th of August 1953, at the Hollywood Hotel, by Frank Scully; as pub- lished in Max Miller's SAUCERS for December 1953 (Vol. 1, No. 3).


Exhibit 13. Why Doesn't Scully Write Another Book, an article in the September 1954 issue of Max Miller's SAUCERS (Vol.II, No. 3), by Frank Scully.

Exhibit 14. Chapter 18, Flying Saucers Where Are You?, page 194 through 207, of IN ARMOUR BRIGHT by Frank Scully, (Chilton; 1963). In this chapter Scully describes more of the aftermath of the publication of BEHIND THE FLYING SAUCERS, but gives no hint of what is going into his new book on flying saucers.

Exhibit 15. Qontinuing Evidence of Retrievals of the Third Kind, an article published in FLYING SAUCER REVIEW, Vol. 28, No. 1, 1982 which describes the nature of some leaks and how and why, by G. Creighton. Exhibit 16. More Tell-Tale Photostats, an article published in FLYING SAUCER REVIEW, Vol. 30, No. 1, 1984, mentioning sane of the nearly 4,000 or more formerly Top-Secret documents, downgraded and declassi- fied, and released under the Freedom of Information Act. One can only wonder about those still too hot to reveal to the U.S. Public who is footing the bill for all this.


VARIETY,


pstowwil the tip frum one planet te 2p tute a mied Mslevely rinks sie this eanite OE ours. BAL ne pletely unknoes


had tue tnetale thi


Mas of recounizable intel f4 What, No Women put charred blak were Heinen They ave inland Ns eae te ers TSRATI 61 i wie eee ggees ot BME en ipl ea dat Vaal Bem

ee ee See puiher UH


= Hanet 1

Hee ptaped in the at fie Honk Gne

+e T*Otee oe oeeeeseesseerersbeesssterteesereany dey v


the main


SCULLY’S SCRAPBOOK i i a ee


has the hero of ant aieoad dceanirol inétnus Wala Never teeesescesseeess By Frank Scully reeeetterserees } nie eal fe paste sanys ob comti hos ty ; Le oeirtl Dae polies ame as ine ; Magnetic Springs, O. Oct, & Se ere he book He toll wood characte SAE ESA AT os other zinies ene mane sory of Min prepress lade He fy something including sienibere of ihe press 1 presume, in une category or an- ral self, and One Thar ented inchide HRAS ke me lessble har Silk Ushing to Hollswoud with legends that they have already Fakes: Syininy & sound the Alaskan icetaps, snd hace “ sof secanty up to now. A pole . {ap a fret. eae ined sreing the occupants uf such E dele Basel abe yoy o Map oe Ma gag wil found in the ty i an bowl aver * py Ulong 72 bate out at being seneped on these items, 1 feet pane A eet ee in Is a eny | : : Siebts whe are vep ig themselves of my c Ps nk and why : seine at ae ors ; Hirst date ' - Ave a sens oe Caled that though Strate t R ty divmatize saucers whivh DS heee duteeteey stan nitcs “ae Vie math TP have just spent Le aN LeICTe IRAE OP his tine, * Se aes M1 8 to Ano hit Able : horn damaged in xh eetiee th of otter oe : net Int Dov suthers Ta lone afteingom , 2 UTD ABBEY he tup ranks! au Ms ing Raucers than the At far ahead ut ats preeenes i Mis ot cs. Sarea\'saameksrs tral ence Jupiter eee fuhsetatue ie pate im uring his enteten eget ant : tate, al on sieptidts saail we Fee RI AUPE RO atthe eos eer sepi il anal dae det rheyked on bso aft . 14 minatve "ein the POReS LO Tuk desks sstiict Had lame dace feta atisthiey 9 eet andl even told where y RA Tchararninilly Whe waters mid Lande Die Wrcche trecny aot one and tie Sahara- k ER Ret hlaecalbier Thence fiat eupucieeney ee are crathed shan Toh he finds ad pevetiatyet but the other everyone ey of nn Mains, lors raging treat


t+ eseses


Fs manufacturing @ picture presuming 19 & saucers have civaed the set to all visitors,


he sancur When tested it, Hae eater fount int Sure yobe the fost to mathe


Hache Mens tr eatth like a slow mation : : ; gear papa LNT a yates sia. sucer staawed on ine : Dace hos SPEEMION Warn a {Uns [iid Abs: <)éle aPaiut tha. ox, ER pencil The witd“pencit singhe the siseatists shrivk uf Yrawe SUN The oFtyINg Flats bt an sola wee iu MaRnetic Waves, the sw alists assured. ve and back could be made in 42 snmutes | dowit on a one-way pass


“i . 6 Fe nud Hew fost a planet well ? . lee dish traveled on ste (one ebsrously liad come in wi F af agit anatocabitnb Eitie ¢ : really and gave all ce ‘They Ever Find the Cup? > q Hy Nivea. ty i sctharagher kine AF dams’ exeur- ‘The suver was 100 foot aeraee snd the catia itself was about 18 feet 3 GUE TN i fiiauuéter Its center reosiined) «i! rest id ak hod aero edge anirs 9s Tiagndticany Mate Uncnenee pagrtteet Sequence in that revolved a} terrific sperd It operated sn other words. like a mage 4 ~aGe Kit presenta ta inten edo es himself ta neticallyscuntiolled helimupter lt Mas nut jtopelled by jet or other e ee Heer ponrr ne ARE: UI, Ssiihdroe ile arn he authentic power such as we have been using tn date k scenes site Suerte W to hase gol wher’ they have in the re Magnetic waves, Atientists explained emsnating from the sun, r Fen tinier damn Sa Wat secuingly along the seme route P the moon ke nites ef Rine-spun belt liner, eed Ponicy Whether wefan Ene Comnplinent and sisit the Saucerians. erates in x similar way. The trick in t Phen eiIR na e ea Re aanla hwy af Orson Welles de: ae 3 Tor Rens. OME suientiste say, on how last we step up our knowledge o! 7 enetiCg. BS Th Planet to an~ Melially tie In a nifagnetic key. He ‘i tithe” iS Match hand. one scieftist informed me. in a stay » Bt spearih of ours, byt the) Into ohd Out where @ fellow scientist is anvwhere In town by tenieg eta Be OO oR into Ms Erlead’s watcl.hand Things got a little Buck Rogertgn at ee


ine when he he theatrici} z atmosphere


Exhibit 1, Transcript


VARIETY, October 12, 1949, p. 61: SCULLY'S SCRAPBOOK, BY Frank Scully


Magnetic Springs, O. Cct 8. - Same Hollywood characters manufactur- ing a picture presuming to give the inside story of flying saucers have closed the set to all visitors, including members of the press, I presume, in one category or another, that would include muggs like me,

Others are rushing to Hollywood with legends that they have already photographed saucers swirling around the Alaskan Icecaps, and have had to retur the footage for reasons of security up to now. A Publi- cation called Plastics has even claimed seeing the occupants of such a saucer in Oregon.

Instead of tearing my hair out at being scooped on these items, I feel terribly sorry for the poor wights who are depriving themselves of my vastly superior knowledge in the field of their endeavors.

I presume these producers are attempting to dramatize which have. not the origin of their flight from this earth. I have just spent a week~ end with scientists who know all there is to know about flying saucers not only from this planet but from others. In one afternoon these men convinced me they knew more about flying saucers than the surviving of Mack Sennett's crockery that once functioned for entertainment ani profit at Hiendale, Cal.

Weeks ago these sages informed me they had checked on two of the discs which had landed here from another planet and even told where the platters had landed. The Mojave Desert got one and the Sahara got the other. The one that landed in Africa was more cracked than a psy- chiatrist, but the other pancaked gently to earth like a slow motion of Sonja Henie imitating a diving swan. All the saucer showed on in- spection was a tiny hole in its side about the size of a 6B pencil. The word "pencil" made the scientists think of Venus, a planet well

within the cruising limits of our solar system. If the disc traveled on magnetic waves, the scientists assured me, the round trip from Verms and back could be made in 42 minutes. This one obviously had came down on a one-way pass.


They Ever Find the Cup?

The saucer was 100 feet across and the cabin itself was about 18 feet in diameter. Its center remained at rest, but it had an outer edge that revolved at terrific speed. It operated, in other words, like a magnetically-controlled helicopter. It was not propelled by jet or other power such as we have been using to date.

Magnetic waves, the scientists explained, emanating from the sun, go around the earth and the moon like millions of fine-spun belt liners.


100


Each planet has its moon and operates in a similar way. The trick in getting from one planet to another is to get from a positive to a neg- ative, which those in control of these flying discs managed to do.

The structure which had withstood the trip from one plane to another had two metals completely unknown on this earth of ours, but the (last of this paragraph was cut off in the photostat process.... the follow- ing page repeated that line and resumed) rest, in the main, was of re- cognizable materials.


What, No Women?

Inside the saucer were 16 men. They were intact but charred black, due either to gasses which had been siphoned into that pencil-hole which developed in the outer structure as if being caught between the positive and negative magnetic waves en-route from one planet to an- other.

‘The men were about the size of Singer Midgets. They weren't Singer midgets because all these have been accounted for. Neither were they pignies from the African jungle. Something about their bone and skin structure was different, the scientists said.

Though the saucer was loaded with pushbuttons and control instru- ments, none of the American scientists present dared to push any of the buttons for fear of being blown to wherever the charred bodies had come from. Our scientists bombed the ship with cosmic rays and Geiger devices to make sure no lethal dangers were present before they opened the cabin door.

There was some water in containers in the saucer. When tested it ttumed out to be heavier than ours, much like the water found in Norway which the Nazis figured would help them to be the first to make an atomic bomb.

Food, Clothing, Heavy Drinks

‘The capsules containing food were all found in the turrt cabin. None of the scientists felt very hungry at the time and so the capsules were fed to guinea pigs which seemingly are always hungry. The quinea pigs thrived on the capsules.

Examination of the clothes of the saucerians revealed that though they were ahead of us in the sciences they were away behind in the styles. Their styles were similar to ours of 1890 but their cloth was of a material unknown to us. It had not been damaged in flight either. The clothes had metal buttons and buttonholes but no zippers. In other matters these strange people seemed to be far ahead of us. While we are still playing at _— (illegible) in the kindergarten of atomic,

they are operating in magnetic energy. Currently, the scientists said, we can direct missiles to Moscow in a flight time of 15 minutes, but in the magnetic field 1,000,000 miles a second is supposed to be stan-


101


dard speed. Nobody talks of m.p.h. but m.p.s. Indeed, one of the scientists showed us a gamma ray magnetron, q little box about the size of a portable radio which he said cam make sanething like 38 measurements and in a mimate tell you howdeep you')) have to dig for any indicated liquid oil and so forth, and how mach volume you'll find when you get there. Something New in Radio

The sancerians they found are familiar with radio too, but not as we know it. Qne extracted fron their ill-fated platter had no tubes, no aerials, no plug-ins. It was operated magnetically and gave off sounds similar to the noises our scientists heard when checking on enemy planes and submarines in the last war.

Also in the saucer was found an indestructible parchment with writ~ ings as yet uncoded. The scientists believe, however, that. the Saucer- ians must be using a system of mathematics similar to ours amd based on numbers from 1 Fo he Rave got, whee they have! tpi fhe sclenices: They have passed us but seemingly along the same route.

Whether we can soom return the canplement and visit the Saucerians, even with nothing more than the charred body of Orson Wells, depends, our scientists say, on how fast we step up out knowledge of magnetics.

His watch band, one scientist informed me, is a magnetic key. He can find out where a fellow scientist is anywhere in town by tuning into his friend's watchband. Things got a little Buck Rogersish at this... (and that is where the last photostat page was cut off).


Of interest here is the casual reference to two earlier flying discs of smaller size that had came down in the Mojave desert and the Sahara Desert in Africa. There have been rumors of these other recoveries for some time, but here they are casually mentioned in camparison to the more recent recovery fran Aztec, New Mexico. Sane of the scientists mentioned seem to be familiar with these craft.

‘The compressed food and the heavier weight water has shown up in other recovered saucers, and was mentioned by the beings from Reticulum who visited William Herrmann in Charleston, South Carolina in 1978 on. Those Reticulian ETs also said that their ships were powered by an application of magnetics with which we are not yet familiar. This was all very interesting indeed, because Bill Hermann was not a UFO fan, didn't read the UFO literature, and would have laughed at anybody who did...before his own experiences with them.


102


ia ae


THE i E


a


ci ih Hi Ag iit ee


103


Exhibit 2, Transcript


THE WYANDOTT ECHO, Kansas City, Kansas, January 6, 1950 - clipping


CAME TO EARTH BY ACCIDENT SAYS RUDY FICK, FORD DEALER

The secret of the flying saucers is a secret no longer. Two weeks ago, Rudy Fick, well-known Kansas City auto dealer, stopped over in Denver returning from Ogden, Utah. While there, he called on the man- ager and the assistant manager of the Ford agency there. Their conver~ sation was interrupted by a call from two engineers, arranging an im- mediate meeting. Qne of these engineers, a man named Qoulter, revealed some startling information.

Recording to the story told by Gbulter, he "crashed the gate” at a radar station near the New Mexico and Arizona border after two weeks of arranging. Here he saw two of the highly secret "flying saucers", Qe of these was badly damaged, while the other was almost perfectly intact. These objects were space ships of an unusual design. They con- tained two parts, a cockpit or cabin about six feet in diameter, anda ring eighteen feet across and about two feet thick around this cabin. In flight, the ring revolved at a high rate of speed, while the cabin remained stationary like the center of a gyroscope. The ship has a bearing type tripod landing gear. The cabin was constructed of a metal resembling aluminum, but the actual make-up of the metal has defied analysis. Coulter had a portion of this metal in his posession, and gave it to one of the Ford men with instructions to send it to the Dearborn Ford plant laboratory to see if they could either melt it or analyze it.

Each of the two ships seen by Qobulter were occupied by a crewof two. In the badly damaged ship, these bodies were charred so badly that little could be learned from them. ‘The occupants of the other ship, while dead when they were found, were not bumed or disfigured, and, when Coulter saw them, were in a perfect state of preservation. Medical reports, according to Coulter, showed that these men were almost identical with earth-dwelling humans, except for a few minor differ- ences. They were of a uniform height of three feet, were uniformly blond, beardless and their teeth were completely free of fillings or cavities.

They were dressed in uniform clothing made from blue material un- known on earth, the threads in the clothing seeming to be sort of wire. The jackets had six buttons, and the trousers were tight-fitting. The shoes were of a slip-on type. They did not wear undergaments, but had their bodies taped. Cbulter said that it was a matter of speculation whether this was the customary garb of these people, or whether these were "space suits” of flying suits.


104


In each ship was a quantity of food in tablet form. Mme type of the food was in the form of small white tablets, about half the size of Alka-seltzer tablets. Another type was a small brown cube, which when immersed in water, swelled to a volume of about a gallon. Water con- tained in the ships had a weight twice as great as water on earth.

The ships seemed to be magnetically controlled and powered, as they had no power plant in the ship itself. No armament or exploratory equipment was found in them, and, since they seem to invariably crash near radar installations, it is surmised that they are attracted by radar, or possibly radar waves interfere with their control systems.

In addition to the piece of metal, Goulter showed the group including Fick, a clock or automatic calendar taken from one of the crafts. It consisted of two pieces of metal sandwiching same unusual type of ma- terial. Qn the face of one of these pieces of metal appeared an in- dentation, which, rotating around the disc, completed a cycle each 28 days, a lunar month.

According to the information given Coulter, there are around fifty of these craft that have been found in the United States in a period of about two years, and forty of these are in the United Stated Re- search Bureau in Los Angeles.

Qoulter said that the best assumption as to the source of the ships was the planet Venus, for it is the only planet that has an atmosphere in any way similar to ours, and it seems to have magnetic properties that would make the logical home base of these space ships.

@ulter's presumption as to the reason behind the apparent lack of security is that the government desires the information to be spread from unofficial sources, until the people are more or less familiar with the facts. He feels that the security departments of the military fear that the sudden shock of a surprise announcement of the fact that

interplanetary travel was possible might cause mass hysteria. No cause for alarm seems necessary, however, for, from all indications, these Venusian visitors are quite peaceful, and even unwilling, visitors to our planet.


Note that Goulter (alias Koehler) unhesitatingly gave the treasured piece of metal from one of the ships to the Ford man to send to Dear— born, to the main Ford plant for analysis. Anybody deliberately per- petrating a hoax would be very unlikely to be so foolish, as once the analysis was made his game would immediately be over. Coulter had to really believe that he was giving them something very unusual to put through the Ford analysis. We may note that nobody ever released the results of that analysis. Why?


105,


( DEPARTMENT OF THE AIR FORCE peAauan Teme UNITED ETATER AiR FORCE


URN HOATION CUNGE dapa bey OSE BY Avruonity or ae RIT SAT


= fot — are nwer ese : stra peters aes: Vials a eres


wnousDu for ne DEER EL, TF ——_J_


SUBMECT: FLYING DISCS — Alleged Observation of Flying Discs Ae og Winter of 1948 - 1929


fo Terrstory of Alesis


“To view of the curract wave of publicity regarding flying saucers and of inquiries being recaived by Tbe Director of Public Relations on subject cace, the following ie sebaitted far your Anfornetions


2, Upon request of the Totelligeace Depsctowst of Air Ketertal Comrand, OSE investigated « newspaper article which appeared in Barton, “chic, neropaper in Septqnmer of 3949. Sycopeis of the cas

e fo >


article Septanter 19: Hereld,* wereit alleged the


motion plete, Sadcer in various fligre stapes ant pene - a reseatly actor-producereriter for Colsoial FoMfuctioos, and ria pictore entities “Zhe Flying ‘was viewed by an C5 Agent on su Octover 19332 Toe pictare cootained # 1 rien ot the Fising disc wile on tue ground and in the air. ‘dedtted that the "flying ssucer™ waa 4 fipeent of Bis fertnation 293 thet Ne Felaased the rvs story ir enter to secure pablicity for Ei motion picture, "fhe Fiyiog Sewer.*


3. This 1 betng called to your attention at this tice since we have bees ecrined by Public Selatious that varicus pews mecia corre-tly contenzlate affording publicity to Comrad's contenticns. office has been fully advised of: the fects in this matter,


Exhibit 3


106


Linden, hissouri January 10, 11956


United States Research Sureau Los Angeles, Californie


Desr Sirs:


I heve heard and read atmerous accounts ¢pcceroing the @ “plying Saucer". The latest story vas found inla local paper "ett "Phe “yandot-e 2cho", which ts published in Konsas City, xansac,

The account appeared’in the issue o> January 6, 1350. Since the article zeatzoneé you, I-vonder {© you could verify or discredit ity


The article was as follows:


The secret 2* she °Plying Saucers" is a ‘secret no ionger. ‘to weeks 250 peep velo Eansas City auto dealss, Frooes oves feteeeenerturaine fram Orden, Ulan, wails t fe°calles on the sanager ami the assistant canazer Agency there. Their conversation vas interrupted by a call tyo engineers, arrareine an immediate ceeting. © a the: encinesrs, -SQRMMMMMAB, revealed sone startling inrom- ation. : According to the story tolé gRINMMMMMy ho “crashed the catet at a radar station near the Kew fexico ana arizona border after two weexs of arrangics. Bere he saw two of tho highly seere: “flying saucers." ef these was badly damaget, while the si perfectty tatact, These objects wer? Saal Resiens Seay constaced af tve farts, 3 ceciots 6 about six feet in diareter, and a ring eicnteen feet Soout tus seer shiek surrounded shis casin, : ig Tevolyec at a high rate of sceed, while +h: tionary lixe the center of a gyroscsre. The type criood landing gear. The cabin was construc’ Pesesdling alusinim, Set the actuel maze-v> of th: assed ane2y: da portion of ints = pesacdaion, and gee it 0 ane of the ford nen Eo°sand 12’to the Dearsorn Ford plant laboratory to could either celt it or analyze it. Sat crev of tye, badly canag so badly that Iittle could be le: the other ship, while desa jo they were 7c: or disfirured, and, whe sav them, v2: of presarvation, Medical repo: » according that these sen were 2imost Identical with o2r: exeert for a fev a: Giffarences, The: wears height of three feet,


were wniforzly blond, & teetn vere completely free of fillines or

‘They were dressed in unifora = ‘on earth, threads to


dergozzents, Sus teat it was a patter of s¢ garb of these peosle, or whether tiese


ing suits.


Exhibit'4


107


In each ship was & quantity of food in tedlet form. One typa of the food vas 4n the form of saall white tablets, about bulf the size of Alka~Seltzer tablets. Another type waa a soall brown cube, which, when iomersed in water, svoll'ed to» volupe of about a'gation, Water contained io the ships had a weight twice


a3 (teat as Water on earth. Tne sbips seemed to ba magnetically controlled and povered,


as they had no pover plant in the shtp itsel?. No arzanent or exploratory equipment was found in them, and, since toey seen to invsrlably crash near, radar installations, 1¢ {a suroised trat tuey are attracted by radar, or possibly radar vaves inzerfere


with their control. systens. In aggition to the pisce of cata] qiamMeioved the group including MMs clock or automatic caiendar taxen from one of dof two places of cetul sundviching


tha crafts, I= consist On the face of one of these pi


some unusual type of bererial, af tetal appeared an indaotatian, woich, rotating ersund toe disc,


complated a cycle each 28 days, a lunar mont)

‘According to the tntormat!on st 7cragMaaN 7 fifty of these craft that uve been found in the United 5: a pariod of abot two years, and forty of these-ere in tna United


Statos Fgsgazch Buroay in Los Angeles. ‘ MmRGHEOMG 01a that the bast assunptton as to the source of the slips vas the planet Venus, for it ts the only planet that haz


an stnosphere 12 any vay similiar to ours, and it soess to nuve that would make tne logical hsiu bose of


are


uunption as to the regson dehing the aspa: sacurs:y 49 that the government desires the to bo sproad from cro?rtetal sources, until people are nore oF faniliar wits tha facts, Ye feels that the security inents ef the vilttary hat the sudden shock

nt of the fact that int ary


iy


announces

stole sighs 2 sass hysteria. lo cause for fecozsary, Usvere>, for, Crom ali indications, the ¥ gistters aro guite peaceful, and even unvillizs, vic


ease find a self addressed envelzpe,


Ennlosad >


yank Fou very much,


Exhibit 4


108


, acy at peph. t{TMENT OF THE AIR \ JRCE wr,


STAFF MESSAGE DIVISION a INCOMING CLASSIFIED MESSAGE. ~


2 EME Sk DST CesT 43. ZIR OF SPECIAL INVESTIGATICNS EQ IAF, WASA,, D.2


Wi BEST CMDR 1A O8T DIST LowaT AYE, 29b9 (Zen)


Sz=r CyDR 17 os ae

CLasuiricaTion caNcEL UD twa! Gobo, Lessa

SY AUTHONET OLD IM AMepOEDSO, ee Umbec ms

BENET)


fe frea Ogden, “vile there


G Spb ‘be cellod:cn monger. of Pord Agency, their corversation vax inter= 1 of thane


. rupted by some onginoors arriving for o moeting. arrivelaj@ nan nai revealed some startling info. According to story to! "Crashed the date" ut o rade> sts:nour new Mexico borders. While there he

Cpatents ara_spot


nav 2 of the highly secrot "Plying Sauce>s". Teport detetls =--1nfo conteined herein furnished from covep;er article appoering in Wyeadotte Echo. Kannas City, Yansas 6 Jan hosc, 1 of flying seucers vas badly damaged, other almost pesfect?: Kavecz. They consisted of 2 parts, a cockpit cr cabin about 6 feot Siovotor ant o ring 18 feet acrost end 2 feot thick surrouncac cabs


Qabis via constructed cf 0 metal biog aluminum, Wit acsuel

fake of metal bus defied agulyais ween: @ portion of this

fete] in hie pos: ion and gave 1! md man to som So the » shoved tha


Dourbd-rce plant to ye ic. This was, ercup, includn, clock or autenasse ® taken frou 1 Was of 2 pheows of socal togazcer of sume


of thi craft ce: 21 typo ef metal, on the fece cf 1 or Z pieces cf thin zatel


od am incantation vbich roteted arcuxd the Ey 3 ‘According to the info erage: jo craft that have been found 2


(are around 50 of Ana period ef-2 years. 4° of then are in t


UNCLASSIFIED

  1. (16 Jen 50)


‘HAG 0-309 B


109


“pert awe oar AIR T ORCE


STAFF MESSAGE DIVISION INCOMING CLASSIFIED MESSAGE


-fora height of 3 £5. sosplutaly ¢ ina sort of vire and wre weerisg m0 suiet Guroeats tut bad thetr bedies tupsd. tha quantity of fee? Ls scip which vas 4a teblet form. agwaspeaan as te tis resecn behind the aprarect lack o- security 13 chs: ta Qovn tegired she info to be spread frem unofficial scurces ust: povpls ars more or lsse familiar vith the fact: = ce the sscurity Dept of the Military fear that th & surprise announcement of the fact that interpl: possible aight cause mata hysteria. Reputation of ia voll knows locally acd oa of fracas City star.s'D0 13 v fod mnke a asan City Star. 5 -weadily located t! oy Action tax: Info copies to DO 14 and DO AT for acticn. Editor of tha City Star stated that while they were avare of this story they Aid not dare’ pt in’ paper because it ia too fantastic.


ACTICN: DIRECTCR, SPECIAL INVESTIGATICNS


InvO + BOS/O DIRECTCR CP INTELLIGZN C/O DIREITOR OF PLANS & 0: Des/o POLICY DIVISICN CHIRP OP STAFF'S LOG, USAF


SSERLREIERE (26 san 50) /


eS Re 28,4


yzent


Exhibit 5


110


Gane Cars ba AB)


yuna sii dase = —————+


=

wots BUTT = bv Tiss fen Do vem tne 140M Lie, DO WAG, 18 Jemary 1960 (rile GeS)y j = pay Sc. SEL 30 lesmary 19 (ride ob bl), DO eS aed Tw DO fT. — |


~" oops


Yapaentom with JABK HMRI, Le J. VAN MOO, nad MORLET 3. BALES rere thse Sercrncs ime mnaretaa Firing pesado teen roles Dearer,. boos detail: wlery have Yeon. ef MOUPTY ‘eet YAN SOON, MORPAT, YA


naaeneary. ageing N few ethane, parts. Bo.


COMM CATION CANCELED miele ka:


tH 10548 4 she


Exhibit 6


111


rt Reker Crear, ~ab 19%, she folteiag


‘early Oetover 1543


assoers t Ons ae rey ate Cetaed tee di 4

= i Hatin doe é

on ‘ Taat grie@ COv\ IE


orthe ome oom


Ded Ain chow the ArehA of tae atone, Ky Let met Le

Avent ya!tve (26) nimtos and Gated powit: <4 mans Of Die mmplozy:

Nad somiuatet an analyeis Of Nem aw

tite ine oo ry tard Seber 5 Dearborn, Met ens,

J eae ae dave entered as turtallation asar Promir, srinomn nod Rad agtually sewn twe (3) flying rweeare. Thay Ere sousted om x triped type Lanting quar. The eatire arf eoli be Ued oy toe paremns, Une erat mas dnmmsed eod the ecoupuats bad jenn Yernet. ine ether rafl_ vas Latah and tae sowupaste were 19 8 perfect


Sf yencervation. They ware three (3) feet tall, Mend Bair, Meat.


Ett; tnt het perteat teeth. have secrpecss. hed tes Vue psivern we aleth sae fren virw miler Mised tha tha araft s meply ef foot et weiging trice thot of the pgiseeeraiina miss * z rena. \ Leserding § kyenle


Mise LET Tre City (Soh tm eciutamre tn the Dulted Betas. Be Chat fife (A) fying senear, comments parveiet tag = And (hat Ube Yeoune Liviaiale shee purseed. it is Ihe


= \ Gehaver ———ay Geo = “


Exhibit 6


112


coche Went ies


PEEMa: can vl: Ld oS


Sane via inne cont nated 97 Stage covvanat et nad the elitatar the Arita Globe rane),


sore


fe caemeetat WIA cay ech fustantio tele, iit Sihy vad eevee f ahead intend AF sepmrt maneresry- ome T winnie

ae © advertising wal: Aabion 2, Dawrer, sauersnse fewek 19 Jamaary 1900, weet ing ox tae Jerd Bator Company vit SAL omeent staera. de aimit ted develcing to these pereone iarormabion Cosmas FIRE Seam, bak Gemiel Very profeumtly bering bet any metals or gta. Ke alee denied mertioning any ames raowding his dearee a Sacer met ine shed that be hed me parte af Dying


erly 18 Orteber 158, We desaribed one an being LLG fost mares nat expasle of Survying 18 sowuyamss. de stated that hey Sok come fren Yous amd hed mde the Uri in ferty—ane (41) mimton,


ace cuca ees [dap pl me Toate GeQuver ome either related te Koehler 's Fron the Fromtng®


vere laeiing weer A) Pedar taetallation


i koehler3 wife was cither related Te one of the Scitnd x5 2% frond 0 Some of them


Exhibit 6


113


EXDAts: (Cont 'a) disetle:


Epwetel soot AVOIER, Bo Fecmary


ez eonduat od 57 ationsd selowttate, ‘TOTS lavestigat


a1 ee =


t i E


beretrasrry Bie near Aiegeoyen, Fe = t


ation mo ~ False thee fron lig ! ma hed ‘Litved eas saaareing 2 muclt radia ees resent, 4 tepLayed at tie ord Mat have oWatnad fran the arf Aisee what awtate epee en revarebien be brought the Bite of mal beak te Sei eet Aste vere ip5} ge on Oa oars. tag the set Tig, x gat se cro that ee Sac Tee cowacants hed deen rend at plaeel in the Seereeate tatiom Aisne, [1taete, for Te stated § ' a Sem to record th: Pest ion ‘ Haptay. fet s Crient of hte, amavated vith ¢ Sonmanid Lane Pewelres thy mative story af ate sblag teeta nas : joan faearelag fling smonre SPUia siace evry Oss tose 4849 aad ane “46 Sit retetense sate ty LOULS a 7 any esas evar a the Tedarnl Dares of I 4 kas forrest 7 Fetoreaae To 1 jet ths ‘« ecmaidered to be of 4 asewirtakar, amt aot loueva Ne be altett BES furtaer state! that he jery 2 be true ast SRS ss eager N part DP cased . 5 ‘ é fas Exhibit 6~ Exhibit 6


114 115


Rise 3a Se pant


rere Office Memorandum - "NITED Steen ‘Govennnczyy”


% ‘xo |, « DIRSSTOR, FAI "er 23 :

a ie 8 GOY MOTEL, Bac, MASDCTON yA J

» phy , > SDI)X2Fs FLYDIO: BAUCERS .

G8 > os" povmuzioy coxcmoDre


thal


Ee: AL on dy ev A Layee 4 PY ais Oring tnfernation war Ronithed where


4p dnvestigator for the Air Forces stated that three po-celled flying saucers bad been recovered in Kew Kaxico. bey were’ Geacribed ae boing circular in ebape with raised centers, appract~ mately 50 feet in dirnota>, Fach coc was occupied by three bodii of hunen abapo but only 3 feet tall, dressed in metallic cloth of @ very fine texture, Each body was bandaged in 2 eanner siziler, te the blechout multe used y speed Dye:


dscording ‘to eT inforeant, the eano) & fowls in Kew ts Mexico dus to ths fact that ths Covermnsent hes avery high-powered. radar set-up in that area and it is beliere’'the radar interferes with ths controling mecheniea of the exusers.


bed farther evalustion was attazpted by BieoseEEpoeneerntng the al . .


2" cuer«, . 2 oe "4 DISTRICT OF COLUMBIA > 2 y 5 REDORDEN 3 2 83EF4,


yy ——

INDE - _ kar £8 1es0 u


116


DQUARTERS PIPTH ARMY INTELLIGENCE DIVISION OPFICE CP AC of S, G-2


& Deter cen (Date) 3


Catcego, on el Place,


SUBJECT: Purchase Offer‘of, Flying Saucer Photograph:


Sumcary of ‘Information


a 3#°-Ca 30 Septenber the Regional r sporting that an soo


BM sie thet " spied to take the photographs of the c:

ber aay fron nin but thet he hee given thes ancther 704 of £225, 2 oct zbout the photo;


wes interviewed at the Fifth Regional ‘Gfrice ber denied any knowledge of the

Tlying sacce> ep’ e Regionel Office commented thet in spite ais bis canner-indicateé that he had sore resewhatgs of +] ray Lave teen pictures of ite Fis e> nce éi2 not my Ottage: eho was either centally tbelanced Gr 7 tently to bis stoz=y of being cmuck


‘RO 2 Lapearich


Evaluation “or source -of information


Previous Distribution: x__Reliable ‘credible Questionable. Undetermined Thinom


Distribution:


Exhibit 8


il7


‘UY April 1952 Wen RANOUW POR THE PSCORD


LL Mr, Marry Ml. Kibell, BAC San Fragotsco Pisld Office FBI. wtated vie telephooe that he had Sear ran


isco Chronicle, J- P. Cah, that thay were interested, tory Crow Dr.


\ Bh Si Be Woon | Exhibit 9


118


Exhibit 10, Note


Air Intelligence Report No.100-203-79, ANALYSIS OF FLYING OBJECT INCIDENTS IN THE U.S., Air Intelligence Division Study No. 203, ‘Top Secret, dated 10 December 1948, was put out jointly by the Direc— torate of Intelligence of Headquarters United States Air Force and the Office of Naval Intelligence of the Navy Department.


This report was put out after we already had three and possibly four recovered flying saucers in our posession, and in the hands of the "Special Group" with selected scientists of all kinds dilligently studying every detail of the recovered craft and the bodies found in- side of them. This was all taking place above the Need-to-Know levels of the security classification under which the crashed discs were being treated. It is evident that the secret was not as well contained as was intended because staffers below the Need-to-Know levels had already picked up some things, which was the reason for their preparing their Estimate of the Situation which was so summarily rejected, and by the Chief of the Air Force himself. With that in mind, this staff effort was careful not to go too far in their conclusions, but far enough to show that the Farth-made hypothesis did not quite hold water. What is of most interest however, is that they used some of the Appendices of the rejected Estimate of the Situation to support this new report.

Me intent of this report was to solicit the active support of all other agencies to try to find out all possible about this phenomena, not knowing that there was a great deal more information not being passed around, that was being worked at higher and more compartmented levels of security.

The lower operating levels of intelligence were all trying to get more information on the phenomenon while at the same time the upper levels were trying to keep it from them, a ridiculous situation that was bound to fail - eventually.


Here then is that report as released under the Freedom of Information Act. (See Appendix 6)


ng


™ WHAT HAS HAPPENED to me since I wrote “Behind the Flying Saucers” could easily explain why all the little men found in space ships on the Mojave Desert were dead. That I did not join them is a triumph of faith over experience. I have had best-sellers before, but never one that set everybody, me included, so upside down that I even recorded the planets in that order—a gaffe which brought me more attention than if I had set things down right. As in baseball, so in writing. There are two kinds of people: those who bat out hits and those who record their errors.

To correct the correctors is a terrific temptation, especially when you saw the mistakes long before they did and even saw many that they couldn’t see even if you pointed them out with radar. But if you belong to the school that believes that the author has his say in his book and the critic has his say in


16


Learned Since


Writing


“Behind the Flying Saucers”


BY FRANK SCULLY


his review and that should end the matter, it’s very difficult to reverse your field and try to score some other way. But when you're dealing with a highly controversial subject in which truth may get trampled underfoot and killed unless you make another try, you're almost duty-bound to try to effect a rescue,

When it became evident that a handful of critics were out to kill a book I had spent three years in, assembling, I cither had to take it lying down or fight. It was Korea all over again. I couldn’t fight them long distance. I had to go into their territory. That meant New York,

Had I been born in Spain 450 years ago and had a character come into port with tall tales about a new continent he had discovered, all of which tended to prove his premise that the carth was round, I would have written the story, It probably would have got me scoffed at, but I would have written it because


Exhibit 11


120


SSeS


Mr. Scully's best-selling book, “Behind the Flying Saucers,” published by Henry Holt & Co. and condensed by Pageant in Oc- tober, 1950, caused an immedi- ate sensation. The tremendous response to. this. extraordinary story prompted Mr, Scully to write exclusive article for Pageant’s readers, to help an- swer some of the questions that may have come to mind on read- ing the book, and to reveal some to the au- thor since its publication,



that was what the man said.

It would never have occurred to me that doubters would hunt back in the files and reveal that I had once written a book called Fun in Bed and how could anybody take me seriously after that? Neverthe- less, that was the approach of many critics when faced in the Fall of 1950 with the task of choosing be- tween the veracity of Air Force spokesmen and me as the Sau- cerian good will ambassador.

Back in the days when world wars were practically unknown, I remember taking a course in eco- nomics at Columbia University and using a textbook written by Stephen Leacock, a professor at McGill University. Most readers remember him today as a great humorist, but obviously his brain had two lobes, and while one lobe was serious dur- ing the day the other was, amusing during the Jong watches of the night. I like to think that he was


my tutor in both fields.

As soon, however, as I saw that certain New York critics were not going to allow me to work both sides of the street, I decided to fly East to take care of them and to effect an encircling movement and sella book which secmingly would have made them happier if it had died in the galleys.

By going on television and radio in mad Manhattan I was able to interest millions, whereas if I had limited my appeal to literary jour- nals which scemingly live by trad- ing each other’s mash notes, I would have found myself trapped.

The encircling movement was so successful that a book which got scant recognition on publication day, September 8, was rated ninth on the best-seller list of The New York Times a month later, and soon at the top in many cities which listen more to radio than they do to what emanates from West 45th Street’s hermetically sealed Hazletts.

Soon people in the outlying dis- tricts began moving in on book- stores and after three wecks those newspapers which didn’t believe my reporting of the interplanetary con- test between the Pentagonians and the Sauccrians was worth even a stick as news discovered to their amazement that they had to report “Behind the Flying Saucers” as away up front among best-sellers.

New York conquered, except for a mopping up operation which

could be easily left to the old re- liable firm of Henry Holt and Com- pany (Established 1866), Scully and his wife celebrated a 20th wedding anniversary at a private party for hundreds of friends spon- sored by John Masterson, producer

17


121


PAGEANT FEuRUARY 1951


of “Bride and Groom,” and then left to soften up Chicago.

There the opposition was even tougher than in New York. Book critics were being pulled out of the lineup and science editors substi- tuted. One, Roy Gibbons of the Chicago Tribune, was particularly vehement in denouncing the book, but he had spelled my name cor- rectly, and that, after all, is what really matters.

Nevertheless, I seem to have been annoyed because he said I wrote the book “to make a fast buck.”

This scemed to put him against the capitalist system, but that wasn’t what annoyed me. It was that any critic should be so ignorant as to believe an author writes a book for a fast buck. Bucks are slowet than oxen in the book business, You take one to five years writing the book and don’t get paid until six to eight months after your book is a hit, and not at all if it is a flop. At a time when acclaim is all but drowning you, you haven't got a buck of any sort, fast or slow. You are forced to borrow from your publisher and he hasn’t got his re- turns yet.

Mr. Gibbons was on safer ground when he wrote: “Many a reader will have his credulity outraged by this book. If compelled at pistol point [I told you they were still tough in Chicago] to make a choice, this reviewer would recommend the book as fit reading only for children but never for adults beyond the

fairy. tale level of intelligence.”

By my standards these are not fighting words, but, knowing show- manship, I set out to encircle Mr. Gibbons and his Chicago Tribune and let them die of malnutrition.


78


I made 14 personal appearances in four days around Chicago. I per- formed on everything from morning television shows to midnight disc jockeys. I even pitched for the book between wrestling matches and later learned I had been seen on televi- sion as far cast as Jamaica, Long Island, and as far west as Catalina. By the end of my whirlwind tour a book that was standing still in Chi- cago when we came to town was sold out in every bookstore.

Two radio shows in Denver and two interviews, and the flying Scul- lys were ready to fly back to Holly- wood and call the tour a success, By then the book had climbed to ee Four on the national best seller

te

There was a mountain of mail, telegrams, phate calls and requests for personal appearances staring me in the face. Breaking down the let- ters into two piles—pro and con— I discovered the majority was over- whelmingly favorable to the posi- tion taken in “Behind the Flying Saucers.” They ranged from indus- trial scientists down to amateur as- tronomers.

Among those who buy a book instead of getting a free copy, the percentage of favorable response was 98 per cent. This showed a tre- mendous advance for our side in the saucerian controversy and a corresponding loss for the Air Force party-liners. A year ago, according to a nation-wide survey of the United Press, only 26 per cent be- lieved there was anything to the flying saucers beyond what had been explained by the Air Materiél Command in its Project Saucer re- ports. By now the percentage of believers in space ships would be


122


WHAr I'VE LEARNED SINCE “I!


nearer to 85 per cent, and judging from the hundreds of letters which Ihave received the figure would be nearer 98 per cent.

In fact I have reccived only two letters which denounced me as a perpetrator of a hoax and one of those was unsigned. Some said they believed I was honest in presenting what was told to me but that Dr. Gec was the perpetrator of the hoax.

Several letter-writers were sure they knew who Dr. Gce was. They named their man. I, alas, have yet to name mine. As I told John K, Hutchens of the New York Herald Tribune, Dr. Gee isn’t a secret to the Air Force. Let them come out and name him. J know they know who he is and they know I know!

Many pcople have said that it would strengthen the whole case if I would come right out and name Dr. Gee. But I am not privileged to do this. I belong to an old school of journalism. I don’t kiss and tell. Let others betray confidences. I stick to an older code.

Thad to tell a Hollywood studio that was perfectly willing to buy the book for $75,000, provided I could give them a clearance on Dr. Gee, that they were $19,925,000 short in their offer,

“Dr. Gee has said he will not talk for $20,000,000,” I explained. “Didn’t you read the book before you made the offer?”

They are still hoping to get the clearance, but money doesn’t mean anything to me any more. That's why I’m asking for such a lot of it.

Everybody remotely connected with this book has reported a cer-

tain amount of annoyance from Pentagonian snoopers except me.


MIND TIE FLYING SAUCERS” Maybe I don’t know what pressure is any morc, Maybe I have to get shot in the head before I believe that somebody wishes I'd shut up. I suppose this was no sccret to the Air Force or the FBI. So I was bypassed. I wasn't hurt, because I am convinced Project Saucer must have been turned over to the Boy Scouts who had read Freud.

Onc of the things that convinced me was what I heard one day before I went East. 1 sat in my living room talking to Gerald Heard, a British scientist, Ken Crossen, a scicnce- fiction editor, and Milton Luban, a picture critic. We had a caller.

I recognized him as a pilot who had been flying everything since 1926 and was one of the military pilots who came home from China with flying saucer tales, one par- ticularly about a saucer that en- circled a plane while flying over the Hump and killed the plane’s engines until the saucer flew away, whereupon the engines started coughing again. He was now an officer in the Civil Air Patrol.

He told us he had been out hunt- ing a lost ship beyond Newhall, California, on the edge of the Mo- jave Desert, when he spotted a saucer. He tailed it toward Taft and then returned to his base at Burhank. “I drove right over here to tell you,” he said. I asked him when it happened. “Less than an hour ago.”

Then he looked at his watch and realized he had to hurry back to the base and report in. “Are you going to report the saucer?” I asked. “You think I’m crazy?” he demanded. “Think I want to be asked to lie down on a couch and have the psychiatrists take over?


9


PAGEANT FesRuARY 1951


That's why I’m telling you instead.”

Grown men would have nothing to do with the Pentagonians any more. Seasoned pilots preferred to report to me, a_ civilian, which shows you how far off base the Pentagonians have gone and how far afield they have led those who have followed their party line to the effect that believers in flying saucers, are victims of either per- sonal hallucination or mass tat teria.

The extremes of belief and dis- belief in the entire Saucerian saga might be reduced to two letters. One from a 14-year-old amateur astronomer, the other from a crank who remains nameless and is prob- ably ageless.

“Dear Mr. Scully,” wrote the lad in impeccable English, “I read with great interest the review on your new book “Behind the Flying Sau- cers” in the Sunday issue of the


ing in speeds as the light shows, until it flew out of range. Either there is another disk or the same one stopped again at the edge of the photo.

“Photograph number two (taken the same night, before number one) shows an individual saucer flying right at the camera. This is a 30-50 second exposure. The exhaust or an illuminated cloud can be seen near it,

“All sorts of explanations have been taken into consideration and only the one answer can be reached.

“[ will appreciate hearing from you.

“Sincerely yours,

Ivan Courtright 419 28th Ave., Venice, California.”

The other extreme is best repre- sented by a doubting Thomas from Wheeling, West Virginia. He ad- dressed me simply as “Frank Scully,


124


Los Angeles Times, and I’m look- ing forward to buying a copy.

“I thought the enclosed pictures would be of interest to you. The negatives are available for inspec- tion at any time by appointment. Several prominent amateur astron- omers have examined the negatives and come to the decision that they could only be flying disks.

“J am an amateur astronomer


. and 14 years old. I have done a


good deal of photographing celes- tial objects, and this is the way I acquired these pictures,

“Photo number one is, as you can see, a saucer trail. It is a six-hour exposure of the northern regions


and the North Star's trail can be*


seen in the center, The disk, not to my knowledge, was evidently hovering in space when I opened the shutter of my camera. Then it moved to the left and hovered a while longer. Then it flew off vary-


Hollywood, Calif.” There are sev- eral Frank Scullys in Los Angeles, but I once helped postmen to get a raise in wages and ever since they have given me first refusal on any letter to a Frank Scully incomplete- ly addressed,

I publish the letter just as it came out of the crank case. His queries seem to lack question marks but he put some extras in at the end be- fore deciding not to sign the letter.

“If you know so damn much about fly saucers,” he wrote, “why don’t you keep it to yourself. Did it ever occur to a great mind like yours that they want to keep it a secret. If some of our potential enemies have a coupla pieces of the puzzle missing, P’'m sure you can supply them with the answers. If it’s applause you're looking for—ok


Should I tell him? as


Exhibit 12 SAUCERS, December 1953 (Vol. 1, Nos 3)


YOU ARE PROBABLY WELL aware by now of the World's First ing Saucer Convention which was held by Flying Saucers In- tonal last August 16th to 18th at the Hollywood Hotel, Hollywood, California. It has been agreed that is wae a remark- able success with impressive crowds. Best estimates at present give the approximate total attendance at 1500, Jeron King Cris- well, one of the speakers aunsunsed that 2006 people had been turned avay Monday night (the 17th) alone.

The speakers included! Dr, Hardin D, Walsh (Dean of Scten- tology, Sequoia University), Orfeo Angelucct (author: "Saucera First Contaot Revealed"), Dr. Jeron King Criawell (syndicated columiet: "Criewell Predicts"), Arthur Loule Joouel II (author? “The Challenge of Space"), Silas Newton (geo-physicist; inoluded in the book “Behind the Flying Saucers ), Frank Scully (author? "Behind the Flying Saucers Trucan Bethurum (author: "I Wai Inside a Flying Saucer" - "SAUCERS" Vol. I, No. 2), George W Van Tasse} Tauthor! "I Rode q Flying Saucer"), and George Adameki (author: "Pioneers of Space," co-author: "Flying Saucere Have Landed"), and many more speakere too numerous to mention.


Fly: ternat:


A WONDERFUL ART EXHIBIT was displayed by Mel Hunter, noted science-fiction artist with many magazine covers to hia credit. Much of his time was spent in the company of Wendayne and Forrest J, Ackerman (affectionately known as "Mr, & Mrs, Science-Fiction").

People came from as far away as London to attend the con- vention. The famous Hollywood Hotel claims this convention broke all previous records. Letters were on display from these personages in regard to the convention: The Vice-President of the United States, The Secretary of Defense, The mayor of Los Angeles; and the following news commentators: Frank Edwards, Lowell Thomas, and Walter Winchell, among others.


AT THE LAST MEETING (the night of August 18th) of the convention a voice vote was taken to petition the government to release all information on the so-called flying saucers which would not be detrimental to national security, A telegram wae sent to President Eisenhower and the following letter was re-


ceived in reply! (August 31, 1953) "Your recent inquiry to The President of the


United Staten has been referred to the Department


of the Air Force for reply. I am sending you a report so that you will


have a full picture of our activities in this matter to date. "JOE W. KELLY


Brigadier General, USAF ) Director, Legislative Liaison’


~2- 125


EDITORIAL (Cont.)


txhibit 12


SAUCERS, December 1953 (Vol. 1, No. 3)


ALL IN ALL THE CONVENTION went fine and we wish to thank the many friends who were kind enough to speak and participate at these meetings. We are sorry we cannot list all of their nang, here, We wish also to give special thanks to Andrew Anderson the convention's very capable moderator; and to Orfeo Angelucoi and Jeron King Criswell for acting as moderators.


BUMMARY OF LECTURE GIVEN AT CONVENTION® By FRANK SCULLY


I WISH I COULD BAY it gives me great pleasure to look upon your smiling faces but in all truth I can't say this because speaking gives me very little pleasure and besides I am hore for a grim and moral purpose! To tell you what progress has been made in solying the mystery of strange objects in our skies aince I wrote "Behind the Flying Saucers” in 1950.

Previous speakers have said that in various translations, syndications and such this book has been read by 10 million people, Frankly that's the way authors should be appreciated. They say children should be seen and not heard, but authors should be neithe seen nor heard; they should be read, Obviously if people get it through thoir ears they are not likely to read, If the author is good on his feet, that gatiafies them. If he oan't think very well on hia feet, they say, “That dope, how could he write a book?


BUT AT LEAST I CAN bring a measure of comfort to those who shared our views 1n 1950 and doubted that the Pentagonians were telling all they knew. At that time the Pentagonian party lins classified all believers in flying saucers as victima of mass hal- lucinations, observers of natural objects which they mistook for flying saucers, or perpetrators of hoaxes.

But today the Air Force has retreated considerable from that high and lofty position, They admit now they made a terrible blunder of their public relations job when they firat scoffed at what was advanced in "Behind the Flying Saucers." They admit nov, unofficially at least, that the objeota are interplanetary and that their radaracopea have shown them things which presumably they never know until now.

Whon I finished the first phase of my research in thie vast and mysterious subject I asic they were stuck with 34 sightings which they could not explain awey. Today they have more than 3000 sightings in thoir files ani admit they cannot laugh off 25% of them, That would come to scut 750 sightings they are stuck with.

I acked their spokearan if this 25% composed chiefly the reports of their own pilots, technical advisors and such? The spokesman admitted they were.


80 THIS REPRESENTS 4 TREMENDOUS gain for our side in the Saucerian-Pentagonian controversy and the end is by no meana in sight yet. (Cont.


  • Sunday night, August liuh, 1953, Hollywood Hotel.

126


SAUCERS, December 1953, (Vol-1, No. 3)


nak OF CONVENTION LECTURE 3


I have been gathering new and additional data for three years and don't intend to rush out with a new book merely to satisfy a de- sand. It may take another year to check down thie data and make {t absolutely foolproof, As it looks now it will fortify the mag- netic theory of their propulsion beyond a shadow of doubt, And if readers thought “Behind the Flying Sauce amazing they will think the successor astounding.

In conclusion (beautiful words) I want to thank you for inviting me to participate in this first convention and I wish you every success in our common researches.


MY_ OPINIONS ON FLYING SAUCERS


By Rey. LOUIS A. GARDNER


WE HAVE OFTEN HEARD WORLD leaders, statesmen, politioilans, writers, journalists and television and radio commentators refer to Joseph Stalin, of the Soviet Union, as an "enigma ineide a riddle wrapped up in a mystery” because of his mysterious nature and past finding out, This qosoription 1s gertainly applicable to the mystery surrounding the "Flying Saucers" that have been seen by scores of competent observers in mass flight in the skies over Mexico and the length and breadth of the U.8.A. since 1947,

While in the United States Navy stationed in Japan, under the command of General MacArthur, I saw first hand what the Model 'D' A-bomb did to the city of Naggasaki, Japan, I made up ny mind then and there that anything the human brain wae capable of thinking up 18 possible,

IT now believe flying saucers are more than a remote pos- sibility and could conceivably come from outer space, that is, other worlds euch as Mars or Venue, which along with the Sun, Moon and other pli ts, comprise our ar system.

If these sightings had been made only during the War with Japan, when Japan was sending their deadly balloons across the Pacific to our Weat Coast, we could lay the flying saucer dilemma to war phobia, optical illusion, or general fear. But when these objects in the sky have been in mass formation and flight almost three years after cessation of hostilities - no wonder the major newspapers, periodicals and magazines have devoted millions of dollars worth of space trying to arrive at a satisfactory explan- ation of the flying discs.


JULY OF 1952 I WAS preparing a talk dealing with the con- troversial flying saucers. I was seeking the best scientific knowledge. I thought of Dr, Einstein, but again thought it futile to write such a prominent scientist.

At long last, I have learned that the only sure way to get needed information and material 1a to go to the very top author- ity. I could never underatand telling some secretary my problem, only to have the secretary answer with a silly erin: “Well he ts busy for the day" or "Will be back next week” when you know full well that he 1s sitting Just inside the door. (Cont.)


-4he 127


vnvcens; vecemoer 1995 (Vol. 1, No. 3)


MY OPINIONS ON FLYING SAUCERS


80 I went to the top. I wrote to Prof, Einstein, Advanceg Study of Higher Mathematics, Princeton Univeraity. July 23rd, ‘5, I received an air mail letter, on Dr. Einstein's ow letter heag’ and signature, verifying that those people saw something. Of ° course I regarded 1t quite an honor and privilege to receive an kind of answer from such a renowned and eminent scientist as Dr, Einatein.

Here are the exact excerpts of the questionnaire I sent Dr, Einstein: "Do they originate in outer space?" "Do they come frog other worlds, such as Mare or Venus?" "Do they come from our military fivels? ‘Are they the product of our own Air Force ox- periment?


HERE IS DR, EINSTEIN'S letter to me, & letter that was printed perhaps in the newapapers of every civilized city and tom jn the world. Columbia Broadcasting System's television show,

It's Nows To Me," thought the Einstein letter of such interest that they used 1t on thoir entire television hookup, including Los Angeles, California, which was viewed by millions of TV fans, Here 18 the Professor's thoughts on the subject of flying saucers!


“July 23, 1952


"Dear Sirt Those people have seen What they saw I do not know and I am not curious to know. "Sincerely yours,


"Albert Einstein "Mr, Loula A, Gardner 911 West 7th Place Los Angeles 14, Cal."


AUGUST 18T, 1952, I WAS walking along Broadway in downtown Los Angeles, with an associate of mine, Miss Francesa Coyne, who is associated in the Gardner Evangelistic Crusade, I was telling her about the Einstein istter, and the publicity that the tele- vision, radio and newspapers were giving the subject, when I hap- pened to look up at the moon, and near it I saw what appeared to be a huge red ball. I called it to the attention of those on the street. It seemed to linger near the moon and then just move back in the depths of space. I was reluctant to call the press because of the publicity I got earlier that week, when I asked but didn't get an explanaticn on the flying saucers from Dr. Einstein, However what I saw was 80 real, that in about five minutes I called the nevapapers to report what I had seen, And sure enough five minutes before my resort a young amateur antronomer, Frank Acuna, oaw tho same obju3: aa he waa atudying the moon through his telescope at the seme place at the same time 8:15 p.m.


QEORGE W. VAN TASS"L, author of the book "I Rode a Flying Saucer” ($1.00), olains “ have received the following measage from ‘Ashtar,” the saucers’ leader on Sept. 6th on convention: "I, speak- ing for our confederation do extend grateful appreciation to those whose foresight and deveicpement has given them the courage to havé @ convention among the dovbters."”


“Sig


SAUCERS, September 1954, (Vol. II, No. 3)


"THE DEAN" COMES OUT OF THE SILENCES By FRANK SCULLY


WHY DOESN'T SCULLY WRITE ANOTHER BOOK? What's holding him pack? laa he too teen bought off at last?

In a day of auto-intoxication, autoblographies and automation, I suppose suto-interviews are not completely out of this world. And that, by the way, bas been the working title of my next book dealing with the gaucerian saga. “Out of This World,

fy I haven't written 1t long ago 1a eanily explained, I had other things to do. I st1i? have other things to do. I waa coumitted to write three, books bofore a secondyon flying saucers. One I did do. That was “Blesse% Mother Goose,” A second invol the collection and screening of my Variety columns of the last ten years. TI haven t go, around to that one yet. The third was a sort of "This Is My Faith ,book, a ‘ind of the Fower of Fositive and Negative Thinking. I've got to Chapter VIII on that one and am seriously thinking of throwing it all into the next scrap-paper drive and starting all over again,


yesearoh strictly old hat., I feel like a pathologist, I dealt in Behind The Flying Saucers” with dead crews and grounded saucers.


have had witnesses and some havc stretched credulity to the break- ing point,

Tt 1s going to be quite a task to bring the whole jnouiry down to earth again, but that's where I oame in and that s where T'1) come in again. To me the iesue 1a still between the Fenta- gonians and the Saucerians and which is more often telling the truth.


To date nothing hag been disproved and maybe can never be dis- proved. To ask the Air Foroe Intelligence to kies and tell may be ‘expecting too much from men whose bread and butter 1s top secrete. But they certainly have shifted their position from the days yien they classified all beligvers in Unidentified Flying Opjects ba phrase they lifted from "Behind The Flying Saucers’) as liars or peychopaths.

‘hey now believe the objects are real and out of this world. At lonst ten per cent of the thousands of sightings oannot be ex ir experts have at their dispo It become important. yo if driven in well enough may oper the door to whateve: svorete offiotaldom is guarding. There is nothing so effective as onvioting @ man out of his own mouth.

That at least is the oourve I intend to pursue. They oan of Course sue me if I'm wrong, Sut I warn them in advence that it at beat can only be a moral viotory, I'm judament-proof.


Exhibit 13


-9- 129


IN ARMOUR BRIGHT by Frank Scully (Chilton; 1963)


IN ARMOUR BRIGHT by Frank Scully (Chilton; 1963)


18


Flying Saucers, Where Are You?


In the spring of 1944 we received a letter from a man in Denver, “You keep picking around the edges of Frank Harris,” he wrote. “Why don’t you write a book about him? The next time I come to California I'll give plenty of original material.” It was signed Silas M. Newton,

Not long afterwards he made good his threat. He came for dinner and didn’t leave until three the next morning, and he did all the talking. There was a justification for this because it was fascinating talk,

I first heard about him in France in the winter of 1929-30, Frank Harris and his wife Nellie had been invited to visit Newton in his Park Avenue apartment in New York. Further, he had arranged for Harris to talk on Shakespeare to a group of officials in Washington. They stayed two months and came back to Nice singing the praises of Si Newton.

I thought that Newton must be a tall, slender Southern gentleman with a white goatee who had retired with his millions to New York. When we met I found he was short, but

well set up, with a large well-shaped head without a gray hair, though he must have been over sixty at the time, He had gone to college at Baylor where he had been an all-South- western quarterback. He later went to Yale, but was barred from playing any sport there, because he, like Jim Thorpe and scores of other college athletes, had played summer base- ball. He took up golf instead and became a top amateur. 194


Exhibit 14


130


He married Nan **'silly, who wrote about golf for the Hearst papers. They ‘re married ten years when Newton learned that she was likly to die in a year. He put a million dollars in the bank in her name and told her to spend it. She backed everything from plays to parties and at the end of the year it was all gone and she was too.

Newton's great specialty in the oil industry was geophysical research and the detection of likely oil structures by instru- mentation. He had made and lost fortunes through the years and his tales of wildcatting in the oil industry were what kept us awake until three in the morning.

He had a set of instruments which I suspect were for the magnetic detection of oil. They seemed to have qualities like a doodlebug or divining rod and had helped him rediscover the Rangely oil field, in Colorado near the border of Wyoming, when most oil men thought the field had exhausted its poten- tial.

He made tests all over the Mojave Desert and on one oc- casion picked up a gold nugget which assayed $82,000 to the ton. At that time $75@ io the ton was considered commercial gold.

He decided it came from an outcropping which some prospector had dropped from his ore-bag years before, The trouble was to find the outcropping. Newton put his instru- ments to work and decided that the outcropping was twenty- seven miles to the north.

He organized an expedition to find it and had men and equipment dispatched from Denver. He brought me along for the ride. We met the Denver crew at a hotel outside Barstow, California,

When we reached the jumping-off place, Newton and the crew continued on in a jeep. It was too rough for me so they left me in the town car. I suppose I was to guard the pass, though I couldn't imagine from what. The nearest sign of life was some dinosaur’s hoofprints. I could see fifty miles in any direction and I couldn't see anything.

195


131


“If we don’t come back by noon, don’t worry,” Newton as- sured me,

“And if you don’t come back by sundown?”

“We're lost,” he said.

Then he drove off and took the keys to the car with him, meaning if he were lost 1 was too, I was parked on a volcanic lava bed, By noon the heat became stifling. I could get Salt Lake City on the car’s radio, but nothing could get me. I crawled under the car to get some shade.

I had a sandwich and a canteen of water and they were gone by noon. I began to dehydrate. I couldn't walk in any direction for help and I wouldn't know where to look for New- ton and his crew if help came my way.

But as darkness {cll upon the desert I saw a jecp’s lights in the distance. The driver was weaving in and out of cactus and lava beds trying to get to me, and after three attempts finally did. It was Newton and his crew. They threw a sack of ore in the car. Newton took the wheel and tore across the yalley to the motel where we had spent the previous night.

He told me they had come upon the outcropping all right, “Only it’s on a reactivated military reservation, and it's a won- der we didn’t get shot while exploring around there. We could have gone in by a nice paved highway practically all the way if we'd gone in through the military reservation.”

“But with your instruments?”

“Yeah, with their dead reckoning we did it the hard way,”

The sack of ore weighed fifty pounds. It assayed $1,250, But the source was on a government military reservation and that was about the same as being in a vault at Fort Knox, as far as free-lance prospectors were concerned.

About a year after we survived this adventure, which seemed to be an ordinary occurrence in the life of Si Newton, we were lunching at the Sportsman’s Lodge in the San Fer- nando Valley. He seemed all on edge and finally let us in on a secret, He had talked only the day before to some scientists who had been called in by the defense arm to check on a

196


132


grounded flying saucer in the area of Aztec, New Mexico. Their story subsequently became Behind the Flying Saucers, a book I wrote in seventy-two days, It became a best-seller in the fail of 1950 and went into twelve languages before it quieted down.

I knew it was going to be slugged, not merely by critics but by the Pentagonians, a strange race living within the confines of a five-sided building ia Washington, D.C. So I came out swinging and it must have had its effect because the under- ground edict went out, “Don't play tennis with that guy Scully, because if you bat the ball back, we're in trouble, Let him play by himself and he'll soon get tired.”

1 threw twenty questions at them. The questions were widely printed. The Pentagonians had no comment. It was at the beginning of the Xorean War and quite easily the book might have been suppressed for reasons of national sccurity. But it wasn’t. Maybe that would have made a worse mess than ignoring me.

It was one of the first books that used television to encircle critics as well as the A‘r Force Intelligence, because I went on radio and televisio: in New York, Chicago, Denver, and Los Angeles.

In New York John Masterson, who was a producer of Bride and Groom and a good friend in Hollywood, threw a cocktail party for us. Everybody buttonholed him, and us, to find out what was behind it, Cocktail parties are not held among the Madison Avenue hucksters except for a commercial raison- détre, “No gimmick,” explained John Masterson, “I just like the Scullys.”

In Chicago we were the guests of some really big shots at an exclusive club that looked out on the Tribune Tower.

When one of the hosts learned that the Tribune science editor had panned the book, he telephoned over to have the man brought to the party, Personally, I didn’t see any point to it, I had my say and the critic had his, and I didn’t believe there was such a thing as a bad notice except no notice at all. 197


133


The hosts began cross-examining the science editor, Frankly, I admitted I was only a reporter and had just organ- ized material that had been told to me, that I had never seen a flying saucer in my life, and the only thing I had advanced that I thought worth following up was that these objects from outer space were propelled by magnetic propulsion, a theory which still seems sound.

The hosts, it turned out, were either millionaires or top scientists and the poor science editor of the Tribune really got a working over.

He offered to give me a column to correct his “erroneous impressions.”

I declined with thanks.

I was booked in everywhere in Chicago, even between wrestling matches and on Les Lear's “Welcome Traveller” and Don McNeill’s “Breakfast Club,” too, In fact one day begin- ning at 8 o'clock, we were performing at one place or another until 1:30 A.M. It was an excellent example on how to sell a book and kill an author.

The flying saucer craze was triggered by a lecture Silas Newton gave a science class at the University of Denver. He got hit with everything short of a one-way pass to a federal penitentiary, for his labor of love.

Like a giant vortex, all sorts of persons seemed to be sucked into this inquiry. Bedside Manor, whether we willed or not, became the meeting place for seminars which attracted pilots, engineers, sand-lot scientists, saucerian savants, and plain old- fashioned nuts, crooks and opportunists. Reports of sightings poured in to us.

Propositions flooded us—from financiers for flying saucer magazines and manufacturers of toy discs to eager beavers so shady they would have looked black in clear sunlight.

In a thing like this nothing succeeds like excess. I was pursued with all sorts of propositions. In New York, George Bye brought Jake Wilk of Warners to see me.

“What do you want for the picture rights?” Wilk asked.

198


134


“Well, money doesn’t mean much to me any more,” I said, “but it does to Warners. So I'm asking for a lot of it.”

“How much?”

“Oh, seventy-five.”

“That's fair.”

“Over three years.”

“Okay, seventy-five thousand in twenty-five thousand in- stallments over three years. Right?”

“Right.”

“You'll hear from our lawyers,” he said as he got up to go.

I heard from them in Chicago. All they wanted to close the deal, they assured me, was a clearance from “Dr. Gee.”

“But Dr. Gee is a composite character of eight men who have given me pieces of this story,” I explained. “I can't give you a clearance on a character I invented for convenience to simplify the telling of the story.”

“You can get it.”

“Get lost,” I said.

He may have, because I never heard from him again.

But a year later anotler studio made the nearest thing to a steal from Behind the Flying Saucers. You see, you can't copyright facts. Fiction yes, but not facts. But still the studio figured I might give them legal trouble, so they asked me if I would look at the picture and write an opinion of it for a price,

“How much do you wani for eight hundred words?”

“Eight hundred dollars.”

“Golly, we wouldn't pay that for Eleanor Roosevelt's.”

“Oh, yes you would,” I said.

“Okay.”

“Okay,” I said, “payme::: on delivery.”

I was going to New Y¥-k to put Soola in Smith College so I wrote the piece, sealed it in an envelope, and told her to de- liver it to the studio’s New York chief executive after he handed her the check for eight hundred dollars.

“Golly, Frank doesn’t trust us much, does he?”

199


135


Soola stood there waiting for the check before she handed


over the envelope, The moral is, if you're going to suffer a literary rape be sure


you get your money in advance.

One man saw a million dollars to be made out of another book, He planned world serial rights, picture rights, television rights, and merchandising rights involyed in one big com- bined operation.

This sort of opportunism, though quite within the American success syndrome, frankly bored me stiff. I enjoyed writing one book about the subject. A lifetime devoted to it would be like sentencing me to the Siberian salt mines.

Mail came from all parts of the world. Unfortunately, we were not set up physically or financially to answer a fraction of it, One week we dropped everything and answered about twenty letters a day. Within two weeks we did not have one hundred less letters to answer, we had one hundred more, We gave up answering correspondence as hopcless,

T saw, as this thing grew, how easy it was to become a world authority, People were like sheep, waiting for some shepherd and his dogs to move them in a given direction. It was very easy to become a mountebank, to lead them into a movement, to become rich, to become a new messiah.

I like to think I didn’t succumb because I was a member of the Third Order of St. Francis and that such a fraud would curdle my vows.

Actually, a small measure of success has always satisfied me completely. A large measure, therefore, would add nothing and very likely would sicken me.

I didn’t want to capitalize on what I had learned about the saucerian mystery, but I did want to know the truth be- hind these objects and I resented any characters, in or out of uniform, suppressing the truth,

We heard of a young man who gave a talk at one of the service clubs in Glendale, California. He reported he had worked on grounded flying saucers. “Not the ones Scully re-

200


136


ported in his book, J am familiar with them, These were others.”

A bank president who had been at the lecture told us the young man’s name and said he was a civilian specialist at- tached to Army Ordnance. When we contacted him he prom- ised he would come and tell us what he knew,

When he arrived, however, he seemed as if recovering from shock. The first thing he told us was that he was ordered not to come and talk to me at all, He couldn’t very well show such bad manners after making the appointment, “so I am coming to tell you I can’t talk.”

He seemed dreadfully scared. To us this seemed incredible especially in America.

To warm him up and get him over his fright, Si Newton, George Smith, and I began talking so indiscreetly about things we had done which were verboten that you would have thought we were trying out material for Confidential.

Among those present was a scientist who had worked on the first atomic bomb in Alamagordo, New Mexico, and he was telling how they were so scared stiff that nobody wanted to push the button. He was in a trench. It seemed he waited for hours for the explosion, He finally got so bored he fell asleep. He wore a helnet and was resting his head on his arm, part of which was exposed above the trench. When the blast went off he got a radio: ctive burn on that arm. He showed it

tous, “There was no 1d of us being so scared, but we were,” he said,

However, these true confessions didn’t stir the ordnance ex- pert to repeat what he had said at the service club luncheon.

One time I was scheduled to talk on a television program in

Hollywood and on the way into the studio I noticed several

Air Force officers, They were talking to the master of cere-

monies. Later Bud Freeman, an Air Force Reserve Officer

himself, came in and toid us that he had heard the Air Force officers briefing this television commentator on how to give me the works,


201


137


At a time like this one has two choices: Either to walk out and give the man a gap of fifteen minutes of dead air to fill, or go in, and throw the book at him. I followed the latter course, Any time the commentator made the slightest mention of the information he had got from the Air Force officers, I macerated him and their information,

In the end I talked right through his commercials and Joused them up so badly he may have lost them as sponsors, for all I know.

Alice, Bud, and I came out Jaughing and we kept it up until we reached our car, where we laughed from the other side of our mouths,

There was a parking ticket on the windshield,

The most authentic film I ever saw of these unidentified flying objects came to us in a curious way. Two Hollywood cameramen who made documentaries in South America had got their camera so badly knocked about that it had to be re- made, Afterward they tested it. They took some colored pan-

oramic shots above Hollywood on Mulholland Drive. As they were panning the camera, a flying object moved in from the left, ran south parallel to some high tension wires, made a 180 degree turn and went back toward Nichols Canyon. The object looked like a Mexican hat. When the object speeded up it became almost transparent. When it slowed down it be- came solid.

We had the film run backward and forward, ten or twenty times, We had studio technicians look at it. These were men skilled in special effects, It absolutely baffled them. They claimed you couldn’t fake a thing like this in color and if in black and white it would have cost more than a hundred thou- sand dollars, and these cameramen, they knew, didn’t have that kind of money. Even then an expert would know it was fabricated. But this thing was a mystery to them.

Gene Dorsey, Si Newton, George Smith, and I went to the area and tested it with Si’s geo-magnetic instruments. We found a vortex about twelve hundred feet wide, where all

202


4229


sorts of anomalies tock place. The rocks even had vortexes. They looked like stirred frozen mudpies. The men working instruments within the ciscle would get terribly nauseated.

We turned the whole business over to California Institute of Technology, believing they had more money and more time than we did to check this out. Time-servers, they did nothing, being more ‘absorbed in finding ways to blow the planet to hell.

The cameramen turned their film over to Air Force Intelli- gence. They never heard of it again, But this was the most authentic motion picture of flying saucers I have seen to this day. The most devoted researcher in this field and the one with no ulterior motives except an interest in pure science has been Gene Dorsey. A former University of Southern California football player in the days when John Wayne was on the squad, Dorsey was in the fire-retardant chemical business. His interest, however, in all the scientific ramifications of flying saucers made him the only untainted amateur I ever met.

It was always a delight to listen to him report on something he had come across and observe him develop its scientific possibilities, or impossibilities,

From Gene they ran all the way down to those with motives so low they would have been more at home seven thousand miles below the surface of the earth, Or all the way to China, Their entire and consuming interest was how to make a fortune out of this mystery, no matter how. One of them got himself published, though he didn’t get anywhere near the publicity he hoped because, at least three weeks before publication, I released the following statement to the press;

“From time to time some character, publication, or Penta- gonian stooge breaks out with an ‘exposé’ of Behind the Fly- ing Saucers, a book I wrote which, since 1950, has gone around the world in various translations,

“The most recent attempt is in the September 1952 issue of a magazine published in New York. It will be on the Los

203


139


Angeles newsstands August 20. The magazine is edited by a

character who was demoted from publisher to editor a few

years ago and now divides his time between his editorial desk and peddling automobiles,

“He writes that he offered me $25,000 for the proof of the story two years ago. He actually offered $3,000 for the story, agreed to advance $1,000 for expenses, and finally settled for $12.56, That's quite a discount. I then sold the story to Holt, and the book’s subsequent success seemingly has consumed the magazine editor with frustration and envy, and the sort of indigestion that comes from having to eat old crow.

“Some time back the magazine editor received the manu- script of an unemployed San Francisco newspaperman, It attempted to discredit Behind the Flying Saucers by belittling the private character and professional standing of two of the hundreds of authorities I cited in the book. In his account, the reporter is a self-admitted thief, He admits he stole one of the discs, reported to be from a flying saucer, from Mr. Silas New- ton in a San Francisco hotel room, He goes into long details explaining how he planned the larceny, which would be petty or grand, depending on the value of the discs, but theft in any case.

“Ilis unholy crusade began February 22, 1951, when he came to my home in Hollywood and said he could get back on his old paper if I approved of him as a liaison and would give his paper first refusal on whatever new material we dug up on flying saucers, I told him I felt that I had exhausted the subject of flying saucers for the time being, and in any case the subject had exhausted me. On one of his visits he met Silas M. Newton. He quickly dropped me and latched on to Newton.

“He got back into the good graces of the newspaper on the strength of all this. His managing editor went on a world tour and expected the Saucerian story would be in good form for several Sunday features when he got back.

“When the reporter found that the subject had been

204


squeezed dry by me, he turned to ‘exposing’ what he pre- viously had acclaimed, and befouling the people he hoped would have made him rich overnight.

“As for me, he rushed down to inform me his paper would pay $25,000 if I would take his material and write an ‘I have been duped’ story. I toid him I would write it for nothing if it were true and money couldn’t buy it if it wasn’t. He brought in his ‘proofs,’ They proved, if anything, the opposite of what he had contended. So he went ahead on his own, His paper appraised his material and, after due consideration, returned it to him with a polite, ‘Not for us.”

“He then took his matcvial on a shopping tour and it finally was bought by a magazine last winter. It has taken six months for the manuscript to be considered cleaned enough of libels for even its present publication.

“All that is left is a mess of misquotations and aspersions, muckraking the reputations of those who befriended him. They seemingly had not helped him in his announced ambi- tion to become a millionaire author overnight.

“He didn’t succeed, but, like a scorpion, managed to give the sting of his tail to those who helped him instead of stepping on him, Because of the increased interest in flying saucers, this particular character's screed may get some press notice. This release of mine is merely to inform the press services of his background and, possibly, as further proof that I learned something from Pearl Harbor and do not intend to be Sunday- punched when I have the information and means to beat the attacker to the punch.

“I have not mentioned his name, his editor's name, ar the magazine's name, That's fur their press agent. I am not in the business of giving personal notoriety to those who announce themselves as my avowed enemies in a guerilla war of their own making.

“All I can say is that they announced in their table of con- tents that they were going to give the true story of the flying saucers and the mysterious little men, and in 25,000 words of

205


141


character assassination of big men never got around to the little men.”

That spiked his exposé, The papers ignored it.

Though I have never written another book on the subject I have known many of the army of “experts” who have caused scores of books to be published on this mystery.

At this late date I feel like a pathologist. I dealt with grounded saucers and dead crews, But the field became full of partisans who flew in saucers and talked to their crews. One observer wrote a book claiming she had married a Ve- nusian and spent four years with him on Venus. There was no issue reported from the union. Claims have been made that at Jeast ten thousand persons from outer space are walking this earth, Some bailling experiences have come to my attention. But I remain calm and stick with my dead crews and grounded saucers.

Our government claims it has spent seven million dollars tracking down reports of UFO’s and hasn't got a final answer yet. Though the Pentagonians deny there are such things I notice that when they go on retirement many of them change their tune and want to exchange data with me.

But, frankly, by now I'm bored with the subject. Besides, the book is out of print and what author stimulates interest in a book that can’t be had for love or moncy? You don’t find Conrad Hilton talking about a hotel on the moon, and you won't till he has one ready to open there.

I took a lot of kidding about the book, but up to 1962 the Pentagonians were still playing the project straight. They had examined, they said, more than seven thousand unidentified flying objects and all but a handful had been explained away. When I first took up the inquiry, only thirty-six objects still mystified their experts. Some years later they were up to four hundred, This seemed to me an enormous increase in objects they insisted did not exist at all.

The biggest laughs came from the report that the flying saucers were piloted by small men. I asked, if people believed

206


142


Mickey Rooney was real, why did they think men from outer space had to be giants? [ finally dismissed the subject by say- ing, “Maybe they sent down their jockeys. After all, it was a long trip, and in long rides weight makes a lot of difference.”

There was also a theory advanced that the flying saucers were tossed by Russian discus throwers who didn’t know their own strength. And of course there remains the oldest gag of all: If you haven't seen a flying saucer and want to, just trip


a waitress,


207


143


Exhibit 15


FLYING SAUCER REVIEW


Vol. 28, No. 1 (1982)


CONTINUING EVIDENCE OF RETRIEVALS


OF THE THIRD KIND Gordon Creighton


N FSR, Volume 25, Nos. 4, 5, and 6, and Volume

26, No. 1, we gave readers the whole of such evi- dence as we had been able to gather until that date regarding stories, or rumours, of crashed alien craft, and dead alien beings alleged to be retained in the greatest secrecy by the US, Government at Wright- Patterson Air Force Base, Davton, Ohio, and at several other named bases throughout the USA. This mate- rial, as will be recalled, consisted of the full text of the Paper delivered by Mr. Leonard Stringfield at the MUFON Symposium held in Dayton on July 29, 1978, plus two articles by myself regarding a number of items of supportive evidence that had reached FSR in the early years after its establishment in 1955.


More Testimony


‘On March 13, 1979, Mr. Stringfield wrote to me that his total number of informants had risen to over fifty, all of whom had supplied statements, but none of whom could be named, Readers will recall Mr. String- field's claim that, within a few hours of his delivery of his MUFON lecture, he had received two anonymous death threats. Anyone who reads through this ma- terial can surely perceive for himself that there Is widespread fear and apprehension among the infor- mants, all of whom seen: to have been under constant pressure, which has meant that in fact many of them have since suddenly vanished or become “una able.” Exceptionally, as wil also be recalled, two of the statements (see Abstracts Nos. X and XII of Mr. Stringfield’s paper) purport ta have come from indi viduals who were nearing the moment of death Clearly anyone who is dying is unlikely (0 feel (00 frightened by the idea of disregarding undertakings or pledges made to officials, ofien years before. But for those who are still “in good health” the prospect might well look very different. As Mr. Stringeld has indicated to me, many of these individuals have prob- ably been obliged at some time in the past to sign “some kind of official U.S. form relating to the Espionage Act.”

Now, I think we should pay very careful attention to this word “espionage” which, I confess, | have never seen used before in connection with our subject of UFOs and Ufology. it may seem to us today pretty ab- surd for such @ matter as the investigation of all “un- identified flying objects” to be bracketed under the term “espionage,” which we have traditionally viewed as relating to purely “human activities. However, it


must be borne in mind that while we scem to know nothing yet regarding the possible origins or moti, ations of the UFO occupants, we do know consider. ably more than we did in 1947 about the patterns of their behaviour, and it is today obvious — at any rate fo those who are objective and unprejudiced enough merely to examine the evidence — that it is utterly lu- dicrous to suggest that, if human” means “terrestrial, the word has any application 10 the UFOs, Bu “espionage” is an excellent bogey word with which to frighten the unsuspecting public,

The year 1947 was only a few months after the close of a tremendous global war in which the Ameri- cans had changed from being intensely naive on mat- ters of National Security to being almost as conscious as we Europeans are of these questions. So it is not difficult for us to perceive why, in the summer of 1947, American officialdom, beset by a fload of UFO reports, may have clutched gratefully at this chilling word “espionage,” and have found it a highly uselul deterrent with which to head off all but the boldest of souls from venturing to probe (00 deeply into this area. We shall find that, ever since, officialdom has aimed to discourege UFO research by linking it with the dangerous world of espionage!

While many of the public may now sce through this subterfuge, it is understandable that the possibility of finding oneself charged wich the offence of “espionage on behalf of a foreign power” might still be a highly useful weapon for curbing the curiosity of great many Americans — maybe especially the more unsophist cated inhabitants of those rural areas in which so many UFO encounters take place. And this might hold good for other nations as well as America.!


‘The book by Charles Berlitz


An important point which should not be over- looked is the fact that, despite what the majority of people probably think, our thesis about the Retrievals of the Third Kind does not depend solely on what Leonard Stringfield has to say about it, or on the var us items subsumed in my two articles, For we now have a book, The Roswell Incident, written by Charles Berliz with the collaboration of William Moore and published is 1980.! It is true that the aushors eoncen- trate most of their attention upon ony princips! incident, buc meching it: theie hook runs counter 10 Stringfieleé, and ics on ths hole « powerful piece of support for him.


Crash/Retrieval witness/informants are intimidated. A few make death-


bed statements. Others have become


"unavailable", and some have even


"disappeared" entirely. Leonard Stringfield, principal Crash/Retrieval advocate has received two death threats.


144


‘Ay was to be expected, the critics have not been slow to attack Berlitz for “cheap sensation-monger- ing.” just as they attacked Stringfield on the same count The simple answer is of course, that if only 1% of what Stringfield and Berlitz sav about “crashes and retrievals” is true, then there is nothing more “sen- sational” that could be conjured up by the mind of


man


‘The Second Stringfield Report


My purpose now is to introduce, with Mr. String. field's permission, two further Reports which he has produced to illustrate the continuing development of his investigations since 1978, The first of these is a brief paper, Retrievals of the Third Kind: New Sinurces, New Data, ‘This is dated July 4, 1979.

‘The second, — and principal — document received from Mr. Stringfield bears the title The UFO Crash/ Retrieval Syndrome. Status Report Ip New Sources, New Duta. This was published originally by Mutual UFO Network Inc, 103 Oldtowne Road, Seguin, Texas 78155, Price $5.00 and dated January 1980.7

Mr, Stringfield (who writes: *.. Flying Saucer Re riew ore doing an excellent job! Don't ever give up, des- pile the recession.") has given us permission to print the whole of Status Report [I without any charge for it. As noted above, MUFON, who bore the cost of printing it, put it on sale two years ago at $5.00 a ‘copy, but Leonard Stringfield retains the copyright on iu T recently wrote to mimi that most British readers likely to wish to incur this outlay would doubtless have already bought it, but that if we could now have permission to reprint it we could help to make it much better known, In a letter dated April 6, 1982, he has agreed to this, and he has also transmitted the consent of Mr. Walt Andrus, Director of MUFON Our warmest thanks go to these two gentlemen for

their kind collaboration,

For those who may wish to buy a copy of Status Re- ial form, [am asked by Mr. String- is still available from MUFON for U885,00 (surface mail) Iam furthermore asked by Mr. Stringfield to include here his home address, which is 4412 Grove Avenue, Cincinnati, Ohio 45227, USA. (This, he explains, is “for the benefit of any PSR reader who has ‘a big secret’ to disclose to me


Third Status Report now under Preparation


My wish to sce all this Stringfield material set out Wr! /9e0.ogieal order vt FSR stems from the tact that ise 6 jons arc by no means concluded: the wwuek sult goes one tolls sae that early in July 197 he secured further biological details from his “medical source” (name not divulged). He writes: “/.am new in ‘ puition to draw the complete external anatomy of the beings.” And he says that he is now preparing a new


monograph which will be eautled Stans Report UE and which he hopes to have in print by the summer of


1982, He writes. “This Paper will contain many new case-his-


tories concerning UFO Crash/Retriceals, plus some other interesting data I'm now working full time on getting the copy typed and edited ready to go {o the typesetter in May or June 1982, I believe that Ive hit some sensitive nerves. I'll send you a copy when it is published,

“Incidentally, your information about Admi ral Lord Hill-Norton and his confirmayon on BBG.2 Television on March [0th that there is a ‘UFO cover-up’ came just in good time, and | am using it in my Status Report HL”


Latest Reports about the "Cover-Up" in the USA


It will be recalled that in my Note, “Further Evi- dence of Retriewals”(in FSR Vol. 26, No. 1), gave the full text of the very important New York Tires article of January 14, 1979, headed® CIA PAPERS DETAIL. UFO SURVEILLANCE, as well as a brief outline of the pos. ition as regards the first lawsuit against the CIA, and | mentioned that Mr. William Spaulding and Ground Saucer Watch of Texas were talking of bringing a sec- ond suit in the courts.

To conclude, I give below the full texts of two fur- ther press reports, photostats of which have recently reached me, and both of which are highly significant

‘The first report is a UP item* which appeared in the ill-fated English language newspaper Buenos Aires Herald (February 16, 1982) under the headline: UFO FANS TO FIGHT US. GOVERNMENT SECRECY: —

“An organization of UFO enthusiasts is seek- ing a close encounter with the Supreme Court ina battle over 135 UFO-related documents held by the super-secret National Security Agency.®

“A group called Citizens Ayainst UFO Se- erecy,? based in New York, wants the Justices to order the Agency to release the mysterious ma terial in accordance with the Freedom of Infor- mation Act.

“The case began in late 1978, when the UFO Group filed a formal request for 18 Agency doc- uments under the Information law, The National Security Agency flatly refused to re-


lease the information, claiming it is exempt from disclosure under the Freedom of Infor- mation law.


“A jew oinnths later, the Group expanded its request to Include ‘all documents 1n the poss sion of, or under the control of, the National Security Agency, relating to of pertaining to unidentified flying objects and the UFO


phenomenon, “In response, the National Security Agency


leonard Stringfield releases three Status Reports on Crashed UFOs. Foreign Press publishes more news about our UFO organizations' efforts and degree of success in obtaining UFO documents under the Freedom of Information, Act that was published in English anywhere - WHY? They also reported the U.S. Supreme Court Action in denying availability of


many such documents after closed


in greater detail than in English.


session examination of some evidence


-. Why?


145


admited that it has 135 such “UFO-related! documents, but again declined co release them, Wt claimed that such disclosure would reveal some of its top secret monitoring and intercept- ing techniques.

“The National Security Agency is a Defence Department unit headquartered at Fort Meade, Maryland. One of its main responsibilities is to gather foreign Intelligence information by inter- cepting radio communications sent to or from foreign governments.”


The second interesting little item is an AP report” which appeared in the [nish Times (Dublin) on March 9, 1982, under the headline UFOs STILL SECRET


“The US. Supreme Court yesterday refused to order the super-secret National Security Agency to disclose whatever it knows about unidentified flying objects. Afier a closed session examin- ation of some of the information, the Court, without comment, let stand a ruling that the Agency's files on the subject do not have to be made public under the Freedom of Information Act”


Notes and References 1. In the course of my own protracted investigation of a spectacular landing case which occurred in the south: western part of England in the early 1950s, the principal witness adminted 10 me that the Security’ officials who had vistted him, grilled him, and had accompanied bify to the site, had “thrown the book at him,” and teft hitn in a permanent state of fe When [ have visited him at varying times in subsequent years, his apprehension has not appeared 10 be less and he would speak only in private. He would commis nothing to writing, and of the several letters I have sent to him, only the first one was answered, (I had not re: vealed in it my connection with PSR). It is clear that this man had been warned that his very life would be at risk if he talked of what he had once witnessed at extremely close quarters. 2, British edition by Granada Publishing, 1980. For a re view of the book see Janet and Colin Bord: ASR Bookshelf — 7(FSR Vol, 26, No. 3, p. 23).


4. FSR readers will also already have seen a review of this Status Report in Janet and Colin Bord’s FSR Bankshelf — 6(FSR Vol. 26, No. 4, p. 23).


4. ICs interesting to note that this UP press item comes to us from an English language newspaper published over- seas (in Argentina), and one may find oneself wondering, in view of the very evident current clamp-down in the ULK. sehattor the iter ever ot into any newspaper in Bri Gain? Incidentally, the editor of this. English-language paper in Buenos Air's (which hes published numerous UFO reports in past years) has recently been forced to flee from Argentina — not, of course, for printing any- thing about UFOs or the UFO Gover: is British himself and his life had


those elements that were responsible for the war fough, in the South Atlantic. Years ago, bath Dr. Allen Hynek and Coral Lotenge, ied that they had come upon icrefutable proof that yg US. Air Force's “interest ia UFOs" and its studies, tke Operotivn Grudge and Blue Bunk, were simply camay flage. Hynek found that highly ieyportant cases, in the in vestigation of which he had plaved a pany, never endeg Up itt Blue Book's files at all, so his presumption was thy, they had ended up “somewhere else” Coral Lorenten said that the investigation of UPOs was not being con ducted by the US, Air Force, but by the UFO Boord | admit that, apart from this one reference in one of Coral Lorenzen's books I have never seen any mention of such 1 body as a “UFO Board”, Let us accept that (whatever: correct title) it ts a part of what this UP report af Feb ary 16, 1982, calls the *,,. super-secret National Security Agency.” Such an important and super-secret body can only be concerned with the vital work of counter-espion. age, and the ever growing threat from the USSR against the whole of the West, including the United States. The disputed 135 UFO-related documents are described as being in the postession of this Ageary, not in the posses sion of the US, Air Force, Here again we have what seems irrefutable proof that the official study of UFOs in the USA is concealed within the (totally unrelated) feld of the defence of the United States against her derrial ‘enemies,


‘The address of Citisrus A suinst UFO Secsery (CAUS) ir a least uns, in 197 PO, Box 4741, Aclineron, Va 29004. Their telephone was listed as. 222 iN (Days — Gersten) and 704-2005 (Nights — Bryant ‘Their Director was listed as Mr W. Todd, Zechel, while Brad C. Sparks was named ay their Director of Research, Petor A Gersten as theiv Legal Adviser, and Lacy W] Beyant as «heir Adnwnstrator

For both the UP report and the AP report we are in dlebied to a faithful and long-standing reader and cone spondent — a lady ina certam cit in South America They were the last communications received from her.


  • hristian, by Rev. Eric Inglesby, Hardcover


£6.00

ons of the Last Days, eciled by

£5.25

Hollow Earth Mysteries & the Polar Shitt, by Florida Benton. Soft cover 5.25


Aliddle of Hangar 18, by Tim Beckley Soft cover £5.25 pon, by David Medina, Archaeological pproot Involving the ark of the Covenant. Sot cover £525 ‘The Mel Noe! Story, by Gray Barker, Famous contac

case Soft cover eu The Uninvited, by Clive Harold Paperback £155


Prices include postage and packing Dolars accepted plus $150 bank exchange Booklists 300. (tree with ot ders | Enquines should enciose $.a.e oF international re- iy COUPON, Pricey and avavlabliny sutect f9 change


Write 1


Miss S. R, Siebbing, 41 Terminus Dr Beltinge, Herne Bay, Kent CTS 6PA, England


Prof. J. Allen Hynek discovered that the Air Force Projects to study UFOs, that were revealed to the public, were simply camouflage of 4 planned and controlled public information program. Supreme Gurt in closed session upholds NSA right to withold UFO related documents.


Exhibit 16


UFO or — worse still — a UFO occupant. Lives have been ruined, health has been wrecked, careers and

bs have been lost. Those who recall the history of these thirty-seven years of UFO research will know the bitterness so many have felt at this brutal and cal- fous slander

Hitherto — let us now confess it — we had been ninnies, and naive enough fondly to imagine that, fen Lenin’s oft-repeated words in praise of lying as


MORE TELL-TALE PH


Ina recent issue (FSR 29/5) we gave several photo: stats of some very interesting American official docu ments relating to UFOs, They concerned a case that happened quite recently — in 1980, But the five documents which we propose to reproduce below date right back to the period of 1947-1950 — in other words right back to the very beginnings of the “UFO Problem”.

During the past few years berween 3,00 and 4,000 pages of previously classified (many of thom “TOP SECRET) documents have been released to indefati- gable American civilian investigators by no tess. than ight major American Governmental Bodlics, namely the Slate Department, the Departments of the Navy of the Army «nud of the Air Force, the Federal Bureau of Investigation (FBI), the Central Intelligence Agency (CIA), the even mare secret National Security Agency (NSA), and the Defence Intelligence Agency (DLW ‘What does this mean? It means that these eight bodies in America — and possibly other top-secret organis ations in America of which the public has as yet no inkling — have all been busy, for at tease the last 37 years, collecting and compiling sceret reports about the sightings and activities of the “ying saucers" — hove objects which these same Grvernmental ayencies ‘ave been telling us for the past 7 years do tit exist and care merely figments of the addled brains uf a horde uf lunatics — like ourselves

‘These more than 3,000 pages carry the expert (est monies of scientists, Military and Intelligence officers, law enforcement oificers, and other responsible folk = all om the subject of UFOs,

Almost two-thirds of these documents have come 1 light through the unrelenting efforts of American civ ilian UFO researchers such as Larry W. Bryant, Charles Huffer, Dr Bruce Maccabee, Brad Sparks, Robert Todd, W. Todd Zechel and — last but not least! — Lawrence Fawcett and Barry J. Greenwood, joint authors of the miost important dak yet written on the UFO mystery, CLEAR INTENT, which published this summer by Prentice-Hall Ine, wood Cliffs, New Jersey 07632, USA, Price $8,95 — paperback.


FLYING SAUCER REVIEW


the supreme art of life, the Kremlin and the Boys of the YMGA — sorry, KGB! — really HAD got every one else licked inte a cocked hat when it came to the noble skill of “terminological inexactitudinarianism”, and that nobody else could dare to compete. But now we see how wrong we were! We see that in fact insofar as our subject is concerned there has never been any appreciable difference between the two camps. ‘They are all “revolving double-breasted liars”.


OTOSTATS


‘The Freedom of Information Act


All of these people operated by the laborious method of filing requests for UFO inaterial, from these various bodies, under the terms of the American Five- dum uf Information Art. Approximately one-third of the documents thus winkled out were released as the result of lawsuits handled by attorney Peter Gersten on behalf of an Arizona UFO study organization, Ground Saucer Watch, Other suits for the release of UFO documents were filed against the Defence Intel ligenee Agency (DIA), the National Security Agency (NSA) and various other American federal bodies.

The NSA are claimed to have located 210 UFO documents — in their Biles — which they reluse to re- lease, plus 79 more orginating from other Govern ment agencies, all unnamed, and all of whom also refuse to permit their documents to be released,


CAUS versus NCA


‘The most important of the lawsuits was heard in a US. Distriet Court (CAUS — Citizens ayainst UFO Se crecy — versus ‘The National Security Agency.) The NSA produced a 21-page top-sceret AMdavit, which they permitted the Judge to read but not to divulge In due course this Affidavit, which dealt with their UFO material, was indeed “reteased”, but with vir ally every sctap of information about UFOs censored out of it. And the US. Courts have ruled that the oper ations of the National Security sluency of the USA ine EXEMPT fran the provisions uf the Braedon of tafor mation Act

Nevertheless, enongh has rine been winkled out from the CIA, FBE anid the other agencies ta shave that, for ul: most 40 yerts, the UEO Problem has best et case for the


ran steumeniy an the part af the American Geoernment faint therefor i daub af ather everunents ae ani sti regarilerl as carrying “serious tnplivatuen for ueiiinad werateaty


Jn ther words, the wellsheing, and rien the future survival, of Home Sup, may he 01 the balance.


2 Vol. 30, No. 1 (1984)


Some of the documents obtained under the Freedom of Information Act were quite revealing. Me can only wonder at the ones that were still “too sensitive" to release, 30 to 40 years after the fact. Is there UFO information of such high sensitivity that the U.S. public still can not be told? What could it possibly be?


147


Of the photostatic copies of these 3,000 and more pages about UFOs, FSR has so far received just a few, via various channels, and principally via Mr. Tim Good. We propose to reproduce these below, wit printed versions of their texts. (Some readers of FSR will already have seen the text of some of these docu- ments reproduced in The Roswell Incident | Berlitz and Moore] but we think that most of our readers will not have seen that book yet, so we feel fully justified in utilising so much space on this matter)

‘Those who wish to know the whole story and read all the documents, will of course have to read CLEAR oe Shit, INTENT, as well as any further revelations that may # ea appear later about all the UFO secrets still in the bulging Government files.


Our Photostats


We start off with an FBI message about the “Roswell Incident”: —


Photostat No. 1


A MESSAGE OF JULY 8, 1947, FROM THE FBI FIELD OFFICE IN DALLAS, TEXAS, TO THE DIRECTOR OF FBI, WASHINGTON, CON- CERNING THE “ROSWELL INCIDENT".


FBI DALLAS —_7-8-47 6-17 pm. DIRECTOR AND SAC! CINCINNATI URGENT


Flying Dise, Information concerning. Major Cartan,


headquarters Eighth Air Force, telephonically ad-

vised this office that an object purporting to be a

flying disc was recovered near Roswell, New Photostatt

Mexico, this date. The disc is hexagonal in shape

and was suspended from a balloon by cable, which

balloon was approximately ewenty feet in diameter. pay %

Major Curtin. further advised that the -abjec. /motelot Nia 2

found, resembles a high altitude weather balloon AN FBL MEMORANDUM DATED JULY 10, 1947 ha radar reflector, but that telephonic conver-

sation between their office and Wright Field had OFFICE MEMORANDUM

not borne out this belief, Disc and balloon being ATES GOVERNMENT


transported to Wright Field by special plane for 0-47 examination. Information provided this office be-

cause of national interest in case and fact that Na- To: D. M. LADD. tional Broadcasting Company, Associated Press, From: E.G, FITCH


and others attempting to break story of location of Subject: Flying Disks

disc today. Major Curtan advised would vequest

Wright Field (0 advise Cincinnati office z2sultr of At request of lirgadier Ceacval George F. Schul

examination, No further investigation being con- —_gen, Chief of the Requirements [utelligence Branch

ducted. of Army Air Corps Intelligence, Special Agent Rey- nolds discussed the above captioned matter with Nim on July 9, 1947. General Sehulgen indicated to Reynolds that the Air Corps has taken the attitude


3


Part of the official “smokescreen" deliberately perpetrated by the MJ-12 Group to mislead the press and confuse the facts in that actul UFO recovery case, carefully prepared to look like a weather balloon case. This was intended to deceive the press and the public.


148


that every effort must be undertaken in order ta was his attitude that in ag much as it has been es- run dwn and ascertain whether or not the fying _tablished that the flying disks are not the result of disks are a fact and, if so, to learn all about them, any Army or Navy experiments, the matter is of in~ Accariling to General Schulgen, the Air Corps In- _terest to the FBI. He stated that he was of the opin~ telligence are utilising all of their scientists in ion that the Bureau, if at all possible, should accede order to ascertain whether or not such a pheno- to General Schulgen’s request.


menon could in fact occur. He stated that this re- search is being conducted with the view that the Immediately below this FBI Memorandum, there ap- Aying objects might be a celestial phenomenon and pears the following ADDENDUM, signed by the As: with the view that they might be a foreign body sistant Director of the FBI, Mr D. M. Ladd:—

mechanically devised and controlled “1 would recommend that we advise the Army that the

General Schulgen also indicated to Reynolds Bureau does aot believe it should go into these inves: that all Air Corps installations have been alerted (o tigations, it being noted that a great bulk of those run out each reported sighting to obtain all poss- ible data to assist in this research project, In pass- ing, General Schulgen stated that an Air Corps pilot who believed that he saw one of these objects ‘was thoroughly interrogated by General Schulgen and scientists, as well as a psychologist, and the pilot was adamant in his claim that he saw # flying disk

General Schulgen advised Reynolds that the possibility exists that the first reported sightings of the so-called flying disks are fallacious and prompted by individuals seeking personal pub. licity, or were reported for political reasons. He stated that if this was so, subsequent sightings might be the result of a mass hysteria, He pointed

hat the thought exists that the first reported sightings might have been by individuals of Com: rmunist sympathies with the view'to causing hys- teria and fear of a secret Russian weapon?

General Schulgen indicated to Reynolds that he {s desirous of having all the angles covered in this maticr, He stated that reports of his scientists and findings of the various Air Corps installations will be available in his office. He advised that to com- plete the picture he desired the assistance of the Federal Bureau of Investigation in locating and questioning the individuals who first sighted the sovcalled fying disks in order to ascertain whether or not they are sincere in their statements that they saw these disks, or whether their statements were prompted by personal desire for publicity or politi ‘al reasons. General Schulgen assured Reynolds that there are no War Department or Navy Department research projects presently being con- ducted which could in any way be tied up with the flying disks. General Schulgen indicated to Rey olds that if the Bureau would co-operate with him in this matter, he would offer all the facilities of his office as to results obtained in the effort to identily and run down this matter,

Reynolds advised General Sehulgen chat this re- quest would be made known to the Bureau and an answer made available to him as soon as possible, Reynolds also discussed this matter with Colonel L R Forney of MID. Colonel Forney indicated that it Photostet 2a


Office Memo ananm + vxrren snares covensitnt


nthe ZOE



Official Office Memorandums, United States Goverment, and actual intelligence agents not in the know were used to carry out the real deception. Various branches of Intelligence (not in the know) were used in this way to divert attention fram the real project.


149


Photatat Nix 3 Division of the War Department. General Schul- gen indicated that he would be satisfied to receive


ON JULY 29, 1947, THE FBI's FIELD- information through this means, INVEENGATOR E.G. FITCH SENT IN A General Schulgen indicated to Reynolds that he FURTHER REPORT, THE TEXT OF believed that there was a possibility that this entire WHICH IS AS FOLLOWS:— matter might have been started by subversive indi-


viduals for the purpose of creating a mass hyster He suggested that the Bureau keep this in mud in


OFRCEATEMORASDUM many interviews. conducted. regarding reported i i e sightings. General Schulgen stated to Mr Reynolds

URED SALES OVERNMENT that he would make available to the Bureau all in % formation in the possession of che Air Corps te pie pees garding the sightings which were first reported 40


that the Bureau could conduct some investigation regarding these individuals to ascertain. their


Subject: Flying Disks


Reference is made to my memorandum to you in the above captioned matter dated July 10, 1947, in- dicating that Brigadier General George F. Sehul- gen of the Army Air Corps Intelligence had re- quested that the Bureau co-operate wih the Army Air Corps Intelligence in connection with the ahove captioned matter, The Director noted on the reference memorandum, “I would do it but before agreeing to it we must insist upon full access to Office Mex orandum,:’ usvred raves coven disks recovered, For instance in the La, ease the ah


‘Army geabbed it and would not tet us have itfor | i" Ceo ae he Sr tursory examination.” vou 9 i


This is to advise that Special Agent Reynolds has recontacted General Schulgen aad advised him in connection with the Director's notation. General Schulgen indicated 10 Reynolds that he desired to assure Mr Hoover of complete co-uperation in this er and stated that he would issue instructions to the fick! directing that all co-operation be fur> nished to the FBL and that all disks recovered he

made available for the examination by the PBL


—_——— agents. General Schulgen pointed out to Reynolds that he will from time to time make the results of Bhoteetat ae Photpetet Re the studies of his scientists available to the Bureau for the assistance of the FBI Field Offices, General Bt hi tet of SEE Schulgen indicated to Reynolds that there has been BIST tree, se Rous st co snk we te Sms a decrease in the reported sightings of the disks which might be because of the fact that it has lost much of its publicity value, He indicated, however, that he believed it necessary 0 follow this matter through to determine as near as possible if disks alleged disks reported found have been pranks. It is La case the Army grabbed i¢ and would not let us were. ta fact seen andl ta detgrmine thelr origin, AOL believed ihar the Bureau: yeuut actoenih any: have it for cursory examination.” General Schuigen inquired of Reynolds the thing by going into these investigations.” J EDGAR HOOVER method by which the Bureau would make the in (initialed) DML formation obtained from the Bureau's inquiries ‘This, however, is followed by a further Minute by (There is some obscurity about the case to which known to the Air Corps, in the Field as well as at Clyde Tolson as follows: — Hoover rofers, but it seems ic was probably: in Loui the War Department level. Mr Reynolds pointed “L think we should da this." 7-15, tiana ("La"), whete, at Shreveport, an July 7, one of ut 10 General Schulgen that tke best procedure And the Supremo of the FUL, the great J. Fagor the hoaxes had turned up. Allegedly a sixeren-inch appeaed to he threugh the regular established


Hoover himself, caps it all with his own Minute and lu v come channels. It was


inium disk emitting sinoke was seen


out lv General Schulgen


iickes the final decision, as follows: ~ dows, Coils uf wire were strane on the diy, that the Bureau Field Offices maintain close liaison “L would do ir but before agreeing to i! we nest insist dhe US Army were etlled into inspect tt, 1 was found with the Intelligence Divisions of the various Ar- vpon full access to disks tecovered, For instance in the to bear the inscription “Made 1 USA") mics as well as close linison with the Intelligence Photostat 3 = 6 Even J. Hagar Hoover was not included in the Need-to-Know channels of The Schulgren charade continues. Note that these documents are not information and control. The FBI was used primarily by the dis-infor- classified. They were intended to be found by anybody looking.


mation side of Intelligence activities.


a9 151


motives for reporting that they had observed Aying disks. When General Schulgen makes the infor- mation available regarding these individuals, i¢ will be promptly brought to Your attention.


So, from the end of July 1947, the FBI were working together with the US. Army? on the UFO Problem, but we have already seen how prickly and difficult J Edgar Hoover was over the slight to his man in Louis iana! Evidently this edgy relationship between the two parties continued, and after only about one month of such collaboration we find the following amusing Circular Letter being issued co all Air Force Com- manding Generals by the Air Defence Command Headquarters at_ Michell Field, New York, on September 3, 1947:—


SUBJECT: Co-operation of FBI with AF on in- vestigation of “Flying, Disk” incidents.

TO: Command Generals, First, Second, Fourth, ‘Tenth, Eleventh and Fourteenth Air Forces. ATTENTION: Assistant Chief of Staff, A-2.


1. The Federal Burcau of Investigation has agreed to assist Air Force Intelligence person nel in the investigation of “flying disk” inci- dents in ofder to quickly and effectively rule ‘out what are pranks and to concentrate on what appears to be a genuine incident


2 It was the original intent of the AC/AS-2, Headquarters, Army Air Forces, that whereas the ADG Air Forces would interview respon- sible observers whose names would be fur- nished by AAP, the FBI would vestigate inci dents of so-called “disks” heing found on the ground. The services of the FBI were enlisted in order to relieve the numbered Air Forces of the task of tracking down all the many in- stances which turned out to be ash can covers, toilet seats, and whatnot.


3 It is requested that each A-2 informally co- ordinate and co-operate with the FBI, gener- ally keeping the FBI informed of any proposed calls Intelligence personnel will make on this subject. Very shortly, with the separation’ of the AAF from the War Department, a fiein pol- icy will be established to clarify the liaison ar rangements between A-2's and FBI Special Agents. Presently, it is considered inadvisable to promulgate a formal interim policy only to have it replaced in a month or so by another. BY COMMAND OF LIEUTENANT GENERAL STRATEMEYER:

/s/ RH, Smith

R. H. Smith, Colonel,

GSC As Chief pf Stall — Intell.


7


This reference by the Army to “ash can covers, toiley seats, and whatnot” vastly offended the officials of the FBI, with the result that finally, on October 1, 1547 Edgar Hoover terminated all FBI cq! the Military by issuing FBI Burros 54, which reads as follows:— FLYING DISKS — Effective immediately, the Bureau has discontinued its investigative acuvities as outlined in Section B of Bureau Bulletin No. 42, Series 1947, dated July 30, 1947

All future reports connected with ying dis should be referred to the Air Forces and no invest gative action should he ken by Bureau Agents


This did sno! mean, however, that the FBI would stop receiving UFO reports, and it contiqued 16 da 30, Including much very remarkable material, as the book GLEAR INTENT shows most graphically It meant simply that actual n-sife investigations by the FBI were terminated. Nevertheless, 1 the ins mediately fpllowing years, 1944, 1949, and there alter, the FBI still accumulated bulky UFO report files, and this went right on until 1977 as CLEAR INTENT shows (Chapter 11.)


Photostat Nu 4


AN FBI MEMO OF MARCH 22, 1950, SECURED.

FROM THE FBI UNDER THE FREEDOM OF

INFORMATION ACT BY DR BRUCE S. MAC- CABEE


OFFICE MEMORANDUM UNITED STATES GOVERNMENT


To: DIRECTOR, FBI

From: GUY HOTTEL SAG WASHINGTON Subject: FLYING SAUCERS — INFORMATION CONCERNING


An investigator for the Air Forces stated that three so-called fving saucers had been recovered in New Mexico, They were described as being circular in shape with raised centers, approximately 30 ft. in diameter. Each one was occupied by three hodies of human shape but only 3 fect tall, dressed in met- allic cloth of very fine texture, Each body was bandaged in a manner similar to the blackout suits used by speed flyers and test pilots.

According to Mr..... informant, the saucers were found in New Mexico due to the fact that the Government has a very high-powered radar set-up in that area and it is believed that the cadar inter- eres with the controlling mechanism of the saucers,

No further evaluation was a _) concerning the above.


ted by St


Photostat Se


Notes and References Spec \gent in Charge (FBI


2 vers vnitial fear among the American Miltary

UP “ht be a spectacular new Russian weapon,

ser the fll. icle, NOTES ON THE COSMIC (AND. INFERNA) JECTIONS,

3 and Ti mn of the US. Air Force (Army Air

Corps fro ‘Army had of course not yet taken,


place 5: Sam Spectss ‘gent (FDI) G Goncerning \silbert Smith and his secrer repart af Novem: ber 11. 1050, 10 the Canadian Government, we have the Fallesing note, by Stantun T. Friedman, dated January 1959) — AL have copies of Smith's notes written aller conversation wih KIS. an American scientist, supplying some of the have information, and have talked to RLS. Lalvo have cop Jes of earelully worded SECRET correspondence (not FS) beeen WAS aud M the Canadian Embassy on W: ing the involvement af Vannevar Bush. De Bush was head ‘ol the wartime Office of Scientific Research and Develop ‘ment 40 charge of all miliary-related R and D, including setting up the Manhar the Joint Research and Development he Kesearch and Developme


Set up a seal group ‘works given the retrieval by the US, of «  Inear Roswell, N M, in July 1?)47, Bush wat also on the War Council and’ was noted for compartmentalization of re: search groups

Willert Sonith, who died i 1462 of & ain tumour. was awarded Canada's highest Broadcasting Engineering

{one word missing? GG, and wn the mils 1950s headed Pro: ect Magnet, Project Secand Story. and was the Chief of the Radio Division af the Department of Transport.

He had a number of parents relating to broadcasting, There were a nuinlier of Meetings of the DRB re UFOs — clasti- Tied at hat.”


Is he exploded bs the c


rodrogen hs a sear later


SOME NOTES ON THE COSMIC (AND ALSO THE INFERNAL?) CONNECTIONS


‘any foolish people still cherish the fond dream

that the UFO entities are all “humans” like us — ‘our “peers”, as it were, from away out there in Space, tho have come here to “save” us oF to “help” us, oF to impart to us some marvellous new technology that will somehow get us off the hook and solve all our rave problems.

‘These people are blinded by their own wishful thinking and prevented from perceiving that, from all the evidence available to date, the vast majority of the “critters” reportedly encountered are not remotely “human”, and rhat ‘45 seme tou UFC Probleas has it realy probably vio" ine akarenever to do with our science and uurtechnclogy, and that the alien ave not here to visit us nor are they here on our behalf, but


are attending strictly to their men interests — whatever they might be.

(And if it were to be explained to us what precisely those interests ace, why should we assume that we would thereby be any the wiser?)

For us to imagine that, by laboriously listing and cata- loguing anit computerizing the speeds and shapes and sizes of the craft and the appearance and dimensins of the beings, we can hupe to learn anything whatsoever abot either craft ur lings ts probably just about as ab- urd as it wanld be for emes ne sheep nx pigs to start to serutch ae eds oe Site mats nu the bnivk of the trees and then fondly ta imayine that they were thereby help-

ing thenweeloes to grasp anythiug about the characters ur capacities of the farmer and his men whori they see


J. Edgar Hoover becanes aware of the deception and takes the FBI aut of the business of playing these games for the Military Intelligence higher ups.


153 152


CHAPTER IV


THE HOAX STATUS


The publication of a full length book with half of it devoted to the military recovery of flying saucers and their occupants was quite a blow to the MJ-12 group. Every time one leak was plugged, more would spring up somewhere else. It seemed as though MJ-12 was fighting a losing battle. BEHIND THE FLYING SAUCERS was the last straw, Now they had to act fast to make the book less credible and cast it in the realm of science fiction, or even the babblings of a lunatic, If they could somehow manipulate someone somewhere to expose the entire story as a hoax, then maybe the majority of the public would ignore it. (See Appendix 8 for another example of similar deception)

Retired Marine Corps pilot, Major Donald E. Kehoe, who came to public attention managing the tour of the famous plane in which Bennett and Byrd made their historic North Pole flight, and as aide to charles A. Lindbergh after the famous transatlantic flight; became interested in the so-called "little men" story. Kehoe got his start in flying saucer investigation on May 9, 1949, when he was contacted by Ken Purdy, then editor of TRUE Magazine, to write an article for TRUE on the flying saucers. About two weeks after the TRUE article, "The Flying Saucers Are Real", January 1950 edition, came out, Kehow was called again by Purdy, this time to investigate the "little men" story that had been floating around the Denver, Qolorado area since the Smmer of 1949. Purdy told Kehoe that TIME and LIFE magazines were seriously consider- ing doing an article on those alleged "little men" stories. Such ac- counts had by now appeared in over 100 newspapers from coast to coast, and allegedly started with one George T. Koehler in Denver. According to Purdy the stories went something like this — quoted from the well known Kansas City Star in January 1950:


"In flight, the outer ring revolved at a high rate of speed while the cabin remained stationary, like the center part of @ gyroscope.

Fach of the two ships seen by Koehler were occupied by a crew of two. In the badly damaged ship, these bodies were charred so badly that little could be leamed from them. The occupants of the other ship, while dead when they were found, were not burmed or disfigured, and when Koehler saw then, were in a perfect state of preservation. Medical reports, according to Koehler, showed that these men were almost like earth-dwelling humans, except for a few minor differences and size. They were of uniform height of about three


154


feet, had no dental work, and they did not wear undergar— ments, but had their bodies taped. The ships seemed to be magnetically controlled and


powered. In addition to a piece of metal, Koehler had a clock or


automatic calendar taken from one of the craft. Koehler said that his best assumption as to the source of


the ships was the planet Venus." (The underscoring is by the author to point out that this statement is the same as that used by the FBI.)


[ken Purdy's reference is clearly to the story of Koehler's visit to the Radar Site on the Arizona/New Mexico border, where he claims he saw two smaller (about 30’ diameter) circular craft recovered in Arizona with two small bodies aboard each.)


Purdy suggested to Kehoe, based on the mentioned newspaper stories, that he fly to Denver as soon as possible, to interview Koehler. If these stories were true, then they would have the biggest story since the dawn of time. Purdy needed a big story in order to regain his po- sition as publisher of TRUE, which he had lost shortly before this.


[Now, with the benefit of hindsight, it is easy to see that Ken Purdy more likely lost his job as editor of TRUE because of the earlier article "The Flying Saucers Are Real” he had commissioned Kehoe to do. It was commissioned in May of 1949 but Purdy was already out of a job by the time it appeared in the January 1950 issue. Coincidentally, the above quote from the Kansas City Star appeared in January 1950 and as it turned out the two separate stories tended to mutually support each other, another headache for the MJ-12 group trying to tamp all this down and get it under control. Now Purdy was blundering into it again.]


Kehoe interviewed Koehler at the offices of Radio Station KMYR, tel~ ling him, "If you have prrof for your story, TRUE will buy it from you for a handsame sum". Koehler would not show him the metal specimens fron the saucers, the photos of it, nor the "space clock" (as Kehoe called it). In fact Koehler refused to sell him the story. Kehoe im- mediately called Purdy, telling him that the story was a hoax.

Purdy, however, would not give up. He wanted the story so badly he could taste it. Knowing that Frank Scully had written three articles about the crashed/recovered saucers in VARIETY, Purdy gave Scully a call. He offered Scully $3,000 for the story and would pay $1,000 for the expenses involved. Scully tumed him down, knowing all along that his intentions were for a full-length book; not a magazine article. This refusal frustrated Purdy. He didn't know who Scully's sources were outside of George T. Koehler. It stuck in his craw, deflated his


155


ego, and worked on his imagination.

When Scully's book finally did come out, Purdy became furious, He was now a useful tool, and the ideal one for MJ-12s disinformation, efforts to concentrate on. They had been closely monitoring Puniy's activities since he commissioned that first TRUE Magazine article m UFOs which came out in mid-December of 1949 after he had left the magazine staff. It was in June 1950, when both MJ-12 and Ken Purdy got their chance. That month a young investigative joumalist of Armenian descent, also recently unemployed by the San Francisco Chronicle, sub- mitted a manuscript to TRUE Magazine titled, "The Flying Saucers Ad The Mysterious Little Men".

That manuscript allegedly exposed the other big thom in the Mi-12 side, Scully's BEHIND THE FLYING SAUCERS, as an out-and-out hoax, It filled 14 long pages, was illustrated, and more or less concentrated on. what he then considered Scully's two main sources of information - Silas M. Newton and Leo A. Gebauer, whom this author claimed was the true identity of the mysterious geophysicist, "Dr. Gee".

In July of 1952, Scully received a copy of that manuscript, andar July 30th, 1952, he circulated his rebuttal to the alleged "expose" in the form of a Press Release just prior to the magazine hitting the newstands on August 20th 1952. (That was TRUE Magazine for Sept. 1952)

It is interesting to note here that the Armenian reporter, fired fron his newspaper, and the magazine editor dismissed from his job, both got their jobs back as a result of the scandalous expose of Frank Scully and his book. The newspaper even offered Scully $25,000 if he would write them an "I have been duped" story. What kind of objective story would that be, and who was really financing such a ridiculous and unprofitable plot?

As Scully stated, the expose itself is a deception. It was titled, "Plying Saucers and the Mysterious Little Men, but as Scully pointed out in his Press Release, there was very little about flying saucers or the "little men" and a very great deal of malicious aspersions, mickraking, and slanderous defamation of character, an article clearly out of place in TRUE Magazine.

We wanted to reproduce a copy of that TRUE Magazine article here for your examination, but the author refused and even offered threats if we did. We certainly don't blame him for his position as the article is not much to be proud of. We therefore suggest same other source for your reference. (See Appendix 13)

We have, however, reproduced Frank Scully's Press Release on the following pages for your information and reference. Bear in mind that the personalities so besmirched were not the primary nor were they the only true sources of Scully's infommation. They were the first leads and the subsequent "cover" source for all that followed.


156


PRANK SCULLY


HOLLYWOOD, CALIFORNIA JULY 30, 1952


FOR IMMEDIATE RELEASE


From time to time some character, publication or Pentagonian


stooge breake out with an "exposé" of Behind the Flying Saucers, a


book I wrote which, since 1950, has gone around the world in various translstions.

The most recent attempt ia in the September, 1952 issue of a nagazine published in New York, It will be on the Los Angeles newsstands August 20, The magazine is edited by a character who was demoted from publisher to editor a few years ago and now divides his time between his editorial desk and peddling automobiles.

He writes that he offered me $25,000 for the proof of the story two years ago, He actually offered $3,000 for the story, agreed to advance $1,000 for expenses, and finally settled for $12.56. That's quite a discount. I then sold the story to Holt, seemingly has consumed the magazine


and the book's subsequent succes: editor with frustration and envy, and the sort of indigestion that comes from having to eat old crow,

Some time back the magazine editor received the manuscript of


an unemployed San Francisco newspapermen, It attempted to discredit


Behind the Flying Saucers by belittling the private character and professional standing of two of the hundreds of authorities I cited


inthe book, In his account, the reporter is e self-admitted thief.


He sdmits he stole one of the discs, reported to be from a flying saucer, from Mr, Silas Newton in a San Francisco hotel room. He


goes into long details oxplaining how he planned the larceny, which


15


The Scully Press Release, page 1


157


SCULLY: 2


would be petty or grand, depending on the value of the disca, but theft in any case.

His unholy crusade began February 22, 1951, when he came to my home in Hollywood end said he could get back on his old paper if I approved of bim as a liaison and would give his paper first refusal on whatever naw material we dug up on flying saucers, I told him I felt that I had exhsusted the subject of flying saucers for the time being, and in any case the subject had exhauoted ne, On one of his visita he met Silas M, Newton, He quickly dropped me and latched on to Newton.

He got back into the good graces of the newspaper on the strength of all this, His managing editor went on a world tour and expected the Saucerian story would be in good form for several Sunday features when he got back.

When the reported found that the subject had been squeezed dry by me, he turned to “exposing” what he previously had acclaimed, and befouling the people he hoped would have made him rich overnight.

As for me, he rushed down to inform me his paper would pay $25,000 if I would take his material and write an "I have been duped" story. I told him I would write it for nothing if it were true and money couldn't buy it if it wasn't. He brought in his "proofs", They proved, if anything, the opposite of what he had contended. So he went ahead on his own, His paper appraised his material and, after due consideration, returned it to him with a


polite, "Not for us", He then took his material on a shopping tour and it finally


was bought by a magazine last winter, It has taken six months for the menuscript to be considered cleaned enough of 1ibels gor yen


WR


The Scully Press Release, page 2


158


SCULLY: 3


its present publication. All that is left is a mess of misquotations and aspersions


puckraking the reputation of those who befriended him, ‘They seemingly bad not helped him in his announced ambition to become a millionaire suthor overnight.

He didn't succeed, but, like @ scorpion, managed to give the sting of his tail to those who helped him instead of stepping on him. Because of the increased interest in flying saucers, this particular character's screed may get some press notice. This release of mine is merely to inform the press services of his background and, possibly, as further proof that I learned something from Pearl Harbor and do not intend to be Sunday-punched when I have the information and means to beat the attacker to the punch,

I have not mentioned his name, hie editor's name, or the maga= sine's name, That's for their press agent. JI am not in the business of giving personal notoriety to those who announce themselves as my avowed enemies in a guerilla war of their own making,

All T can say is that they announced in their table of contents that they were going to give the true story of the flying saucers and the mysterioue little men, and in 25,000 words of character


assassination of big men never got around to the little men.


END


- alt


The Scully Press Release, page 3


159


THE TRUE "EXPOSE"


That alleged expose in TRUE began with a short summary of the story as it appeared in BEHIND THE FLYING SAUCERS. The author claimg to have spent four months traveling 4,500 miles in five Wester States to investigate this story. Why such an obsession to spend all that time and money to expose that story as a hoax when he didn't even have any facts on which to base the hoax, except to besmirch the characters he thought were involved; especially while also not knowing if his article would be accepted for publication, and him not even having any job at the time? Who was financing this?

The alleged "investigation" began at Frank Scully's house on February 22, 1951. The plan was to locate the whereabouts of Silas M. Newton, and through him, identify and locate the mysterious "Dr. Gee". Then he would supposedly sift through their stories and mill them until nothing was left but the truth of the matter. But it is diffiault to hold a non-biased opinion when you have a pre-conceived plan to prove the story was a hoax! é

After meeting Newton, through Scully, all effort was concentrated on Newton. A few tricks were attempted on Newton in order to obtain one of the small pieces of metal which Newton jokingly told his listeners came from one of the crashed saucers.


[Newton had actually seen and handled some of the parts from the real crashed saucers, both in the hands of Gebaver and of Koehler, but it is not known if he ever retained any of them in his posession. If he did, Newton was far too wise to have carried them around on his person. He had in fact prepared suitable facsimiles to carry around with him, and these are what he produced in his stories about the crashed saucers. This should have been readily apparent to any serious observer because one of them even had a common Earth symbol on it which had not been removed. The author of this article should have suspected this when he himself saw the symbol before he was able to manage the theft of one sample. He should have gotten another clue when he was not pursued by Newton after the theft was discovered. Surely he could not have believed that the loss of so valuable article, if real, would go un- noticed forever. ]

The stolen metal artifact was analyzed and found to be ondinmary aluminum.

Also through same kind of covert methodology, the name of the indi- vidual, who's telephone mmber appeared quite frequently on Newton's telephone bill, was found by this author. It was surmised that this


would provide the actual name of the mysterious "Dr. Gee", one Leo A. GeBauer of Phoenix, Arizona. What kind of person has access to such a


160


type of telephone company information without actually working there? This kind of information has to be gained either illegally or bya person working for an intelligence or police agency or/and in conjunc- tion with one. What kind of ties did this out-of-town investigative joumalist have with various branches of the intelligence community?

All things, it seems, were done under false colors. A one time assoc- iate by the name of Lloyd Clark, who resided in Phoenix, was approached and asked to stage a deceptive interview with Leo A. Gebauer at his place of business, Western Radio and Engineering Company in Phoenix, using false pretenses to “get in the door". This interview, which in- cluded personal photographs without releases, was performed under the pretense of running a promotional story on GeBauer's shop in the Bus- iness Section of the Phoenix Gazette. This interview, coupled with the information obtained from the Better Business Bureau, showed that Leo A. GeBauer only had a degree in Electrical Engineering from Louis Institute of Technology in Chicago, obtained in 1932. From 1943 through 1945, when "Dr. Gee" was supposed to be heading up top secret magnetic experiments, both on land and sea, GeBaver was merely Chief of Labor- atories at the Air Research Company in Phoenix and Los Angeles. How- ever, the collective of various scientists referred to under the cover name "Dr. Gee", did in fact have all the background attributed to the mysterious "Dr. Gee". The collective term "Dr. Gee" was actually a composite of eight different scientists. Those scientists were:

. Vannever Bush

+ Detlev W. Bronk

Lloyd V. Berknehr

. Jerome C. Hunsaker

. Merle A. Tuve

. Carl A. Heiland

Horace B. Vanvalkenberg Dr. John VonNeumann

CE this group, six (Bronk, Berknehr, Hunsaker, Heiland, Vanvalkenberg and VonNeumann) were a part of the Aztec crash/recovery team; and ‘four (Bush, Bronk, Berknehr and Hunsaker) were members of the original MJ-12 committee.

Frank Scully used this composite pseudonym in order to protect the real scientists from possible identification and punishment for breach of security, while at the same time he was able to simplify the telling of the story and leave less clues for possible compromise, though Leo A. Gbauer, his first source was given the nickname "Dr Gee" by Silas Newton's son, Fredrick. Scully liked the term, and might have latched on to it as his scientific pseudonym and used it anyway, knowing that GeBauer was not one of those scientists. There was no ham in using “Dr. Gee"; and that TRUE article author did not have a legitimate leg


PRRERRE


161


to stand on in his pointing the finger at Leo A, Gebauer and making pj, out to be the "Dr. Ge" of Scully's book. However, since he was the real "leak", the purpose of the disinformation service was served...any without risking exposure of the real scientists.

True, Leo A. GeBauer did work at the research and development testing laboratories of Air Research Company, both at the Los Angeles and the Phoenix Divisions. This fact makes him all the more apt to be in the know conceming the flying saucer recovery operations. Paul A. Scherer, member of the Research and Development Board (R8DB) and a member of the Camagie Institute of Washington staff, along with Dr. Vannevar Bush, also worked as Director of Research and Development at Air Research from 1940 to 1944. GeBauer and Scherer worked together on refrigeration and cryogenics devices and instrumentation. Paul Scherer had knowledge of the recovered flying saucers and the little bodies since it was Air Research who was called upon for expedited assembly of preservation equipment to take care of the little bodies from the Aztec recovery, another confirming link to Gebauer which he surely used to advantage also.

When GeBauer was confronted by our young journalist to sign an of- ficial statement, GeBauer stated flatly that he was not the "Dr. Gee" of Behind The Flying Saucers, and never claimed to be, and he correctly signed his name to it. This signed statement treasured and played up heavily by that reporter, didn't prove a thing conceming the truth of fallacy of Scully's story. All it proved, as Scully stated so many times before, was that Leo A, GeBauer was not the "Dr. Gee"; but he was only one of the original sources who led Scully to the scientists who were involved.

After our young misguided joumalist finished dragging GeBauer and Newton through the muck, seeking to make them appear as undesirable sources of information, he approached Scully once again. This time he tried to get Scully to admit that the entire saucer story was a hoax. Scully would not budge. He still maintained that the story was tre ang that the TRUE Magazine article did not prove a thing. Scully in- sisted that the crash story was true but that he would not reveal the real identity of his "Dr. Gee" team, right up until his death in 1964.

TRUE Magazine's 3 million subscribers read the convincing "expose" and were influenced into believing that the story was a grandiose and flagrant hoax. MJ-12 had partially accomplished their goal of tuming the public away from the facts; but Newton, GeBauer and Koehler con- tinued to tell the story to anybody who was interested.

Another story of this type was attributed to J.M. Rohrer, President of the Rocky Mountain Broadcasting Company of Pueblo, Oolorado. Rohrer claimed that one of the occupants taken from one of the recovered fly- ing saucers was being kept alive within a controlled environment in


162


Qentral Califomia. This brings to mind an incident involving one Dr. Claude E. Steene, Sr., now deceased, of Fullerton, Califomia. Dr.

Steene, while practising his profession in Bishop, Califomia, in 1949,

was called on by a member of a special military unit, to examine a living being reportedly taken from a crashed flying saucer. Steene claimed that this being was being kept alive in a chamber which had a controlled environment compatible to the being. This being, according to Dr. Steene, seemed to be reptilian in nature. Dr. Steen's nurse is said to have exclaimed that it appeared to originate "from the pits of fell", Qne may Observe that such a living ET being has been reported pefore. Project "Red Light" is yveported to have provided a new and enalrged habitat for such a living ET being, and we may cbserve from the pathological material on the small alien bodies recovered from crashed saucers, as reported in Leonard Stringfield's Status Reports,

mmbers I through IV, that the physiological features of these small ET bodies do bear some resemblence in some respects, notably the tex- ture of the skin, to reptilian types.

This also brings to mind the person by the name of Jim Fugatt, who wrote to James W. Moseley, in May of 1956, claiming that he knew a doctor in Paynes Creek, Califormia, who worked on a special project to Keep an occupant taken from a crashed saucer alive in a special en- vironmentally controlled chamber.

With all these stories still springing up, MJ-12 decided it was just about time to really discredit the reputations and character of Newton and GeBauer, the men who, thanks to their careful manipulations were now publicly identified with the story, while the real scientists in- volved had not been exposed. Koehler had already been threatened in such a way and thoroughly scared off that he refused to talk about this matter at all with anybody. MJ-12 was determined to carry this off in such a way as to set an example for anybody else who might de- cide to divulge information conceming this very sensitive subject to the public, and to divert public attention completely away from the story of crashed saucers and the little bodies.


THE "ILLEGAL" TRIAL OF NEWTON AND GEBAUER


Occasionally it becomes necessary, on the so-called basis of National Security to use any means possible to plug a breach in high level se- curity matters. I use the words "so-called basis of National Security" because it is debatable whether subject matter conceming the recovery of flying saucers and their occupants is in fact a National Security matter or not. The official goverment position is that flying saucers do not really exist. And the Condon Comittee concluded that if such a ridiculous phenomenon exists there is no evidence of hostility and no


163


evidence of tangible reality. They even concluded that the U.S. Gover, ment was wasting its time collecting information and also recommenda

the closing of Project Bluebook as a wasteful and unproductive effort,

Nevertheless, U.S. Intelligence agencies will take steps and initj- ate certain actions when they become aware that a breach or potential breach does exist. Usually they begin with an investigation to fin out where the breach originated. Qnce the source of the breach is found, they will watch those persons closely for a long time. (See th Ray Thomas affair in Appendix 1) Then, they usually wam the individual by a direct contact; but if he continues, as in this case, other means are taken to stop the individual from going any further. Me of these other means could involve finding, or creating, something about that or those individuals involved, that would warrent moving certain wheels within the judicial system into action, causing charges to be brought against an individual having nothing whatever to do with the presumed breach of security. This could result in imprisonment and the death of such selected victims without ever exposing the real reasm for such actions. (See exhibits 1 and 2 appended at the end of this chapter)

The suggestion to file criminal charges against Silas M. Newton and Leo A. GeBauer originated with the author of that TRUE article, him self. After his article was published in the September 1952 issue of TRUE Magazine, letters started pouring in from all over the conntry. Qe such letter, and a phone call, came from one Hemman L. Flader, a Denver, Qblorado millionnaire who owned the Stay Put Clamp and Gup- ling Factory on the outskirts of Denver.

Mr. Fladér. felt that he may have been hustled out of $250,000 by

and GeBauer. He had met GeBauer in early 1949 while searching for ways to invest some of his money in oil. GeBauer claimed to have an electronic device that could detect oil by both depth and volure beneath the Earth's surface. he thing led to another, with Silas M. Newton arriving on scene, and Flader investing in three of the mach- ines and into the Colorado Geophysical and Development Company, owned and operated by GeBauer.

Flader claimed that every time GeBauer used the machines, he had positive results one way or the other; but every time he (Flader) attempted to use the machines nothing happened. He even claimed that after GeBauer gave him written instructions on how to operate the machines and interpret the results, he still could not get them to work. Also, he claimed that he had invested several thousand dollars into same of Newton's and GeBauer's alleged oil-rich properties, but received no profit from these investments.

Qur energetic young TRUE article author, motivated, unknowingly, by MJ-12, formulated a plan, which, by the way, played right into the


164


yands of MJ-12. He persuaded Flader to file criminal charges. Flader pad been content to just chalk the whole affair up to experience, but with mich persuasion and encouragement, charges were filed on October 10th, 1952, in Denver's Justice of The Peace Gourt instead of the District Qourt, as is customary in such matters! The charges were filed through the Denver District Attomey, Bert M. Keating, in an at- mosphere of extreme secrecy, so as to not alert Newton or GeBauer on what was planned for them.

October 14, members of the Denver D.A.'s office notified the Police Departments in all Western States to be on the lookout for New ton and GeBauer, though they already knew exactly where they were. ‘That very same day, lo and behold, the FBI received authorization fron the United States Attomey General's office to file Federal Charges against Newton and GeBaver. These Federal Charges brought the case out into the open; there was no more need for security, and an all points Bulletin was put out through all FBI offices on the West Coast. That very same night, FBI agents in Phoenix grabbed GeBauer, while Newton was picked up simultaneously in Hollywood, Califomia. According to Frank Scully, "Mr. Newton was handcuffed to a young prisoner and was transported from Los Angeles to Denver and jailed, without even being booked; and after he had been found guilty, was never fined nor sen- tenced."

‘The trial was postponed several times. Meanwhile, both Newton and GeBauer were out on bail. Between October 1952 and November 1953, Ge- Bauer continued to show off his oil detection devices, as if he had nothing to hide, which he in fact did not, because the devices worked and a whole science of magnetic geological survey has evolved since those days.

Finally, on November 10, 1953, Silan Mason Newton and Leo Amold GBauer appeared in the Denver, Oblorado, District Gourt on Gonfidence Game charges, involving land and oil fraud. The determining factor as to whether these two men would be found guilty of these charges, or not, centered around the authenticity of the oil detection devices!

Mr. Flacéer was the first person to take the stand. He related his story to the court with his main complaint centering around his own inability to operate GeBauer's oil detecting devices, and his feelings that he was defrauded by Newton and GeBauer for around $250,000 that he allegedly invested with no reasonable return in profits. His testi- mony went on for two weeks.

Mm Tuesday, Noverber 17, Isaac and Gerald Mellman, the father and son defense attorney team representing GeBauer, presented the Court with a contract signed by Herman A. Flader which allowed him half interest in three of GeBauer's oil detecting devices in retum for his investment. Under cross-examination, Flader denied ever signing the


165


contract. Keating immediately charged that the photostatic copy of t, signed contract was fraudulent. Judge Frank E. Hickey called a Teces5 so he could hear Mr. Keating's argument outside the presence of ty, jury. In the Judge's Chambers, Keating came up with a copy of the sine contract which had a different date than that of Mellman's copy, arg only had GeBauer's signature. Both Mellman and Keating refuse to reveal where they obtained their copies of the same contract. The Judge immediately ruled the "Mellman copy" of the contract as not ad- missable, and ordered the jury to disregard any earlier mention of it,

@ November 19, Benjamin Garcia, a Denver hand writing expert, tes- tified before the Court that the Flader signature on the "Mellman copy" of the contract was a forgery. (All of these claims were being made; and the restrictive rulings obtained by the prosecuting attomey, and some even against common sense judgement.)

Friday, November 20th, 1953, the prosecution called in, what they termed, two “expert witnesses" on behalf of the State of Cloraio. But first, we must back up a bit.

Since Dr. Carl A. Heiland was considered, by MJ-12, to be tis sre tentional source of the original security leak, they contacted him in private; briefing him on their version of the court-room trial of New ton and GeBauer, and suggested a way for him to make ammends. They asked him to appear as an expert witness against GeBauer in order to disprove the authenticity of GeBauer's electromagnetic oil detecting devices. Heiland explained to his visitor that he could not do so with clear conscience and look GeBauer in the eye, knowing that they had both developed those devices together. Heiland suggested that Dr, mes le, who knew nothing about the saucer recoveries, or his work with Leo A. Gebauer, be subpoenaed in his stead,

Dr. MMMM was Professor of Geophysics at the Oblorado School of Mines under Dr. Heiland, and also acted as a consultant to the Heiland Research and Exploration Company of Denver. He was also considered an expert in geophysical exploration. [Name reluctantly deleted by demand)

‘The expert witnesses (the second an expert in Radio Research Engin- eering) were called in to "prove" whether GeBauer's electromagnetic geophysical exploration devices were ligitimate or not.

Dr. MMMM was the first of the two to take the stand. After first examining two such devices, "very similar to" (but not actually) those belonging to GeBauer, which District Attorney Bert M. Keating had pur- chased for $4.45 each at a local war surplus store, M&M stated, "These so-called doodlebugs couldn't detect submarines, much less oil and/or gas deposits." Dr. MMMM didn't actually examine GeBauer's real devices at this time; but he was placed on call just in case he was needed for further testimony and or cross/examination.


166


CARL AUGUSTUS HEILAND SE, STE


Professor of Geophysics


Dr. rer. nat., University of Hamburg

A.LM.E.

American Association of Petroleum Geologists

Deutsche Geophysikalische Gesellschaft

American Geophysical Union, National Research Council

Society of Petroleum Geophysicists

Deutsche Geologische Gesellschaft

Seismological Society of America

Deutsche Gesellschaft Technische Physik

American Men of Science

Who's Who in Engineering


Page from the Colorado School of Mines Yearbook 1947 167


The second "expert witness" was Howard Roberts, a University of Den- ver Radio Research Engineer and World War II Radar Technician. His being associated with the University of Denver, is significent in that that is where Newton gave his famous lecture on the saucers, and Dr. Donald H. Menzel (MJ-12 camittee member) had very strong connections there.

Roberts claimed that the devices, which he examined, were attach- ments used with wartime radio transmitters, and couldn't "find" any- thing. Roberts, like MANN} didn't examine the real GeBauer devices, which GeBauer never produced; and he was also placed on call, if so needed.

At this point, Isaac Mellman, one of GeBauer's attomeys, made the statement, "We have evidence that will prove that the GeBauer 'doodle- bugs' did work in 1949 when the alleged offense took place. We will also question why the state waited nearly three years before bringing up the charges against Newton and GeBauer!"

Also, on November 20th, the prosecution brought in W.L. Huey of Mar- vel, Qblorado, one-time fomman in charge of drilling operations for Newton's oil company (1948-1949). He stated, when asked about Gebauer's detecting device, "That doodlebug couldn't find a hole in the ground.” It seems as though Newton lost a drill bit during a deep drilling Operation. GeBauer tried to find the lost. bit with his oil detecting device, without success, which is understandable, since the tiny bit does not make that much of an interruption in the earlh's magnetic field, and the device was not a metal detector. That is what he meant by "It couldn't find a hole in the ground.” He had no knowledge or understanding of the purpose and operating principles behind GeBauer's devices. Mr. Huey was also upset with Newton for owing him some back pay, which may have sparked his enthusiasm against Newton. Keating had a deliberate tendency to use information out of context in order to achieve his goal of finding Newton and GeBauer guilty.

Finally, the defense got their chance to present their side of the case.


THE DEFENSE PRESENTS ITS CASE


The first witness called by the defense was Luther Tanner, owner of a Phoenix, Arizona Bus Line. He testified under oath, that he saw Mr. Flader sign the previously mentioned document which Keating claimed was a forgery! Wait just a minure—who's telling the truth?

Flader was then served with a subpoena ordering him to produce a "Health Machine" of his own invention, to which he allegedly sold part interest to GeBauer and Newton about the same time! The District At- tomey and his staff objected on the grounds that it was not material to the "doodlebug" issue! Why not? Wasn't it part of the same exchange

168


of interests?

Judge Hickey, once again, ordered a recess and instructed attomeys fron both sides to present their arguments with respect to the rele- vancy of the "Health Machine" to this case, and whether the jury should view it or not. It was finally decided that Flader's "Health Machine" was not relevant to the case.

After the witnesses for the prosecution had had their say, the de- fense attomeys, Isaac and Gerald Mellman and Throdore Epstein, pre- sented a barrage of seven very interesting and reputable witnesses. ‘The testimony of these seven witnesses should have been enough to con- vince any jury of a person's innocence. Cne of these witnesses was originally called by Bert Keating on the advice of J.P.<mm™, to re— present the prosecution; but was dropped like a hot potato when Keat— ing found out that his testimony would favor the defense.

Virgil Vance, a well known and very respected rancher from the Phoe- nix area was the second witness on behalf of the defense to take the stand. He stated, while under oath, that Mr. GeBauer's detecting de- vices successfully located three water wells on his ranch. Pictures of the wells, gushing water, were introduced as evidence.

The third defense witness to take the stand was Bryce Morris, co- owner of the Sunny Valley Oil Company, based in Denver, Cblorado. Mr. Morris testified under oath, that a survey was conductedon the 100,000 acres of land in the San Inis Valley owned by his company using the "doodlebug" in question. Samples of earth taken from those areas di- vined by the "doodlebug" showed, "definite signs of oil". A geological survey was then conducted on the same areas by Charles Heil, a Boulder, Olorado geologist. This survey verified the "doodlebug's" findings... But he was not permitted to display the report, which compared the geo- logical survey with the "doodlebug's" findings, following a violent objection by District Attomey Bert M. Keating and his chief deputy, George Mieller! Why would Keating object to this comparison. Afterall, that is what this trial was all about. Why hide the facts germain to this case fron the jury? It seems as though Keating was trying everything possible to hide the truth of the matter from this Jury. Is the Justice system of the United States being used again to further political ends with no regard for justice at all?

The fourth witness for the defense was Donald Jacobsen, secretary of the Sunny Valley Oil Company and the Northern Petroleum Company. Mr. Jacobsen told the jury that he participated in several geophysical surveys with Leo GeBauer. "The machines that Mr. GeBauer used were not the same as those brought into court by Bert Keating," said Donald Jacobsen. What kind of trial was this where even the article in dis- pate was purchased by the Prosecuting Attorney at a war surplus store for $4.45, and was introduced into evidence by him as "similar to the


169


device in question". How could Keating know how similar it was, since he had never seen the "doodlebug", nor did he nor anybody else have any idea what was inside it except Dr. Carl A. Heiland who had helped with its design and development.

The fifth witness for the defense was Horace Steele, owner of the El Tejon Oil Field located 35 miles southeast of Bakersfield, California. He testified under oath, "Mr. GeBauer's machine 'divined’ 35 oil wells for me. Early this year (1953) I sold 89 percent in one of these wells for $1,750,000". He went on to say, "I drilled two wells on my om initiative, after Mr. GeBauer told me not to, on the basis of surveys taken by his machine. Both of these wells tumed out dry." He said he paid GeBauer $10,000 for the complete survey, "and it was worth every penny". This witness’ testimony alone, based on his reputation and backed up by working and profit-making evidence, should have been enough to convince any Jury. But Bert M. Keating was adamant and stuck to his mission to put Newton and GeBauer away, as we shall see,

The sixth defense witness to take the stand was Fred D. Newton, the son of Silas M. Newton, and sales manager of the TLlinois-Califomia Express Trucking Company, better known as I.C.X. Newton testified that he visited the Wyoming Oil Field,which was involved in the Flader charge, with his father and Mr. GeBauer. Bert Keating moved to strike Newton's testimony from the record on the basis that it, "had no bear- ing on any issue in the case." Judge Hickey replied, "I'm going to overrule that motion. I don't see that it will do any harm". Chee more we see Keating getting his feathers ruffled.

The seventh and last (not counting Silas M. Newton, who defended himself at one point) witness for the defense was Hollywood Archery Star, Howard Hill. Hill was originally petitioned as a witness for the prosecution by Bert Keating on advice from J.P.W@M—ML Keating changed his mind during a pre-appearance briefing when he found out from Hill that his testimony would be more in sympathy with Newton and GeBauer. Keating couldn't afford any more embarassment, so he told Hill that he would not be called. The defense attomeys, getting wind of this, decided to call him to the stand as a defense witness. Hill swore under oath that GeBauer's oil detecting device definitely found a

underground oil tank and some underground water pipes in his back yard in Hollywood, Galifomia. Hill went on telling the story of the U.S. Government recovery of flying saucers and bodies--and was immediately cut-off by Judge Hickey himself. [Second name deleted under demand]

Keating had another ace up his sleeve, though it was another irrel- evant and out of context ploy. Qn December 18, 1953, Thor Severson, the reporter for the Denver Post who covered the March 8, 1950, Newton lecture at the University of Denver, was subpoenaed to court as a wit- ness on behalf of the prosecution. The purpose of his appearing in


170


court, was to prove that Mr. Newton had a device which he claimed was able to detect oil underground. Evidently Bert Keating had read the flying saucer story in the September 1952 issue of TRUE Magazine, which ahowed a photograph of Mr. Newton, Mr. George T. Koehler, and Mr. Frank Scully, along with the oil detecting device. That photo was taken by Mr. Severson. This same photo was also published in an Octo- ber issue of the Denver Post.

Mc. Severson presented a copy of this photograph as evidence. He claimed that he met with Silas Newton at the home of George T. Koehler om October 18, 1950, for an interview. During this interview, Newton told Severson about his machine that could detect oil by electramag- netic means beneath the Earth's surface. But this was an offhand remark. Mr. Severson was not permitted to tell the Jury that the interview with Newton was in fact sought to establish whether he was the "Mr. X" who had lectured at the University of Denver on March 8, 1950, on the flying saucers and little men, whose bodies were found in a wrecked spaceship! (More deception perpetrated against these men.) Why wasn't Severson allowed to bring up the real purpose of his meeting with Mr. Newton. It had little to do with the oil detecting device and a great deal to do with the crashed saucers and their occupants, the real rea- son for this trial in the first place?

h December 21, 1953, Dr. 7, MARR and Howard Roberts, who were being held in reserve since their last appearance on November 20, were called back into court. Keating thought that by having the "expert witnesses" make a second dramatic appearance, by opening up and exam- ining the “oil detecting devices" (that Keating had himself bought fron war surplus) before the very eyes of the Jury, the case was his.

Dr. MAM was first. He disassembled the device before the Gourt and stated, "Neither of these devices can locate oil, water, or any natural gas." Mémmimimmit identified one of the devices as "an English Mansfield machine". It consisted of a large coil of soft magnetized wixe. GeBauer concurred that his machine was a converted Mansfield which he had purchased for $4,000 dollars.

Mauiamim admitted that the magnetic coil would cause a needle of a dial on the face of the converted Mansfield machine to move as the machine was passed over different magnetic fields of the Earth; "Butit cannot detect the location of Oil or water, in my opinion.” Mammnm continued, "the earth's magnetic field rises from causes entirely sep- arate from underground oi] pools." But GeBauer didn't say that was how he detected oil with his device. The oil in fact shows as a disturbance or interruption in the Earth's magnetic field, which is picked up via the machine in silhouette which is interpreted.

Howard Roberts described the machine as part of a SHORAN device used during World War II. It was a short range navigation device used by


171


tactical aircraft to find a target, if the location of the target was known prior to adjustment of the machine,

Tt seems that both of these "expert witnesses" claimed that the de- vice operated on a magnetic principle, but both claimed that it could mot detect oil; however it could detect changes in the Earth's mag netic field.

GeBauer had never claimed that his devices picked up rays emanating from, and or bouncing off, oil, gas, or water under the ground; but-- these devices detected the interruption in the earth's magnetic field caused by the oil, gas or water under the ground. The underground bodies of substance were outlined, or "silhouetted" by the magnetic field's lines of flux, and it was that outline or silhouette that was

Dr. M&M in his capacity, working closely with Dr. Carl August Heiland, both of the Glorado School of Mines, Geophysics Department, and at the Heiland Research and Exploration Company, knew for a fact: that instruments of this kind were even then being used for geo- physical explorations. In fact, both he and Dr, Heiland were using such devices at the Heiland Research Company, where GeBauer consulted Heiland on the development of the devices and their interpretations.

The Funk & Wagnalls Encyclopedia states, under the heading: Geophy- sics; "Utilization of gravity anomalies as a guide to crustal compos- ition is especially valuable in geophysical exploration for petroleun deposits and for certain types of ore deposits. Such anomalies my indicate important structural traps for oil considerably below the surface, as in the case of the numerous oil producing salt dames of the U.S. Gilf Qoast." Dr. Heiland invented one such device.

Once again, the Punk & Wagnalls Fncyclopedia states, "The instnments most commonly used in geomagnetic studies and in commercial explora- tion are the dip needle, the magnetometer, and the air-borne magnet- ameter." Dr. Heiland was involved in the early uses of the magnet- ometer for both geophysical exploration purposes and for detecting submarines during World War II. The air-borne magnetometer was event- ually developed into an accurate prospecting device capable of record- ing, automatically, magnetic surveys of large areas is a short tim. This air-borne magnetometer was an off-shoot fram the "SHORAN" device.

These devices are also useful in geophysical investigations in the field of terrestrial electricity. These are usually restricted to ap- plications concerned with Earth currents, such as those developed nat- urally as a result of forces within the Earth or generated artificial- ly on the Earth's surface. Farth current analysis usually applies to mineral exploration and ground water surveys. Natural Earth currents are closely associated with geomagnetic effects, exhibiting similar variations in intensity. Fairly large scale geologic features are


172


occasionally delineated by differences in the conductivity of currents generated in the earth's interior and passing through its crust.

The fact is, Leo A. GeBauer knew how these devices worked and what they could detect. Dr. NNN Mdlmmlm™M knew how these devices worked and what they could detect; but the men and women on the Jury, the (udge, and the spectators in the courtroan didn't know anything at all about these devices and had to accept Dr. Mélmlimmii's word as fact, as he was the “expert witness", obtained so as not to use his boss. So, no matter what GeBauer, Newton, the defense attorney's or their wit- nesses said, the "expert witness" and his testimony was the detemmining factor in the entire outcome of this courtroom trial.

Based on the testimony of Dr. am. Malm, under pressure to produce by outside forces beyond his control, Leo A, GeBauer and Silas M. Newton were found guilty of a confidence game and conspiracy to commit a confidence game, on Monday, December 28, 1953, at 10:15 P.M,

The primary objective had been accomplished. The various branches of U.S. Intelligence, working with one another, and in conjunction with the normal law enforcement and Police systems, had utilized the Ameri- can Jundicial System to successfully defame and discredit these two men, sO as to divert public attention away from what they had said or might say in the future about a subject that the government says is no problen, and probably doesn't even exist...

Tet us list the shady dealings that took place at the behest of the prosecution throughout this 49 day trial, at exhorbitant expense to the American Public:


1, The development of a "victim" around whom an action could be safely created.


2. The manner in which the charges were initially filed on 10 October 1952, instigated by J.P.smmmm, filed by Flader, through the Denver District attorney, Bert M. Keating, in the Denver Jus- tice of the Peace Gourt instead of the District Court, as would be customry, and filed in an aire of secrecy.

3. The scurrilous manner in which Newton was arrested and trans- ported in chains to Denver. "Mr. Newton was handcuffed to a young prisoner and was not officially booked."

4. The flying saucer aspect (the real reason for the action) of certain testimonies not being allowed to be presented before the Jury.

5. Prosecutor Keating becoming very hot tempered over Mellman presenting a copy of the real contract between Flader and GeBauer with Flader's signature on it.


173


6. Prosecutor Keating's bringing in a “handwriting expert" to pronounce Flader's real and witnessed signature a forgery.

7. Keating's presentation, in the Judge's chambers of a copy of the: same contract with only GeBauer's signature on it (where diq this come from?).

8. Inther Tanner, a very reputable Phoenix businessman, who testified under oath that he saw Flader sign the very contract! 9. Keating's inability to come up with Flader's Daily Ledger Books, which Flader's Secretary testified that he had tumed over to Keating.

10. ‘The discussion in the Judges chambers about Flader's health detecting machine, also involved in Flader's transaction with GeBauer, away from the Jury, on recommendation by Keating, when the issue was brought up by Defense Attorney Isaac Mellman. Judge Hickey ruled all references to it inadmissable.


11. Strong testimony by four defense witnesses, stating that Ge- Bauer's oil detecting device definitely detected oil for them.


12. Keating's objection that a report by a highly reputable geo- physicist, Dr. Heil, that could prove the relative effectiveness of GeBauer's device, and that it worked, must not be shown to the


Jury

13. The surprise to Keating that Howard Hill was more in sympa- thy with the defense than the prosecution, when he was brought in as a witness for the prosecution.


14. Dr. MAMMA stating that GeBauer's device couldn't detect aything at first, and then later (one month) stating that "in his opinion" he didn't think they could pick up oil. He knew very well that devices of that type were being used for geophysical exploration for oil even then!


15. The ridiculous statement that GeBauer couldn't even spell aurora borealis when he said he spent 6 months in the Arctic studying then in 1935 (with br. Heiland), as if this denied that the study was ever made. Such irrelevant statements were clearly intended to confuse the Jury.

16. The fact that both Newton and GeBauer were convicted, but neither served time or paid any fine.

‘The purpose was served. The recognized "leaks" were branded as common criminals and fraud artists, a stigma which sticks, even today, as most of your readers well know.

174


Tuesday, December 29, 1953, the Denver Post newspaper carried the headline in one inch high print, "NEWTON AND GEBAUER CONVICTED", as if it were the biggest news item in the world, a petty trial with one questionable victim, and no solid evidence to support the verdict, now given banner headlines usually reserved for catastrophies and great wartime events, seems a little incongruous normally. So who insisted on such banner treatment? The article by Denver Post staff writer, Buck Wilson, had a 3/8" sub-heading, "TWO RULED GUILTY ON ALL COUNTS", and went on to state that a Denver District Qourt Jury of eight men and four wonen returned a verdict of guilty on all counts... Leo A. GeBauer and Silas M. Newton, faced prison terms of up to 30 years."

"GeBauer told reporters in the hall after the verdict: "I'll win this thing if it costs me a half million dollars. Newton had no coment." GeBauer knew he wasn't guilty -- he knew that the machines worked, and so did some of those others involved.

It is this author's opinion that our young and energetic TRUE Maga~ zine author was a pawn, used and exploited by the disinformation pro- gran to totally discredit this flying saucer recovery story. That is one reason why there was still another follow-up article titled "The Flying Saucer Swindlers" by the same author in a 1955 issue of TRUE Magazine. This last article completely discredited the story of the atec recovery to the extent that no "serious" UFO investigator would touch it with a ten foot pole. The Program worked!

‘There was just enough "shady" area in the long and colorful life of Silas M. Newton to be used to advantage by the disinformation services of M-12 as a lever to insinuate to public opinion that he was making the entire story up on his own to pramote his confidence game. And I am sure most of you readers have fallen for it too. This is a common tactic utilized by the intelligence community — find the weak spot and concentrate on it to accomplish the purpose, which in this case was to discredit the story of the Aztec crash/recovery and make it appear to be a gigantic hoax!

{In 1982, Dr. Singer, M.D., who had a clinic in Boulder, Colorado in 1953, reported, that he was treating Leo A. GeBauer in his clinic dur- ing the time of the trial, and that his nurse had driven Gebauer to Court in Denver several times. Dr. Singer was concerned about what ap- peared to be "rigging" of the system. He said that GeBauer confided to him and the nurse several times that the trial was a "put-up job", and

that the prosecutors did not have his real device there in court, but a substitute provided by the prosecutor. He said that his device, which actually worked, was hidden away, because he was afraid of compromise of the secrets of its modifications and the methods for its use to achieve the results wanted. As may be seen, Geomagnetic Surveying to locate oil deposits in the ground has become standard practice today.]


175


“CONVICTED


HOMETwo Ruled


POS


EDITION |


amet Why is Texes oil million: fire H, Le Mant pouring « big pie his fortune into 4


tions ere in an important serics starting Sundey in The Dencer


‘Two-Bit Legislature’ Fe sRaARKED funds are posing « fiscal dilemma for Colorado's legislators. Turn to page 2 jor

uf another in a series of articles,


ther Asks Mine Se dns to Join CIO ae a ae oy They ope


tr, president of the C10, appealed to members of the International gant ho pea


aonelter Werkere, headquartered In Dever, vo desert their tanto the cau fora pew tl tore tones la imposed. Theodore E>


‘a workers. = tabla to ving Mine-N membership back to the CIO came oe aie et alter three Montana Jocals bolted from Mine-Mill, An Alabama), sl eerie erie eu Sa ienan a ler bearing the vera!


" On etween Roles aia iss. zed, Ludlow i aes


1 Quits Job eee eas R Rate


aaoca sis peel rs Han a, in s Toth an rried eal | TOP cay eco wg acne ah we CO" | PTC 7


pelle GE ‘Johaey|" (Phere Laon or ee J thee ie ua mw your wi BY VOM T


tev halt the Mina ANA menor]


Reproduction of the DENVER POST, front page, for 29 December 1953


176


| eTHE DENVER FOR”


Doodlebug’ Defendant: Fo nd Guilty ‘Dee cag aa yRebudg: Building


Denver Water ery’ False, Says West Slope Leader


rane meister


Another page of the DENVER POST showing left to right, Defense Attorney Isaac Mellman, Silas Newton, Leo GeBauer (in wheel chair), Nurse Irene Meister (who drove GeBauer to Court from the clinic in Boulder on some occasions), and Mrs. GeBauer (holding briefcase).


77


CHAPTER IV EXHIBITS


Again we offer exhibits in support of the material germain to this

Chapter IV. Material of this nature, while not a part of the text of the chapter, does amplify, support and help to explain the nature and content of the material in the text of the chapter. Ehhibits offered in this section are as follows: Exhibit 1. The Fontes Letter. This letter was found in a collection of microfilm files of the papers of important UFO researchers of the past. This letter shows what happens to one who really hits "paydirt" in the field of UFO investigations. An important sidelight is the ev- idence of the heavy hand military intelligence agencies play in keep- ing the whole UFO phenomenon under the rug and out of sight, and the ominous indications that U.S. Intelligence exercises unusual control over foreign intelligence agencies where it cames to UFO cases and in- formation.


Exhibit 2. Discrediting by Defamation. This describes and gives evi- dence of an Official United States Government Memorandum which men- tions and describes an official policy of creating a situation to make a defendent appear as an offender without identification with the UFO problem. This has been applied before with success and certain procedures and cautions are recommended.


178


EXHIBIT 1


THE FONTES LETTER


The late Dr. Olavo T. Fontes, Ph.D. of Brazil was one of their fore- most independent UFO researchers who spent much of hisowntime, energy and resource personally investigation substantial UFO cases reported in Brazil. He joined Joao Martins, a leading Brazilian joumalist, in preparing an extensive milti-part treatment of the UFO phenomena then being observed and reported in Brazil. That series of articles was published in O'CRUZEIRO, one of the best news magazines in Brazil, be- tween 12 October and 16 November, weekly, in 1957.

That impact of that series of articles, soberly presented and ade- quately supported with qood documentation, was tremendous and the news magazine received thousands of letters from all over. This caught the attention of hundreds of witnesses who had never reported their ex- periences before for fear of disbelief and ridicule, and now felt safe in telling it to the magazine. This unexpected surge of interest also attracted attention of military intelligence agencies, already con- cerned about tamping down the problem and getting control of the sit- uation. Coincident with the publication of the last three parts of the UFO series, a major UFO "flap" developed over Brazil, including mili- tary and port facilities and even airliners. Nb scientists spoke out against this while it was all going on, but as soon as the interest began to wane and the sightings started to drop off, the forces were marshalled against those responsible for this arousal of the public interest. Both Martins and Fontes came under fire by the many agencies used to control such infomation.

“Then came the first surprise," Fontes said. "A few days after pub- lication of the last article, Martins was called to the United States Embassy. There he was congratulated on his work, and it was suggested that an exchange of information about the subject was desirable under certain conditions not specified. We considered the proposition and concluded that they couldn't risk the release of classified informa- tion to a newspaperman, even one from another country; the thing was an obvious maneuver to discover what he knew about the matter — not. revealed in his articles. Martins refused the offer."

After that, Martins was called in by @lonel Adil de Oliveira, Chief of the Brazilian Air Force's "UAO Research Group", who warmed then that they could be, in effect, opening a Pandora's box that could not be closed again. Then Martins and Fontes were called before a special meeting of Brazilian Amny Staff Officers and questioned on UFO matters involving the Brazilian Amy.

Dr. Fontes was one of those principally involved in investigation of


179


the Campinas Incident, where an Unidentified Flying Gbject was seen to explode over a beach near Ubatuba, and fragments of the object rainaj down over a wide area. Fontes collected some and had a local chemical analysis made of the material which showed the sample piece to be car posed of an umisually fine grade of magnesium not believed to have been within the capability of know technologies to produce at that time. The U.S. Embassy obtained a sample from Brazil for analysis in the U.S.A. The U.S. testings, reported by Dr. Maney, a popular UFO examiner in North America had described the U.S. Air Force analysis as showing that the metal specien was nothing more than “commercial tin",

Qlonel Adil de Oliveira, whose own Brazilian Air Force analysis hai agreed with Dr. Fontes’ chemical analysis, wondered how this could be since they supposedly all analyzed similar fragnents from the same UFO destruction. It was already becoming apparent that the U.S. Goverment was not telling the truth to its neighbors, at least not those offi- cials at operating levels.

Fontes became concerned about the seemingly deliberate deceptions of Brazilian officials by connections that led back to the United States and a conspiracy of UFO secrecy that extended also to covert levels in his own country. He was diligently investigating these strange aspects of this mysterious UFO phenamenon when he suddenly contracted a fast- growing and deadly cancer which took his life at a very early ag. Years later, in Dr. Fontes papers was found a letter containing some indication of what he was working on and how such things are controlled including internationally.

The letter is a long one and it has been paraphrased here to delete some non-pertinent parts. Deletions are shown by three periods (...).


As you read this letter, remember that it was written in February 1958, well before much of what is described here was ever published... At the time he wrote the letter few would believe him because of the successful debunking of such ideas here in the U.S. Most people were still going along with the idea that Project Bluebook had all the an- swers and that little else existed. This was before the Bamy and Betty Hill abduction, which popularized the "little men" occupants of these craft, and Scully's book had been successfully held up to ridicule, yet Fontes visitors described the type of alien being taken from the UFOs actually recovered in 1947 and 48, though those recoveries were never really established up to that time.


180


February 27, 1958


Dear...:

..-Knowledge of secret information concealed by Governments and armed Forces of our countries is not enough, in my opinion, to satisfy ourselves when this information is hidden from the people--the ones who have the right to know about it. We have no justification to freeze our lips, like Russian peasants at the sight of a comissar, accepting reasons derived from the empty and meaningless judgement of anonymous intelligence officers. They, these faceless creatures who have usurped our rights, cannot be permitted to have a free hand on matters so im- portant for our future--for all of us. Secrecy is something which does not breed security but fear. I have not the slightest interest in what the military might say about this. They do not report anything to us, the people, but to their commanders--who report to nobody (The Pres- ident of Brazil, for example, knows very little about the whole matter; the same can be said regarding civilian authorities and scientists, at least in my country). Is this the right thing? Can the military take decisions that may affect the future of the whole of mankind? Can they be trusted to be given the whole responsibility on UFO matters? Ob- viously not. At least in free countries on this side of the Iron Cur- tain. So, we have to continue out fight against the censors at any cost. Our Mg will be a powerful weapon against their vicious tactics to conceal the truth. You do not realize..., how much of my hopes are Concentrated on your book...

Your decision to send the Mg samples to that theoretical physicist was a wise one. If they publicly state that they found the stuff to be extra-terrestrial, we are with our case closed. There is, however, a in it. If one of these scientists already knows the truth, we are lost.... He will report the matter to the authorities immediately and our friend will be put under security restrictions at once. Of course, if no report about the tests is released we will understand what hap- pened. But I fear something worse; a false statement forced by the censors--to distort the truth and to send us in the wrong way. Because of this possibility, we have to take measures to avoid it. So, if they say that the Mg is not extra-terrestrial, or that they didn't find enough evidence to be sure it is, we cannot take such kind of report without a check. The only thing we have to do is to repeat the analysis at some other place. A mass spectrography could be done, for example, through Lex Mebans. He is a chemist, you know, and does not work for the government. I might send the sample. Another thing you can do is to alert your physicist to be careful in choosing other scientists;


181


and to give us a warning (using a code word previously selected) that something is wrong. Can you do this? Please do not think I am seeing ghosts in the air. I didn't understand very much in the past the care. ful measures you had taken to avoid censors' interference with some of your letters (for me), I know now that you were right--anything can happen...

Or. Maffei was finally found by Auripheba Simoes just two days ago. The Campinas incident shall be clarified now, I believe. At least 1 hope so. I will keep you informed about the subject.


The next day two men came to my office. The time was 6:30 p.m, My nurse had left a few minutes before--andIwas alone. They showed their credentials; they were Intelligence Officers from the Navy. They said that they were there because of my visit to the Navy Ministry, that morning. Their attitude appeared to be friendly, but their first words gave me the feeling they were trying to scare me somehow.

"You know too much about things you weren't entitled to know", said one of them. "We don't like that. Besides, your activities concerning those fragments you posess are very undesirable and might be dangerous to you. We would like to warn you to stop all your investigations con- nected with those fragments. We request also the samples in your hands to be delivered to us as soon as possible...."

I interrupted him at that moment. I was not frightened, but angry-- and trying hard to control my temper. "My dear friend", I said, "I'm afraid you don't have any conception of what country is this. This is a free country and you aren't entitled to say what I can or can't do. If you came here to threat me, you can stop now and get out through that door. And tell your military chiefs I have no fear of their ri- diculous menaces. I also have friends in the armed forces and else- where, and I know they have no power to interfere legally with my activities."

He changed his attitude instantly. "You misunderstood my words", he answered. "I am only giving you advice. You may follow it or not, of course. I want you to understand that our visit is unofficial and private. It seems that you have discovered highly important information regarding flying saucers, but we think you don't know the whole pic- ture. We are going to place at your disposal certain information and advice of great interest to you. In exchange, we want your cooperation on certain matters. As a civilian investigator, you certainly have many sources of information which avoid to report anything to the military , on the subject. We request your help to correct this sit- uation, reporting all information received to us--chiefly about sight- ings and landings of UFOs in our country. Our organization is a small


182


one and we need civilian help. In some other countries the situation is different and they can refuse civilian cooperation--you probably know it; it is perhaps the reason of your surprise and your hostile attitude. You can relax now."

I decided to accept his explanation and discuss the information they wanted to report. I an not convinced, however, that I misunderstood his first words. On the contrary, I believe they wouldn't use this friendly approach if they had me scared since the first moment. But that tactic failed and they had to change their methods to a more kind attitude.

In discussions which lasted for almost two hours they disclosed the following information about the flying saucer problem:


(1) They told me that all governments and military authorities through the world know that flying saucers exist--and that they are craft from another planet. They have absolute proof of both things.


(2) As a matter of fact, six flying discs already crashed on this earth and were captured and taken apart by military forces and scien- tists of the countries involved--under the most rigid and ruthless security restrictions to keep the matter absolutely secret. One of those discs crashed in the Sahara Desert but was too much destroyed to be of some use. Three others crashed in the United States, two of them in very good condition. The fifth crashed somewhere in the British Is- lands, and the last one came down at one of the Scandinavian countries; these two were almost undamaged too, All these six discs were small craft -- 32, 72 or 99 feet in diameter. In all of them were found bodies of members of their crews. They were "little men” and ranged in height from 32 to 46 inches. They were dead in all cases, killed in the disasters. The examination of the bodies showed they were defin- itly "humanoid" -- but obviously not from this planet. In some cases the cause of the crash was determined with accuracy; it wasn't apparent in the other. All ships had the general shape of a saucer with a cabin on the top; all of them were of a very light metal which was assembled in segments that fitted in deep grooves and were pinned together around the base. There was no sign of this on the outer surface of the ships. Some of the ships had portholes made of an unknown type of glass; many kinds of unknown materials were found inside the ships.


(3) Examination of instruments and devices found aboard these discs showed that they are propelled by an extremely powerful electro-mag- netic field. Evidence shows it is a rotating and oscillating high vol- tage electro-magnetic field. Such a kind of field obviously produces some type of gravity effect yet not understood.


(4) All ships were carefully dismantled and studied. Unfortunately


183


the more important problem was not solved; how these fields were pro. duced and what was the source of the trememdous amount of electric energy released through these fields. No clues were found in any of the discs examined. Apparently they got their power fromnowhere. There is, on the other hand, evidence that large UFOs use some type of atomic engines as power source suggests that they were able to transmit elec- tric power through radio beams as we now send it through wires. Sone of the devices found inside the small discs could well serve to receive and to concentrate the electric power coming this way. If this is right, a nuclear power-plant operated on a ship of satellite of large dimen- sions, placed outside our atmosphere, could feed electric power to a whole fleet of smaller craft operating inside our atmosphere. None of these UFOs of greater size was captured till now.


(5) Our scientists could build a ship propelled by a similar rotat- ing and oscillating electro-magnetic field--if they knew some method


to change the energy released into a nuclear-reactor directly into


electric power. The problem is not solved yet.


(6) These visitors from outer space are dangerous when apprehended and definitely hostile when attacked. We have already lost many planes attempting to shoot down one of them. We have no defense against them till now. They outperform easily any of our fighters, which have no chance against them. Guided missiles are also useless; they can fly still faster than any of them and can even maneuver around them, as if they were toys; or they can interfere with their electric instruments and make them useless soon after launched; or, if they like, they can explode them before they reach their proximities. They have produced the crash of military planes (propeller or jet type) and airliners by stalling their engines through interference with their electrical sys- tems (we don't know yet if this is a side effect of their powerful magnetic field, or the result of some kind of weapon--possibly a high frequency beam of some sort). They have also a horribly destructive long range weapon which has been used mercilessly against our jet- fighters. In one case, for example, an U.S. Navy interceptor with a crew of two, scrambled to go after an UFO. Their mission was, as usual, to make it land or to shoot it down--if necessary. They used their guns. The answer was immediate and terrifying: instantly all metallic parts of their plane was disintegrated, disrupted into thousands of fragments, and they found themselves suddenly seated in the air (non- metallic pieces or objects were not affected by the phenomenon); one of them was killed but the other lived to tell the story. We have evi- dence that this tremendous weapon is an ultra-sonic beam of some sort, which disrupts the molecular cohesion of any metallic structure. They have means to paralyze our radar systems too, to interfere with our


184


radio and television apparatus, and to short-circuit our electric power-plants.

(7) They have not showed, till now, any interest in contacting us. They are obviously preparing a planet-wide huge military operation to interfere against us. We don't know what kind of operation will be this. There are, however, three possibilities: (a) total war followed by mass-landings, to destroy our power, slave the remnant of our peo- ple and colonize the planet; (b) police-action to stop our plans for the conquest of space, and to avoid our dangerous progress in the field of atomic weapons; this would involve mass landings at stra- tegic points with occupation by forces of limited areas of vital in- terest for their purposes; (c) "friendly interference" (followed by military intimidation) to make us agree with their plans for us--what~- ever they may be--avoiding open war or any other kind of direct inter- ference; patrolling and eventual police-action only outside our atmos-


phere.

(8) All military authorities and governments through the world are informed about the situation. There is an exchange of information through intelligence services, and top-secret military conferences are held periodically to discuss new developments on the subject. The Brazilian Navy, for example, receives monthly classified reports from the U.S. Navy and send back to them any information available here. A similar contact exists among our Army and Air Force and several (sim- ilar) military organizations in other countries. Here in Brazil only the persons who work in the problem know the real situation: intel- ligence officers in the Army, Navy and Air Force; some high-rank of- ficers in the High Command; the National Security Council and a few scientists whose activities are connected with it; and a few members of certain civilian organizations doing research for military projects.


(9) All information about the UFO-subject from military is not only classified or reserved for official uses, it is top-secret. Civilian authorities and military officers in general are not entitled to know. Even our President is not informed of the whole truth.


(10) Military authorities through the world agree that the people are not entitled to know anything about the problem. Some military Groups believe that such a knowledge would be a trememdous shack-- enough to paralyze the life in our countries for many years in the future. On the other side, they believe that flying saucer reconnais- sance (as it is now) might last other 10 years--the people couldn't be controlled for so long a time and the danger of uncontrolled panic would be high. Besides, the probability of UFO-hostile interference (described on item 7) is still estimated at 50%; there is yet a 10%


185


probability that their hostility is only a consequence of our attacks against their ships; because of this possibility, we are attempting now to make them aware that we would like to make a peaceful contact-. so, the orders now (now) are to avoid any further attack against their craft. This policy has been adopted generally, with the exception of some countries which still have fools in their Air Forces--who think otherwise. We don't know if UFOs will react to these measures recently put under operation. We still hope they will.


(11) To conceal the truth from the public, a carefully planned cen- sorship is under operation for several years. The policy to debunk the whole saucer-subject is the better weapon we are using for this pur- pose. Ridicule is an efficient tool against most people who attempt to inform the public but other measures are sometimes necessary, Chiefly against persons wha posess evidence that, if published, would open the eyes of the people. In same countries force has been used to silence some of them. When this is not possible, all tricks had been used to make their evidence useless. In a few cases, unfortunately, violence had to be used.; we regret this but we have no choice. We are going to keep this thing secret at any cost. We are not interested in the so-called "inalienable rights" of the people. Right or wrong, we-- the military--are going to do our job and no one is going to stop us.


So I have come to the end of my story, » You can refuse to be- lieve it. I have no proof to convince you... My only evidence is the story in itself, which I reported with all details. There is, of cou- rse, the possibility that these Navy intelligence officers (1 don't know their names, they didn't identify themselves) weren't telling the truth. But I could see no useful purpose in doing this. Besides, I already suspected all things they told me. The only information that surprised me was the one related with the ultra-sonic weapon to de- stroy our planes; I never heard anything about it before. I believe it was used against Mantell's plane, if it really exists.

I do mot trust military people. They exchanged their information for a small bit of our Mg. I told them nothing about our plans, of course. They got only the sample they wanted. They promised to tell me about the results of their analyses, but only particularly. They advised me not to connect the Navy with anything regarding the samples; they would deny it, they would call me a liar and ridicule my statements-- if I tried to do so, Officially, they are not interested, they empha- cised, and do not intend to release any official pronouncement on this subject--or any other, connected with the UFO problem. They alsowarned me not to publish the information they had given me. "What we have


186


told you will be denied", said one of them. "We will deny also that we know you or ever contacted you. You will be called a liar or, if you persist, a crackpot. As you have nothing to prove you are telling the truth, no one would believe you."


The rest of that letter and the closing salutation are missing from the micrifilm copy from which this was reproduced, however that letter is know to have been written by Dr. Olavo T. Fontes to The Aerial Phenamena Research Organization in Tucson, who would have the whole letter in their old files.

There has always been a cloud of mystery surrounding the death of Dr. Fontes. Here he was a successful practicing physician, yet he strangely contracted a particularly virulent strain of rapidly pro- gressing cancer that took him in only a few months as a young man still in his 30s. It is known that such virulent viruses are actually used by intelligence services in secret operations. Did Fontes lear too much and become a dangerous liability to them??? All of this does seem unusually suspicious. If Fontes had been wrong about all the de- tails he revealed the argument would be weak, but, with hindsight, he was in fact right about a very high percentage of the points made, and mach more than he could be expected to simply quess. Remember, none of the information about crashed saucers was established in any way at the time he wrote this letter. We only learned such details as facts


mich later.


187


FLYING SAUCER REVIEW Vol. 25,- No» 4 (July/August 1979)


CLOSE ENCOUNTERS OF AN UNTHINKABLE AND INADMISSIBLE


KIND Gordon Creighton


‘THE very first issue of FSR (Spring 1955, Vol No. 1) carried on its third page an extraordinary report that had come from a man who today is well known in the world of broadcasting and tclevision ‘on both sides of the Atlantic. Because few readers today possess or have access to FSR No. 1, Lam here reproducing the report, which appeared under the heading "Star Puzzled" in full: roadcasts reporting a flying saucer crash picked up on his car radio as he drove across America have baffled stage and radio star Hughie Green since June 1947,

“tie was driving alone from Hollywood to Phil- adelphia for a business appointment and was tuned in to broadcasting stations most of the time ... "because it’s a long and boring trip.

jut let Mr. Green take up the story.


  • ‘About 250 miles out of Philadelphia,’ he said,

commentator interrupted the programme to anounce that a flying saucer had crashed in New Mexico, and that the Anny were moving in to invest. ga


‘Later the prograrome was interrupted again, and a few details were given.

‘Several newsflashes about the incident, from various radio stations, followed. The last I heard was just before reaching’ Philadelphia. The announcer promised further bulletins. None followed.

‘When I got to Philadelphia 1 bought all the newspapers 1 could lay my hands on. But not one carried the story. And questions at the radio stations just drew a blank. It’s mystified me ever since.


“This is not the first time the story has been heard. But it is the first time someone who actually listened in to the transmissions has been interviewed.

“The question arising from Hughie Green's account is: ‘Do the Americans have a flying saucer in their possession?"

“Reports from America suggest that the U.S.A.F. has more than one! One ~ or parts of one — at Wright Patterson Field, the American Farnborough, and another at Edwards Air Force Base, the U.S. equiv- jent of the Ministry of Supply's experimental ‘ation at Boscombe Dawn.

“Flying Saucer enthusiasts all over the world believe there is some truth in the story, but that it is being as carefully guarded as any atomic or military


secret for fear of causing public panic.

“in London the Air Ministry persists in not havi 4 clue about flying saucers. And the indicatonr et that they would give a lot to know what they realy eats


Such, then, was the intriguing Hughie Green story 4k only remains for me to add that, if my memoy is not at fault, Mr. Green had himself been an olla in the Royal Air Force, and so may well have bere especially intrigued by the UFOs because either be or some of his friends in the Service had “sees things" themselves during World War II, or had head rumours about other colleagues who had done x (FSR’s first Editor, who was responsible for the selection of this extraordinarily interesting was of course Derek Dempster, himself also a forme) pilot in the Royal Air Force.)


Let us move on now to the third issue of FSR Uvly/August 1955) where we find, on page 6 another fascinating story, which I also reproduce ie full. This account appeared under the heading “UFO rash in Britain?”


“Has a flying saucer crashed in Britain? This ston cabled (0 America through the Jntermetionel Nest Service's London office by Dorothy Kilgallen, a sal! correspondent on the New York Journol-Amencss, indicates that one has, and that it has been examined by British scientists and airmen. Here is the account reproduced from the Los Angeles Examiner:

“London, May 22: 1 can report today on aston which is positively spooky, not to mention chillng British scientists and airmen, after examining th wreckage of ane mysterious fying ship, are com vinced these strange aerial objects are not opicd illusions or Soviet inventions, but are Mying saucer which originate on another planet

“The source of my information is a Britit official of Cabinet rank who prefers to remain 3 identified. “We believe,” he said “on the basis of o# enquiry thus far, that the saucers are staffed by sma men — probably under four feet tall. It’s frightenat but there is no denying that the flying saucers com from another planet. “This official quoted scientists as saying a Myint ship of this type could not have possibly been com structed on earth. The British Government, | learned


A clip from Flying Saucer Review showing their own review of earlier


articles and notes published by FSR


since its earliest issues. Since


these references are difficult to find here, we have reproduced the


i withholding an official report on the “flying faucer"" examined at this time, possibly because it goes not wish to frighten the public.

  • ‘When my husband (Richard Kollmer, Broadway

jet and radio commentator) and I arrived here Bn in for a brief vacation, I had no premonition that I would be catapaulting myself into the contro- weny over whether flying saucers ase real or imaginary. In the United States all kinds of explan- wuons have been advanced.

“Rut no responsible official of the United States Air Force has yet intimated that the mysterious fying ships had actually vaulted from outer space.”

“Flying Saucer Review has made big efforts to get to the bottom of this account, but without success. Said the London news editor of the International Newt Service: "We tried hard to get the source of this

drew a blank." chit a party hoax, an attempt by the official conceruad to sound out world reaction, or is it true? The question remains unanswered for the time being.”


So much, then for the second intriguing litue story which I have culled from the very earliest pages of TSR, pages printed a quarter of a century ago. But I tan adda few further details which will not be thought devoid of interest. Firstly. as regards the indentity of the very famous Englishman from whom Dorotty' Kilgallen said she had got this story. I learnt later tas indicated in the closing paragraph of her report, te conversation took place among a gather- ing of very distinguished guests at a cocktail party in London. As regards the identity of the titled English- ‘man, I had no doubt at the time as to who he was — 4 peat leader and servant of our country who has re- presented us well both in one of the highest of our nilitary posts in World War Il and in the political ‘phere during the early post-war era. He is a man wwho, as Editors of FSR have always known, has taken 42 deep interest in the UFO problem since the begin ting. A year of two later I saw a fuller account, received from a correspondent of mine in the USA, of what precisely Dorothy Kilgallen had said in her very wide. nideated newspaper column. She had decried her British host as an Englishman of Cabinet rank — @ man whose name is @ houschold word to every American.

Dorothy Kilgallen herself, whose regular synd- kated reports appeared, as I recall, in a large chain of America’s regional newspapers, died a few years or so. afterwards. However, 35 s00n as I saw her UFO Mory I at once wrote to her, through the International News Service, in the hope that I might be able to winkle our of her some further scraps of intriguing information. But 1 never got an answer. Once again, as has happened so often, an individual who yester day spoke out loudly and clearly today falls in- enplic’ hl silent. 1 never heard of any further ut tances wen by Dorothy Kilgallen about UFOs. 1 imagine that she was effectively silenced, as xo many others have been over the past thirty years.


The Kilgallen report of May 22, 1955. was reproduced, as I have indicated above, in FSR. issue No, 3 Uuly/August 1955.) But be it noted that already, tn his Editorial leader in Issue No. 2 (May/ June 1955) Derek Dempster had opened with the Tollowing significant paragraphs!:—

“Government statements on Flying Saucers hove always been confusing, and the general consensus of opinion har been thal officialdam was just as anxious to know the answer to the riddle as any- one else.

‘Bus last month something happened which gave rise to the belief thot Whitehall did in fact have the UFO answer.

The dat Ministry announced that the results of a five-year probe into Flying Saucers by the Royal Air Force had been submitted to high-ranking officers, but that, for security reasons, tt was never to be revealed to the public.

I find it remarkably strange that nobody today ever seems to remember this Editorial in FSR, oF quotes from it, Cleasly it has been generally for gotten — a fact for which the faceless bureaucrats tn Whitehall have surely had reason, many, many Times in the past quarter of a century, to be more than ordinarily grateful.


We come now to FSR Vol.1, No. 4 (September/ October 1955), where we find, on page 5, a report under the heading “Landed disc entered in “Argentine.” The report ran as follows:


“On May 7, the Caracas, Venezuela, daily ET Universel carried a story: of an engineer's encounter ‘with a saucer and its dead occupants in 1950,

‘The engincer was driving along a road in the Bahfa Blanca district of the Argentine, when he saw a metallic discshaped object on the ground. He stopped his car, got out, and went to investigate.

“He watched for a few moments to see what would happen, but, as all was quiet, he approached it and found a sort of curved divan with three seats, two ‘of which were occupied by small beings covered from head to foot, except for an opening for the face, i tight-fitting overalls.

“He estimated their height to be about four feet. ‘Their faces seemed charred and burnt. Another little creature was sprawled in a seat situated in approx- imately the centre of the cabin.

"in front of them was a screen with rays playing on it, and on the top of the screen was a rotating glass-like globe.

“An ungovernable impulse urged the engineer to touch one of the creatures. It felt stiff and rigid. It was then, he said, that some inner voice warned him Yo get out as soon as possible, as he was in the presence of ‘strange life."

He rushed to his car, and returned to his hotel at

high speed to relate his story to a few intimate

iends, who returned to the scene with him on the following day.


It was difficult to find support material for these few articles and statements being made at that early time. Success is just now begin-


ning to reward the efforts.


189


“On reaching the spot, however, all they found was a heap of ashes? and, in the sky above them, a cigar-shaped object and two discs.

“One of the discs was hovering at an estimated height of 2,000 feet. It was about 30 ft. in diameter. The engineer took pictures of it, but of the six exposures, only two showed the craft with any degree of clarity.

“The group felt that they had been observed during their visit, for the two discs shot up, merged with the ‘cigar’, which, after travelling horizontally for a short distance, disappeared into space at a colossal speed.’

(This report was also published by APRO in their Bulletin.)

Three years later, in the summer of 1958, FSR reader Peter Roe of Nottingham was good enough to send me a slightly fuller version of this same report, which gave the name of the man who had had this experience in Argentina with a crashed disc. He was, seems, Signor Eorice Bessa, aged 44, and Italian architect, formerly a pilot in’ the Italian Air Force in World’ War Il, who had since become a citizen of Argentina.


My next selection from the past comes from FSR Vol. 2, No. 1 (January/February 1956) where we find, on page six, under the title Let's Talk Space. Flying Saucers Are Real, a highly interesting report from a Special Correspondent of FSR visiting Mexico,

The first part of the article runs as follows:—


“The United States Authorities have established that flying saucers are manned by visitors from outer space. They are trying to work out a method of breathing and staying alive in our atmosphere before landing and establishing contact.

“This statement was given to a Flying Saucer Review special correspondent by a top ranking ‘American V.LLP. — a man whose name would ring millions of bells throughout the world, Here is the report.


‘One morning during the summer of 1951, news reporters, news photographers and movie camera men moved into the airport at Mexico City to meet a V.LP. from the United States. The group was gath- ered together, and waiting for the visitor, when some- body looked up and gave a shout. Three saucers were hovering over the airport at a height of about 5,000 feet. ‘

‘Immediately the cameras went into action, and many photographs, in colour, black and white, stills, and movies, were taken. People poured out of the waiting rooms and restaurant, and several hundred had a fine view of the saucers before they darted off at high speed in a southerly direction,

The day following, the newspapers of Mexico

City broke the story on their front pages, but

there were no pictures. It was reported that the

pictures had all been taken by the authorities, and that, after a study had been made by the Mexican


10


and United States authorities, they would by

feleased for publication. So far? they have no

appeared.”

“Later that summer, a highly placed American who was in touch with Air Force Intelligence and in Position to know the facts about fying sauce, admitted to Flying Saucer Review's special cores pondent, after trying to shrug off the Mexico Ciry Airport incident as ‘mob hysteria,’ that a camen does not become hysterical, and that dozens, pethap, hundreds, of pictures were taken that day.

“Having got that far, he revealed that it had been established that these were visitors from another planet. That they were completely friendly — they hovering over defence establishments and azport being taken to mean We could blow you all to biy at our leisure if we had any evil intent." That they were undoubtedly trying to work out @ method of remaining alive in our atmosphere before landing and establishing friendly communications, and that the United States authorities were completely convinced that Earth had nothing to fear from them, That the U.S. Air Force had been ordered to take no action t their croft.4 "Asked why such emphasis had been imposed of denying their existence, and on censoring reporu, the V.LP. official — who would equal a Brith Cabinet Minister — said that the U.S.A. wanted her


people to concentrate on the real menace, Comm -


unism; and not to be distracted by the visitors from outer space.

“He went on to say that the Orson Welles broad: cast some years ago had demonstrated what reaction might be expected were the tue facts generly known: a welter of hysterical nonsense, and 1 complete disorientation from the tasks in hand, Rumours and speculation would create an ator phere that the skilled propagandists of the Kremlia would be sure to make the most of.

“Questioned about landings, the official admitted that there had actually been contact with the menin the saucers, and that on three occasions there hid been landings which had proved disastrous fro the ‘occupants. On each of these occasions breathing the heavily oxygenated atmosphere of this Earth and literally incinerated the visitors from within and bat bumed them to a crisp.


“At Cuernavaco in Mexico later in the summer of 1951, flying saucers came up in a conversation between our Special Correspondent and a group of Mexican professional men. One of them, an ineer engaged in highway construction, said that he had actually helped to load a flying saucer and itt dead crew into an American ‘Flying Box-Car' ao plane. The saucer, according to the engineer, had come down in an’ uninhabited valley in the Siem Madre, near where his crew were working.

‘Ah, Sefior,’ he said, ‘they were handsome, those Littie men, with fine features and beautify formed tiny hands. But there must have been a explosion in their craft, for they were but black and when I touched the face of one of them


An American Official of Cabinet Rank makes a statement about UFOs in


in Mexico City following a massive


overflight of the International


Airport while he was there. Mexican trucker loaded disc near Laredo.


190


juin came off under my finger at though it had fee cooked!”


see ee


Suc then, was the gist of the special report from 1 -R’s correspondent who went to Mexico in 1955 and secured a personal interview with a top: ranking American V.LP. regarding the reality of trashed saucers containing small dead beings. But ‘ho, you may ask, was this “top-ranking American VA.” anyway, and why should one attribute any rae whatsoever to such a tale?

The truth as to the identity of the V.LP. can be revealed, as he is no longer in this world. I con- ucied FSR's Editor, Derek Dempster, immediately alter reading this article in our Journal early in 1956, Tasked whether he would kindly tell me, in strict confidence, who the American V.I.P. was?

He lied that it was General George C. Marshall, Ameri... impressive Army Chief of Staff in World War and, subsequently, the equally brilliant Sec- tary of State whose name is for ever enshrined that of the famous Marshall Plan, the unique and wn-

leled act of vision and idealism whereby America vat able rapidly to see the free nations of Europe on their feet once more, put them firmly on the road to tconomic recovery.


eee


My recapitulation of events and reports as given in FSRo . most a quarter of a century ago has been long enough, and 1 am anxious to keep it down to a manageable length. But there is still one more piece of evidence to which I must refer if this extraordinary business of the early FSR reports of crashed UFOs and little dead men is to be grasped in its proper perspective.

This final piece of evidence is not merely a report, tut a whole book, Behind the Flying Soucers by Trnk Scully, an American journalist. Frank Scully ‘as a veteran newspaperman, and his book, first fublished in the United States in 1950, is, so far as T 1m aware, probably only the second or maybe the bid of :! the many hundreds of books that have tow be . sitten on the UFO Phenomenon. Victor Gollanc: v1 London produced a British edition of it ia that same year, which sold out very rapidly. Gollancz had difficulty in finding a single copy when they decided they would like to re-issue the book in 1955, and this edition too was soon exhausted.

Scully's story was about an electrifying lecture, which he said had been delivered at 12.30 p.m. on March 8, 1950, before a small audience (350 dents)’ at the University of Denver, Colorado. There was no advance publicity for the talk, which ‘as described simply as “confidential and’ scient- ‘fc."" was given during the lunch break, so that the wudents td to skip lunch to hear it. The lecturer sas bred: t to the auditorium by a Mr. George T. Kobler of Denver, a staff member of a local indep-

mdent Rocky Mountain radio station with the call


The American Official of Cabinet


letters KMYR. As to. the identity of the lecturer himselt, it does not seem that anyone was over- anxious to divulge it at the time, and only after he had gone was it discovered that nobody at the Univ- ersity could say who he was. The local press, when reporting the lecture, simply described him as “an unidenufied middle-aged lecturer.” Only later, when Scully's book came out in the same year (1950) was it revealed that the lecturer was a famous business- man and personality, Silas M. Newton, a graduate of Yale, a Texan by birth, and one of ‘the great gco- physicists of the American oil industry, with a record of successful oil exploration second to none (and a millionaire as a result).

The subject of Newton's astonishing talk to the students was crashed saucers and little dead crews. Newton told his listeners that thete had been, up till that date (March 1950), three of these wrecked craft found in the USA, with their dead crews, and thar all three machines and the crews had been inspected by scientists with whom he himself was currenuy ass- ociated in geophysical research. He said that the three machines had contained a total of $4 little men measuring between 36 inches and 40 inches in height. The first saucer, said Newton, was found, “ess than a year ago,” at a place “within 500 miles of Denver," It was 99.99 feet in diameter and its cabin was 18 feet wide and 6 fect high. The second machine, 72 feet wide, also contained, like the first one, 16 little dead men who, however, had seem- ingly not suffered from bums like the crew of the first disc, because they had fair complexions. They had.no beard, apart from a fine facial down “res- embling peach fuzz.”

The third disc, said Newton, measured 36 feet in diameter, and contained only two little corpses. The litde men had apparently been alive when it landed, but had died as they ted to emerge from the cabin.

Newton gave a vast amount of detail about the craft and the litte men — far too much for me to reproduce here. He described the current theories of the American scientists, namely that the discs were operated magnetically, and he also related how American service personnel had succeeded in looting 8 reat many of the smaller instruments and fitings before the authorities could put a stop to this souvenir-gathering. Those who want to see the story in detail must try to get Scully's book and read it. ‘And that may not be easy, for, unless somebody has the sense to republish it, I’predict that it will remain a rare and much-sought item. Indeed, in the light of the material already winkled out of the Pentagon by Ground Saucer Watch under the terms of the American Freedom of Information Act, and in the light of the revelations now made by Mr. Leonard H, Swringfield in the article Retrievals of @ Third Kind which follows this, there may be a mad rush soon to get Scully’s book — poorly written though itnfay be, like so much of the UFO literature.

The Scully book was dynamite, and it naturally created a sensation, It was therefore imperative that Scully be stopped in his tracks, and a feverish and powerful campaign was. at_once launched to damn End discredit him utterly. That campaign was 100%


nn


Rank who made the statements about


UFOs on a visit to Mexico City is identified as none other that Army General George C. Marshall, then U.S. Secretary of State.


194


successful. Today I wager that you will not find a soul anywhere who has a good ward to say for Scully. An unscrupulous hoaxer, they all tell us. They know.

But, as Stringfield remarks, the job is now seen to have misfired somehow. For, "so completely was Scully's UFO retrieval story ‘put down’, that some researchers today have begun to wonder, in retro~

ect, whether the ‘exposure’ was not contrived.”

Leonard Stringfield, address to MUFON Symposium, July 29, 1978).

T have been in correspondence with Mr. Stringfield and we are extremely grateful to him for his perm- ission to use in our Journal the whole of his material published thus far. in a letter dated March 13, 1979, he has informed me moreover that he has now gathered a considerable amount of further evidence since he wrote the paper which he read before the MUFON Symposium last year. He has at present statements supplied by more than fifty. witnesses.

Well, they say “there's no smoke without fire.” 1 suggest that fifty such statements must mean a powerful lot of smoke, and I suggest that the time has come for us to weigh most carefully these extra- ordinary claims now being made by Leonard Strine- field. It looks as though there may be a real like- lihood at last that the whole cover-up will be blown sky-high. If this happens, UFO researchers every- where will owe a great debt to Leonard Suringficld.


NOTES AND COMMENTS



My italics. ‘One may deduce that die corpses had been cremated» the site, and the disc retrieved.


|. The Mexican report fram FSR's Special Correspondey


presumably dates trom some time in 1955, fout yey after the alleged taking of the numerous photeraphy | it necessary for us to add that today, in 1979, there we appears to be no evidence Uiat Uase pictures have re been released for publication?


|. From what we know now about the overall UFO yj


vation, this idea that all UFO occupants are harmlew mankind would seem to be an extremely dangerous gm to embrace. As to the suggestion that Air Force pins had, or have, been ordered to take no action aguny 1FOs, we now know that there is of evidence We refute this and that airmen have lost their lives wh going after UFOs. Perhaps we may conclude that in 1955 somebody in high office still thought that all UFOs wr. “friendly,” but that today they know far too much 1 {all any more for such a naive idea, This is the UFO which Leonard Stringfield says can down in 1948 at Aztec, New Mexico (Lat. 36° 49, Long. 1089 59 W,). Stringlield takes it {0 be the ft the crashed hardware, but I would point out thi ¢ Hughie Green's story is true then it cannot be the fint since Green says he heard his radio newsflashes about + crashed saucer im June 1947, the same month as Kenneth Amold's famous sighting which began it all.


EXHIBIT 2


DISCREDITING BY DEFAMATION


(me of the more effective means of "plugging a leak" publicly, short of eliminating it altogether, is by selective defamation of the source so as to thoroughly and completely discredit it as an authority.

This is usually accomplished by charging the author of the leak with an odious crime, and then associating the crime with the activities of the source, both of them usually sensational. The sensationalism is counted on to carry the defamation a long way and to keep it alive and working.

It is not even necessary to get a conviction on the charges, because new ones can be raised again and again right behind the first, and in time the weight of the implied evidence can be counted to do the job as far as the public is concerned.

This old and trusted counter-intelligence method is ready-made for the control of UFO activities, because the simultaneous manipulation and play of the cultivated jealousies among the various members of the community of UFO clubs can be counted on to carry out the intended re- sult.

Elimination always carries the danger of adding one more name to the long list of martyrs to the cause, and the effect is longlasting. In some cases it has even had the opposite effect, which is not always safely predictable.

Revised laws designed to protect victims, in some states, lend them- selves particularly to this kind of abuse. In certain states an accused does not have the right to face his accusers in cases which do not carry the death penalty as the maximum sentence. In certain cases, mainly involving sex crimes, he can not compel the alleged victim to appear before him in court, and he cannot interrogate them directly so as to establish the true facts involved. All of this mst be done through the prosecutor, acting as surrogate for the alleged victim, the very one who is seeking the conviction. In the case of minors, in some cases, they do not even have to be identified. This situation is Particularly advantageous, and a most effective weapon for those char- ged with intelligence damage control and stopping of security "leaks" mo matter how they occur.

You will never see anyone charged with leaking security information involving UFOs, because that could open the door for subpoena of doc- uments that those in charge do not ever intend to produce. It would be difficult to make a case stick, since the government denies that the UFO situation as we know it exists in the first place. To charge dis- closure of such secrets now would first involve admitting the secrets,


193


and there is no evidence that that is about to be done.

Leonard Stringfield has had in his posession since 1980, a document which quotes two paragraphs from a Policy Memorandum circulated inter- mally in the late 70s. That policy clearly describes the way to pro- ceed in case of a suspected or confirmed leak of UFO secrets.

The memorandum dated 22 July 1978, quoted by Stringfield describes a particular case to which this policy is being applied. That commni- cation was written on an internal intelligence form just like the first one shown in Appendix A to CLEAR INTENT by Fawcett and Greenwood which has been in use for many years. An earlier version of the same Office Memorandum form was used by Agent Guy Hottel, SAC, Washington, D.C. on 22 March 1950 to send a communication directly to J. Edgar Hoover, the head of the FBI at the time, and that message also pertained to flying saucers (Exhibit 7 to Chapter III). The Memorandum quoted by Leonard Stringfield pertained to a breach of security conceming, among other


things, "[Photographic evidence of deceased aliens held presently by


certain TOP SECRET Programs of the United States. J" One of the items compromised is believed to be the photographs of an alien body ina glass topped preservation case; the very same photos of which were so strangely delivered to Myron Fass in New York for publication in his sensationally lurid and frequently false pulp tabloid, Ancient Astro- nauts - now defunct. That maneuver is believed to have been a ploy to make the photographs delivered to Stringfield look silly, a ploy which incidentally has worked...up to now.

That. messenger is believed to be under prosecution now on other un- related charges designed to properly discredit anything he may have transmitted to anybody else, an example of the application of a well thought out and approved policy.

A reproduction of page 40 of Leonard Stringfield's Status Report III describing the particular Memorandum mentioned above is attached here- to. He has not chosen to reveal the whole memorandum yet, so we may look forward to this in a future Status Report.


bottom of the page, Although probably an innocent annotation without conspiratorial ties, it prompted one querulous butt to believe that | had been somehow implicated with the FBI in such secret matters.


Still uncesolved is another document alluded to in my articles appearing in the MUFON UFO Journal. December 1980 and September 1981, Using a modified masthead, viz.. “United States Government Memorandum’, a copy ot this document dated July 22, 1978 has been in my possession since the Spring ot 1980, but | have withheld disclosure, According to its source. the memorandum was intended for me to use as evidence, if needed, to support photographs he sent to me for public release and to back up his claim of a frame-up by authorities when they learned that he possessed photographs and other sensitive information about crashed UFOs, the preserved alien corpses and other Top Secret projects. Allegedly, directed to a judge in the United States District Court, the memorandum is herewith published for the first time, ex-


cluding names and places, as follows:


tavilian involvement under Espionace Laws. 18 US Code 793, 794; britly, the unauthorized transmssion of TOP SECRET reports. This certainly will alarm (a0 many people and open a Pandora's Box of headaches for al In- teligence acencies that are presently involved. Such a last resort ust have prior approval ithe present proceedings end


in lature


ry maneuvers in the Atlantic Test Area and information classified TP? SECRET ("O" mising in orginal photortat copy—Ed Note).


ly by. TOP SECRET Programs of the United


2} Photographic evidence of deceased aliens held Su


[3], Damaging information re a TOP SECRET project and a particulae scientes's(mysspelled-—Ed Nore) involvement Ina thity year old Goverment war time project, which, I must add, must be kept confudentil a all casts


41 Photographic evidence from numerous Intelligence fies of landed and crashed U.F,0.'s, secret meetings and ‘other highly sensitive materials that must not be in the public Forum.


[3] Knowledge of experimental projects presently TOP SECRET in nature and secured under 18 US 793,708.


Its essential that corrective measures be taken serously to eliminate this threat posed by tht information for atleast a ‘six month [6] period. This il allow establishment af yecurty ground rules that can eltectively deal with youe detendant,


fer he pronounces can be hand


Th dts ou tld at He must be silenced in ane way oF This matter requires serious decision and should be handled at your level in order not (o manifest an snternas tonal ides that Ths Aetney ith find dtcul or impossible handle. All reilly ofthe dcendaar should be tifectively eliminated. As a “common” criminal offender aod wilh tasie of what we are able to do, he may quickly


lunderstand where the final power of pronouncement sits


COMMENT: At first glance the allegedly secret memorandum, tucked away in my file like a time bomb, appears to have the “official correctness” about it, But, I was suspicious from the day I got it from my source, the defendant. Taking a Jong, hard look at the lurid charges on sensitive issues made against him caused me to wonder about the loose methods employed by the authority in this case, Questioned is the necessity for such an open directive, which, if scandalously exposed, would not only compromise UFO secrecy but the integrity of the federal court system. It seems that the word-ol-mouth method of com- munication, in such highly sensitive matters, would have been sufficient, Because of these doubts, mainly, 1 thought it would be unwise to use the memo either in support of my C/R research or, in defense of the con- troversial photographs he sent me. In a sense, whether bonafide or bogus, the memo was a veritable “barrel


of eels” that would not serve in my interest. When Richard Hall visited my home in March 1982, | discussed the memo with him, asked that he


40


Shrink reproduction of page 40 from Leonard Stringfield's UFO CRASH/ RETRIEVALS: AMASSING THE EVIDENCE, Status Report III, describing the copy of the United States Government Memorandum he has in his posession which describes part of another Memorandun on policy concerning court prosecution of suspected violators of security pertaining to UFOs and the United States Government. Defendents are to be made to appear as an offender without identification to the UFO problem, thus defeating any effort tc subpoena government UFO material or witnesses. 195


FLYING SAUCER REVIEW Vol. 26,-No, 1 (980)


FURTHER EVIDENCE OF “RETRIEVALS”


Details of cover-up revealed following lawsuit against the CIA


Gordon Creighton


UBLICATION of Leonard Stringfield's paper “‘Retrievals of the Third Kind’ is bound to cause


arm in some quarters It would be foash wo expect | WE," Mi article has ap anything else. Feport trom an AF This might therefore be the appropriate moment 10 | -¥- CIA situation,


point out that this whole thesis about the crashed craft and the dead occupants does not stand or fall solely with Leonard Stringfield. There are other competent investi ators who have arrived at the same conclusions as Stringfcld, One of thee isthe acrospace engineer William Spaulding, who actively Jeads an Arizona group. of investigators knawn as Ground Saucer Watch, This is said to be a nation-wide American research organisation of


pictures, gun camera film, about 500 scientists and engineers, and it is the body


and residue from land


What precisely is the Present situation, T have which recently brought a lawsuit against the CIA and, iy heced ate ees the Brooklyn Court, won the day. One final thought: isn’t it really rather odd that ,

The CIA has repeatedly said that it had finished ics


have heard nothing whatsoever here, in the Both 2 Grog guons and closed its books on UFOs in 1952, but indeed in any of the European media, atone i, Ground Saucer waich asserts thal, (rom the contents of the rematkable report which was printed im the wan te first 1000 pages of secret documents winkled out of the Times for January 14, 1979? CIA under this “freedom of information suit" it is After all. here isa news item in which scemingh evident that the Agency and the American Government responsible folk are cited a3 claiming prool that chet are still lying about the UFO problem. Says W: allegedly the most powerful government on. Earth he Spaulding: “*After reviewing the documents, Ground Suc potsession of crashed lying saucers, and dead eccopane Praich believes that UFOs do exist, they are real, the U.S. pickled in brine or on ie, and that thar guvernmen be Government has been totally untruthful, and the cover-up been pulling the wool over everyone's eyes for more thir is massive." (See article in New York Times of January 14, a quarter of a century. A tremendous hullabaloo ss 1929, headlined ‘C1A. papers detail UFO surveillance.’) raised over lying, and “-monkey-business"” and finano So William Spaulding and Ground Saucer Waich assert crookedness in high places, but compared. with “ that in their view there has been a "massive cover-up" on ttifoggeries of American politics the problem UFOs. But what else do they say? They say — as is Earthiman's. posible ‘contact wih alien anteigenee! © indicated in this important special report published in the something of an altogether more immediate and 7 ‘Naw York Times that they tov have sworn statements from important order, yet it warrants litle or no commen a felted US. Air Force colonels that at least two UFOs fact that the achievement of Ground Sour Wah A aie have crashed and have been recovered by the Air Force. the CIA in an American court of law has been al ae ‘One crash, says Spaulding, was in Mexico in 1948, and pass thus, virtually without comment ao ywien Yet the other was near Kingman, Arizona, in 1953. Spaulding world's media — apart from this item in the fads also says that the retired Air Force colonels claimed to Times — surely contains a pointed sessage for tho ve have seen, in connection with both these crashes, the can think for themselves and can see things 3 corpses of alien beings about four feet tall wearing “silver clearly than the rest, outfits that scemed fused to the body from the heat."* Leonard Stringficid tells me that thr male Here then is proof that Leonard Stringfield is not the have been uttered since he started his campal sure only ‘Person in America today who is talking about evidence about retrievals, and this should eee crashed craft and dead bodies in pickle. There is clearly a 1 grant that itis conceivable that somen ht, considerable amount of smoke, the Galaxy there may be a planet where Legale be Ic will be seen that William Spaulding and his concerned for the general wellare of their P Pe colleagues were waiting in January 1979 for a Federal such is not the case on our planet, where every Bon tet Judge to rule on the final phase of their suit against the serves the interests of « amail oligarchy. hs CIA, which sought access to 57 items of documentation obvious that individuals who advance inconve! ee which would provide “hard evidence" of UFOs or make embarrassing discoveries, oF we arene? retrievals of the third kind, and which included motion inventions that threaten existing vested interest


agains bi Be


0 ed UF Aclip from Flying Saucer Review's latest update on the ie deh situation after their publishing of Leonard Strinafield's paper


the report


honour Leonard Stringtield and the primary object for 2 perfect rejo Ji 50 Ee ree hers who are struggling, continued ng an


nop ve al more Tight cast on orcs and Concera about Russian aime


le conics and ve bay matters. And. shoul tee aint ; CIA. document of ferent i een rah ee A TORS Seid ashe at me gers cors let us mi ile can be a ober 2, 1962. sd ical warfare.’ The report

serves jcrable. And ridicu) Russian air attacks or ‘psychologi

a ty, pred ‘ent as the weapons used Rus: Central Intelligence from the 00 Sw eon” just a3 potent 35 he eas ote ee Ofer of Sexence Imeligence — 28 Me MOTT ranger aesntat ico for the Os of Senet Inline se rhe New York Times article Tdhsed of the “implications of the fjine sauce problem:


i ¢ Psychological in vi the matter be discussed with the

ig importance, Fe go. See ards and that the CLA help “develop - i WS anyesn ea ei peng cauting fom ine numerous sightings

oun and tne full The pice is datelined and posible panic resol re ont, anvary 13 (1972) From i ween ot ep ounen dated November 1975 dees againe mens bvained hat he agency acknowledping any patter in dhtings, “Unies here i eal Hoedigence, frunidenied living evidence which links sghungs, of uniess media qusrce esi! in the surveillance ol nuiied Bring evdenee whch lnk gh sc Son ‘has een since 1949, an Anzone the source and-as questions are, sad, ‘Response siden tely said than it i ‘ould be eine, fohrght and empha that the action

FO. o ‘was in respon:

eye CIA has FPO ring, 1952, according tag wa i eponn 19 a ier

i in ai b Se Sr oe site eee ks, BSP ee

cay so surveillance missions,


ws of sightings around our Fn Sa aggre gat meget isall these years", i said fhe sai. "The UFO phenomenon is following “bat or 2 ater reviewin i ;S. own astronauts are doing on other planets — we: each believes that Scoutship, we take soil samples, and then we lan ‘on Another suit pending i : i from Besbonies gutter informs “Me, Spaulding said he has sworn stavements from i ce engineer. with retired Air Force colonels that at Taito UFOs have eee Peeldins largest producers of specialized — craahlanded and been recovered by the AiResearch, one


ico in 1948, and the rn hat “One erash, he said, was in Mexico in 1948, and the CEE on ee ed to help. gather oer was neat Kingman, ANE i 185 Ha ald she Ce te SFO tnttings and that the information retired tices eae they gots imps of dea aliens 1 who we cases: 5 runes dese tone iA tae Wie Haney 60 « cel cating vero tha ‘seemed ed mA A oe SAuguat 1, 1962, serene tn the ody Fecen the heat ‘ ne santinued a ilance of ‘fying saucers," saying, ing said hi is waiting now ‘Waa srongly urged, however, that no indication of CIA _ "*Mr. Spaulding Be ee ined ot oe CIA suit, terest ich the press of public, in view of Federal judge to rul that would provide ‘hard fer pr. sably alarmist tendencies to atcep such imerest_ which seeks access to 57 items that would provide, hard S cxjrmainy of the soundness of unpublithed facts inthe evidence’ of UFOs or ‘rer tie ind” Th ‘andi ofthe U.S. Government,” the document said, evidence includes motion neo om ‘Among the documents are several detailed reports of residue {rom landings, he sai “Fore attempts to either intercept or destroy UFOs. ‘Among the films they want are 40 to 48 frames taken ‘tn 1976 incident in Iran, one report says, two F-+ 952 by Ralph Mayher, then a cameraman for KYW- Paantom jet fighter-bombers pursued a large UFO ha pea caine and now a member of Ground Saucer Sted to ial ie of it we weal po toward te 4 ara ery eof Wc The A Foc bores em 197 anh I the “The pilot attemy fire an never returned it. SMS masiearthe object athe sharinoteehis weapons, had'been a meteor, Mr. Spaulding a ; The Panel went off and he lost all communications.” ‘We're past the story-telling stage,’ Mr. Spaulding


Pit cluded the craft, then watched as it ‘returned 10. 4.4 “We'tabeto have it inblack a wie eetiy ate 5 We have to est ini me hase la Waray Gen, te pre lr She nbject wo all te people in Missouri and then figure NSE [RIM slcys tht the eu wep set nde tema

‘tet forget thai — EDITOR)


“ailebility of certain government documents on UFOs is still denied.


197


CHAPTER V SOME BELIEVE, REGARDLESS


For almost 25 years, subject matter pertaining to the U.S. Goverment recovery of crashed and/or disabled flying saucers and their humanoid occupants was not discussed seriously by the ufological commnity. In fact, the general public almost completely forgot about it altogether. When UFOs would come up in conversation, atall, they would be laughed away as a joke, or got the "raised eyebrows” treatment. The cover-up was done so well by MJ-12, through counterintelligence and the psycho- logical Strategy Board, that a negative public opinion was actually established concerming this vital subject.

Occasionally someone would become curious enough, contrary to that accepted public opinion, to investigate further into the stories. But, for everyone who did dig up same substantial evidence pointing to the truth of the matter, and attempted to mike it public, someone else would come along and try to re-establish and/or re-emphasize the idea of the hoax again. Most of those who still persisted in digging into the facts behind the stories, and continued to make it known publicly, despite the "expose's", were dealt with in another way. The other way involved working on that person's mind until he became very paranoid, or making him appear insane, and/or driving him insane.

Professor Robert Spencer Carr, one time short-story joumalist for the POST magazine (1943-1948), one time Director of Educational Re- search for Walt Disney Studios, graduate of a major Soviet University, and Technical Writer for the James Foundation (a biological research institute) inFort Meyers Beach, Florida, was one of those above men- tioned researchers.

While he was a technical writer for the James Foundation, in 1952, a physiologist from Johns Hopkins University came in with a very in- teresting report. This report, written by Dr. Detlev W. Bronk, was part of the biological section of a mich larger and more comprensive report concerning a disabled flying saucer that was recovered by the U.S. Military near Aztec, New Mexico in 1948. This report sparked an interest in the alleged flying saucer recoveries for Carr, once again. He rehashed in his mind the Scully story and all of the crashed saucer rumors.he had heard while he was living in his "abandoned tavem" in the highlands of New Mexico, near Glorietta, in 1948.

From that section of a report, Carr was able to trace dom a nurse who had assisted during an “autopsy” examination of same of the little humanoid bodies removed from the alien craft. From that lead, one con- nection led to another to where he eventually located three other in- dividuals who had been involved. One of these was an Authur Bray (not


198


the Canadian UFO investigator) who was one of the Amy security guards on the recovery project. The other two individuals were aeronautical engineers who revealed valuable information concerning the saucer's structure and operational systems.

Carr also contacted a woman who's father was a field geologist at the recovery site. This geologist told his daughter that, “information pertaining to those flying saucers mst be stiffled. If news of this vehicle's water driven engine got out to the whole scientific commun- ity, that would be the end of the oil industry and all of its contin- gencies." This implies that even big business, who controls the purse- strings of the U.S. Goverrment, had a hand possibly even in the form- ation of MJ-12 itself, who in tum fabricated the ABOVE-TOP-SECRET security lid which separates the truth concerning the crashed discs from the public.

Carr went public with what he had found out about the recovered fly- ing saucers in October 1974, after he was Professor of Mass Gmmunica- tions at the University of South Florida in Tampa. While he may have misinterpreted some things, and had to "fill a few blanks" for himself, he was nevertheless very very serious, and believes that the public has a right to know the truth about so profound a subject. He went on a mini-speaking tour throughout southem Florida, spreading the facts as he knew them to whoever would listen.

He has suffered considerable persecution, and some so-called "UFO Investigators" have chalked him off as a "nut". Those who carried out the "dirty work" frequently fell far below the educational qualifi- cation, maturity and knowledge enjoyed by Professor Carr. He went back “underground" in 1975, continuing to follow his leads in his investi- gation of the crashed saucer cases, but now keeping it to himself. It was his public announcements in 1974-1975 that resparked Leonard H. Stringfield's renewed interest in the crashed/recovered saucers.


(Note: When reading newspaper articles on information pertaining to statements attributed to Carr, please remember that such statements are usually taken down in short-hand and are later transcribed with not all of the discussion, facts, and visual information included in the original interview. Thus we have two sources of possible error -- (1) The witness "filling the gaps” where he may lack precise informa- tion, or where he may have misunderstood someone else, and (2) The reporter doing exactly the same thing for the same reasons, plus the ambiguity of the reporters inexpertese in the UFO subject under dis- cussion. An example is the statement following, "An autopsy was per- formed..." on the second page of the article from the CLEARWATER SUN of 27 October 1974, and the bottom of page 36 of the article, "The UFO Crash of 1948 is a Hoax" which was published in OFFICIAL UFO, October 1975.] 199


Clearveter sli October 27,'74


?


What On Earth


Local Man Has The Answer


The Solar System


‘js I> Ee Hiloes weap 44 fy Baan § 23 He ilihs gs Re thin S28 Saale 133 aeyeaglihel Hein 8s


e ste Clipping from the CLEARWATER SUN (Florida), October 27, 1974+ a peter reporter has confused the details of several different stord


200


  • saanjeasa yustTonauag ATenzz age

asya Jo ‘UOT}eWIOJUT UMO JTAY] 403 sn Butépnys aeyzta ase ary age ym asoy3 3ey3 saeodde 37 “ysaty yauetd ano aynttod AqTsnorabuep


ptnom acer quabtTTaqUr oN ‘obe


BUT paysttduios9e Useq eney ptnom is kamen saya

uoryednas0 yons antqaafqo stay Jed es eer ba

Bram 424} JT “OWTZ STYZ Ae Y_TE] — HMM ommun prow


Ano aT YaueTd @ TEAC BUTACZ JO sie syona anuny al ee vensee.


butztuotoo UT pazsezeqUT aq pTnom


-nbse ButyseiequT ue siajjo ay

  • 6urzs0dea Q4n JO pTats

ay} ut Uo Butoh ATTeas’ sem zeym jo abpatmoux Teuosied aTqesaptsuoo uo paseq are ‘Way, peas oym Auew 03 4G Jes, 3Tz9TT @ punos ew ayy ybnouy ‘suotyetnoeds s,23e9

  • swoyshs pue |)

suebso aeqtwrs ybnoyy quesajytp pey pue quasasytp ATTeotboTotshyd os{e 830M Satpoq eTAATT aul “Poot | \BeUNY, BAY YOU PTP YseIo 999zy uy wWoay SauO ayy “4noge GuTyTez aze am fpog Uatye peysdoqne YoTUM Moge UoTSsNyuos ET aza4y UTeby


¢ my os 09 pue ‘suodeam pajeotzstydos aie


ano dotanap 03 sn soy payrem ancy | yy a F sgasved oy ses Eom


i Sho frou aoe UOT}EZTTIATS 19 OU AyM Uo quaw | Sooke ny ou ont


pres


‘av0us ooq aay


fi ty evarzoeds ou tea Squg A aTUORD oF aay —


ay Fs iy fu


ia


2


Aa shy,


ih A


vi i


s*926P


ert S. Carr, conduc-


of a more extensive interview with Dr. Robi


The text


teq


Barker a number of years ago, is quot ck of this book.


by Gra M the ba


if ed in part in Appendix


16 i,


201


Another early investigator into the “Scully Story", which subse~ quently made him a believer, was Richard Ogden of the Seattle, Washington area. Ogden became very interested in the flying saucer subject in June of 1947 when the Maury Island case was going on. He began investigating the Aztec case immediately after reading BEHIND THE FLYING SAUCERS, in late 1950. Qgien's investigation went pretty deep, in fact too deep...

Ogden hit "pay dirt” during his investigations in August 1958, when, by means of same very ingenius investigative techniques, he found that Dr. Carl August Heiland was a member of the "Dr. Gee" team referred to. At first, Ogden took Scully's book literally, stating that "Dr. Gee" was ome, and only one, man. In fact, Ogden went to great lengths to prove his point. But Scully stated at two separate times that "Dr. Gee" was a pseudonym for a composit of at least eight different men, scientists who were involved with the recovered flying saucers:

(1) In his rebuttal News Release in reaction to the TRUE magazine article, "Flying Saucers and the Mysterious Little Men" (September 1952 issue) prior to its distribution.

(2) In one of his three autobiographies; in ARMOUR BRIGHT, published by Chilton Book 0., under the Chapter 18 heading "Flying Saucers, Where Are You".

Regardless of all this, Ogden did stumble upon a truth which did substantiate the truth of the Scully story, The part Dr. Carl A. Hei- land played in the drama. Eager to verify his finds, Ogden immediately generated letters to Dr. Heiland at 130 East Fifth Avenue, Denver 9, Qblorado, and to Frank Scully, both dated August 17, 1958. Qn Septem- ber 3, 1958, he received a reply for the Heiland letter from Mr. S.A. Keller, General Manager of the Heiland Division of the Minneapolis Honeywell Regulator Company at 5200 E. Evans Ave., Denver 22, Qlorado which stated in part, "It is unfortunate that during your lengthy investigation you did not leam of Dr. Heiland's death in February 1956." Ogden was very disappointed, having missed Dr. Heiland by two and a half years.

The answer to the letter to Scully came on September 1, 1958. Frank Scully said: "I'm sorry if I didn't answer a previous letter, but I find not being well has thrown unanswered letters mountain high. As to your guesses, you'd make a fascinating flatfoot; and, as H.L. Mencken used to say when people sought to draw him into controversies about facts, "you may be right." All luck to you and your book.,


Faithfully /s/®rank Scully Qgden's original intention for all of his in-depth investigative research. was to compile enough truth about the flying saucers to fom


202


a book. This book was to eventually blow the lid of extreme secrecy campletely off the flying saucer enigma and lay it bare before the public for what it really was. But that was not to be...

MJ-12 started working on Qgjden through its various branches and agencies of counterintelligence. They played with Ogden's mind; and he became very paranoid. As soon as Ogden began focusing his investiga- tion on the author of the two TRUE magazine articles and his possible relationship to the "cover-up" group, pressure from MJ-12 became all the greater. But Ogden pressed on.

He kegan investigating the trial of Newton and GeBauer. Letters were written to Bert M, Keating, Denver District Attorney, and the TRUE magazine article author. More pressure was imposed from MJ-12; finally Qyden "Snapped". He suffered a complete nervous breakdowm, and was eventually admitted to a mental institution. His whole manuscript was confiscated before he had a chance to publish it. All of his re- search notes, letters, and other notes and files were destroyed.

The author of this book happened on to a copy of Chapter V of the Ogden manuscript titled, "The Strange and Mysterious 'Dr. Gee'," which he cbtained fran a well known UFO investigator who would like to re- main anonymous. His source also stated that he wished to remain anony- mous. This entire affair surrounding this chapter fran Ogden's unpub- lished and confiscated manuscript is very mysterious in itself!!

Another early investigator into the Scully story, who came upon some

very substantial truth, was Richard Miller. He was guided to the crash site in Hart Canyon by an anonymous friend of his, who obtained infor- mation as to its whereabouts from a participant in the recovery oper- ation. Miller accompanied his friend to the crash/recovery site in 1952. There they camped out for several days. During their stay at the re- covery site, they dug up some old canteens, web-belts, K-Ration cans, and other evidence of heavy military activity on top of a very rocky mesa plateau, 6 miles into the canyon.

This did not prove that the military activity involved the recovery of a downed flying saucer, but that, coupled with some very revealing information from some people who lived near Hart Canyon, pointed to- wards the saucer recovery he was tracing.

Miller contimied to make periodic trips to Hart Canyon, sometimes asking for financial support from UFO investigators, in order to dig up the entire plateau top, if necessary, in search of further evidence to support the story he already knew. He even gathered together groups of people at several different times, to give them a guided tour of the Hart Canyon crash/recovery site.

Eventually Miller was targeted by MJ-12 for action to force him to


203


desist. He was drawn into some occult UFO activity, and eventually dropped out of sight.

(Note: Miller was the UFO contactee in a group around Harry W. Meyer, Sr., at a time when the extraterrestrial beings who had picked Richard Miller up earlier, told him exactly where to look for the evidence, and where the recovered residue and remains of the alien ET bodies Were being held. The late Harry Meyer Sr., kept records on all of this and carried on the dialogue through Richard Miller with his abductors for many years afterward. Miller subsequently became the object of a number of malicious stories, which were in fact not true. a fate that seems peculiarly reserved for UFO investigators who don't want to play the game by somebody else's rules... -Publisher]


This author attempted to locate the whereabouts of Richard Miller with little success. At one time, the author was told the last address of Miller (within 3 weeks) by an old acquaintence of his. Several at- tempts were made to contact Miller at that address. He was never at home, it seemed. ne time his wife answered the telephone and the author explained why he wanted to talk to Richard. She said, "Call him back in two days." Two days later his wife stated, "I'm sorry, you have the wrong Richard Miller." I presume that he was the correct Richard Miller sought, but that pressure was brought against him so heavy that he is afraid to get re-involved with the Aztec case. Remem- ber, that is what happened to George T. Koehler. The Richard Miller we sought has now "disappeared" again and we are unable to make contact.

In June of 1975, a man who identified himself as Ray Meier from near Albuquerque, New Mexico, a retired Major in the U.S. Marine Corps, stepped off a Greyhound Bus on Highway 550, just north of Aztec, New Mexico. He had a camera bag strapped over one shoulder and had a back- pack on his back. He started asking around the area for somebody with a 4-wheel drive vehicle to rent, who would take him out to a spot about 6 miles into Hart Canyon. He explained that he wanted to examine the spot upon which a flying saucer had landed and was sub- sequently recovered by the U.S. Military in 1948.

Harvey and Vivian Melton, who owned a small ranch north of Aztec, offered their 4-wheel drive Toyota for the project. They being new in the area themselves, (moved to Aztec in 1972) had not the least idea where the area the man wanted to go to was. They had to askaneighbor, Benson Leeper where Hart Canyon was located. Harvey Melton, Vivian Melton, Benson Ieeper, and Ray Meier, all piled into the Toyota, and with Mr. Leeper guiding the way headed out. They drove into Hart Can- yon; then Ray Meier took over and began leading the way. When they reached a high and rocky plateau, Meier told the driver to stop, He


204


got out of the Tbyota, walked up to the platean, and started taking pictures with his camera. After about an hour of poking around and snapping pictures, he exclaimed that he was through.

The meltons took Meier home with them and asked him to join them for dinner. "He was strictly a vegetarian," stated Mrs. Melton, "and acted very strange."

Ray Meier spent that night at the Meltons. The next moming, he gave them same photographs of hovering and landed flying saucers. Mr. Meier left the same way he had arrived, via the Greyhound Bus Line.

Vivian Melton said that she did receive a thank you letter from Ray Meier about a month after he left Aztec. That letter had a return ad- dress on it: P.O. Box 7308, Albuquerque, New Mexico 87104. The author tried to reach Meier at that address, but received no response; the letters were retumed marked "Not at this address".

Right after Robert Spencer Carr went public, and during the year that Ray Meier was investigating in Aztec, OFFICIAL UFO magazine came out with an article entitled "The Flying Saucer Crash of 1948 Was a Hoax", by a Pennsylvanian using the name Mike McClellan. This was in the October 1975 issue.

{Noke+:_Remember that Myron Fass and his sensational tabloid publica- tions, was the conduit for disparaging the UFOnaut alien body photos passed to Stringfield in good faith by an informant who knew what they really were. We are of the opinion that that delivery to Fass to use the real photos in a sensational fiction was designed to make any idea that they might be real seem ridiculous, a ploy planned by the agents of dis-information because they had lost control of the carefully re- stricted data and at the time didn't know where they were or how they would be used. The ruse was highly successful as we have seen. That "leak" has been taken care of, but the trick must continue to be play- ed out even today because of the extent of the compromise. -Publisher]


ORFICIAL UFO was published by Qountrywide Publications in New York and was owned by Myron Fass. This magazine originally started publish- ing legitimate UFO cases at first, under the editorship of Berard O'Connor, and then changed its policy and went on into the totally ridiculous. O'Connor refused to stay under the new policies and left the publisher's employ. This magazine became a tool in the hands of MJ-12 to discredit the entire flying saucer enigna and make it appear as completely undesirable to the general public. One has to wonder what that publisher was "working off" to submit to such a fate. The disinformation artists will use every trick in the book to discredit and impeach the real truths about the flying saucers. They have in fact been remarkably successful in accomplishing their objective.


205


As late as 1985, another private UFO investigator, David Barker, prepared and published a new report on this very subject. "FRANK SCULLY AND THE Legend of the CRASHED SAUCERS", which was pretty: well researched, but mostly from existing published material — which was already full of misinformation and misinterpretations of others. He did a good job of sifting for truths though; and good enough to bring him to the attention of the MJ-12 group and their disinformation pro- gram and threatening activities. He was apparently persuaded to "see things another way" even before the end of 1985, and wished he could take back his manuscript already published and a number of copies dis- tributed. He inmediately scrapped a second manuscript along the same line and got out of the business of investigating crashed UFOs.

This author has even run up against persons who have tried to dis- suade him from investigating any further into the Aztec saucer crash. Sane of these individuals are well known figures in the so called field of ufology. They make statements such as:


"There is nothing to that story. You are wasting your time with it." "T have pursued that case to its end." "Leave it alone; you will get nowhere."


Other individuals would make statements in a threatening sense, such as:


"T wouldn't go any farther on that lead if I were you." "My sources say that you are treading on thin ice." (Implying sare Intelligence source) -


"You know, certain things can happen in your life, if you continue on that track; such as your taxes could increase..."


Well known UFO investigators would hand me false leads to chase down. I came to the conclusion that these so-called "UFOlogists" were work- ing either directly or indirectly for some of the various branches of counterintelligence, perhaps even unwittingly. They would move in very close to me when I would get a very substantial "hot lead"; and they would become very distant when they thought they had led me astray. I learned, just by their movement, when to move on and when not to move on, So, the very system that was set up to discourage and hinder me, actually encouraged and helped me in my investigation efforts.

Some well known ufologists would, behind the scenes, never give up on the Scully story. Gray Barker, Iou Farish, Wendelle Stevens, Leon- ard Stringfield, and Raymond Fowler were among some of these individ- uals, just to name a few. Most of these individuals would not discuss the subject under study openly, for fear of persecution or ostracism


206


from the ufological community.

Still, anything concerning the Military recovery of crashed and/or disabled flying saucers with humanoid occupants is only starting to become accepted by the ufological cammmnity at large. Leonard String- field kind of opened it up, first in his book SITUATION RED: THE UFO SIEGE, published by Doubleday in 1977; and then, before the 9th Annual MUFON Symposium in 1978, in Dayton, Ghio, in his new report titled “Retrievals of the Third Kind". Since then several ufologists such as W. ‘odd Zechel, Charles Wilhelm, Raymond E. Fowler, and others, began to open up publically about the recovered saucer cases they had been working on.

Me thing progressed to another until, before they knew it, W. Todd Zechel, as Director of Research for Ground Saucer Watch (GSW), filed a Freedom of Information Act (FOIA), suit against the United States Air Force, the CIA and the FBI, for copies of documents related to a UFO crash/recovery in Mexico, near Laredo, Texas in 1948. Later on, Zechel formed an action group known as Citizens Against UFO Secrecy (CAUSE), which published a monthly newsletter titled "JUST CAUSE", whose pri- mary purpose was to petition the various agencies of government to release their UFO "hardcore" data via the FOIA lawsuits. Zechel went “underground” in 1981, as a result of personal actions raised against him, and Larry Bryant has “carried the ball" from there.

Bryant who makes his residence in Alexandria, Virginia, has filed two major FOIA lawsuits; one against the CIA and the other against the National Security Agency (NSA), seeking release of all documentation pertaining to the recovery of crashed and/or disabled flying saucers and their humanoid occupants; and to seek release of the actual ET "bodies on ice". So far, neither of Bryant's lawsuits have yielded any of the “hard core data", but the NSA did release a multipage document which, by the way, was highly sanitized (blacked out) on the grounds of National Security. This suit pertained specifically to crashed UFOs and the extraterrestrial bodies taken from them, so we may imply that the documents sought and also still witheld pertain also to the men- tioned crashed UFOs and the alien bodies. This proved another thing; NSA was, and still is, very deeply involved in the UFO phenomenon.

What these people seem to forget is that MJ-12 will not release any of the “hard core data" on UFOs to the public until they feel free to do so themselves. (See Exhibits attached)

The author of this report got interested in this bizarre subject in 1981 while browsing through a used-book store in Downey, California. He had heard the mmors conceming recovered flying saucers as early as 1950, but never really expressed any interest at all. The first book on the subject he picked up was Scully’s BEHIND THE FLYING SAUCERS published by Holt and Company, 1950.


207


He went into the book as a sceptic, but the subject became so fas~ cinating, he couldn't put the book down until he was completely fin~ ished. This book sparked an inquisitive interest in the mind of this author, and he developed an obsession to get to the bottom of this matter, and to prove it once and for all false — or true, whichever the case might tum out to be.

He felt that if this crashed/recovered saucer matter was tme, it would have to be the most important revelation since the dawn of time, and certainly should be made known publicly. If the story was false, then it would have to be the greatest and best staged hoax of all time. In any case, it had to be dealt with. The next chapter will describe how the subject was approached and how he launched his own investiga- tion, which turned him from sceptic to believer —- forever.


CHAPTER V EXHIBITS


Selected exhibits in support of chapter V have been obtained from various sources. We offer some of these documents here for your own personal examination. Same are incomplete as they stand now, but what is presented here is significant.

Exhibit 1. Feature article, "The UFO Crash of 1948 is a hoax", from COFFICIAL UFO Magazine for December 1975, by APRO member Mike McClel- jan. The extent of the "investigation" behind this alleged expose may be easily determined by reading this clipping. The questionable re;i- ability of OFFICIAL UFO as an information source is well known. Exhibit 2. The IN CAMARA AFFIDAVIT of the National Security Agency submitted to the judge of the Umited States District Court for the District of Columbia in their petition to be relieved from compliance with requests under the FOIA in certain matters pertaining to UFOs, and specifically crashed UFOs in the hands of the U.S, Government.


Exhibit 3. Copy of the Petition for Writ of Habeas Corpus Estrater- restrial to the United States District Court for the District of Co- lumbia, persuant to Civil Action 83-1932, The petition was denied. Exhibit 4. "Scully Breaks Long Silence", from James Mose;ey's NEXUS for March 1955, in which Scully puts the lie to some stories that he had "repudiated his BEHIND THE FLYING SAUCERS and admitted that it was a hoax".

Exhibit 5. Letter from the Department of the Army to Mr.) Richard Hall denying that they have any documented UFO information even at this late date of September 1980.

Note: We have added a personal interview with Dr. Robert Spencer Carr by Gray Barker, as published in Barker's UFO colum CHASING THE FLYING SAUCERS, in the form of Appendix 16 to this report.


209


THE


UFO


CRASH OF 1948 ISA HOAX


By Mike McClellan


Recently I've received many letters discussing the claims of Robert Spencer Carr that a UFO crashed in 1948 and that the Govern- ment has 12 alien bodies In the deep freeze, To answer these queries, Official UFO Presents Mike McClellan, who tells us the whole story ‘and teaches us what a little Solid investigation will reveal.


(Mike McClellan, a resident of Potts: town. Pa., is a 36-year old investigator for the Aerial Phenomena Research ‘Organization (APRO) based in Tuc 4on, Arizona, He also recently assumed the duties of Project Co-ordinator for the Unidentified Flying Object Report and Information Center(UFORIQ in Philadelphia. His foresol eduratinn includes theo- ab suo ecvmuunat law and <ythology. He plans to attend Villar ova University in the near future to study astronomy.

Although he has never seen what he considers 10 be a UFO, his interest in the subject goes back some 22 years.

‘McClellan is employed as manager for @ consumer discount company where his duties include in-depth background investigations at which he ‘has become quite adept.

In 1972 his interest became what he describes ax “intensely focused” on


36 oriciAL UFO, Oceter, 8


From OFFICIAL UFO, December, 1975. vestigation" is misleading,


Exhibit 1


the phenomena and it was then that he decided to apply six years of investiga~ tive experience and techniques to the subject.

‘McClellan is firmly convinced that the UFO phenomena is a serious and solemn challenge and has resolved to devote his energies to the solution of the mysterious and perplexing enigm


Copyright © 1975 by Mike McClel


The obituary columns of our daily newspapers alphabetically list the demise of individuals who, unless celebrities, are newsworthy of no more than an inch or so of space declaring that the essence of their being has departed its mortal shell. The shell decays and disappears, For a brief moment in time lives are disrupted; however. everything soon returns to normal. Death temporarily takes a back seat. Mortal matters take prece- dence over memories.

‘According to Robert Spencer Ci a retired professor, the mostimportant deaths in Earth’s History may have occurred a mere 27 years ago.

At a press conference in 1974, Carr revealed information which either surpasses all other news of our day or is a complete fantasy. It's the story of = crashed Flying Saucer.

encounter with Carr's ‘one morning whtle I was 1g coffee and listening to an tell about a space- rashed in 8 desert area. Lifeless alien occupants had been removed from the craft and preserved. She had heard the story on the radio and while not sure of the details, thought that it had occurred recently.

With the intention of reaching the crux of the story, 1 began an investigation. If there was any hint of truth to the account it must be the news story of the century.

According to Carr, he has krown of the incident for some 25 years, during which time he had been an undercover investigator for the ‘ations| Investiga- tions Committee on Aerial Phenom- ena (NICAP).

Fearing possible ridicule, embarass- ment and a loss of credibility among students and associates, a factor which would jeopardize his position, he lected to remain silent until he retired recently as professor of mass commun- leations at the University of South Florida

Carr says the year was 1948, the month February, the day probably the 13th. According to him the following


The reference


events occurred which he claims ar


The stations were ir Force Base, Cal Colorads and Northern Colorado. The object 1g 18,000 knots which iy really quite fast even in these days.

It stopped at about 10,000 feey where it went out of control, circled and fluttered helplessly (o the ground Because three radar stations were involved, triangulation was possible and showed that the object had touched down three miles west of ‘Aztec, New Merico, south of the Colorado line.

‘The landing was a soft one, the craft being on automatic pilot. A tripod ‘extended from the craft and the extr terrestrial ship came to rest on the desert.

Law enforcement officers, including local sheriffs, rushed to the scene, (According to Carr, the old timers there remember the incident very well) The lawmen, guns drawn, approached the 30-foot saucer-shaped disc and looked inside the craft. That moment could have only been electr- fying as the officers looked through + thumb sized hole in the dome of the craft and saw 12 little men slumped ‘over their instruments.

‘The aliens had died from decompres- sion due tathe hole.

Shortly after the landing, military six craft began appearing in the area. The roads tothe area were cordoned off by air police, Residents as far as Farming ton, New Mexico journeyed to the their curiosity aroused by the unusual activity.

Officials managedto get the door of the spacecraft open and the 12 little bod- ies were removed. They were all males, their weights ranging from eighty to nincty pounds. Their build was fairly muscular and solid. They had fight hair of varying shades. Their eyes were blue. They all wore the same dress, a blue uniform with no insignia,

The alien bodies were loaded aboard ‘an airplane and flown to Edwards Ait Force Base as was their.saucer. They were later moved to Wright Patterson Air Force Base near Dayton, Ohio where Carr alleges they remain.

‘One of the bodies was selected for autopsy and six surgeons were flown in from Washington, D.C. A middle range specimen was chosen and his organs laid out on a table. The blood type was “O" and the genes. and


to a little "solid in-


as the only investigation apparent is that


the author read a lot of media information in the popular press, no more.


210


ATTWC, KEW VEXTCO UFO CRASH HOME 1948 COMPARISON OF PHISTOAL CRARACTERISTICS


UPDATED 97h VE (STON OF ‘ME AZTEC, NOH MEXICO ALIEN BASH PON BROADCASTED DESCRIPTIONS: BLONDE KAIK, BUG STS, BLE SKIN, SILVEREL'E SPACE SUTTS,

NO ReAPONS, GLOVSS, BOOTS,


mast SCULLY'S ORIOTMAL DeScaIPrHON OF THE ALIA (igso FaxST08)¢ BLONDE, Nath, BLIE EYES, CADCASTON, 1890s STE CLOTAIRG {emer ok Bu), WO Te


DrenIe ILLISTATION COPTRIGHT 1975 ©.


‘THE UNIDEWE IY TED FLYTWG OBJECT RAART ‘ANG THPCRUAT ION CENTER, PHRLADELPETA, PA.


A, T. McClellan, Project Co-ondimter


the extraterrestrial bodies were re- Canada and subsequently returned to incredible story. moved from their vehicle. The officer a Midwest State. Unluckily, the only President Truman was most as- the measuring, weighing Arthur Bray there turned out to be an suredly informed of the incident but of the fittle men, ‘Army man who retited in 1940. He according toCarr never came to see the A military nurse who was present at had no knowledge of the incident and spacecraft or its occupants,

the autopsy told Carr when he spoke was never stationed at Wright Patter- _ However, Carr states that President ‘with her that she knew of no reason to son, Eisenhower saw the ship and its take the secret to her grave. She was _ Another Arthur Bray turned up in occupants in April after his inaugura- 73 years old when she made her Ottawa, Canada. He is, coincidentally, tion. As Carr relates, Eisenhower was revelation to Carr. an investigator for the Aerial Phenom- at Palm Springs. California. Using « 

Carr knows of five eyewitnesses ena Research Organization. The Can- golf outing ploy, he boa altogether. He claims to have taken 20 adian Mr. Bray, while he had heard of helicopter and was flown to view the years to track them dowa. the incident and had even been remains.

Unfortunately, Carr is unable to contacted by others interested in the The President decided the American reveal the names of the people with “little men" case, assured me he was public was not yet ready for «  whom he has spoken. Their identities not the Arthur Bray spoken of by disclosure of such gravity and the cannot be revealed since to do so Carr. Although he was a member of discovery remained top secret, would cause them irreparable damage, the Canadian Armed Services, he has Carr advises that some 40 reporters

Luckily, there was a security guard never been a member of the United knew of Eisenhower's flight and were who spent three or six months of his States Army. there to see him leave in the helicopter. service guarding hangar #18 at Wright In addition, says Carr, there are Apparently he feels that the presence Patterson. (On one radio interview several hundred other people who of the reporters and their witnessing of Carr stated three months. He told me have the inside information. They his departure lends credibility to his siz months.) His name is Arthur Bray, consist of academic men, anthropolo- yarn. The names of the reporters have ‘retired master sergeant. He was with gists, aeronautical engineers, Army not yet been revealed. Even if they air police prior to his retirement in intelligence officers, electronics ex+ were, we would only have proof that 1970 und was an eyewitness to the perts, metallurgists and so the list Ike took a ride in a helicopter, nothing storage of the bodies. Cart relates that goes. Again, no names are available more,

Bray “had the key to the door to let and Mr. Carr is the only individual The bodies are now in cryonic people in and out.” Bray fled to who has dared to surface with t (Continued on page 60) OFICIAL UFO Octow. 104. 37


The kernels of truth are here, but they are considerably distorted and misrepresented. This is an effective ploy used by the disinformation ser- vices with great success; probably unwittingly inspired in quotes used.


211


(Cont. from p 37) suspension, a sophisticated form of freezing, some. where in Wright Patterson. Where did Carr acquire his original informa. tion? As he explains, he received it from a manuscript of a book prior to publication from Frank Scully... In 1949 Scully relates that he hag learned of a man whom he elects to call "Dr. Gee." Dr. Gee was a (below) [Short p 60 to 61 here]


Advertising column not

repraduced

here


government scientist engaged in mag- Food wafers were found on the ship netic research, His credentials con- which were fed to Guinea pigs. The sisted of several degrees from higher animals seemed to thrive on them. institutions among which were Armour Water was also found; however, it was Institute, University of Berlin and twice as heavy as normal water. The Creighton University, doctor noted that some water found in Dr. Gee told Scully the story of the Norway was similar, first fying saucer ie ctwshland in the Dr. Gee was not yet through with United States. new firsthand his astounding revelations. Not only because he was called and assigned to. was one alien space ship recovered bul the crash site and examine the space: rather three} craft together with seven other mag- The second ship which landed in netic scientists. nearly the same condition as the first, The craft was found east of Aztec, had its door open. The 16 bodies New Mexico in a high plateau area inside were not charred or burned. that was yery rocky, Medical opinion was that these bodies, The scientists decided to observe when discovered, had not been dead first and watched for two days, for much more than two or three Nothing appeared to happen inside hours. It had landed near a proving the craft and the men felt that ground in Arizona. It was smaller than * roach was safe for further investig- the first, being only 72 feet in ation, No door was apparent and the diameter. (The first was 99 feet in outer skin had no markings. There diameter.) was, however, a broken porthole. The — ‘The third ship landed in Paradise porthole appeared to be glass but Valley above Phoenix, Arizona, There when the scientists examined itclosely, were only two crew members inside, it was different from any other glass One humanoid was halfway out the Known in this country. door and the other was seated within, The scientists rammed a hole Again, both were dead. This ship was through the defective porthole and 36 feet in diameter. looked inside. They counted 16 bodies. Enter Silas Mason Newton. They ranged in height from 36 to 42 _ Newton was a close associate of Dr. inches. As the scientists probed and Gee's (an oil millionaire, according to prodded they touched a knob which Robert Cars) who wanted to see the caused the ship's door to spring open. ships. Alas, by this time government The little bodies were removed and secrecy had intervened and Newton laid out on the ground. One scientist was of of luck, Dr. Gee had, remarked that their dress was similar however, secured a tubeless radi to the 1890 style. The bodies were some smail discs, gears and other perfectly normal, not being midgets. assorted devices which had been taken Their skin, however, was charred a from the space ships, dark color tesembling that of choco- The Philadelphia Inquirer news- late. The bodies must have been paper carried an article on page four burned, speculated Gee, by air rush- of its July 28, 1952 issue describing ing in through the defective porthole more details of the Scully story which or by some other propulsion or it received from True Magazine. pressure malfunction. They were killed _ On March 8, 1950, according to the by burns or the bends, Dr. Gee said Jnguirer, Newton spoke to an elemen- that the point in space at which the tary science class at the University of little men met their fate had not been Denver. Half the class apparenly determined. believed the story by Newton of Dr. Gee thought the little men probably Gee's discoveries. The story was out! came from Venus. That was more Interestingly, when Scully's book likely than Mars because inhabitants was published. all of the ciples in of Mars would probashs r - ms four times larger wan wos. he) Hopes said some of them had been dissected LP, Cahn of the San Francisco and except for their size they appeared Chronicle and on assignment for True to be periectly normal human beings. Magazine decided to put Newton's Age was judged to be 35 16 40 years, lecture to the test. He found that according to earth standards. Their Scully and Newton were acquainted teeth were in perfect condition with no and were, in fact, friends. Scully cavities or fillings. admitted that all of his information Their clothing was dark blue with was second hand but he did scem to metal buttons. There were no insignias serely believe Newton. ‘on the sleeves or caps, (Pliaké turn pace


212 61


‘A meeting was set up and the three, completely satisfied, Cahn took a trip Scully, Newton and Cahn met at to Arizona where he confronted Mr. Scully's home. After what may have GeBauer. Cahn discovered that in- been small talk, Newton produced 2 stead of holding the alleged degrees handkerchief and dumped from it mentioned by Scully, he held only an some metal objects. Two of the objects electrical engineering degree from wete gears. Two were what appeared Lovis Institute of Technology in tobe small metal discs. The gears were Chicago. In addition, Cahn found that not similar, although the discs were from 1943 to 1945 when Dr. Gee was matched, They wete unmarked with supposed to have been heading 1.700 the exception of surface scratches. scientists on secret government work

Before the meeting was over, Newton (according to Scully in his book) he briefly showed Cahn a photograph of was actually chief of AiResearch Co. tn object which had a resemblance of in Phoenix and Los Angeles. His job 4n umbrella lying on its side, He was to keep the lab machinery going hinted that people would pay a good as a kind of "maintenance man." deal of money to see something like — The discrepancies between Scully's that. Newton refused to part with the story and Carr's are numerous and objects he had shown Cahn and obvious. While Scully says the Aztec further refused to reveal Dr. Gee's real bodies were burnt and charred, Pro- identity. fessor Carr implies they were fairly

Cahn investigated Newton's back- fresh. Scully clearly states in his book ground and as far as he could that there were 34 little bodies. While determine, the whole Newton Oil Carr recognizes that there was another Company was nothing more than two crashed ship besides the one in Aztec, offices connected by a small waiting he says there were only burned room. Newton had bousted of redis- temains in the other crash and no covering the Rangely Oil Field in entire life forms. Were there 34 Colorado. When Cahn researched this bodies? Or were there twelve? misinformation with Richard D, Coral Lorenson of the Aerial White, exploration superintendent for Phenomena Research Organization a subsidiary of Standard Oil Company (APRO) spoke with Sheriff Dan of California, he was told that Newton Sullivan of Aztec, New Mexico recent- brought a lot of people out in big cars, ly. According to Mrs. Lorenson, "I With regard tore-discovering Rangely, personally talked with... .Sullivan. it was so much baloney. and he said that since the story broke, Now more determined to get to the he's had deputies out combing the bottom of the entire story, Cahn area for any information which would arranged a meeting with Newton and prove or disprove Carr's claims. His told him $10,000 had been authorized own father was sheriff at the time and to be put in escrow with another had no recollection of a crash, airecaft $25,000 to be paid up on publication being in the area or anything that ‘of Newton's story as soon as reason- would support Carr's claims.” Nothing able proof was produced. Cahn had has been found. beforehand counterfeited adiscsimilar This writer interviewed several high tothose Newton had shown to him and ly reliable “old-timers” from Aztec. was able to make a switch. Newton — Deputy Sheriff Bruce Sullivan, Dan didn’t know the difference when, after Sullivan's brother, also works out of appearing to exsmine them, Cahn Aztec. Bruce Sullivan would have been inded them back to Newton. 17 of 18 years old and attending the The dises wete reported to have Aztec High School during the alleged been subjected to 10,000-degree heat incident. He has lived in Aztec all his in Dr, Gee's laboratory without melt- life and ‘never knew or heard ing. The precious metal disc kid- anything abuuc it.” The deputy said naoped by Cahn was taken to Stan- his department has received many

4s asaily ud aM Gaclycit Ttwae plone calls regarding the incident but isin aluminum, 99.5 percent pure he personally knows nothing about it. aa the type used in makisg nothing Hir father sax sheriff at the time and more than pots and pans. It, incident- never mentioned it. This may lead to ally, melted at Stanford University not a little confusion as to which at 657 degrees Fahrenheit. sheriffs went out to the craft and

Scully finally admitted to Cahn that examined it with drawn guns, the mysterious Dr. Gee was none other Lyle McWilliams has been around than a Mr. Leo A, GeBauer with Aztec for a good number of years. He whom he had been in telephone has been in business according to his contact a number of times, Not yet own testimony “ever since I've been


{62 OFFICIAL UFO Octber, V8


old enough" and was about 32 years old in 1948. He recalls nothing of the incident except for the original claim and has always treated it as.a joke. He feels the story may have been revived for an “ulterior motive.”

Bruce Sullivan and Lyle McWilliams neither believe nor disbelieve in UFOs.

Marguerite Knowlton has lived nea Hart Canyon (the alleged scene of the crash) since 1946 and is 60 years old. Nothing to her knowledge transpired in the canyon, Mrs. Knowlton sug- gested I talk with George Bowra, who ‘owned the Aztec newspaper in 1948, From my conversation with him, he impressed me as one who must have been a colorful individual, He recalled a tongue-in-cheek article he had written for the newspaper years ago describing his abduction by little green men from space.

Bowra has been in Aztec for 70 years. He ran the paper for 44 years, “Nobody could have gotten in there and out (Hart Canyon) without at- tracting a lot of attention. Its rough country and there’s only one highway in there.” Bowra stated emphatically that the roads had never been cordoned by anyone. He became interested enough in the story to speak with what he estimates to be over one hundred people including cowboys, Indians, lawmen and ranchers, None of them recalls the UFO landing or subsequent military movement

Hf anyone had motive to make good use of the Aztec story, Mr. Bowra would head the list. Instead, no sensational accounts of the landing appeared in the paper. Had the story been true, no newsman worth his salt would have passed up such an opportunity!

The Robert Spencer Carr tale parallels that of a very old, thinly worn, tattered shoe. It has been kicked around for years. Every so often, someone takes the old shoe out of a dark corner in the closet. He dyes it a new color, waxes and buffs it to a high gloss. New heels and soles are added. Strong new shoestrings once again tie it together.

The old shoe becomes a new version to fit the present modern day style. More mileage ix gotten from it. It is used until it is worn out. After it has served its purpose, it returns to the closet until someone again decides the time has come for another new version,

‘Those who have seen or talked with Carr must be impressed with his gentle fatherly-like patience. He ap-


Deception, theft and fraud planned against witnesses, and carried out by deliberate intent. Both Newton and Scully were too wary to be "Taken in" in this scheme. Coral Lorenzen's “investigation” was by telephone to men


never involved at all, at any time.


213


Advertising with the aliens on a mountain top fo ficient evidence to continue the study.” find out what they want. He e1 ions But the evidence continues to manifest column not Kissinger sitting at a card table itself almost daily as more and more ” envoys hashing out agree- cases pout in. reproduced i Young organizations such as the hark In the final analysis f may be found UFO Report and Information Center


pears to be a kindly man with a purity ‘of purpose. He would have us believe his motives are no more than to make contact with the superior intelligences frequenting our earthly sir space.

He abhors the “lurid and vulgar” sensationalism the media has afforded . Yet he is lecturing frequen Florida universities and has partici-

in, according to his own ics, 144 radio shows, 33 tele- appearances and 0 newspaper views in addition to a well attended symposium he held recently in Florida, His new book on UFOs is near completion and is forthcoming. He employs an agent to book his lectures.

Carr's plan is to lure the UFOs to safe landing place in New Mexico close to Los Alamos. He plans to do this by using decoy flying saucers, signal images and other devices to coax the extraterrestrials to an earthly visit. He wants presidential initiative aimed at setting up official meetings


to have been too harsh on Carr. Perhaps he subscribes to “the end justifies the means” philosophy which unfortunately oft requires the building of a solid house on a foundation of silt and sand.

There is a heavy moral here. UFOs are unknown phenomena. They do exist. Files of investigati tions are bursting with evidence of UFOs. Reliable witnesses, photo- ‘graphs, physical evidence such as burn marks and landing impressions bear mute testimony to their existence.

Whether they be Klass-type plasmas or Menzelian temperature inversions, whether they are from an unknown dimension of hallucinations of Jungian minds conjuring rounded, flattened, illuminated objects projected by the ‘mind's eye into space, or whether they are real, tangible. solid objects con- trolled by intelligent minds who have


technologically adv: that the empryonic earthly mind of science cannot even begin to conceive their workings, the UFO phen

Without qualification, no real scien- tific study tas ever been mustered. APRO has existed for nearly a quarter of a century and for that same period, the founders have painstakingly de- voted their lives to resolve the enigma,


iza-_ strings attached.


Other organizations have devoieg endless hours of research. Stil ny answer.

Why no answer? No money! The civilian organizations have attempteg to function by means of membership dues and subscriptions. Their entire income is a mere pittance compared to recent funding by ment to study the antics of Frisbees or the research of butterflies.

In 1906. the U.S. Air Force funded the University of Colorado UFO Project with one-half million dollars to research the UFO subject.

LJ. Lorenzen, director of APRO, says “We would have accomplished considerably more with « budget like that, but frankly we don't want government money—there ate always strings attaché

Every government subsidized pro- gram for the research of UFOs has been one with a negative mind to stan. The researchers began the study already knowing the


(UFORIC) attempt new studies with new ideas. Good ideas. The result? ‘The necessary scientific minds and the funds with which to complete the work and the projects are not there. Government funding could possibly be the answer; Lorenzen states,


becomes available, the investigation and the investigative body must be free and unshackled from political pressures, whether Democrat, Repub- ican, Army, Navy or CIA.

Robert Spencer Carr's story, from the first press release to the mass communication interviews, smells of a hoax. Mr. Carr may be absolutely in his gospel of the 12 little Professor”


tion on himself and his space proving # very yal He


by UFO researchers largely continue to go unnoticed by both the


nl 2 sensational bat unfounded, ua- proven and undocamented, fabricated new version of an old falry tale hour demands attention.


63


Carr is ridiculed and put down by a junior with considerably less educa- tional and scientific qualifications and experience, and far less wisdom. In all fairness, Carr has not even been quoted accurately by the media reporters, and he has issued no technical statements himself.


214


EXHIBIT 2


THE FOIA LAWSUIT AGAINST NSA


Exhibit 15 of the previous chapter closed with a reference to the U.S. Supreme Court decision to uphold the National Security Agency's petition to exempt their UFO related documents from access under the Freedom of Information Act. According to chapter Twelve of CLEAR INTENT by Fawcett and Greenwood, Prentice-Hall, 1984, this all began on Feb- mary 20, 1976, with NSA answering an FOIA request by UFO researcher Robert ‘Todd, denying that they had "any interest in UFOs inany manner",

Then during litigation against the CIA for UFO data in 1978, it was discovered that a portion of the CIA's withheld data originated with the NSA, the cat was out of the bag! Peter Gersten then filed an FOIA request for the 18 documents identified. NSA advised Gersten that NSA documents were exempt from release under the FOIA petition. Gersten filed suit against NSA in District Court in Washington, D.C. on behalf of Citizens Against UFO Secrecy (CAUS) seeking to force release of 135 now identified documents. A public affidavit filed with the court was upheld, based on a 21 page TOP-SECRET "In Camera" affidavit filed by Bugene Yeates of NSA ("In Camera" means that only the judge and the NSA lawyers could see it). Qn November 18, 1980, the Court issued its decision granting summary judgement in favor of the NSA. Gersten then filed an appeal on 12 January 1981, but the Court reinforced its Per Quriam Judgement dated 3 November 1981. In early 1982, Attomey Peter Gersten filed a petition to have the U.S. Supreme Court hear the case of CAUS v. NSA. m March 8, 1982, the Supreme Court decided not to hear the case and headlines read “COURT REBUFFS UFO BUFFS" and "SUPREME, COURT DODGES UFO DOCUMENT Isst The next two paragraphs are so im- portant that we mist quote then verbatum from CLEAR INTENT, pages 188 and 189, as follows:

“The key to the original suit, the appeal, and the Supreme Gurt decision rested entirely on one document, the twenty-one page top se-— cret affidavit. It is amazing that while this document was prepared only for government lawyers and judges involved in the cases, the original documents were seen by no one but the defendents. Therefore, if merely the summary is classified "TOP-SECRET" and the judge can see this, what classification do the 135 other documents bear, that the judge can't see? It seemed ridiculous to try, but the authors decided to find out what would happen if a Freedom of Information request were filed for the twenty-one page affidavit. On April 27, 1982, a request was filed with NSA..."

“The request was received and processed under the FOIA and on May 18, the NSA's Director of Policy, Bagene Yeates, who authored the affi-


215


davit, responded that the "portion of the twenty-one page affidavit which is releasable is enclosed." And indeed it was! The full twenty- one pages was sent under cover of Yeates’ letter. There was a slight problem, however. Qut of the 582 lines in the report, 412 were either totally or partially blackened out and rendered senseless. What did the rest say?"

We have decided to reproduce that In Camera Affidavit as it was re- leased following its "sanitization" and declassification, after cen- soring, from TOP-SECRET UMBRA.


UNITED STATES prsTRICT couRT FOR THE DISTRICT OF COLUMBIA


CITIZENS AGAINST UNIDENTIFIED) FLYING OBJECTS SECRECY, ) ) Plaineiee, ) v ) Civil Action to.

) B0-1562 NATIONAL SECURITY AGENCY, ) ) Defendant. ) )

AEFIDAVET County o£ Anne Aruided )


) )


State of Maryland Eugene F. Yeates, being duly sworn, deposes and says:


1,. (U) Tam the Chief, Office of Policy, of the Mation


Secucity Agency (NSA). As Chiv£, Office of Policy, I am responsible for processing all initial requests made pursuant to the Freedom of Information Act (FOIA) for NSA records. The statements herein are based upon personal knowledge, upon ny personal review of information available to me in my official


capacity, and upon conclusions reached in accordance therewith.


2, “(W) This affidavit supplements my unclassified affidavit


cuted on Septenber 30, 1960 regarding all docunents which have been located by NSA pursuant to plainti€f'e FOTA request but which have been withheld wholly or in part by NSA, I submit thin effidavit in cameca for the pucpose of stating facts, which


cannot be publicly disclosed, that are the basis for exempting


the records from reli


e to the plainetft. 3. HEWN, at the beginning of each paragraph of this affidavit, the letter or letters within parentheses designate(s)


the degree of sensitivity of information the paragraph contains,


SJUMARA


CT


Sic


217


aasiyned to RSA of ‘his attendante at a UFO symposium and it cannot fairly he said to be « ceeord of the Kind sought hy the plointifE. Another document, discussed in paragraph 20d of ny


public affidavit, wax recently declassified and relrwsnd to


PlaimiCl. Two wdditional non-ContNT records have heen relvased to the pluintilé with the exempted material deleted.


The Helvtsous in Uhese ducuwents are vxplainved Nelo:


A, A document entitled UO jiyporheni


o


val Chestions yas released to the plaintiff with the deletion on


paye seven vf the name of the employee whe prepared the draft


33


and a deletion of a reference to his NSA component. As I


eh oe


explained in paroyraph 20, sub-paragraph a, of ny open


ae


AECidavit, information about SA's organization or employees is protected from disclosuce by Public Law 06-36 and, thoreforey exempt pursuant to 5 U.S.C. $952(b) (3).

b. The second non-CONINT document is a three page


vndated, unofficial draft of a monograph with a four page


sre


raed Ad on an who autho: e deal oe aoe appendix by the sane agency employee uthored the draft


referenced in sub-paragraph a, above, Thic document was


discussed in paragraph 20b of my public affidavit. Tt is


HE MELEVANT DOCUMENTS ror La ar ERA INR PCS FACTORY total of two hundeed and thirty-nine documents were located


in NSA files, Seventy-nine of these documents originated with


other government agencies and have been refertes hy -

those agencics for their direct response to the pln

One docunent, which f addessed in paragroph 20e of ny public Nef

affidavit, was erroneously treated a8 part of the subject matter nie ‘

of plainti€f's FOIA request. It in an account by # pecson oe F viet 2


in this document wece made as follows:


(2) All of the title after vr RIESE NSERE ea WRREEETTTS 20s 212 ot paragraph one, wnich


—ssessess BEE


Ne Mata Ra Sa HS =


218


190


A Pet a: 1 stated in my public affidavit (paragraph 20b), the type of condor that is reflveted in this record must be encouraged especially in an intelligence Agency vere the most mooning ful suggestions regarding ways to promote the efficiency of the critical agency mission will of necessity come from within. Public ais€iGeuée Of SuEH inkBFHdtiBA, bapecisiiy when it advances a ABVEL EheGE¥, EBHId have bik BEFEEE GE stifiing cweh


condor by the risk of diminution of professional standing the


employee runs if subsequently found wrong. Thus, this matter


ane fede vad, Suehunal! 2


(Sy Paragraph) orn qa qe rent


intelligence operation, to illustrote


the author's point. This Paragraph contains information about SIGINT activities that is currently ond properly classified and, thun, ds exempt from disclosure pursuant to 5 U-S.C. 5552(b)(1). The material in this paragraph also concerns the organization


and opecational activities ond functions ot eae


Thic material ic exempt from disclosure under


5 U.S.C. $852(b)(3) which exempts from release unter the TOrh natters specifically exempted from dicclosure by another statute, As noted in paragraph 20, sub-paragraph b of ny public affidavit, Public Law 86-36 provides that no law shall be consteurd to require disclosure of the organization oc any function of the NSA of any information with respect to activities thereof. (3) Paragraph four of the memorandum states the

conclusions and recommendations of the author. While it talks of the ability of the agency employees to deol with unusval


phenomena it 1s not responsive to the plaintiff's request


220


regarding UFO or UFO phenomenas In any vyent, az 1 stated in ny public affidavit (pacayeaph 20b), the subject matter of

that paragraph is exempt from diclosuce because it contains the employee's specific ceconmendations for addrescing the problem of responding to surprise material. fer the coauuns stated in sub-paragraph (1) stove, Lise recommendations wee exuinpt fren disclosure purrvant to $ U.S.C. £552(L)(5)- One riweific recon nendation suggests an operational approach to rolving the problem which ceveals MSA activities and is, therefore, exempt from


Aisclosure pursuant to S U.S.C. $552(b)(3) as uxplsined above.


(4) Te final dolotion io tn appondix A, parugeaph 10

of this report. This section talks about SOIC MMe reg and does siot

{netude any reference te UFO oF UO phenomena and iz, thueetorey


not responsive to plaintiff's cequest. Nonvtteless the subject


matter of sub-paragraph 10 is curently and properly elusuitiods


Thus, even if it wore dened to be within the scope of plaintitt* request, it is exempt from disclosure pursuant to 5 U.S.C. 5552 (b) (1).

nT nePonTs


4 The remaining one hundecd and Cifty-six records


being withhold are communications intelliyence (CCMINT) reports which were produced between 1958 and 1979. For purposes of my


ussion hore, these cocerds are organized into three groups


based upon the source of the report.


a, One hundeed and fifteen of thexe reports were


221


222


acing of technolony and Ci


in exchange for EN


¢. The remaining thirty-nine COMINT documents were


cernary format. A report in message format contains a single undeciying communication presented in a classic cable format, duesy the verbatim text of the pacticular teansmission, preceded and folloved by “oxtecnals" consisting of: data about the sender and the recipients the dates and times of transmission: and other technical information. A sunmacy, as the label suggests, provides in summary form the contents of a single message of


of a small number of related intercepted communications, often


sceonjantediGy adaé dndnhiast ante, Op. :


223


224 225


Eiiind reports relating to cearmy


activities at issue here are boced on intercepted conmunications


Of foreign governments of SIGINT operations and, thus, remain


Properly classified. In conducting this ceview T have weighed


the significant need for openness in government against the


Likelihood of damage to our national security at this tino and


have deterisined that each recvrd should continue


No meaningful portion can be neyreqated Crom the eocords without


revealing classified i


formation about the intercepted conmuni~


estions underlying the CoMitT reports, tecause each record and


each portion thereot is properly elassifivd under Exccutive


Order 12065, it is exempt from disclosure pursuant to 5 US.Ce


$552(b) (1).


functions and activities of NEA are particular types of matters


that may be withheld under 5 U.S.c. §552(b)(3), aince Section &


19


226.


to bo classified,


mee


ese ro


-36 peemits the Agency to cofuse to release them.


of public Law 8


or nts ease) the CONLIT reports feflecting those functions and activities myst be vithheld to avoid conpronising the efficacy oe tne eources of COMIN information involved.

16. +¢-M information about the interception, pro-


ing and exploitation of the foceign connunications under- cessing and ©


tying the cecords being withheld by NSA is classified Information


‘unauthocized idisclosuce of which is prohibited by 18 U.S.C. $798, pacagrapha (a)(3) and (a)(4). This information because

de is prohibited fcom disclosure by statute, is exempt from release under the FOIA pursuant to 5 U-S.cy §552(b)(3)-

17, (v) As stated in my public affidavit, the information that would be disclosed by these recorda Is information about Antelligence sources and methods protected from unauthorized @isclosure under 50 U.S.C. $403(4)(3). he reports are therefore exempt con release under Exemption 3 off the FOIA. 5 U.S.C. §552(b) (296 |

18, {¥), In view of the foregoing and in order to protect existing sensitive and inportant foreign intelligence


sources and processing techniques vital fo the national


curity, I certify that disclosure of phst ond present foreign records the plaintif? secks would endanchr ighty valuable Sources of foreign intelligence. 19. (U) Finally, I respectfully cequest that the Pourt treat this ateiaavit An the some secure manner as it Nas been handled in submission to the Court, and to return 4 to appropelate peesonnel of the Department of Justice 48 noon oc possible after review by the ¢ourt. The Department


20


TOP BE


POM ation, d


227


of Justice will retain custody of this document under th ler the


Court's seal, subject to any further orders of this Court


or any other court of competent jurisdiction.


Chist, office of Policy J and avorn to before me this


oF oevenee 1080, Leader,


NOTARY Puatie


ston expizes on Cetin J, /fi'2 Og


a


228


EXHIBIT 3


HABEAS CORPUS EXTRATERRESTRIAL


gone 1983 Larry W. Bryant, Director, Washington, D.C. Office,

cn 24 painst UFO Secrecy (CAUS), Alexandria, Virginia, filed a citizens case Nb. 83-1932 (Judge Oliver Gasch) petitioning for of Habeas Corpus Extraterrestrial, in the United States District

rt. for the District of Columbia, seeking to obtain the release from et tody of “one or more occupants of crash-landed UFOs of apparent Cveraterrestrial origin." :

He contends that U.S. Government action in maintaining secret. custo- ay, detention, and prosecution of such extraterrestrials is unlawful and a violation of their basic rights, and he seeks redress, access to said detained extraterrestrials, and restoration of their civil rights.

Bryant contends that documents already obtained show that:

(a) Certain U.S. Military and/or law-enforcement authorities have on at least one occasion participated in the apprehension and detention of one or more occupants of crash-landed Unidentified Flying Objects; (b) Said occupants, because of their physical description as detailed in the documents, originated from an extraterrestrial civilization;

(c) Said occupants, whether dead or alive, have been held in the secret custody of U.S. authorities without a full accounting to the public; (a) This capture and interment of any of the UFO crewmen constitutes an vmwarranted deprivation of their freedom of travel and as such denies them the legal remedy of due-process-of-law.

He further contended that any post-mortem on the corpses of any UFO crewmen that might have been conducted primarily to detennine their biological origin violated their right to privacy and their right to be claimed intact by their relatives.

Gontending that all of these actions constitute gross violations of human rights, he asks the court to issue the sought-for Writ of Habeas Corpus Extraterrestrial.

A copy of this Application For Habeas Corpus is attached.


west


229


(APPLICATION FOR HABEAS CORPUS UNDER 28 U.S.C.)


Case No. Civil Action 83-1932 (Judge Oliver Gasch)


Part


= Petition for Writ o'fabeas Corpus Extraterrestrial in the United States District Court for the District of Columbia,


pursuant to Citizens Against UFO Secrecy (CATS), Petitioner Terres Yerns Orr, Secretary, U. S. Department of the Air Force, Respondent and


The Attorney General of the United States of America, Additional Respontent


The petition of Citizens Against UFO Secrecy (CAUS) respectfully shows:


nd ee


1, Petitioner is a public-interest group chartered to expose, protes: any instance of umarranted official secrecy/press censorship on the part ot roverment agency a3 Fegards reported encounters with Unidentified Plying Onsects (0P0).


2. The U. S. Government's action in maintaining secret custody over one or mre occt- Pants of crash-landed UFO's of apparent extraterrestrial origin is tantamount to their detention and prosecution by U. S. officials == said action never having been fully and adequately explained to the public.


3. As evidenced by the Government's own UFO-related dommontation thusfar released to public, the U. S. Goverment has pursued, and continues to pursue, a policy of UFO eracy whenever that policy 4s deomed convenient. In particular, that policy works Preserve the Ultiaate Secret when used (a) to deny public ac to the dotained/prost

cuted extraterrestrials, and (b) to deny them reciprocai access and civil liberty.


4. Because of that veil of so~ tia Dy. viwece nam Ansurticaent knowledge to zpeci~ fy the nature of the detention/pro: scuti00/pior, azponl (u.g., nase and locetion of court which entered the judgment, date of judgaont of conviction, length of sentence, nature of offense involved),


5. Pr


This petition constitutes petitioner's initial action, in any court, to secure the jential "writ of habeas corpus extraterrestrial.*


CAUS seeks to establish the rights of any and all detained extrater- xestrial beings in the custody of the United States Government.


230


FSTITION, Cont. Page 2.


6. Petitioner's grounds for instituting this habeas corpus proceeding include the Mowing:


(a) Conviction obtained ty use of evidence obtained pursuant to an unconstitutional arch and seirure. Supporting facts: to be determined via petitioner's motion for discovery of pectininE coraroe ey aati formation surrounding the detention/prosecution/ conviction.


(bv) Conviction obtained by use of evidence obtained pursuant to an unlawful arrest. Supporting facts: same statenent applies as in (a) above.


(c) Denial of effective assistance cf counsel. Supporting facts: same statement applies as in (a) above.


(4) Denial of right of appeal. Supporting facts: same statonent appli (a) above.


Therefore, petitioner prays that the detained extraterrestrials, whether now alive or deceased, be brought befare the United States District Court for the District of Colum dis, and that a Writ of Habeas Corpus my be awarded and a copy thereof delivered to the clerk of this court, and that by virtue thereof the marshal of this district or one of his deputies may take the body{ies) of the extraterrestrial(s) into his custody to be dealt with in this case according to law and according to the order of the district court.


Exsouted in Alexandria and Arlington, Virginia, on June 24, 1983, by =~


sin


Signature of Potition


fry, \W Brga 7


LARRY W. BRYANT

Director, Washington, D.C. Office, Citirens Against UFO Secrecy (CAUS) 3518 Martha Custis Drive Alexandria, VA 22302


Werth. Custis Urive, Alexandr. s, vs scsiey appeared before ma, a Jotary Pub do the county/eity-of 6 » Virginia, on this the Eka day of | Pky 19/3, and affixed and Tis signature on. pa: on as procuted, signatases and /


é My comaission expires on + ff


The petitioner lays out his grounds for this action as, Evidence Ob- tained by Unlawful Search and Seizure; Detention by use of Unlawful Evidence so Obtained; Denial of Counsel; and Denial of Right of Appeal.


231


PETITION, Cont. Page 3


Part IT: Memorandum of Intent and Evidential Exhibits


1, The petitioner, Citizens Against UFO Secrecy, operating on the sane legal principle involved in cases of citizen's arrest, do hereby petition the U. S. District Court for the District of Columbia for an Immediate Writ of Ri 1.


2, Wo base our petition on the evidence represented by the inclosed docusentation and on the following rationale:


(1) It ds our conclusion and conviction that the U. S. Governaent UFO-related docu- ments recently released via the U. S. Freedom of Information Act show that ~


(a) Certain D. S. military and/or law-enforcement authorities have on at least on participated in the apprehension and detainsent of one or more occupants of erash-landed Unidentified Flying Objects (a.k.a. *flying saucers");


(b) Said occupants, because of their physical description as detailed in the documents, originated from an extraterrestrial civilization;


jeret custody


{c) Said occupants, whether dead or alive, have been held in the of U. S. authorities without a full accounting to the public; (4) This capture and internment of any of the UFO crewion constitutes an un-


warranted deprivation of their freedom to travel and as such denies them the legal reuedy of due-process-of-lav,


(2) Any post-mortem on the corpses of any UFO crewmen that might have been con- ducted primarily to datermine their biological origin violated their right to privacy and their right to be clajued intact by their relatives,


(3) The U, S. Departrents of Defense, Air Force, Army, State, as well as the U. S. Federal Buroau of Investigation, the Defense Intelligance Agency, the U. S. Central Intelligence Agency, and the U, S. National Security Agency =~ all involved in past and current policy/practices of *0FO secrecy" — should be held accountable for thelr ae- tions as regards their roles in the detention and criminal prosecution of the UFO crew non/extraterrestrials in question; hance, this accountability should include any court~ approved discovery motions that the petitioner deems appropriate for determining all matters of fact in this issue.


3. Given the foregoing rationale, and in view of the U. S. Government's propensity for withholding vital UFO information/artifacts from public view, we respectfully ask this court to issue the sought-for Writ of Habeas Corpus Extraterrestrial,


4. Listing of inclosed evidential exhibits, drawn from official U. S. Government Documentation:


The petitioner contends that the beings unlawfully held in custody were the occupants of and were taken from crash-landed UFOs, that they are fram an extraterrestrial civilization, and that they are detained in secret custody without a full accounting to the U.S. Public. They fur- ther contend that their individual rights have been violated, and they list them.


232


PETITION, Cont,


EXHIBIT NUMBER AND SUBJECT


(4) ¥.8.1. Memorandum on "Flying Saucers,


(3)


(c)


Tnformtion Concerning®


U.S. Aray letter on the subject of the UFO-related "Interplanetary Phenomenon Unit" of the Aray's Assistant Chief of staff for Intelligence


Page 1 of NSA In Canora Affidavit in the U. $. Supreme Court-


appealed case of Citizens Against UFO Secrecy Versus National Se~ curity Agency (Civil Action 60- ‘Ts62)


BATE 22 Mar SO


25 Sep 60


4 Nov 80


SOURCE


U. S. Federal Burem of Investigation


Headquarters, Department of the Army


U. S. District Court for the District of Columbia


Exhibit 4


Jim Moseley'> Nexus Mav. 1955 -


SCULLY BREAKS A LON SILRICE ‘The Pioneer in Saucerian Research Strikes Back at Some Ltbels

by Frank Scully

[edit | edit source]

A. Hitler, quite a power in his day but now dead, be- Lfeved that a 116 repeated three times tecame the truth, and the bigger the lie, the bigger it could be passed off ar the truth,

I have seen repeated in several places that I had re- putiated "Behind The Flying Saucers” ani admitted it was a hoax. The latest to Tepeat this lie 4s Harold T, Wilkins in "Flying Saucers on the Attack", - On


whom? Scully?

For the banefit of those who never read beyond the first page of anything, I an stating categorically that I not only never a mitted that "Behind The Flying Saucers" vas a hoax, but moreover have never read anything by anybody that proved it was a hoax, "Calling" and "proving" are not the same thing, as even Sgt, Joc Friday on "Dragnet" would tell you,

Inever thought I had done more than get my foct in the door of a vast and mysterious subject and the fact that 4t wasn't cut off ina year fortified my belief that maybe I had something, I was a reporter and presented the facts as presented to me, It wus the first time the mystery of flying saucers had been presented to the public in book form and nothing pub- ished since has done anything but fortify our original position,


Like a pathologist, I dealt with gromded saucers ond


dead crews. Since then several personal histories, dealing with active sau- cers and live crews, have been published, and nobody either in or out of the soucorian inquiry has seen fit to hang on the historians the word "hoax". Cer- tainly nobody has g round saying these historians adnitted their story was a hoax, Just why was I singled out for this dubious hmor? Is it because"Be- hind The Flying Saucers"is the keystone of this arch and the enemies of honest uae rch believe if they can knock it down the rest will full like a house of cards’


Now for sone facts: ‘In the spring of 1954 the Pickwick Bookstore, Holly~ wood, drew m attention to a British book by H.T. Wilkins called "Flying Sau-


cers on the Moon", Tt was priced at $4.00

Some days later Trend a notice in the Los Angeles Times that a noted British astronomer named Wilkins (and an authority on th moon), was going to lecture at the University of Southern California, Gene Dorsey and I went to the lecture, thinking these were ane and the sane parson.

Tt turned out that the lecture dealt exclusively with the moon “and had nothing to say about flying saucers util near the end. At that point the lecturer said he was being confused with soze character ho had put a lot of old folklore together and called it a book with new revelations


on flying saucers.

In the question period I nrose «vd sefd T had made the seme mistake, I had confused the two Wilkins «5 t) 0 ™* ** Pande, the sane person, The students of astronomy % «os. tole Dr. Wilkins I was glad I remained because 1 le. 2 ayeee $ Poe Anew till then about the moon, Among his revelations was thos he, an amateur, had seen atmosphere on the moon ~ a discovery which had eluded all the profes- aionals up to that time,


By the fall of 1954 the book of the other Wilkins had appeared in America, The moon had been dropped out of its title. Indeed it was retitled "Flying Saucers On The Attack", The price had dropped, too, from to $3.50 - but the book otherwise was the same as the British edition.


It was subtitled "Startling NEW revelations of one of the most incredible stories of our age", Tt contained nothing startling and certainly nothing new, except a new accumulation of misinformation and a cur~ fous method of reprinting old stuff with blind credits like: "A friend of one of my American correspondents"; ‘sensational reports of eye witnesses"; "A friend in Australia, whose son {s an officer in the Australian Air Force"; "A nan in Oregon wrote a letter toa friend of mine in Oklahoma shout vhat his son, 2.0,S, Marine, heard"; "A gentleman, from Virginia, tells me these stor~ ies of encounters with saucers are running all through California like a prar~ te fire"; ete., etc.

Once he even went to these lengths to conceal his au~ thorities:"I om informed by a well-educated Anericen who lives in Los Mngeles, California, that in the sumer of 1952 :e knew an American scientist and phy- sicist who hed been given by a high authority in Washington, D.C., the Job of preparing a report to a high authority..."

As Sgt. Friday vould say, "Give us the facts, ma'am,


just the facts,” Wilkins has en appendix that runs 16 pages, a biblio- graphy that rune three peges, but novnere has he found space to name Scully, Heard, Keyhoe, Adanski, Van Tassel, Fry, and others to whom he 4s clearly in— debted, This is research? Tits 1s scholarship? Om Page 269 Wilkins quotes a garbled source as follows: "October 8, 1953; Yesterday, in New York City, a high, thin voice interrupted a radio show vhich was boosting a book on saucers, It said: 'You earthaen will soon be annihilated, end your planet, unless you stop talking about flying saucers, I ax speaking from a space ship over Los Angeles, California!, Later the sane voice cane on the air saying: 'I am over Salt Lake City, You cannot see me, but I could rench you easily, If you saw my hideous face, it would scare you to death’, The radio concern and author and publisher deny any imovledge of this affair, - N.B, It is an admirable coin- cidence that the unseen speaker should have spoken over the air by using a private telephone number of a National Broadcasting Company producer,which number 4 not listed in the New York telephone directory. Also, the publisher, sone years before, had issued a book by a well know Hollywood character, who subsequently admitted publishing a book obout little men frou Venus, which } was badgered by the U.S. magazine True into admitting was a hoax," Let's start with the last thing first. The only pub= Lisher who up to tits time had published two books by different authors on this saucerten subject vas Henry Holt % Co, The books Holt published were "Be~ hind The Flying teswerat tee Teen ently in 190, and "Flying Sweers From Outs her fn 4985, This unmasks the first part of Wilkins! attenps to cove. hints 2 retreat, dn case he's threatened vouh & Libel act- ton,


There are nany vell known characters in Hollywood but Tan the only one who 1s well known because he wrote a book about flying sa cers. Ian charged here by Wilkins or his authority with subsequently aduit— ting publishing @ book "about Little men from Venus which he was badgered by the U.S, magazine True into admitting vas a hoax."

‘As T have not adnitted anywhera to anybody, anytine, that {t was a hoax, it 4s up to characters such as Wilkins, Leslie, Moseley, etal to put up or shut up, They've hed a field day up to now because I lave been so busy writing other books I haven't had tine to bother with these schnooks, But Iam serving notice, as of this moment, that they retract their


Ubels or hire thenselves a good lawyer. The story of True and Cai is pediculous with libel.


Seylly did NOT admit to TRUE magazine ever, at any time, that his book BEHIND THE FLYING SAUCERS was a hoax.


From NEXUS, March, 1955. Scully denies ever having repudiated BEHIND THE FLYING SAUCERS, or admitting it was a hoax, and takes umbrage at any suggestions that he has ever done so.


24 235


1s,


Actually, it started out by Cahn caming to sea me when out of a job, quite sure ke could maze @ million dollars in exploiting the flying saucer zystery, Fe subsequently accepted whatever True vould give him to spit on those who had befriended him, Trus told the vorld it vas going to publish the real facts of the little men, Tt allowed Cahn to spend 25,000 words tirowing irrelevent md around - even to adnitting he was a self-confessed thief - and never did get to the little men. That's how mich you cen believe True,

Tn assailing the personal lives and cheracters of two witnesses involved inthe saucer story they never nicked anything off the Scully story itself, but so much of the mud got in the eves of people like Wilkins, Leslie, Moseley, et al, that tuey even thought they saw Scully quak~ ing while his brain was being washed, ‘They even imagined they read he hed ad- mitted he kad perpetrated "the biggest hoax since the Cardiff gient." He had not admitted anything of the sort.

Any scholar wto vould put "Behind The Flying Saucers" and the True story in fuxtaposition and check them page by page, vould have to cone out with the conclusion that nothing in the Scully story, as such, vas exposed as a hoax and even the attenpts to do it were done by garbling and misquoting the actual text so as to make it easier to knock down what wes nev er said in the first place,

As for Janes W, Moseley, who lists himself as a writ~ er, he did not make that claim when I first net him,

He care tome claining he was collecting data for a writer vho vould then write the book in Moseley's name, Ie shoved me @ letter from the writer as proof, This 1s no diegrace, But it does not nake Moseley a vriter, Betkerum's bock was ghosted for Him, tooct

Moseley says he considers hinself a "thorough investe igator" but who gave bin his credentials is not established, Ye starts out with "a predisposition to disbelieve stories of captured saucers and little men," He makes the flat statement that "Scully's book was 'thorougzly’ (he loves that word!) discredited in a long article in True magazine es elsewhere" (ses footnote), He dossn't apparently like my use of Gee but he covers his ovn tracks with a "Mr, X" and a "iss Y" and even a “Mr, 2", The True article did not disprove anything Scully wrote on little men or flying saucers, It merely tried to hang a dubious business transaction ina totally unrelated field on two of the hundreds of persons I had quoted in "Behind The Flying Saucers", In the main I gave credit wherever it wes possible to give it with- out kicking back on the scurce. This didn't work out as a conplete success, but nobody and I mean nobody has come up with proofs that the story as rela didn't kappen, Of the 20 questions I asked of the authorities (i.e., the U. Governrent), only one was answered, vhich looks as if I still have a passing grade of 95 per cent, This seens to "thoroughly" discredit Moseley as a tho- rougli *hvestigator,


This self-styled thorough investigator then goes on to Bays

"If Scully's book vas composed mainly of facts rather than fiction, he was dealt with in no dire cloak-and-degger renner but by the manner of ridicule, At first his book caused a sensation; Now practically no one believes him, for every possible effort has been nade to discredit him and make him look ridiculous, Scully haa only tvo principal cheracters in kis book which he mentions by nane: Silas Newton and Leo GePauer.”

Tf this "thorough investigator" can find anywhere that


ST FOOMOTF: Wr, Scully is referring to an article entitled ‘The rrignt Field Story", which I published in the September 1954 issue of NEXUS - EDITOR


Scully attacks James Moseley's claim that "Scully's book was 'thorough- ly discredited in a long article in TRUE magazine as elsewhere", as totally unfounded and unjustified. Questions Moseley's claims as an investigator.


236


16.


Tnane « Leo GeBauer in "Behind The Flying Saucers" he can have the rayalties to ny next five books, If he can prove moreover by going through my files that practically no one believes me now he can have the royalties on the last three which are still paying off,

Tn'fact he has rade only one almost true statement in the paragraph, That is: "that every posrible effort has been made to discred- it hin," and even that 4s an opinion of fact, Not "every possible" effort has been nade, The attack will goon for ycars and much of it will be as sloppy and inaccurate as this contribution of young Moseley's.

As everybody egrees (and if there is an exception I have not seen it to date) the Pestogonians have not given us the vhole truth bout the saucerien mystery, it must be consoling to then to get & nev crop each year to attempt to tear down the Scully bastion, and thus, continue to divice and rule,


Our group has done a vast amount of research since "Behind The Flying Saucers" vas published, Some of it had substance, Some of it petered out, Some of 1t was founded on hoaxes,

My publisiers for years have been pushing for another book on this subject, but I bave told them that until I get one as good as or better than "Behind The Flying Saucers" I am not rushing in to cash in on its popularity with enother killing, I have a five year writing plan and ny next connitnent is due in the fall, It has nothing to do with saucers.

Scarcely a week fasses but Iget letters from peo- ple who say thet they have reed all the books on flying saucers and that rine, the first, 4s still the only one tiat stands up and seens to make sense That it {s full of errors, I would be the first to point out, But these are correctable errors and many ere due to the fact that under pressure from my publishers I had to write the book in 72 days,

‘ny lawyer worth his salt can read "Behind The Flying


~ Saucers” and when he lays the book dow will tell you: "The strengest part of this story is that nobody can ever prove it didn't happen,"


But I am not satisfied with this, I want to prove, or Tent, some other serious scholars to prove, that 1t did happen.

‘nd in any event they are no longer free to quote the enemy's propaganda against me, because I repeat that I heve never repudiated the story and have not yet found any cause to do so,


EDITOR'S NOTE: I have never claimed that Scully admitted his book to be a hoax, Scully is correct in stating that Leo GeBeuer 4s not mentioned in the book, but this reduces from two to one the number of "principal characters" mention ed by name, other than Scully himself, The one man remaining is Silas Newton, who was indicted for ofl fraud in Denver, Colorado in 1958, Newton's shady ofl transactions do not necessarily disqualify him as a reliable witness in regard to flying saucers, but they do cast a reasonable doubt, to say the least, it is perkaps significent to note that Scully goes to no great longths to defend Newton in the above article, and himself refers to the oil incident as "a dub~ fous business transaction", ~ But in the final analysis, Scully is right in saying that no one can prove that the events recounted in "Behind The Flying Saucers” did not happen, I have never tried to prove that they did not; and in my article "The Wright Field Story", to which Scully is referring, my object vas to point out that Scully might be right after all, But my opinions have changed since I wrote "The Wright Field Story", and it is now my feeling that many of the basic facts in Scully's book are incorrect,


Scully backs his claims to authenticity with an offer, which nobody took him up on, and nobody ever proved him wrong. Denies naming Leo As GeBauer as the mysterious "Dr. Gee".


237


Exhibit 5.


DEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY OFFICE OF THE ASSISTANT CHIEF OF STAPF FOR INTELLIGENCE WASHINGTON, D.C. 0310


DAMI-CIS @5 Sep 1980


Mr. Richard Hall P.O. Box 4743 Arlington, VA 22204


Dear Mr. Hall:


This is in response to your letter of 6 September 1980 under the Freedom of Information Act, 5 USC 552, requesting infor- mation concerning Army intelligence records related to UFO- encounter reports.


To determine the existence of Army intelligence investigative records responsive to your request we have conducted an indepth check of files and indices maintained by this office.


oe We regret to inform you that no record system is maintained within the offices of the Assistant Chief of Staff for Intelli- gence, Department of the Army to catalog, process, index or otherwise evaluate UFO information. This agency has not been a recipient of subject message.


Please be advised that the Interplanatary Phenomenon Unit of the Scientific and Technical Branch, Counterintelligence Directorate, DA was disestablished during the late 1950's and never reactivated. All records pertaining to this unit were surrendered to the US Air Force Office of Special Investigations in conjunction with operation "BLUEBOOK".


We regret that we are unable to be of more assistance concerning this matter.


Sincerely,


Q [te


rf WILLIAM B. GUILD Colonel, GS Director of Counterintelligence


The edb UFO encounter documents in Army Intelligence records proved fruitless’ but a confirmation of the previous existence of the Inter- planetary Phenomenon Unit (IPU) of the Scientific and Technical Branch, Counterintelligence Directorate, Department of the Army, was confirmed, although it was reportedly disestablished in the late 1950s and its dac- uments and records were turned over to the Air Force OSI. The Army then continued such data collection under another agency, more secret.


4Te, 65


238


CHAPTER VI THE "NEW" INVESTIGATION BEGINS


In January of 1981, the author of this report was brousing through a used-book store in Downey, Califomia. While looking over same books in the occult section, he happened on to a misplaced volume entitled BEHIND THE FLYING SAUCERS by Frank Scully. His natural tendency was to push it aside and go on to the what he was looking for; but this time, on impulse, he opened the book and began reading the introduc- tion.

Was he really reading this correctly? Frank Scully claimed that the United States Military had actually recovered some flying saucers of unknown origin that had crash-landed in the southwesterm partof this country. And furthermore, he claimed that 34 midget-sized bodies of occupants taken from these flying saucers were taken into custody by the retrieval team. These claims seemed grossly fantastic, actually ridiculous, to the logical reasoning of this author. He continued to read the pages, scanning briefly through the different chapters of the book. Finally he decided to invest the $2.35 for this fascinating but unbelievable book.

Little did he know that this was the beginning of an adventure that would launch him into a five year intensive investigation of the sub- ject matter contained in that book. He became obsessed with the task of getting to the bottom of the story, one way or another.

The author went into this investigation as a sceptic; but came out a believer. There was just too mich evidence (though mostly circum- stantial in nature) pointing toward the reality of the story.

After reading BEHIND THE FLYING SAUCERS through, three separate times, this author decided that he must locate the following individ- uals, in order to verify or refute the claims in the book:

1. Frank Scully

2. Silas M. Newton

3. George T. Koehler

4. Peverly Marley

5. “Dr. Gee" (Identify and locate)

It did not take much investigating to find out that Frank Scully, Silas Newton, and Peverly Marley had passed away years ago. Scully's widow, Alice, was found living in Palm Springs, California; but she would not reveal the tre identity of "Dr. Geel’, The location of Mr. George T. Koehler is another story, which will be discussed later, in the next chapter. This very first phase of my investigation lasted until June of 1981.

The next phase of the investigation involved locating anyone else who might have written about, lectured on, or was in the process of


239


investigating into this or similar incidences. I found out that a person by the name of William L. Moore, co-author with charles Berlitz had written a book titled THE ROSWELL INCIDENT. This book was about another flying saucer recovery operation near Roswell and Magdalena, New Mexico in duly of 1947. I obtained and read this new book with much interest, because it referred to such other UFO investigators as Leonard H, Stringfield, Gray Barker, Williard McIntyre, Charles Wil- helm, and others. Moore had made a statement that, "The Scully story, using the Aztec location as a crash-recovery site, was a gross mis- interpretation of the Roswell recovery operation."

I contacted William L. Moore, who was then residing in Prescott, Arizona. He forwarded copies of the two already alleged "expose" ar- ticles published in TRUE Magazine, to me, which I studied with great interest. Those articles from TRUE which were intended to expose the "Scully Story" as a hoax, proved the exact reverse for me, in that they contained leads which, when followed, reinforced and substan-


tiated Scully's account. These leads will also be discussed in much -


greater detail in the next chapter. Right now, I must move along with my chronology as the investigation unfolded.

I contacted Charles Wilhelm, asking him what his thoughts were about the "Scully Story". He wrote back, very enthusiastically, relating everything that he knew conceming the story. From what he told me, I got the impression that he never really did any thorough investiga- tion into the "Scully Story" at all. All he had was same bits of in- formation from magazine articles and from BEHIND THE FLYING SAUCERS. I did ask him for a copy of his alleged "Alien Body Photo Report", that was referenced in Moore's book. This "Report" centered around two pho- tographs of the charred remains of an alleged "alien" body, taken from a flying disc that had crashed to the ground south of Laredo, Texas, in the state of Nueva Leon, Mexico, in July of 1948. The source of the photographs was supposedly an anonymous military photographer, who at first forwarded two 8"x10" prints followed by cropped negatives of the same pictures, to Wilhelm, in 1978. A report on this event is attached as Appendix 2 to this document. Obtaining a copy of this report was like trying to pull teeth from a chicken. Wilhelm referred me to Mr. Dennis Pilichis in Rome, Ghio, who, after receiving my $6.50 check and two follow-up letters, finally sent me a copy, after three solid months of waiting. That report was very interesting; but like BEHIND THE FLYING SAUCERS, the sources names remained anonymous. Neither Mr. Pilichis nor Charles Wilhelm would reveal the names of their sources, nor would they put me in touch with them.

I then got in touch with Gray Barker of Jane-lew, West Virginia. Gray became involved in the UFO phenomenon back in 1952, and has a vast store of information accumulated since then. He supplied me with


240


a copy of THE RIDDLE OF HANGAR 18, by Timothy G. Beckley, information on Baron Nicholas EB. Von Poppen, introduced me to James W. Moseley, and printed some of my letters to him in his Newsletter, titled The Gray Barker Newsletter.

After becoming acquainted with all of these so-called ufologists through correspondence and telephone calls, I came to the startling conclusion that none of them had investigated the Aztec case in any depth! None of them had any substantial leads to run down and verify. All they had was what was being bandied around from rumors and the Scully book. I decided that this particular case needed special treat- ment if anything substantial was to be learned. This investigation would have to begin from scratch, touching areas where no investigator had gone before (at least those investigators who had made public statements) .

I decided that the first thing to do was to obtain a survey map of the local Aztec, New Mexico area, in order to try to locate the up to now alleged crash-recovery site — if it existed. I wrote to the San Juan Oounty Asessor's Office, which by the way is situated in Aztec, asking for a survey map of the Aztec area. After three separate re- quests, I finally ended up with a full detailed map of San Juan Goun- ty. I took this map and drew an arc with a compass, from north to south, 12 miles east of Aztec (because Scully stated on page 20 and on page 128 of BEHIND THE FLYING SAUCERS that the saucer landed twelve miles east of Aztec). This arc would be a good starting point for lo- cating that alleged crash-recovery site.

T sent a Xerox copy of this map back to the San Juan County Asses- sor's Office, requesting the names and present addresses, if living, of all of the 1948 property owners on that arc. They sent me a 1948 survey map, in detail, of the area on the map which straddled the arc. This survey map had the properties that were privately owned, all plotted out, with the 1948 owners names written in each parcel. As some of those 1948 owners have since passed away, I was given the names and addresses of the present owners. I would have to contact them. In the meantime, I ordered an Aztec, New Mexico, area telephone dir- ectory, which arrived about the same time as the survey map. This directory proved very helpful in that it supplied me with the names and addresses of relatives and descendents of the 1948 property owners together with the telephone numbers of the living property omers, and would be a storehouse of other potential leads.

Mm 5 July 1982, I set out for an investigative tour of the Aztec area itself, to see with my own eyes what could be found. On the morn- ing of 6 July, I entered the Durango Airfield, where Scully claimed that the various members of the Scientific Team rendezvoused from various points around the United States, prior to heading south for


241


Aztec, to meet up with the I.P.U. Team from Amy Counterintelligence. I asked questions pertaining to a meeting in the Spring of 1948, of scientists and military personnel. Nobody at that airport was there in 1948. I took a few photographs of the airfield; and then headed south towards Aztec on Highway 172, which would take me in the back way.

All the while I was driving those 40 miles down to Aztec, I chumed the thought over and over in my mind, “who am I going to talk to first?" I stopped to take photographs when I reached a sign pointing east, saying "Aztec 18 miles" (not realizing at the time, that this was the very route that the recovery team took from Durango to the crash site). I made the turn instead and went on into town.

I drove into the town of Aztec at about noon. The first place of inguiry, I decided, was the town's local newspaper office, "The Aztec Independent Review". At the Review office, I did two things:

1. I went through all of the Febmaary through June, 1948, issues of the paper, checking for any indication of an unusual event, ac- companied by military activity, happening east of town.


2. I placed an advertisement on the front page, bordered in red,


asking for anybody who might have been a witness to the nmored crash-recovery event to contact me at my home address.

The search through the old morque issues was fruitless. The add yielded no response. So far I was getting no farther than any of the other "investigators" who claimed they had found nothing to substan- tiate this story, or to refute it.

Then something strangely coincidental happened, or was it the mys- terious working of fate. I noticed a sign advertising a garage sale, posted in front of a house. Being the garage sale fanatic I am, I pulled over and parked in front of that house and started browsing around and looking at the goods offered. After about 15 minutes of malling the thought over in my mind, I approached Mrs. Vivian Melton, the owner of the house and the sponsor of the sale. I asked her, "What do you know concerning the alleged crash and subsequent recovery of an unidentified flying object same 12 miles east of here in 1948?" Non- chalantly and very seriously she stated, "We know about that; in fact we know exactly where it happened! !"

T was so surprised, and taken off guard by her answer, that I didn't know what to say next, Finally, after regaining my camposure, I said, "Can you tell me how to find that spot?" She, once again very serious, stated, "Sure, Harvey will take you out there first thing in the mom- ing."

Harvey and Vivian Melton moved into the Aztec area around 1970, ona small farm just north of town, on Highway 550. They first heard of the Aztec crash fron Mrs. Alda Wild, who owned the old Sage & Sands store in Cedar Hill, about 10 to 12 miles north of Aztec on the same road.


242


As stated in the last chapter, Harvey and Vivian were the persons who drove Raymond Meier out to the crash-recovery site in 1975. It was from Meier that they kmew of the exact crash site. However, Harvey still had to ask Mr. B.L., their next door neighbor of 1975, how to find the entrance to Hart Canyon. Harvey and I spent about one hour with B.L. as we talked over the rumors of the Aztec saucer, and Ray- mond Meier's mysterious trip out to the crash site in 1975. Finally, B.L. gave Harvey directions to the Hart Canyon entrance, which, by the way, is very tricky to find if you are not familiar with the area; coupled with the fact that there is no official marker stating "Hart Canyon".

We drove down Highway 550, from B.L.'s place, to the Hart Canyon entrance. Hart Canyon is situated in a very rough and mugged part of the 4-corners area, consisting of rocky plateaus on either side. Hart Canyon Road is now a wide, well kept-up, dirt and gravel road, primar- ily used by ranchers and maintenance personnel for the El Paso Natural Gas Company.

We drove approximately 6 miles into the canyon, when Harvey suddenly exclaimed, "Stop, there it is!", as he pointed towards a very rocky and high plateau straight ahead of us. I got out of the car and snap- ped a few photographs of what we were looking at. The significent landmark for locating this alleged UFO crash-recovery site is the El Paso Natural Gas pumping station situated at the southern foot of the cliff of that plateau. I asked Harvey how to drive to the top of the plateau, if possible. He guided me forward about a half mile further on, to where Hart Canyon Road made a hairpin curve and headed up the hill. I took Harvey back home, thanked him for his assistance, and headed immediately back for Hart Canyon.


THE CRASH-RECOVERY SITE


I parked my car on top of the plateau, next to a huge concrete block approximately 4 feet high by 6 feet long and 5 feet wide. This appear ed to be a marker of same sort; but for what? I walked westward toward the area which Harvey had pointed out to me. I came to an old, musty, barbed wire fence which, when followed, completely surrounded the very top of this plateau. A number of questions crossed my mind concerning this barbed wire fence:

1. Why would anybody deliberately fence-off the very top of a seem- ingly useless plateau?

2. Could it be to keep out predators? Fron what? What predators?

3. Why keep out predators? There was nothing there. Gould it be the nosey 2-legged kind, such as myself?

I stepped over the barbed wire fence, walking carefully through the cedar pine trees, looking for both indications of a saucer-recovery


243


A ~yupy hu woy—spyps pur Peery 3 H. pur: S 24


© 2 s ® 2 3 2 @ a $ 2. ao & ===. SAU OH HE abate B38 35 38 $4 5 25 WL sS FA / 36 doy 2% 2 oe gs of § wo 33 8 a Es z 55 Bo ee paljeuy proqoy pur moy is 3 S Mop) mouy 4 72 i Po & 2a 5 Br & 8 3 mn 9s6L 2 tn ce WON boxy 8 — asi Saale pCR er vem TS POPABYL yo TSLG-Ysesy BB Ppprpa uur ays N “Surpariorans- = paiy 9pnsojo5 ; oxy eGenrng OL SSTPAS ape 17 yk t jo {1 75. n 1 \ TY n e | | i id ? ‘ S = = 2s xe ae B20¥) a wu SL) rok DB a = sated zi 2s loon S = Rea Fan om 5% a ares) \ eo on 4 M : - +9) |gor BOW ) 1960] ay 5 EOE eA 2 josov, ‘ed seovy Zs Fe e Pr 6 dow) i sor] Care| oute bs 58 260¥] lk BI08 o2 9) Oy [ ce as Tew ese i e a + cle ss | s re BU Te. | ok] ve 4 ge —| oA K ao E refi | ve “ ae 28 ‘ Tit 3eovI 24 dara an = ir ood ee . Jeprerten, Zo 1a “4 er] om] ce] oe fer ‘gan : i aN Y = Ef PaLZV cov ei Tm ea zs : 4 Sa er} - 2 nde ‘aXe SS rztvl\oon ry} Ba ro hes er “ahs oa ai [eei¥ | Send Se = tet q ae Gad 62iv) c ? =H. XX | g a zEiy 52 a \" _ SF Ste == cep eeguP> Rare Sf. Be f' 23 2 861 |fo & , pes eS | Fw [ Sones g ay Boris en Seem if 28 }— —_—= | ao ape ie 5 5 Su A H > W 4 lezo1 zo oo THOS BE HE fone eee J — Tg wpatpxay | tT


  • zaquao ojoud ‘aiay peoy uokueJ 3IeyH UT pusq 94} WOT aTTW Z/T ST 9zTS TeNzoe ay,

“Wen £983zy Jo yseayqzou sattw ZT NeeqeTd Ayxoor YBTY sTYyy UO papueT YseIO O4N aul


"Z86T ATNC UT 030Yd sTYyz 7oOYS UeWUTEIS -UoAUeD ayy yo pus YOeoIdde ayy Woy pamatn se ‘4[@S37 uokue] 33ey BuTzeqUe asojaq ysnf peoy uokueg yey dn BuTATIP auaas ay)


a we


246


+sem 41 se qyaT pue uoTzeredo Azenovar ayj J9qye quawusencb ayy Aq JJo paouas sem 3]

  • @*H wory yuawurenc| *s*7 243 Aq Jano Uaxe} NeazeTYy Axooy 243 yO doz ayz JO MATA STUL


g &


“ee7e punose [TE qn49s pue S013 31asSep 243 03 enp peor ay wry 4YSTS yo yno aq ATTSeS Aew 31 230N “PapueT Yser9 G4N 243 YOTYM Uodn neazeTd A900 By} JO MATA JaSOTO B ST STU


ys:


248


sysezo 943 Aq umop uayorq asoyz Jo pue ‘s9ex3 843 30 eZTS 4INpe ayy ST yeYyL “AQTUTOTA Sty} punoge pue ut saazz autd Jepeo ayz yo azTs 243 a30N “puno’b ay3 yo doz uo soeqd UT TTT3S sy907 pagzeyo 243 Jo aWos smoys 93TS YseIO TeNzOe ay] JO apts @UD JO META STUL


“mou urebe dn 49eq umosB aney ay) -ea1e aoejans TesoUsb awes yeu UTYITM Uexo1q arom Aep 3843 Uo poozs 3243 Seat} auTY Jepag pTo ay) -doz uo Jj0 paneys pue perzeyo are Buoy 3925 OST Aq @prM qaay Q9 Bare Ue UT SyO0I TTY *9}TS YseID Q4N e4z JO JeqUeD 343 ST STUL


in A


250


Operation, and rattlesnakes, at the same time. After walking slowly westward approximately 100 yards from the concrete block, I began to see some very interesting indications of some kind of activity on top of that plateau. First, there was a patter of charred and scraped-off yocks of various sizes. This pattem was, by my estimate, 50 feet wide and 150 feet long. I collected a few rock samples and gazed around for anything else of interest.

Next, after digging about 6 inches down in a few spots, I tumed up an old metal cutting-torch gauge from the 1940s time period. Close by the gauge, I found some pieces of scrap metal that had been cut with a torch. I placed the gauge and the metal in a brown paper bag, along with some rock samples.

Then, as I started poking through the cedar pines, I found some sort of metal bracing in various lengths ranging from 3 feet to about 8 to 10 feet. This bracing was made up of 3/4" concrete reinforcing rod with a 1/2" thick by 6" diameter round metal "foot" welded to one end and a curved piece of 1/2" metal plate welded to the opposite end (see- photographs). Now I began to see the purpose of the metal cutting and welding outfit (which the gauge represented). But, for what purpose was this old rusty bracing material?

Gould this bracing have been used to support a flying disc of about 100 feet diameter as it was being disassembled? It certainly looked like it could, if it wasn't too heavy. Questions such as this began to flood my mind, even though I was trying to maintain a non-biased opinion on the entire matter. Things were starting to fit together. If there was nothing to the story, a lot of coincidental things were now beginning to coincide.

Then I noticed one more thing. Beneath the green cedar pines, there were some old dead and crushed cedar pines of the same species. These old trees appeared as though some tremendous weight had pressed down on them, crushing and dragging them along. One must keep in mind that all of these pieces of unusual evidence were concentrated in only one small area on top of that high and rocky plateau.


[A note of importance here: The author of this report, during the time of his investigation of the Aztec area, did not then know that Robert Spencer Carr, Richard Miller, and Raymond Meier, had named Hart Canyon as the site, let alone this particular rocky plateau, as the alleged crash site of the Scully saucer. These names and their claims were encountered further-on in his investigation, and when discovered were of considerable surprise to him.]


After two hours on top of that plateau, I walked back to my car and drove back to the Melton's house.


252


  • neazeTd yey} Uo UOTJeD0T JeTNOTZIed 7eyz Ye ATUO puNoy syx90I pasos pue parzeyo 943 Jo

awos pue abneb s,iapram ay} JO YSTSUOD ZgET UT 93TS YyseIO 943 ye dn paxyoTd saToTzIe asayy


-..0QG—


  • pepuszxe usaq you pey Jea6 podrz3 ay3 se eanjons3s wWoz30q penand sqt UO buTySea

3J@I9 JazawWeTP 300J QOT e6seT yy -ATquassestp ATTeuTs pue UOTJeUTWeXe 105 UOT}TSOd oquT drys papunox6 343 29e1q 03 3ods ay} UO patquesse ATT}SeYy BuTOeIg a43 Jo wos ST STUY)


sem


254


uokueg yey Se ATTBD0T uMOU ST 7eYM UT pazes0T ST azTs YseIo Tenqoe ay)


9832y papTone 7243 231s ayy 07 obeusng wory speor punoy uewuta3s *9


Bare payiasap 343 Jo AqtaTq0e ‘ateos abaey ‘Tensnun yo aouaptaa punoy uewutays “6


(yBnoy3 y3t0uU ueYy, 4Se8 azo) daqzy JO qsea-yzsou ATTen}oe Sem aqTs s,ueWUTAyS *y


Aaqunoa uofues qnaos ut neayetd yBty ‘fap ‘Ay001 Kaan e@ yo doz Uo sem 931s STU, “¢


daqzy wosy SeTTW ZT *Z youer Aueduiog aTaqeg pue puel H pue J ayy UO ST UOTIEDOT STL *T


NWWNISLS A@ G3YSADISTG NOILVIOI 4LIS HSWYD


Paqtaosap adem aqTs yser9 ay) 03 PTeTsaty obueang wosy ‘9aqzy Butptone speor iano suoTjoaiTp aynoy *9


uayeqzapun sem uotzesado <sanovas TeTIUEWSGNs y “¢


SU3INWS ONIATS 3H GNIH38 “eZzT abed) aaqzy Jo 4829 *y


(SU3ONVS INTATS 3HL GNIH38 ‘B2T a6ed) neazeqd yoty ‘Aap ‘A390 Azan @ uo aoetd 4003 Atanovar ayy *¢


9aqZy WOT S8TTH ZT


(SU3ONVS ONIAT4 3HL GNIH3G ‘Oz aed) youea © UO punoy Sem asTp paysesra ay) *T


ATINIS AG G3GHOIZY NOTLVIOT FLTS HSVYD


QNNO4 NVWNIGLS LVHM GNV 4008 S:ATINIS NI NOTIVIO1 31IS HSVYD FHL N33ML9G SIZIIWYYd


255


THE TOWNSPEOPLE OF AZTEC


The Melton's told me of a Mr. W.M., who is retired and lives on a farm next to their old residence, north of Aztec, on Highway 550. They suggested that he may know something conceming the saucer recovery operation out in Hart Canyon, since he was a Deputy Sheriff in 1948 (now deceased) .

I went and confronted Mr. W.M. at his farm, on 8 July 1982. There, I introduced myself and immediately asked the question: "What can you tell me conceming the crash and recovery of a flying disc by the U.S. Military out in Hart Canyon in 1948?" W.M. got down off his tractor and straightening himself up, stated, very belligerantly, "Nothing happened out in Hart Canyon in 1948!! Why do you people from so far away keep asking about that flying saucer crash?”

I stated, "We just want to get to the bottom of the story, ome way or another. The public mist know the truth." He snapped back, "I


don't know anything about it!!" About that time his wife came over .


and made the statement, "W, remember, we were gone about that time, maybe that's why we don't know anything about it." I saw that W.M. was pretty upset, and thanked him for his trouble.


(Note: Two days later, while looking through backdate issues of the "Durango Herald", a Durango, Colorado, newspaper, which carried a sec- tion on Aztec Social Events, I found an article dated 4-28-1948, which read, "W.M. hit a horse on the Gallup Highway enroute to Califomia, demolishing the car and knocking all of M's upper teeth out. He bought another car in Gallup and finished the trip. He returned on Tuesday (4-27-1948), bringing his parents, Mr. and Mrs. J.W.M. with him."]


W.M. must have been in an awful hurry to get out of Aztec, even to the extent of buying another car along the road, and not even tending to his teeth!! Most individuals would have gone back home at that point instead of on to Califomia.

Further research showed that W.M. left the Aztec area altogether shortly after that, settling in Long Beach, California, in 1948. Fur- thermore, W.M. retired in 1968 and moved back to the Aztec area, set- tling on that fam.

The article didn't say whether W.M. left Aztec before or after the UFO crash. Did he see something that resulted in his having to leave at that time —- or did something happen nearby while he was gone that he may have come into knowledge of which had the same effect? Could it be that W.M. heard rumors of the incident and asked too many questions about it at the time. Was he told by sanebody in no uncertain tems to mind his own business? Could this be the reason for his making such a quick decision to leave altogether, for 20 years?! The crash had taken place on 25 March 1948, about a month before his return fram the


256


long vacation, therefore his departure must have been pretty close to the time of the UFO recovery operation, and maybe even because of it.

W.M. refused to discuss any part of this, nor would he give any good reason.

That same day I confronted Mr. W.M., I also contacted Mr. H.D., the 83 year-old 1948 owner of the ranch on which this UFO was allegedly recovered. I confronted H.D. with questions pertaining to the alleged incident. He snapped back in a very upset voice, "I don’t know any- thing about what you are talking about — now leave me alone!!" T Sensed a tenseness and a nervousness in his voice, almost as if he were at one time coerced and coached into answering in that way.


[Note: The author wrote several] letters to H.D. over a period of 18 months following this interview. He didn't answer any of them; but his daughter-in-law did finally come through with an answer. In a letter dated October 15th, 1982, Mrs. B.D. stated, "My father-in-law is tired of receiving letters from you. He was not told to shut up by the Anny (which I did not even ask him). He is old, almost blind, and doesn't want. to be bothered about that subject any more!!")


Also on July 8th, I interviewed F.G., on a tip from B.L. B.L., while being asked directions to Hart Canyon by Harvey Melton and myself the day before, stated that R.G. ran cattle up in Heart Canyon in 1948, B.L, went on to say that R.G.'s daughter, F.G., resided near the Heart Canyon entrance off Highway 550. F.G. admitted that she was a young girl at that time and did accompany her father into Heart Canyon on cecasions, to help round-up cattle. She did hear the rumors about the saucer crash-recovery, but did not witness the event. She said that maybe her father (R.G.) knew something more about the incident, and then proceeded to give directions to his place just across the New Mexico border, in Oolorado. F.G. admitted that there were a lot of rumors floating around the Aztec area concerning that flying saucer incident. She made the statement that, anything could happen up in Heart Canyon without anyone being aware of it, especially in 1948, do to its being hidden from the Highway by the rocky plateaus which form the canyon's walls. As I was thanking her and saying goodbye, her father (R.G.) drove in from Colorado.

We all went back into the house and sat around the kitchen table. F.G. introduced me to R.G. and told him, "Mr. Steinman is interested in the Flying Saucer Crash out in Heart Canyon in 1948." R.G. acted as if he didn't even hear her. He just grinned and started talking about the weather. F.G. repeated the statement one more time; but R.G. with a startled and worried lock at first, then back to a grin, once more ignored her. By that time both myself and F.G. got the hint. He simply did not want to talk about it.


257


The next day, I decided to poke around the Bloomfield and Blanco area south of Aztec, to quizz old timers on the alleged incident. I lucked out on my first try! (Sinchronicity?) I noticed an oldtimer out watering a front yard there. I went up to him, and after a few questions about the incident, he referred me to a Mr. V.A., who lived about a mile up the road. The oldtimer stated that V.A claimed to have seen a flying saucer in trouble, up very close, during the time period I was referring to (early 1948).


AN EYEWITNESS AT LAST!


I drove up to V.A.'s place, which is a neatly kept little farm on the Animas River, on the outskirts of Blanco. There V.A. told me that he had witnessed an incident involving a flying saucer, so close up that it left _a_vivid impression in his mind ever after. One moming, somewhere between 1948 and 1950, V.A. was out


performing his usual chores for the day. Suddenly he”


heard a loud explosion, like a jet breaking the sound barrier. He looked in the direction of the sound, and saw a huge disc-shaped flying object with a dome on the top. This object appeared to be larger than his house, and was within 200 yards of him. It appeared to be in trouble, skimming about 100 feet above the ground, and it wobbled as it flew.

V.A. Pointed to a cliff which jutted about 150 feet above the Animas River on the back side of the farm. "That thing, or flying saucer, tried hard to clear that cliff; but it hit the very corner up there, shooting sparks and rocks every which direction. Finally it made a right angle turn in mid-air and headed straight north. That's the last I saw of it." (Straight north was a bee- line for the Heart Canyon crash site.)

V.A. proceeded to say, "I ran into the house and I called the Military in Albuquerque. I never heard from them about it."


(Note: Rember that Albuquerque was the field level operation that con- trolled the Magdalena and Roswell crash sites, and the botched re- covery effort almost one year earlier, on 3 to 9 July 1947. They were not about to make the same mistakes again. By this time the Amed Services already had trained teams in place, and well planned oper- ating procedures established. There would have been no reply to any witness outside of the military command lines.]


Here we have testimony which could be one of the most vital pieces


a


to the puzzle, and to solution of the Aztec flying saucer recovery story. I have to admit that V.A.'s testimony started, at that point, to make me a believer!

I went back to V.A.'s house later that aftermoon. By that time his daughter was there. She was a student at the University of Wyoming, and was down for a few weeks to visit. Her father (V.A.) introduced me to her and explained why I was there. She immediately went into detail about all of the mmors pertaining to that story that were floating around the Aztec area while she was in Grade School and on to High School

She told of how the ranch was placed under quarantine until the water supply and livestock were proven "fit" for human consumption.

She told how the rumors about the body count varied from 4 to 12 and even to 16, She told how, when she was very young, the kids of the area used to play a game of trying to guess which plateau the saucer crashed on. She pointed north fram where we were standing in her father's front yard; where you could see the south side of the south walls of Heart Canyon. She was a very fascinating and intelli- gent girl to talk with. She went on to tell of all the recent cattle mutilations, abductions, and saucer sightings in the Aztec area. I could have easily become sidetracked by any one of her interesting stories; but I had to lay them aside and stick with my main issue — the Aztec flying saucer crash-recovery story.

The next day I had to leave the Aztec area behind and head for home. I stopped by Harvey and Vivian Melton's place; but they were already packed up to move out of Aztec to someplace in Arizona. Was it just coincidence that they happened to be moving out of the Aztec area xight after the beginning of my active investigation there, after living in that place for almost 10 years, and they packed up only 3 days after my arrival? And they just happened to be the ones who Ray Meier had contacted earlier, and may have been the only ones in the vicinity who now could actually pinpoint the location of the crash... Very mysterious! They didn't want to discuss it.

I made one more trip back to the crash-site in Heart Canyon before leaving the area myself. This time two huge unmarked helicopters fol- lowed me in and out of the canyon!! This didn't bother me so much at first; but, when I got back home, the same type of unmarked helicop- ters circled very low over my house on several different occasions over a period of several months.

(Note: It was only later on, that I learmed of mysterious unmarked helicopters monitoring serious ufological activity!)

On the way back to my home, I decided to take the Highway 172 route past La Boca. B.L. had mentioned a Dr. Roy Craig, who had investigated


259


several flying saucer incidents in the Aztec area. He had given m directions to Dr. Craig's ranch called La Boca, situated just inside the southem Colorado border.

Dr. Roy Craig is a very likeable, even tempered, sort of individual, who stands about 6 foot 6 tall, and is always smiling. I introduced myself to him, and immediately started to explain my interest in the Aztec saucer story. He made no comment on that, but went on to explain how he was one of the members of the "Condon Comittee", who's purpose was to close out project "Blue Book". We discussed the Condon project, which is generally considered by the UFO community to be a sham per- petrated to allay fears and satisfy the public, and to finally dis- credit and serve to debunk the entire flying saucer mystery, once and for all.


[Note: Students of the UFO phenomena and the Condon Committee Report will remember that Dr. Roy Draig was one of the principal officers,


and prime movers in the activities of that University of Colorado pro-


ject that became popularly known as "The Condon Committee", and was one of the arcjitects of the original report, later modified by Dr. Condon when he wrote his controversial summary.]


I changed the subject back to the flying saucer crash and recovery Operations by the U.S. Military in 1948. Dr. Craig expressed his con- cem about the stories; but doubted that they are true. Then he pro- ceeded to tell me about his own examination of same physical evidence, known throughout the ufological comunity as the "Ubatuba Samples".


(Note: See the Fontes' letter attached as Exhibit 1 to Chapter IV, where Dr. Fontes calls what Dr, Craig refers to as the "Ubatuba Sam- ples", the metal residue specimens from the "Campinas Incident", a flying disc observed to explode into many small fragments over a beach area near Campinas, Brazil. That section of beach was known locally as Ubatuba. ]


The samples Dr. Craig was referring to were obtained and forwarded by Dr. Olavo T. Fontes of Rio de Janeiro. Fontes got them from a col- league well known to him, who was on the scene in time to interview dozens of the eyewitnesses, and to physically collect several pounds of the residue. This crash occurred on about 12 September 1957. Three small specimens of this crash residue were forwarded to APRO (Aerial Phenomena Research Organization) based in Tucson, Arizona. While work- ing on the Condon project, Dr. Craig obtained one of the samples fron APRO for a chemical analysis. The sample proved to be compsed of a very pure grade of magnesium with some very small traces of strontium. This confirmed two previous analyses, one done in a government labor- atory in Brazil and another done by Dr. Walter W. Walker, a chemical


260


metallurgist on the faculty of the University of Arizona at the time.

Dr. Craig went one step further. He took me into his house and showed me his one remaining "Ubatuba fragment" of the piece he had obtained from APRO, which he had carefully preserved, sandwiched between two pieces of plastic, in a coin collector's sample frame. Dr. Craig hand- led this specimen as a unique prize, even though the "Condon Report" inferred that the whole thing was a hoax!! I have to admit, that hold- ing this specimen in my own hand, was the closest I have been to any physical evidence of the reality of flying saucers.

Dr. Craig went on to say that the real purpose of the "Condon Study" was to get the Air Force "off the hook", so to speak. I went away from there with a deep-down gut-feeling that Dr. Craig was also keeping something from me, concerning the flying saucer recoveries and the scientific examination of them.

Questions going through my mind were:

1, Why did Dr. Craig quickly change the subject each time I brought up the flying saucer crash-recovery subject?

2. Why did B,L. tell me that Dr. Craig poked around Aztec also, ask~ ing questions about that crash-recovery, when, to me, Dr. Craig sound- ed like he was disinterested in it???

3, Why was Dr. Craig living at the site of the old La Boca railroad stop, which just happens to be situated on the direct route over which the recovery operation received their supplies?


4, Why would Dr. Craig hold out the "Ubatuba samples" and hold them so dear to his heart, when the "Condon Report" implied that they were a hoax??


Overall, the investigative trip to the Aztec, New Mexico, area had proved most fruitful, in that several persons there knew of the inci- dent; at least four persons knew the exact location of the Hart Canyon crash-recovery site. H.D., the 1948 ower of the crash-recovery site property, proved by his very actions and responses, that he had had a very frightening experience with the military over the incident, and he wanted no more of it. Then there was V.A.'s eyewitness testimony concerming the out-of-control flying saucer at about the same time. It appears that V.A. is the real "sleeper" in this cover-up, because he never came to the attention of anybody after his report to Albuquerque and, hearing no more about it, didn't bother to tell anybody else but his daughter, who has known this all along. He was never approached by anybody about keeping silent, and was amazed at all the rest of the story.

Tt seems that previous investigators pursuing this story in this


261


NOTE: There have been other less fortunate crashes. From Taubate, in the State of Sao Paulo, Brazil, came the following report: "On the 17th of September, 1957, a tremendous explosion in the sky of the township of Ubatuba, which is in the northern littoral of Sao Paulo, shook up the inhabitants of this peaceful little town. The accident occurred at Cruzeiro beach. Many of the people on the beach thought it was an airplane that exploded in the air. The fragments of the craft fell on the beach and some were sent to the United States. It was thought that they were dealing with a UFO case, as the material encountered was analyzed and found to be unknown. Today, almost 30 years afterwards, the object is causing a great deal of discussion in Ubatuba. Some think it could have been only a meteorite, and others say it could only be a UFO. The Attorney, Lincoln Hottum, a resident of the town for many years, is sure it was indeed a UFO."

A newsclip from O'GLOBO (Rio de Janeiro, Brazil) dated August 25th, 1985 reports: "The person who discovered the fragments sent the ma-


terial in September 1957, inside two letters sent to the house and


office of Ibrahim Sued. The columnist published the letters in O'GLOBO September 14th of that year and kept the pieces of metal, but threw away the envelopes as the signature on the envelopes was illegible. In the letters the sender said that he was fishing neat Ubatuba when he saw an object "at tremendous speed," looking as if crashing into the sea was imminent. The UFO made a tight turn, rapidly, and he witnessed the disintegration....like magic. Dr. Olavo T. Fontes of Rio de Jan- eiro visited Sued where he obtained a piece of the metal, and went to Ubatuba to investigate the incident. His investigation was later re- ported by APRO in Tucson.

Fontes took a specimen of the metal in 1957, to the laboratory of the National Department of Mineral Production in Brazil where they did a spectrographic analysis of two fragments of the metal, and Chemical Analist, Luisa Maria A. Barbosa, said the results showed a high degree of purity. Another Brazilian scientist, Elson Teixeira of The Insti- tute of Mines in Rio stated that the fragments were a rare type of Magnesium.

Peter Sturrock, Vice-Director of the Center of Space Science and Astrophysics at Stanford University in California, which still is not able to establish the origin or composition of the material, said: "It is a mystery," adding that after four years of testing, they are still ignorant of the exact composition of the material. Describing the charred and oxidized fragments, he admitted that tests already made were not able to detect any metal other than magnesium of high purity. He says, "I doubt that it could have been produced in Brazil with that


degree of purity.”


6?


area, either contacted the wrong persons or visited the wrong places, except for Ray Meier and Richard Miller, who did not publish anything on their findings. Others performed their investigations by telephone, contacting the persons in positions least likely to know, if a secret was to be kept. It is evident that a concerted effort was made by somebody to contain the knowledge within a very small group that has been carefully monitored ever since. The sudden and unexplained de- parture of Harvey and Vivian Melton might be significent in this re- spect. Certain indications pointed to the fact that most persons who witnessed any part of this incident (which were very few) were told in such an emphatic manner to "forget what they had seen and to keep their mouths shut" that it worked. The town was, and still is, under very tight Intelligence Department surveillance, as indicated by the helicopter's monitoring my activities around the crash-recovery area. This recovery was carried out under almost airtight conditions, unlike the Roswell Incident which had a serious press release leak, etc. This explains why it is so hard to find any witnesses to this incident.

After getting back home, I decided to write to the San Juan County Assessor's office to inquire further into the present ownership of the top of the Hart Canyon plateau to compare it with the 1948 ownership, ‘They answered stating that, that property belonged to H.D. in 1948; but that it now belongs to the Federal Government. I then asked which branch of the Federal Government owns that particular piece of prop- erty. They supposed that it was under the jurisdiction of the Bureau of Land Management. I asked if there was a document on file showing the actual transfer of that particular piece of property fram H.D. to the Federal Government. They said that I would have to contact the Bureau of Land Management for that information, if it exists. Now the “run around" begins all over again, and nobody knows anything...

The legal description of that crash-recovery site is as follows:


Quad 4 of Section 23 of Township 31N pf Range 10W of the San Juan County of New Mexico, and Quad 3 of Section 24 of Town—


ship 31N of Range 10W of the same county.


The Bureau of Land Management has not answered my correspondence. Several letters and telephone calls were generated to the various individuals who talked to me freely about the saucer crash while I was in Aztec; but none of then answered, except one letter from F.G. and one fron H.D."s daughter-in-law, B.D. I called a number of these in- dividuals on the telephone; but their answers were given in such a way that it was obvious that they had been approached and warmed to keep quiet about this matter.

Those unmarked helicopters, or some exactly like the ones I had seen at the plateau, that monitored my activity on my second trip to the


263


crash-recovery site, started making regular flybys and circling very low over my house in California. This lasted for a few months, and then abruptly came to a halt, the same way it started. At first, 1 didn't think anything of them; but Gray Barker told me of other UFD researchers who had encountered the same problem. He said that this usually pertained to investigators who were getting too close to the truth. Barker seemed to take that kind of thing serious, but I chalked it off to same kind of routine that the intelligence agencies used to check up on their flying saucer program. Maybe I was, and still am, being quite nieve on that sort of thing. Nevertheless, I took same special pecautionary measures to safeguard my notes, tapes, and the documents pertaining to this investigation.

‘This ended Phase I of my Aztec flying saucer crash-recovery investi- gation.

Phase II involved collecting and getting together same documentation and finding more eyewitnesses; and suddenly realizing same of the dangers of this investigation.


264


CHAPTER VII THE INVESTIGATION CONTINUES


Sometimes, during an investigation of this particular nature, one will experience long dry spells, when you feel that you are up against a stonewall and are getting nowhere. At other times you will begin to see light at the end of the tunnel in the form of a seemingly insig- nificent lead originating from a most unsuspected source.

One such lead came from James W. Moseley, who jokingly calls himself “The Supreme Commander". Moseley publishes a "non-scheduled", "non- subscription" newsletter called SAUCER SMEAR which he sends out: to whan he pleases, when he pleases. In 1953, when Moseley first began investigations into the flying saucer phenamenon, he made a tour of the United States, concentrating his activities in the mid-west and the west. During this tour he interviewed Frank Scully and Silas M. Newton in order to "get to the bottan of the Scully Story". Moseley always kept detailed notes and transcripts of his interviews.

I, William Steinman, met Moseley personally, along with W. Todd Zechel, on the Queen Mary Steamship, in Califormia, on November 22nd, 1982, while Moseley was on another west coast tour. During our conver— sation, Moseley mentioned that he interviewed Scully and Newton in 1953, and still had the original notes. I persuaded Moseley to send me copies of those interview notes as soon as he got back to New Jersey. Moseley kept his promise, sending those interview notes to me within two weeks of that conversation.

Avery important lead resulted from careful study of those interview notes. Moseley, after interviewing Scully and Newton, tried to locate George T. Koehler, Silas M. Newton's friend. Scully had mentioned in BEHIND THE FLYING SAUCERS that Koehler -— married to one of Newton's former nurses, had escorted Newton to the University at Denver for that March 8, 1950 lecture, and taped the lecture! He was reported to be sales manager for KMYR Radio Station in Denver, and was a key wit- ness in investigations by various branches of the intelligence commn- ity. First, Moseley tried the address as noted by Scully (315 Franklin Street, Denver 3, Colorado) in BEHIND THE FLYING SAUCERS. Not finding him there, Moseley tried his mentioned place of employment, KMYR Radio Station. The manager of KMYR, a Mr. Meyers, told Moseley that the sit- uation got too hot for Koehler in Denver, and he had moved out to the west coast, naming the exact city where he sought new employment!


{Steinman went to that city and made contact with Koehler, but neither the city nor the address will be made available, by special agreement with Koehler, as he prefers never to be contacted by anyone else on this matter, nor does he want to become re~involved in flying saucers.]


265


I thought it strange that Moseley did not pursue the matter further, to the point of locating and interviewing Koehler in 1953.

I wasted no time in getting to the nearest library, where I looked up the residence address and telephone number for George T. Koehler in that town's local telephone directory, and prepared a letter to him, Koehler did not answer that letter, nor the three follow-up letters. Finally I took what I call phase 2 action; I called Koehler on the telephone. Koehler was curt and to the point. He said the story was true, that Leo A GeBauer was involved "per se", but that he (Koehler) refuses to. get re-involved in any way. That conversation on May 15, 1983, went as follows:


Steinman- Mr. George Koehler?

Koehler- Yes, speaking...

Steinman- My name is William Steinman. I wrote several letters to you. Koehler- I don't remember...


Steinman- I am that person who wrote to you conceming the Scully flying saucer recovery story. I believe that Alice Scully wrote to you stating that it is CK to answer my correspondence. Can you please ex- plain where you, Silas M. Newton, and Leo A GeBauer got this story originally?

Koehler- Mr. Steinman, I don't want to sound nude, or anything like that; but I really don't want to talk about that damn story any more!! I really don't want to get involved, and I don't care about that dam


thing any more! ! Steinman- Is the story true? Koehler- Yes, it definitely is!!


Steinman- Can I please ask you one more question that has been bo- thering me on this story?


Koehler- Yes, go ahead.


Steinman- Do you know where, or how, I can get in touch with Mr. Leo A. GeBauer, and was he involved in that saucer recovery?


Koehler- I don't know where Mr. GeBauer could possibly be. I haven't seen nor talked with him in 30 years! And, yes Mr. GeBauer was in volved in some sort of way.


Steinman- OK, thank you for your time, Mr. Koehler. Good-bye. Koehler- Good-bye,


266


The tone of Mr. Koehler's voice and the manner in which he answered the questions indicated that Mr. Koehler was afraid to get re-involved with that story. I don't blame him at all, for he was long a target for MJ-12 working through the AOSI, FBI, and Army Counterintelligence all at the same time. They really must have accomplished their job of keeping him quiet for life. The most significent fact was that after 38 years, and in old age, Koehler still confirmed the story as tme!!

Gleaning through TRUE Magazine's first alleged "expose" onthe Scully story titled "Flying Saucers and the Mysterious Little Men", which was published in the Spetember 1952 issue, I found a few interesting leads. One of these involved locating the whereabouts of Francis F, Braman, the Instructor of the Basic Science class at the University of Denvber, where Silas M. Newton gave his astounding lecture on the recovered flying saucers. I didn't even know the instructor's name, until reading that magazine story. Broman was the one who invited Koehler to speak on the saucers.

Through a remarkable stroke of luck, I wrote a letter to Broman's Denver, Colorado address several years after he moved away fran Colo- redo, which was subsequently forwarded to his present address in Arizona. For some strange reason, unknown to me, the Post Office, which usually has a 6 months time limit on forwarding addresses, saw fit to forward that particular letter to Broman's new address, My main reason for contacting Braman was to find out the exact manner in which Newton was invited to speak, and what kind of static Broman received fran the various intelligence agencies after the lecture was given.

Broman stated that a student in his basic science class worked part time for KMYR Radio Station. This student overheard Koehler discus- sing the flying saucer recovery operation at the station. This student shared the story with Broman, who thought it would be a good story to present before the class, as an object lesson on veracity of and/or discernment of truth. Broman asked the student to invite George T. Koehler to the class to present the story for this project. Koehler told the student that his friend Silas M. Newton, knew more about the matter, and he would see what he could do. As a consequence, Newton gave the scheduled lecture before the class that day, with Koehler recording the whole thing.

Broman stated that he did receive telephone calls fram, what he con- sidered the FBI or som branch of military intelligence. During a telephone call, which came immediately after the lecture, probably around March 9th or 10th 1950, the Intelligence Officer asked Broman what he thought of the lecture by Newton? Broman told him that he did not believe the story was true; but he couldn't speak for everyone who heard that lecture. The Intelligence Officer seemed satisfied with Broman's answer and hung-up.


267


Here we see an example of a concerned intelligence agency--. If the story wasn't true, why would they be so interested in that event, any Public opinion conceming it, and everything that seemed to concem it and stem from it!?


(Note: At the time Steinman was writing to Francis Broman, he wasn't aware of the fact that Broman's name was mentioned in Flying Saucers by Dr. Donald Menzel, published by Harvard Press in 1953. In fact, Menzel was a close friend to Dr. A.C. Nelson, the Vice Chancellor of Denver University, at that time.)


Further study of that TRUE Magazine story, showed that Leo A. GeBauer worked as an electrical maintenance engineer for the laboratories of Air Research Company with divisions in Los Angeles, California, and in Phoenix, Arizona, fron 1943-1948. At that time Air Research specialized in Cryogenics, Refrigeration Units, and Air Conditioning and related devices. They were subcontractors for the military during the war and were coordinating closely with the Office of Scientific Research and- Development (OSR&D) and the Research and Development Board immediately after the war,

Leo. A. GeBauer received his B.S. Degree in Electrical Engineering, by way of an extension correspondence course from the Louis Institute of Technology in Chicago in 1932. He never claimed to be a Dr. of any- thing, as was stated and explained in Chapter III;, but he did mb shoulders with such persons as Dr. Paul A. Scherer, a close friend and associate to Dr. Vannevar Bush; and Dr. Carl A. Heiland (also close to Bush) both of wham were directly involved, one way or another, with the Aztec saucer recovery and analysis.


THE ZECHEL EXPERIENCE


On August 14, 1982, I met W. Todd Zechel through correspondence by way of his folk's Wisconsin address, The Primary reason for searching out Zechel, was his interest in the crash/recovered saucer cases and his deep research into the U.S. Government cover-up. I had leamed through Leonard Stringfield that Zechel was on the verge of writing a book to be titled UNDER INTELLIGENT CONTROL.

In one letter, Zechel told me that he had a poor photostatic copy of a microfilm-printed Air Force Office of Special Investigations (ASI) document concerning two Air Force personnel who were investigated because of their alleged knowledge concerning recovered flying saucers then based at Wright Patterson AFB in 1952. He promised to forward copies of those documents to me, which, when received, comprised about 20 odd pages.

After three letters of correspondence, I finally met Zechel face-to-


268


face in Hollywood, where he was staying at the time. Zechel and I met on four separate occasions, discussing crashed/recovered flying sau- cers (primarily the Mexico crash of 1948), and the government cover— up. Zechel finally came through with that AFOSI file copy that he had promised earlier. Also, he gave me part of the unpublished manuscript for UNDER INTELLIGENT CONTROL, which was a perfect example of Zechel's diligent investigative methodology, unequalled by anyone else in the ufological community.

It must also be mentioned, that it was through Zechel's influence, as research director for Ground Saucer Watch (GSW) of Phoenix, that thousands of Secret UFO-related documents from the files of AFOSI, FBI, NSA and the CIA, were released through Freedom of Information Act (FOIA) requests.

Regardless of all this, Zechel was attacked time and time again by

various of the so-called "Ufologists" (responding to the stimulus of the dis-information program to discredit), who were probably motivated by jealousy and/or indirectly by MJ-12. It got to the point where to be associated with Zechel made one as undesirable, at least as far as the ufological commmity was concerned. The final blow came when Mr. Philip J. Klass, arch sceptic and UFO debunker (a favorite tool of the dis-information side of covert intelligence), attacked Zechel in his book UFOs, THE PUBLIC DECEIVED, published by Prametheous in 1983, under the chapter heading, "The Greatest Derangement of Mind". Guess who backed that play! (Note: Todd Zechel, seeing how the forces were arrayed against him at the time, remained silent on the issue for three full years, finally blasting back at Klass in his (Zechel's) first issue of a newsletter titled, "For Your Eyes Only", in July 1986. The article was titled "Klass Dismissed”. ]

I took all of this negative publicity conceming Zechel "with a grain of salt", because I already knew that the real pressure to do away with Zechel originated with MJ-12 (as it will for others in the future as well). Zechel was right on track conceming the Flying Saucer Mystery, and stepped on too many toes in too many places concerning those who cover up the Truth!!

The information in that AOSI file om the two Air Force personnel, that was given to me by Zechel, was described in Chapter II, The Se- curity Lid Clamped Down. Zechel also fuished me a few more important leads conceming UFO crash-recovery cases.

{Note: Zechel was also the founder of the group calling themselves, The Citizens Against UFO Secrecy (CAUSE), which printed a newsletter titled JUST CAUSE from 1978 to 1982, which was recently revived by


269


Barry Greenwood, Lawrence Fawcett, and Larry Bryant on September 1984.)


BARON NICHOLAS E. VON POPPEN


While I was meeting with W. Todd Zechel, I was at the same time in- vestigating the Baron Nicholas E. von Poppen UFO photographic case mentioned in Chapter I, The Aztec Recovery. Since van Poppen's 1948 to 1976 residence was at 1560 North St, Andrews Place, Hollywood, Calif~ omia, within 4 to 5 blocks of where Zechel was staying, I decided to “hit two birds with one stone". Every time I met with Zechel, I would double-up and do a little follow-up by interviewing residents of the von Poppen neighborhood at the same time,

Several important. leads developed fram my inquiries in that von pop- pen neighborhood.


1. The landlady, by the name of K.D., was very close to von poppen.

She told me of his beautiful photographic work; but he never told her

of a top-secret photographic job for the military or government... She «  also told me of his receiving phone calls from sameone visiting him

occasionally from (she believed) Houston, Texas. She was the person

who ran to his aid as he screamed for help late on the night of Feb-

ruary 11, 1976. Arriving, she found him helplessly lying on the floor,

with the apartment in complete disarray. She had heard a scuffle just

prior to his yelling, but he claimed to her that he had fallen out of

his bed. She was the person who spent the last hours of his life with

him. She was the person who let the three mysterious visitors from

the San Francisco area (Cadillac had a San Francisco license plate

frame) into his home. They identified themselves as A.S., his daughter, and a son-in-law Dr. C. They went into von Poppen's apartment while

he was in the convalescent hospital. A.S. claimed to be von Poppen's

cousin (later, von Poppen's niece in France claimed von Poppen had no

relatives in the U.S.A., other than his sister who died earlier).


2. W.G. was a very close friend to von Poppen for 35 years. She used to pick up von Poppen every once in a while, to take him over to her place, where they could discuss old times. She gave me a nice color Photograph of von Poppen taken around 1974. It was she who gave me information about von Foppen's sister, Baroness Dr. Stella Lipsen (She was married to a Dr. Lipsen), who was a chiropractor; and she told me of his niece, name forgotten, who lived in Paris and later Clieufres. W.G. acted very upset when I mailed her a copy of the George Tyler report on von Poppen's photographic assignment story, as related to him by von Poppen. I called to follow-up, and she told me not tobother her again about von Poppen... after being very cooperative up until that point in time!!


270


Gea ey


September 30, 1982 Dear Mr. Steinmann:


Tonty have two pictures of the baron and I will send you one, You can keep it. It is a nice photograph and way taken several years before he passed away,


He was a thorough gentleman, very refined and cultured and well educated - spoke English, German, French and Russian very well and I supposed Estonian and some Spanish. As a young man he was attached to the house regiment of the mother of the czar and he studied piano at the Leningrad conservatory.


You don't need to reply to my letter, Yam glad I had an extra picture for you,


Yours very truly,


See


3. The neighbor living in the apartment immediately below that of von Poppen, remembers the three out-of-town persons (A.S., the one claim- ing to be von Poppen's daughter, and the alleged son-in-law, Dr. C.) coming up in the late model Cadillac and going into the apartment while von Poppen was in the convalescent hospital. He stated that they dumped almost everything von Poppen owned; but kept some large manila envelopes???


All of this stuff about these three people going through von Poppen's apartment. while he was in the convalescent hospital is very suspicious. How did they know that von Poppen was in the Hospital? The neighbors and Mrs. W.G. did not call them... Von Poppen himself was in no con- dition, physical or mental, to call them (according to the autopsy report), and the niece in France was not notified until after the three people had already gone through the apartment and disposed of things, and besides -- she said he had no living relatives in the United States!! But these three people knew exactly the right time to go through his apartment???

This very same thing happened to George C. Tyler himself, back in October of 1954, at his apartment at 4011 Wall Street in Los Angeles.

Tyler was the person to whom von Poppen came in November of 1949, in order to confide his crashed saucer photographic experience with one whon he thought he could trust. (See Tyler's report, "The Los Alamos Saucer and the U.S. Government")

It would have been fine if the story stopped with Tyler, since there would be only twp people for MJ-12 to watch closely. But Tyler made the fatal mistake of confiding the story to William C. Conway, a High Priest of the Restored Apostolic Church, a remnant of an ancient Druid order. Conway in turn confided the story to Gray Barker, a controver- sial UFO investigator, publisher and motion picture distributor, then living in Jane-Lew, West Virginia. In 1954 and 1955, Barker and Conway began investigating the case, with the ultimate goal of obtaining a written statement by von Poppen in order to confirm the incident. When he was confronted by both Barker and Conway, von Poppen became very nervous, and vehemently denied the whole thing.

It was towards the end of 1954 that George C. Tyler had his myster- ious "accident" in his apartment. He was found unconscious on the floor and his apartment in a state of disarray, by Mrs. E.B., the next door neighbor, who overheard the commotion. Tyler was admitted to the Los Angeles County Hospital. He died on October 15th, 1954, without ever getting back to his apartment home, and was buried at Valhalla Mem orial Park in Los Angeles. At 08:30 the next evening, a neatly dressed man in a dark blue suit visited Tyler's apartment. He spoke to the landlady in English, “with a slight oriental accent of a sing-song


273


quality". The man, however, did not appear to be oriental. He showed the landlady that he posessed a key to the apartment and stated that he had come to pick up a few of Tyler's personal belongings, "at the request of relatives".

After he had left, the landlady found the apartment in a wild state of disarray!! Fmptied drawers from a filing cabinet and papers strewn all around indicated a hurried search for something of value. Sore fine jewelry lay on the floor ignored, clothing pulled from a closet lay all over the place, and a coin collection and some money lay un- disturbed!

The landlady called Conway, who was executor of Tyler's estate, and he, in tum, was shocked when he entered the apartment. What Conway did notice though, was that all of Tyler's writings pertaining to Fly- ing saucers were nowhere to be found!!

Lets reflect back for just a moment on the coincidence (or was it coincidence?) between the ending of the life of these two men who apparently knew too mich about flying saucers:


1. Both von Foppen and Tyler "fell" in mortal injury in their rooms, alone, amidst evidence of a struggle.


2. Both men had their respective apartments ransacked and left ina state of disarray.


3. Both men were taken immediately to a hospital. 4. Both men died in the hospital without recovering,


5. Entry to both of the apartments was gained by person or persons using the premis of relationship to the injured to get inside.

A. A.S. claimed to be von Poppen's non-existent cousin.

B. A strange man claimed to represent Tyler's relatives.


6. In both cases, the "relatives" came while the injured was in the hospital in a state of non-communication for verification.


7. Both ransackers left the premises with seemingly non-valuable items, leaving true valuables behind.

A. Von Poppen's ransackers left with 2 large manila envelopes.

B, Tyler's ransacker took only flying saucer reports.


8, Both von Poppen and Tyler died immediately thereafter. A. Von Poppen "from his injuries". (Also the autopsy report on von Poppen, and the hospital records, show that he was in a state of mental confusion as if drugged. -author's note) B. Tyler allegedly died "from cancer" at the Los Angeles County Hospital. (But don't forget that some bizarre drug-induced deaths can be made to appear as cancer. -author's note)


274


9. Both von Poppen and Tyler were among the very few who knew about the crash-recovered saucer at Los Alamos. Von Poppen first, and then Tyler, second hand, through von Poppen —- though he now knew the source and location, Tyler had told too many people (his class at the High School, and his close friend, William C. Conway).


Is all this mere coincidence? There are just too many parallels in the MO ("modus operendi") as the police would call it, to chalk these deaths off as accidental. MJ-12 had to speedily eliminate these two men and all traces of what they were aware of, before the leak spread any further! !

Qne more thing in reference to the surveillance of von Poppen while he was alive, and his residence after his death!! Mr. K.D. made the comment, "Mr. von Poppen was very suspicious of anybody walking around his place. He always acted very nervous, anytime someone he didn't know, walked up to his door."

Gray Barker published von Poppen's telephone number (213-464-5659) in his "News Letter" No. 11, in January of 1981, after he himself and William L. Moore had received strange voices and recordings when they attempted to call it between 1977 and 1978! They would sometimes get a recording saying, "This phone is being checked for trouble. Please try again later." or, different voices would answer the phone, but they would not confirm the number!!

I dialed the number on 27 and 28 September 1982, and experienced the same problems. I then called the telephone business office for that area and inquired about the problem. The office representative looked up that number's history file. The last person ever to have that tele- Phone number assigned to them was Nicholas E. von Poppen!! Why would that number still be assigned to von Poppen in September 1982, when he died om March 13th, 1976??? Is the "trap" still open to catch any of von Poppen's possible unidentified confidants still at large? I asked that telephone company representative why it was still reserved and who was paying the bill? He could not tell me the answer to either of those questions, although he did refer me to the telephone maintenance and repair department. They told me that that number had been a problem for years, “but they couldn't reassign it and/or repair it." He suspec- ted "an untraceable tap"! Here we have a classic intelligence depart- ment surveillance, in the form of a sophisticated wire tap — typical of the MJ-12 tactic.


Note: We are reminded of the roamswitch ploy used on Leonard H. Stringfield at his hotel after his famous crashed saucers lecture in Dayton, Ohio, and we wonder how much damage was done to his progress.]


Since the von Poppen story was published by Gray Barker in Ray Pal-


275


mer's "Flying Saucers" magazine in November 1960, everyone has mys. teriously died off.


1. George C. Tyler - Died 15 October 1954

2. William C. Conroy ~ Died in 1973

3. Nicholas E. von Poppen - Died 13 March 1976 4, Gray Barker - Died 6 December 1984


T have added Gray Barker to this list because of a statement made by a well known ufologist, to the effect that "the immediate family of Gray Barker were not told all the facts surrounding his death"— they were told that he died of a liver ailment.

One more note on that von Poppen case. When I contacted A.S. by mail, he threatened me with the statement, "If you continue to bother me about von Foppen, I will have to take action against you. Needless to say, I backed off.

Since von Poppen was of Estonian royal blood, and at the same time a refugee, he was probably under very tight KGB surveillance as well: And since he was allegedly involved in a very sensitive super-secret flying saucer photographic assignment, he was at the same time being watched by the CIA, AFOSI, FBI, ACT and the KGB! No wonder von Poppen was nervous about strangers!

I was told by two prominent figures in ufological circles to leave the von Poppen case alone. When I asked why, one of them stated, "be- cause there's nothing to it". Either that individual did not perfom any investigation of his own into that particular case, as he said he had, or he did and he knew the seriousness involved and was conse- quently giving me fair waming; or MJ-12 was using him to steer m off course, But I already knew different, as you have now read, and I considered the warning a challenge to dig even deeper.


DR. STEEN AND THE "LIVE ALIEN"


Lee M. Graham, an engineer in infra-red technology at Aerojet-General in Glendale, California, found out from a High School science teacher friend of his, with the initials R.O., that an acquaintence of his knew a doctor who had examined a live creature taken from a recovered flying saucer! (Remember the "Project Red Light" habitat for a living alien constructed at a secret UFO research facility?)

I had to do some fancy investigation to get to the bottom of this one. This subject was also touched on briefly in Chapter IV, The Hoax Status.

Once I heard about this, I wasted no time, Graham was immediately contacted, a friendship was established, and eventually Graham recon- tacted R.O. for further information. R.O. backtracked his steps and


276


re-contacted his original source of information, the acquaintence who actually knew the doctor who had performed the alleged examination of the "alien".

At first R.O. acted very mysterious and hesitant about the whole thing. Then he confided the name of the acquaintence to Graham, who in tum gave it to me. This acquaintence of R.O. was aherpeitologist, one who studies reptiles (remember this) with the initials Dr. W.W.J.. I succeeded in locating the residence address and telephone number of Dr. W.W.d. and laid my plan.

Before contacting W.W.J., I decided I had better talk with R.O. him- self, who seemed to keep his place of residence a deep dark secret. I found out that R.O. taught at a certain High School in the Los Angeles area, during the adult nighttime sessions three times a week, and he maintained a regular job during the daylight hours. I went over to the High School on one of R.O.'s scheduled evenings on December Ist 1983, and confronted him about the Dr. W.W.J. story that was told to him. R.O. was very surprised that I was able to locate him, but he stuck to the story conceming Dr. W.W.J.'s colleague who had examined a living alien being taken from a crashed flying saucer in 1948, in New Mexico!

R.O. admitted that Dr. W.W.J. did not confide the name of that Dr. colleague to him; but brought the story up one evening when he was invited to lecture on a certain phase of the Science Course conceming reptiles.

I, now satisfied with R.O.'s integrity and honesty, proceeded to con- tact Dr. W.W.J. by telephone. During that first telephone conversation I was able to make contact, Dr. J. at first acted very mysterious. He wanted to know why I wanted to know the information pertaining to such a bizarre subject. I proceeded to explain my buming desire to get to the bottom of the flying saucer enigna, and how this was only one such lead that I was following-up on. After giving me the "third degree", he told me that he had to get in touch with another party, before he would divulge any of that particular information to me. He told me to call back in about a week. I anxiously waited for exactly eight days, then with careful precision, I called Dr. J. one mre time.

During this second telephone conversation, Dr. J. explained that he had forgotten same of the details, and had to contact the nurse of the Dr. by the name of Claude E. Steen, now deceased (!?), who perfonned the actual physical examination of the living humanoid who was taken from the disabled flying saucer that was recovered by the U.S. Military in Northwestem New Mexico in 1948. This nurse, name unknown, accom panied Dr. Steen during this examination, and wished to remain anon- The a. told me how Steen's Nurse told him that this creature now


277


was very frightening in appearance, in that it locked very human, but reptilian at the same time!! She made the comment, "It must have originated from the pits of hell!" Dr. Steen contacted Dr. J on the issue years later, because of Dr. J's specialization in Herpeitology and the fact that this humanoid creature seemed to have had reptilian origins. (See Exhibit 3 attached to this chapter.)

Looking into the background of Dr. Steen's life, he was practicing in Bishop, Califomia, at the time of this unique and bizarre examin- ation. At that time a Dr. (Col. U.S. Amy) Robert Painter was involved with the bare beginnings of the underground base at Groom Field, a dry lake area, another facility of Sandia Laboratories (main part situated within Kirtland Complex near Albuquerque, New Mexico). [A Gol. R.V. Painter was mentioned in connection with the Ray Thomas affair, om the first page of Appendix 1 and again in Appendix 4, Project Red Light, where a living alien being and an underground habitat are de- scribed, also inconnection with a "Maj. R.V.Painter"? Are these all in fact connected?]

Dr. Steen's older brother owned a ranch near Mt. lassen, Califomia. He died mysteriously in an automobile accident off highway 395 in 1948 (the same time that Dr. Steen allegedly performed this examination). Likewise, Dr. Steen, himself, died in a mysterious automobile accident in August of 1966.

According to the report, this “other worldly" being was kept alive in a chamber that was pressurized and had a compatible atmosphere. (How this atmosphere's mixture was arrived at was not explained.)

I tried to piece this story together with the early mmors from the 1950s, which concemed live flying saucer occupants in pressurized life support chambers such as:


1. J.M. Rohrer, President of the Rocky Mountain Broadcasting Company of Pueblo, Colorado, claimed that one occupant taken from a crashed flying saucer was kept alive for several years in a pressurized cham- ber somewhere in central California. Could this have been around the small isolated town of Bishop, Califomia, where Dr. Claude E. Steen practiced in 1948? Or could it have been at Dr. Steen's brother's ranch near Mt. Lassen, Califomia?


2. James Fugatt wrote James W. Moseley in May of 1956, stating that he knew of a Doctor around Paynes Creek, Califomia, who worked on a very sensitive special project. This project involved a live flying saucer occupant or occupants being kept alive in pressurized and en- vironmentally controlled chambers, and being studied by his doctor friend. Could this Doctor have been Dr. Claude E. Steen?


3. There were many more mmors floating around the country in the


278


early 1950s conceming live flying saucer occupants in the pressurized chambers.

This makes us wonder where the live alien humanoid was being kept until the underground habitat at a secret airfield was ready for its tenant in 1950. Were there more than one. Many questions still open for further investigation.


DR. ERIC HENRY WANG


The name, Dr. Eric Henry Wang first appears in the annals of ufo- logical research in "Official UFO", a defunct UFO magazine, in the April 1976 issue. The article was written by Raymond E. Fowler of Massachusetts.

In this article, Fowler told of a person to whom he assigned the pseudonym "Fritz Wemer" who claimed that he had taken part in the recovery of a crash-landed flying saucer near, what he thought was Kingman, Arizona, on May 2Ist 1953. Mr. "Werner" signed an affidavit stating the particulars concemming what he did and what he saw that day.

Fowler checked into the background of this individual and found out

the following: 1, Mr. "Wermer" held several engineering and management positions at the Air Material Command, Installations Division, at Wright Patterson Air Force Base, Ohio, between June of 1949 and January 1960. The par- ticular office he worked in was the Office Of Special Studies.


2. His specialties included the engineering design of Air Force engine test cells, and research and development techniques for determining blast effects on buildings and structures.


3. Later, he designed aircraft landing gear and became Chief of Alighting Devices within the Aircraft Laboratories at the Wright Air Development Center. 4, After that he held management positions in companies that held US Defence contracts.


At Wright Air development Center, and at the Office of Special Stu- dies, he met, worked for, and befriended Dr. Eric Henry Wang, who was Head of the Department of Special Studies at Wright Air Development Center. He claimed that Dr. Wang was in charge of the operation sur- rounding the recovery of that flying saucer, near Kingman, Arizona, on May 21, 1953. (The Ray Thomas affair involves a different operation in June 1967, Appendix 1.) When one mentions the name Dr. Eric Henry Wang to anvone who knew about his work, especially the intelligence


279


departments personnel, no matter what their rank and responsibility, they shudder and ask you to leave them alone. When one starts investi~ gations into his life and background, the various branches of the in- telligence groups start buzzing with activity. The work that Dr. Wang was involved in was so highly classified, that there were no mre levels of secrecy left above that!! He was involved and in charge of some of the most secret segments pertaining to the Ultimate Secret (The Flying Saucer Program) .

It was very difficult to dig up anything at all conceming Dr. Wang. T looked through technical indices, technical encyclopedias, scienti- fic periodicals, etc., and still I could find nothing pertaining to Dr. Eric Henry Wang. I came to the conclusion that that's how the MJ-12 Group wanted it to be. His very existence was to be kept a close secret, or "Fritz Wemer" made the name up.

Finally I saw light at the end of the tunnel. While browsing through some periodical indices in the Cerritos College Library, in Norwalk, Califomia, I found it!!! ‘There in the index to The "Mechanical fn- gineering" magazine, I found one tiny reference to the name Eric Henry Wang. That particular reference was to his obituary, which appeared in the April 1961 edition, on page 132. That was the only oversight by MJ-12 in trying to keep Wang's existence a secret. He was a member of the Society for Mechanical Engineers while teaching at the University of Cincinnati, fron 1943-1949, That Society publishes their present and past. member's obituaries in the "Mechanical Engineering" magazine.

Cerritos College's set of “Mechanical Engineering only went back to 1970; so I went to the Los Angeles Public Library -- that particular issue was missing!! I tried two more libraries — that particular issue was missing!! I guess MJ-12 covered up their mistake pretty well. Then I hit the jackpot; the Long Beach Public Library had the issue — not on microfilm but in page copy. I quickly Xeroxed a copy of that very important obituary on Dr. Eric Henry Wang.

The obituary gave some vital statistics that proved helpful in my learning more about him. He was bom in Vienna, Austria on May 5th, 1906. He received his Engineering Degree at The ‘Technical University of Vienna in 1935. He taught Engineering at the University of Cincinnati, in Ohio, from 1943 until 1952. He started working on government projects at the Wright Air Development Center in 1949. He was head of the Department of Special Studies at Wright Air Development Center from 1949 until 1956, when the Department was moved to the Kirtland Air Force Base - Sandia Laboratories Complex, near Albuquer- que, New Mexico. Wang remained at Kirtland until his death on Decer- ber 4th 1960, at 54 years of age. (Remember that the very first UFO crash vehicles were recovered by Kirtland Complex on 3 July 1947, one from the San Augustine Flats near Magdalena, New Mexico, and another


280


something a few days later from near Rosewell, New Mexico. That is where the real U.S. UFO research began.)

One person whom I contacted in Albuquerque, who knew Dr. Wang very well stated that Dr. Wang was involved in very strange things! That conversation went as follows:

WS- My name is William Steinman. I wrote a letter to you on the 23rd


of march, in regards to Dr. Eric Henry Wang and his work involving analyses on recovered flying saucers, and the attempted duplication of


Yes, I do remember the letter; but I no longer have it...

What happened to the letter?

I tummed it over to the authorities.

Which authorities?

Military Intelligence at Kirtland Air Force Base.

Can you tell me something about Dr. Wang's involvement in the Flying Saucer Project?

MN- How did you know that Dr. Wang was involved in that kind of work? Why do you want to know about that? Who are you? How do I know that I can trust you?...


EGE GE F


WS- Iama freelance private investigator. I want to know the truth pertaining to the Flying Saucer Project (Program) so that I might be able to convince those in charge of covering-up the program, to turn it over to the entire scientific cammmity, so that the saucers might be more efficiently and effectively studied by all levels, and some of the technologies possibly duplicated. I believe that the entire scien- tific commnity, the public, and mankind in general could greatly benefit from it.

Mi- = How can I help you? Dr. Wang's papers were all confiscated by Military Intelligence when he died. His notes were written in his own unique version of German scientific shorthand. Those papers were placed behind lock and key within a special sealed-off section of a highly secret section of the Library at Kirtland Air Force Base.

WS- Can you please describe exactly what kind of work Dr. Wang was doing on the saucers?

Mi- I can't tell you over the phone. I don't know you at all, and be- sides, the entire subject is classified above top-secret.

WS- Were the saucers made on Earth? And if so, were they originally


281


of German technology? MW- No!! To both questions. The person you should write to in Govemn- ment is Dr. H.A.K. -- He is deeply involved in the Flying Saucer Pro- gram. In fact, He was completely in charge of it at the time that Dr. Wang was still alive and involved with it.


WS- Can you please write to me in detail describing Dr. Wang's work with the Flying Saucer Program?

MA- Give me your address and telephone number, and I will see what I can do.


Within two days of talking with M.W. about Dr. Wang, I received a telephone call fran a well known ufologist. He said, "What did you discuss with M.W.? I understand that you discussed the "Library" at Kirtland Air Force Base. Did you try to get in touch with Dorothy at the Library?" I said that the name, Dorothy, never even came up in


my conversation with M.W.!! Then I asked, "How did you know about any -


of this?" He said that he had his Intelligence Department Connections, and that I was now being watched very closely. "In fact, you might get visited very soon."

Needless to say, I never got visited, but I did notice my mail being tampered with, strange sounds on the telephone, and that eerie feeling that I was being watched very closely! One time, I found and discon- nected a tracking device on the bottom of my van.

The subject of Dr. Eric Henry Wang remains one of the most touchy and sensitive areas in all ufology. In fact, hardly any UFO investiga- tors want to get involved with that particular phase of the Flying Saucer enigma. But, I believe it is cases such as this that must be cracked in order to get to the bottom of the entire matter!


MJ-12 IDENTIFIED


Lee Graham, research systems analysis engineer at Aerojet General, Electro Systems Division, in Glendale, was approached by an agent from the Defence Investigative Service; the investigative branch of the Defence Department. This agent showed him a Top-Secret military doc- ument titled MJ-12, composed of 9 pages, dated September 18, 1947, and signed by President Harry S, Truman, himself. The classification stamped on the document was "Top-Secret -- Eyes Only". The contents, concemed the recovery and subsequent analysis of a flying saucer that had crash-landed in New Mexico in 1947. The Panel who investi- gated, controlled, and subsequently classified the subject matter was known as MJ-12 (or Majestic 12). The members at that time were:


1. Dr. Detlev Wolf Bronk


282


2. Dr. Lloyd V. Berkner

3. Dr. Vannevar Bush

4, Admiral James V. Forrestal 5. Dr. Gordon Gray

6. Pdmiral Roscoe H, Hillenkoetter 7. Dr, Jerome C Hunsaker

8. Dr. Donald H. Menzel

9. Admiral Sidney W. Souers 10. General Nathan F. Twining 11. General Hoyt S. Vandenberg 12. General Robert M. Montague


This confirmed the original "camittee" to a man, without exception, and demonstrated its existence as early as September 1947.

Graham was allowed to hold this document in his hands and read every detail, but when he finished, it was placed back under its security cover. Graham was told by the agent that the information was now on the verge of being revealed to the public, and he was a test run...

The only other direct mention of the group known as MJ-12, was ina document that originated at the Air Force Office of Special Investiga- tions (AFOSI), Bolling Air Force Base, Washington, D.C., on November 2. 1980. This document concerned interest in photographs that were taken by Paul F. Bennewitz, of flying saucers at Kirtland Air Force Base. A copy of that document is shown here.

The part that mentions MJ-12 is as follows:


",..USAF...LEAD BY NASA, ACTIVELY INVESTIGATES LEGITI- MATE SIGHTINGS THROUGH COVERT COVER (S/WINTEL/FSA). ONE SUCH COVER IS UFO REPORTING CENTER, US COAST AND GEODETIC SURVEY, ROCKVILLE, MD 20852. NASA FILTERS RESULTS OF SIGHTINGS TO APPROPRIATE MILITARY DEPARTMENTS WITH IN- TEREST IN THAT PARTICULAR SIGHTING. THE OFFICIAL US GOV- ERNMENT POLICY AND RESULTS OF PROJECT AQUARIUS IS STILL CLASSIFIED TOP-SECRET WITH NO DISSEMINATION OUTSIDE OFF- CIAL INTELLIGENCE CHANNELS AND WITH RESTRICTED ACCESS TO MJ-TWELVE... (Underlining by author) So


Here we have MJ-12 mentioned in official documentation. Bven the name of that group has been so highly classified that it appeared in no documents below the highest classification. It is believed to have been released here by mistake, through an FOIA request by Dr. Paul F. Bennewitz.

So MJ-12 emerges from myth into reality, They are the inner group that actually controls the security lid that is clamped down very tightly over the entire United States, and maybe the Intemational Flying saucer program as well!!

283


More investigation is being performed into this ultimate secre, group.

The Aztec Investigation continued, sometimes going up against "brick walls", and sometimes breaking through them.

In the next chapter we will discuss one of those breakthroughs, in fact, a very major breakthrough in solving the mysteries of the crash~ recovered flying saucers, and the UFO enigna in general.


284


CHAPTER VII EXHIBITS


Selected Exhibits in support of Chapter VII are offered here as shown below. Additional support material is included as Appendices to this volume.


Exhibit 1. The final medical file on Nicholas von Poppen shows that the many suspicions concerning his actual death are well founded. One does not usually die from a broken hip. It also shows that he was in no condition to have called the fictitious "relatives" who ransacked his vacant apartment and carried away two large brown manila envelopes like those used by portrait photographers.

Exhibit 2. George C. Tyler's narrative report, "The Los Alamos Saucer and the U.S. Government" prepared shortly before his mysterious death under circumstances almost identical to the later death of von Poppen. Tyler's home was also ransacked by fictitious "relatives" who left the real valuables and carried away only his UFO files!


Exhibit 3. A considerable body of evidence is slowly accumlating ta show that at least one type of intelligent alien extraterrestrial be- ing may have come fron a different line of evolution, and possibly even saurian.


Exhibit 4. Interoffice TWX Air Force Office of Special Investigations (AFOSI), Bolling Air Force Base, Washington, D.C., dated 2 November 1980 mentions MJ-twelve in connection with UFO secrecy.


285


= ~_"* MEDICAL REPORT £76 time LL2SHE wis


—Montuany FLERE Stas


Joseyweod % wwesncan Pyhureree 1D. PENDING Fnac on_3/16 oPieuurs J yew _


Covers


ALT ERie Se Lenerie TARbiedagcoune DISEASE


FRACTURE oF RIGHT AIP" JSNATURAL SJACCIDENT CSUICIDE QHOMICIDE CIUNDETERMINED

Jooeration Yer CNo Evidence of innury —TRYes ONO At wort =m Ano ieide note) Yes No Evidence brought in.


5 Jembatmed by: aa Liceme No. Blood Sample Taken Na — Expiin Hepes sy 7 Parr Sa aD et Z mer ——__


JpHYSICAL DESCRIPTION Age 20 sex AP Rece CAVE Complenon bt we (LS nm

IH QEAY reer EAE eye HAZ prin COM sean, srputatiory 2 SURG «MIDLINE ASdaniane ooiisnces on ory, Surgicw wants HEALED SYR6 (RA) HIP rencoerdetomn WOME More) Howita Report - Ses No Howitaieed in LOW TAN Wie wy Com. eapits Ovenion 7 DA ie: | ‘ro. Aceepe eT = FE HiP= FALE intmason seny—b Vcrrre om 3/16/76

MEDICAL EXAMINER'S COMMENTS AND/OR PERTINENT AUTOPSY FINDINGS:

PR RAT UE OF RIGHT AIP Due Te FALE ar Home, auf SCR CERRY AT “Hercy word PRESB. HospiTan on 2 /ro/r, Wee ANS FEED TO CONV, HesSPiTAL For EXTEMIED CARE) PRewarwed CON Fused awd DiSORIEWTED. 2% ees Sia oe *


PAY sreak DETERIORATION, Bs

i re DDEwLy su AIS SLEEP.

Decree. Stewed CERTIFICATE, Pie ae yr ge ‘e Ovi e

pr eee FEET ne plat ey; ate a ne


ata sek it fob


286


J MORTUARY DEATH REPORT


Coete 26-395" uorrusny__Pleros Brothers Hoblywood | Cane an sreecr __5989 Santa Ronica Blvd.


cirysstate Holywood, California 90038 __"_


aeprcsentarive Dennis Page PLEASE OBTAIN THESE FACTS CONCERNING THIS PERSONS DEATH LOL nd eon ae NICHOLAS par fe coe oe male | Cauc. peceoent firaaat are eaiact OFFA remsons\ | Unk Von Poppen me ata une ot want Coun —[W SOME MURTY [usa 54680-6665 Photographer ‘Seif Drployed Photography.


nace oan 1s Angeles _ ncsbince


OSSIBLE INJURY OR F}


tre Open Retuet‘on_of Hp


Onrgne One Bebruriy 20,197 Moy Holywood Pees, 2

i = te = See Ra re an 7 oa

TOR # maT tee eae am oe


1560 N- St. Andrews Plai


found in._Ab SS APPRoB SS be LOOD SPECIMEN MUST eeitt VERY BODY BEFORE EMBALMING,


LY. BOTTLES FURNISHED BY THE CHIEF MEDICAL EXAMINER-CORONER MUST BE USED. LESS Thaw 10 a>


[BUNCES, CONTACT THE SENIOR COROMER'S INVESTIGATOR asl ~ wromwants va ; Slowtune _—arvatare 5 AeLATION sraeer Tooeceaseo taal: DESCRIBE TERMINAL EPISODE AND OTHER PERTINENT INFORMATION: Re: records at Dr. Munka’ office, Ars Von Rope,


Reduction vas not done until Feb. 20, 1976, Overstion —_1_hy De. Vern Snythe with Drs Mink ansieting, Pt. seemed A nwt COMPLETE THIS FORM OW ALL CORONER'S CASES


287


Exhibit 1


county of vot anactes MORTUARY DEATH REPORT - CONTINUATION,


i oe eee? eee 4 STREET. A fcary. i


REPRESENTATIVE,


ALL MEDICAL EVIDENCE LIST BELOW


ABOVE MEDICAL EVIDENCE RELEASED TO:


EP eee ry = . - t # Lathe. ol ADDITIONAL INFORMATION, 1.£, OLD MEDICAL HISTORY, RECENT MEDICAL HISTORY-OR DETAILED REPORT

OF ILLNESS OR INJURY:


Fountain View Conv. Hospital on March 4 where he passed evay. Dr. “feels he fracture was a contributing factor to his death.


Exhibit 1


be Mees e¥s snis Is @ true certified copy of the record Hf it bears the seal, imprinted in purple ink, of the Registrar-Recorder,


onci2 necrsrnan ntconoen |


289


Exhibit 2


THE LOS ALAMOS SAUCER AND. THE U.S. GOVERNMENT


The hero of this story (and | do mean hero, because of what he suffered) is a noted scientist by the name of Nicholas E. Von Poppen. As to our personal rel- ationship, | was, 25 years ago, president of the Shale and Metal Company in Denver, Colorado, where we made the first successful shale oil mill in the United States. it worked successfully, but was not economical, at that time.

One day the Baron (the noble titie of Von Poppen) arrived in Los *ngelas at the head of @ delegation from France, He had trailed me all over the country after


being informed that | was the only person who had engineered such a mil! in this count,


The Baron wanted me to visit his land of Estonia, which together with Latvia and Lithuania, made up a population of 17 million, and build @ shale of! mill, in fact many of them. His country had developed of! fields with fine shale beds, and and oi! was needed,

| was afraid of the rising tide of communism, which was beginning to wash against their borders on the east; but he assured me there was no real danger. | tip consented to go after he made his offer more financially substantial. He had their chstag elect me Premier of the little country, with full power to rejuvenate the commerce. On the strength of this move, they borrowed 30 million dollars: in New York, bought an old steamer of large capacity, and loaded it with old cars, discarded radios, and so on, to be made over in their land and by mechanics who at that time were out of work and starving.

Shortly afterword, however, and before | could get my affairs In shape here, secret service men of a cartain people came to me with the information that the entire end of Europe would soon be conquered by the Polsheviks, and that persons such as ryself would be hastily liquidated. The Information was so definite, that | backed out, much to the Saron's dismay.

He departed for his country at once. They carried out the plans as we had made them, or tried to; but all was brought to an end by the disaster | feared would happen. The Baron saw his beautiful wife cut to pieces and his two children dashed against the wall of a stone cellar, as he hid under some driftwood, wounded and helpless.

The Baron was finally smuggled out of the basenent and out of the country. He finally returned to the United States. He had dabbled in photography and continued that Interest here, eventually making a profession of It. He finally became 2 top nan In the field.

Our paths finally crossed once again. | learned to love the personality of this trail man, Already a scientist, he had to do constructive work, so he decane a scientific photographer, and his work grew to be so well recognized that he was repeatedly called upon for difficult work along this line.

1 was a little surprised one day In noverber of 1949 when his voice care over the telephone, asking me to meet him in the coffee room of a downtown hotel. He said, "I have a matter | must discuss with you. Get there at once; it wel! take ahout an hour to tel! you."

it took not an hour, but several, before | left the mee’ spinning. Here is his story as he told it to me, without many details, since these would require a whole book:


This is Mr. George C. Tyler's narrative report on Baron Nicholas von


Poppen, and his alleged ‘photographing of a crashed flying saucer at Tos Alamos, New Mexico.


Exhibit 2


"Last week, two secret service men came to my home. They told me they had = photographic job to be done, to please go with them. We went by plane and landed inside the vast Los Alamos Field, where | was met by the superintendent of that part of the field. We walked to the fringe of 2 crowd of several hundred men who were mil!- ing around a large flat object lying on the ground.

When @ lane was opened, | was led through the crowd and found myself ‘ng, what one might term a Flying Saucer, There It was, surrounded by an estimated 1000 men, technicians and experts of all kinds, the best that the government can hire. to say | was estonished would be putting it mildly.

They gave me the tinest equipment | had ever handled and told me to photograph the thing. For two days | crawled all over it, on top, underside, photographing it, both closeup and from a distance--litera~ lly within inches of special pieces of equipment. In particular, the: wished my photographs to show the texture of the metal of which it wi composed. In actuality, there seened to be different kinds. Most of It appeared to be steel, but different than any !'d ever seen. Some of it was actually translucent.

Now I'll try To describe it to you. It was a fraction of a foot less then 100 ft. across. They, the builders, seem to have a different basic methematica! number, the difference between 6 and 9. It was about eight feet thick in the midd!

The technicians managed to open a door on the side, with its base ‘on the chime of the rim. The door was so finely machined that when clo- sed it left no indication that it was there. | suppose this served to insure against any seepage of air, when in space

Inside, was a circular room 30 ft, across, a curving ceiling in conformity to the outside of the machine. Between the sides next to the chime, were very heavy cables, some of which looked like copper. the rest | couldn't determine, and nobody expressed an opinion In my p was like thet all the time, very much hushed up. All of them seemed to be afraid of eachother, and almost of thenselves.

Approximately In the center of this room was a panel contro! board, covered with push-buttons and tiny levers, somewhat similar to those we have on Earth. Before this smal! panel contro! board were four swivel, bucket type seats. And in all four seats were men---strapped in and dead.

The largest, who seemed to be the captain, was four feet, nine Inches tall, and weighed about 35 pounds. The smallest and obviously tht youngest was 23 inches tal! and weighed about 22 pounds. They were white men, with very pale skin, as if they had come from a cold world with Ittle air. Their faces were intellectual and refined. | have never seen anything like them here on Earth.

The captain's right arm hung down as he lay Slumped over the controls, end his fingers touched what must have been the ship's log book, lying open ‘on the floor. The exposed pages. covered with glyphs, nothing like | had ever seen before. But the book was made of some indestructible material which was hot paper at all, but could be written on.


There is good reason to believe that George C. Tyler lost his life over this report.


291


Exhibit 2


beautifully


On the floor were some 15 little machi tion that showed


welded to the floor, with welds that left no I any difference in appearance with the rest of the floor. Even tho | could see that they were indeed welds. | am particular about this,

for here is some secret which an expert should be able to discover.

The machines appeared somewhat like typewriters, beautifully made,

tho not so intricate as you would imagine. It showed me that these people have long ago passed through the period of technological dev- elopment we are in now, and have again tended toward the simplification of life, thus eliminating the intricacies which tend to obscure the natural laws of being.

| concluded that the machines were the different pieces of apparatus which controlled the cosmic space motor which was made up, it seemed, of the big cables cofled around the inside of the ship's chime, and of some mechanism which they did not let me photograph.

Beyond the central control center of the ship was a kind of garret, which | will try to describe. Against the sides were severe! Pullman like bunks, but suitable only for the pygmies. Against the wal! was clipped a water bottle, out of which we drew water. | drank some of it, and it tasted good. In fact, that was al! they would let me have. You could tell no difference between this bottle and any water cooler that we have in our offices, except that it was not made of glass, but was nevertheless translucent. There was a toilet, with peculiar erra~ ngenents, all very modest.

One thing in this compartment which drew my attention above everything else, was what appeared to be a regular radio tube (or at least it looked Iike one of our tubes) clipped against the wall. ‘very now and than it delivered a BEEP! BEEP! sound, which | judged was a call from space, since | had the idea that other ships connected with this one were anxiously trying to communicate with It. That went on all day untif! | was ready to leave,"


So ends the Informative story that Von Poppen relayed to me on that rainy day In November of 1949.


Very Sincerely Yours


C. Ths (r. George C. Tyler March 15,


Von Poppen could not have gotten these details from Scully's book because BEHIND THE FLYING SAUCERS was not published until after Newton's lecture in Denver on 8 March 1950.


292


Exhibit 3 ANOTHER CLASS OF INTELLIGENT BEING?


A considerable proportion of the extraterrestrial human-like beings reported fall into general classification quite different and distinct from Earth humanity. Walt Andrus at APRO's UFO '79 in San Diego gave a talk on extraterrestrial beings observed and described, in which he suggested that roughly 1/3rd of the ET beings reported seem to be very similar to the contemporary humanity of this planet. He suggested that another 1/3rd of the ET beings reported could be grouped in a similar way into a different category of human-like beings distinct from the physiology of Earth humans. The remaining 1/3rd was a catch-all cate- gery including other physiological morphologies quite different fron Farth humans, and of sizes both considerably larger and substantially smaller.

What if the second largest category, which seems to have a number of similarities within the variety of the group, something like the gen- eral similarities among human species and types, sprang from a differ- ent evolution entirely? Do we have any evidence to support such an hypothesis? How different would they be? What would they look like? How does our observed evidence compare?

Taking a cue from Dr. Berard E. Finch's article "Dinosaurs... Not Humanoids?" published in Flying Saucer Review for January 1982, where Finch makes the interesting observation that an intelligent species having evolved from reptilian forebearers would develop "remarkable similarities to descriptions of (UFO) aliens which are received from many sources", and statements by Adrian J. Desmond in his book THE HOI-BLOODED DINOSAURS that, "The most intriguing Late Cretaceous in- habitants were the intelligent ‘mimics’ unearthed in recent years, wide-eyed ostrich dinosaurs, and dromacosaurids like Deinonychus and Saurornithoides, with stereo-vision functionally mated to opposable thutbs. These dinosaurs, capable of more skilled behavioral feats than any land animal hitherto, were separated from other dinosaurs by a gulf comparable to that dividing men from cows: the disparity in brain size is staggering—who knows what new peaks the sophisticated 'bixd- minics' would have attained had they survived into the 'Age of Mam- mals'.", Erich A. Aggen, Jr.,prepared an article, “Possible Reptilian Origins of Certain UFO Occupants" for the MUFON Journal. Aggen argues:

"Had the dinosaurs not died out, they quite likely could have become the dominant fom of life on Farth. Mammalian life succeeded only be- cause the more aggressive and predatory dinosaurs were removed fran the scene. Qn many other planets with more favorable conditions, rep- tilian life could have survived and attained its full potential. An


293


intelligent species evolved from reptiles would certainly posess many of the physiological characteristics we have come to identify in cer- tain groups of UFO occupants.

"Leonard Stringfield in "A Study of Humanoids and the Anonymous Human Factor" has identified some of the more important characteristics: (1) Two round eyes without pupils-- elongated, sunken deep or deep set, far apart, slightly slanted. (2) A large head compared to the size of the torso and limbs. (3) No ear lobes or protrusive flesh extending beyond apartures on each side of the head. (4) The nose is vague. Two nares are indicated with only a slight bump. (5) The mouth is a small "slit" without lips. (6) The neck is thin. (7) The head and body are hairless. (8) The torso is small and thin. (9) me type of hand has four fingers and no thumb with two fingers longer than the others and webbing of some type between the fingers. (10) The arms are long, ex- tending to the knees. (11) The legs are short and thin. (12) The skin color is described as beige, tan, brown, tannish, or pinkish gray. Skin texture is described as scaly or reptilian, and as being elastic: or mobile over smooth muscle or skeletal tissue. (13) No teeth are present. (14) There are no apparent reproductive organs.

"In the same report, in a footnote, it is stated that further infor- mation from a medical source indicates that the alien skin texture is similar to that of the granular-skinned lizards, such as the iguana and chameleon." The epidermal cells have cretinous outer surfaces.

Aggen continues, "On Earth reptilian life is characterized by (1) A skull that articulates with the spinal column by a single process. (2) Mandibles that are made up of several bones, joined to the skull by the quadrate bone (a separate attaching bone). (3) Skin covered with scales. (4) A heart with four chambers. (5) Body temperature that varies with environmental temperature.

"The basic sensory organs of most terrestrial reptiles can be de- scribed as follows: (1) The tactile sense is distributed in numerous “tactile bodies" in most parts of the skin. (2) The sense of taste is well developed as shown by the careful predilection for certain kinds of food. (3) The sense of smell is well developed and in some cases superior to that of mammals. (4) The sense of hearing is generally well developed. However, the outer ear is unprotected having no car- tilages comparable to the mammalian outer ear. (5) The sense of sight is distinguished by upper and lower eyelids and a third membrane which can be drawn over the front of the cornea. The shape of the contracted pupil varies from round to a vertical slit. The retina contains only cones, rods are absent (this absence results in an inability to see well at low levels of illumination).

"We can extrapolate that if certain UFO occupants are indeed the product of reptilian evolution that some of the aforementioned phy-


294


sical traits mist apply to them, albeit in a more advanced form.

To Erich Aggen's treatise we would like to include another sumary of information on this lifeform. According now tothe Encyclopedia Brit- tanica, "Reptile is a class of vertibrates occupying a position in the animal kingdom between amphibians and birds, and amphibians and mam- mals. It is believed to have arisen in our Lower Carboniferous times from the Labyrinthodont Amphibia and achieved considerable variation by the end of the Carboniferous Period. During pemnian times the class branched into many orders, one of which included the ancestors of the mammals, whilst. from others birds, crocodiles, sphencdon, and possibly lizards and snakes arose. Of 125 families, only 18 have living rep- resentatives. Of 19 orders, only 4 are extant; the orders: Crocodilia (crocodiles and alligators), Squamata (lizards and snakes), Rhyncho~ cephalia (represented only by the Tuatera Lizard of New Zealand), and the Chelonia (tortoises and turtles).

The living forms are characterized as:

1. Air Breathers

2. Variable body temperature

3. Epidermis forms durable skin cover (no hair)

4. Sex organs carried intemally or mstly so

5. fertilization is internal by egg form of reproduction hatched by the heat of the sun or decaying matter

6. The olfactory organ has its surface increased by a turbinal or a concha. The posterior nares are carried back to the rear of the head — not in the throat

7. Well developed eyes with retina usually containing rods and cones in some species (thus color vision), and only rods in same and only cones in another, or in variable relationships

8. The ear consists of a tympanic membrane near the surface - no ex- temal ear cartilage

9. Four chambered heart.

10. Long rib cage extending to protect the abdomen

11, In the manmal-like branch of reptiles, the inner ear lies in the lower part of the side wall of the brain case, with the brain extend- ing far above it, as distinct from other branches of reptiles

This certainly suggests that even on Earth reptilian evolution was moving toward an erect bi-pedal form with a large brain capacity and manipulative digits on the hands

Saurian evolution was once the dominant form of life on Earth, and successfully survived for many millions of years. If they had not been wiped out by some unknown catastrophe, there may have never been any successful mammalian evolution, and the intelligent beings might well have been evolved saurian fomns.

As Dr. Bernard E. Finch suggests, suppose there were no catastrophe


295


and the dinosaurs that were here evolved to something like the mammals did, to a human level of intelligence, and evolved humanoid forms. What would they look like. Consider a similar state of affairs om another planet in our galaxy. In this model no catactrophe occurred to reduce the dominant form. A similar situation could have occurred on Earth and man would not have appeared, dinosaurs being daminant: in the absence of the catastrophe. The dinosaurs would have continued to evolve instead, and would have dominated all other species.

"They had binocular vision," Finch says, and "could open their mouth widely, and as they evolved would have become warm-blooded and begun to walk upright. The hand would have developed grasping reflexes, the first digit diverging from the other two, and the ring and little fin- gers becoming vestigial. The claws would have shortened and the teeth become smaller. The feet would have retained their webbing between the toes. The forelimbs would now become shorter and feeble as they de- veloped into ams, and the hind Limbs would have become legs with three functional toes. ;,

“The most. remarkable development, however, would be in the skull, which would enlarge to accomodate the growing brain and develop con- volutions (as in man).

"As these animals developed they would become slender and graceful bipeds, their necks shortened, their heads large, their orbits expan- ded and their tails receded.

By the time man on this planet was walking upright, an evolution of “dinosaurians" on another planet could be advanced well beyond him, a highly intelligent creature, civilized and with a technology equal to its brain development, and be freely traveling in space. It would finally evolve into a form bearing remarkable similarity to descrip- tions of some of the extraterrestrial UFO occupants reported.

“In other words," Finch says, “The so-called ‘humanoid', of alien, closely resembles the end product of the evolution of the dinosaur from the reptiles, the ‘terrible lizards' of the Cretaceous Period... and an identical form would have been dominant on this Earth had the dinosaurs not suddenly died out.

Paleontologist Dale Russell, working along the same lines of thought, concluded that if dinosaurs had not disappeared, they might have-be- come bipedal, big-brained animals that looked something like man. These reptilian humanoids, he speculated, would probably have occupied the niche that man now does. A likely candidate for such development, he says, was Stenonychosaurus Inequalus, a 10-foot dinosaur that had a brain-to-body ratio approaching that of primitive mammals. A sketch of Dale Russell's dinosaurid “man" was published in Science Digest for September 1983. A clip is provided.


296


If the dinosaurs hadn't disappeared, they might have become bipedal, big-brained animals that looked something like this, according to paleontologist Dale Russell. These reptilian humanoids would probably have occupied the niche that man now does, A likely candidate for such development was Stenonychosaurus inequalus, a 10-foot dinosaur that had a brain-to-body ratio approaching that of primitive mammals,


But what in fact do we see? We have prepared a table comparing the generally observed characteristics of the second category of extra- terrestrial beings observed, the "humanoid" 1/3rd represented by the smaller pale-skinned hairless beings reported in a great number of UFO contact cases. We ought to become aware of other classes of beings in this universe because our "ego-centric" theories may be as outmoded as our "Helio-centric" theories of the past.


297


HUMANOID UFO OCCUPANTS REPORTED


ing between, long round nails


separation in sock of flesh fine crystal form, reduces dehyiration


mouth cavity terminates in head


commnicate


‘covered pit, vestigial rise behird pit, no ear opening to striated miscles


Produce fine scale-like surface epidermis, excretion may be in £


in body cavity type, flesh different


fo hair follecules in skin epidemis tory system, pale yellowish colored blood echanp syste ley bekore the contact 15 cake


four digits, more or less witb!


some tad no toe ly in nature wo have abducted Earth fms hive retumed then safely


Piece jumpsuit type unifoms terre


necessary


say be through skin


or keratinous epidermal skin cells greater mbility


1, 10 esoghamus, no alinentary canal, foot


+ FO eyelashes, Hine, blank expressionless look


feads proportionately large for bodies


to be telepathic and use instnments te


‘Ams proportionately long for bodies

Fingers proportionately long for ams,

Svort stingy feet compared to legs,

Byes proportionately large for the head, bi: protrusions, slightly recesses nebrane

thet dexretrate fxuiliarity with cur

‘These creatures use a grat variety of different craft


Weak pointed chin, weak jaw)


1 car


Gther-type muscles attached to bony skeleton similar Tree


long rib cage exterding to abdoren


Vestigial sex organs or nore visible, recessed More small bones in wrist gives


Four-chanbered heart, fluid circulal lung equivalents function as gus


Nb visible excretory orifices,


Cretincus


Internal circulatory system different These sell beings usally wear one;

‘They are rather strong for their size ALL seen to be benevolent and Friend


1% perspiration noted, ro glands in ‘They can breathe our air wien


Vestagial tongie or nore at. al No gastrointestinal system, no anus Nor-striated muscles of another Wore small bones in ankles and ‘Intermal body organs different

‘No speech organs, most sean


Large dared cranium


teeee ae tebe eenge 4+


KO SRR RRR KEK RRR Roe we ee ee RO


298


Indicates Saurian characteristics


ative ae considered a jndebted


eijgeas concerning the remarkable UFO phencmenon,


are yates!


ish Flying Saucer Review recently published an interesting

‘article by Dr. Bernard E. Finch on this very subject, and important enough to this theme to be reproduced here for possible further development by other researchers. We to FSR for their abundant coverage and reporting of the


mngh


DINOSAURS... NOT HUMANOIDS? Dr Bernard E. Finch, MRCS, LRCP, DCh, FBIS


Naniy apeculative idea, Or Finch tls us, Tue YY tfenich some remarkable mod


E name Dinosaur is derived from the Greek det Tier fereble) + souror (zara, These great rep- tiles lived in she Gretaceous period 130 milion years ‘ago, and reached an astonishing degree of specialisa- tion: However, somewhere at the close of the Creta- cous period the dinosaurs died out, leaving no des- endants. This extinction was sudden and complete. Recent investigations have shown that reptiles are sensitive to both heat and cold, and avoid the sun in the warmest cime of the year Ichas recently been suggested that a massive aster ‘id six miles wide smashed into Earth. The resultant dust cloud blacked out the sun's rays, killing off many plants, and the animals which depended on them, ins cluding dinosaurs, for there was no indication that they were on the point of entinetion without extra-ter restrial intervention. The collision with an asteroid would be a million million times more devastating than the bomb that fell on Hiroshima, and. there ‘would have been vast clouds of debris blackening out the sun for five years or more, Chlorophyll-based plants would have died, and the Terrestrial tempera ture would have risen by eight degrees. Life would have disappeared except for smaller forms less suv epuble 10 this greenhouse effect. These smaller aa ‘mals evolved, and from them came various species it cluding man, ee gh Let us consider, however, a (hypothetical) similar state of affairs on another planet in our galaxy. ta this model no asteroid collision secured, and the dino: ‘sues that were in sifu evolved to something like a bu: an ‘level of intelligence, and took on humanoid forms (as shown in fig. 1). A similar situation could wave occurred on earth: man would not have ap: Peared, dinosaurs being dominant in the absence of a sataclysmie collision. The dinosaurs would have


299


recent programme in the Horizon series on lution were projected.


evolved, instead, and would have dommaved all other species

‘They had binocular vision, could open their mouths widely, and as they evolved would have become warm: blooded and begun to wath upright. The hand would have developed grasping rellexes, the first digit diverging from the other two, and the ring and litle Tingers becoming vestigial, The claws would) have shortened and the teeth become smaller. The feet would have retained their webbing between the tors. The forelimbs would now have become short and fee: bile as they developed into arms, and the hind limbs would have become legs with three fuactional toes

“The most remarkable development, however, would be in the skull, which would enlarge to accommodate the growing brain and develop convolutions (as in man).

‘As these animals deyeloped they would have be- come slender and gracelul bipeds, their necks short ened, their heads larger, their orbits expanded and

Is receded.

inal at the time that man on this planet of ours was beginning 10 walk upright, the evolution of the “dinosaucians” ina neighbouring galaxy was com plete. A highly incelligent andl graceful creature was dominant, civilised and with a technology equal to ts brain development. le would evolve finaly in a form bearing remarkable similarities to descriptions of (UFO) aliens which are received from many sources In other words, the so-called Humanoid, of alien.


closely resembles the end product of the evolution of


the dinosaur from the reptiles, the “terrible lizards” of the Cretaceous period... and an identical form would have been dominant on this Earth had the dinosaurs not suddenly died out.


DINOSAURS. .. NOT HUMANOID? Figure 1: Hypothetical evolutionary tree of the Dinosaur,


Figure 2: Aten cha reported by Cea witnes nae


BINLEULAS VISION PRESENT day Resuer CoN voLUTeD BEAIN OF OAL Tn Faure DeveLornenr ASR) — Bausaca —

MEWENsLe HAND . sh amie, é \erancn S theme Kees df Ne covioy ie

GeMirania +

(insipor ats Cave) a os cetnesmucin


LAcee CMY EES sd = Mekere by esey muna SAUNT (exven)


\igoes


PevDEAL MON oATHULan,


dines nueus utn5 (Berover) gies (ere)


sg racsetnss (Eerier) Sands € wi2Aupy Lesser)


REPTILES —_~ Wvilnane


300


pes


Exhibit 4


This Exhibit is important for several reasons. For one thing, it shows how much interest is actually paid to UFO photographs, which we never hear about publicly. It tells us of one agency that perfoms official analysis of UFO photographs, and who they report to on the results of such analyses.

They even found the photographs mentioned here to be probably real and legitimate photos of an unidentified object in flight, and not a hoax or deception.

But more inportant than that, this message identifies, for the first time, the continued existence of "MJ TWELVE". It also identifies one of a number of official U.S. Government agencies, "lead by NASA" who “actively investigates legitimate sightings through covert cover", and that the USAF is no longer “publicly active in UFO research", but "in all UFO sightings over USAF installations/test ranges". It is NASA who now filters results of sightings to appropriate military departments with interest in that particular sighting.

This document even mentions another super-secret "Project Aquarius" whose access is restricted to "MJ TWELVE”. Project Aquarius involves an attempt by the U.S. Government to make contact with the operators of the extraterrestrial vehicles in the hands of MJ TWELVE. The late Dr. Eric Henry Wang was also involved in this critical project. It is our understanding that some success has been achieved.

All personnel involved in any way in these operations are "thorough- ly debriefed at regular intervals".

Because of the importance of this document, and the loss of clarity in shrink reproduction of it for this book, we have reproduced it as originally set up, without the underlining and circles for emphasis inserted by somebody else. A shrink reproduction is also included.


301


(Heading [censored] )


{Gensored]) (Time Stamp) ZNY [Censored] 17 NOV 1980 cr


[Censored] FOR AFOSI ONLY

R 1711302 Nov 80

FM HQ AFOSI BOLLING AFB DC/IVOE

TO [Censored]

INFO 7602 AINTELG FT BELVOIR VA/INSH

[Censored] FOR AFOSI ONLY

REF: REQUEST FOR PHOTO IMAGERY INTERPRETATION YOUR MSG 2920302 OcT 80.

SUBECT CASE NR: [Censored]

1, SUBJECT NEGATIVES/FILM WERE ANALYZED BY HQ IVT AND 7602 AINTELB/IT AND THE FOLLOWING RESULTS WERE FOUND:


A. NEGATIVE #1: DEPLICTING C-5A AIRCRAFT ON APPROACH AND .


STREAKING UNIDENTIFIED AERIAL OBJECT IN LOWER RIGHT POR- TION OF FILM. FILM FOUND TO BE UNALTERED. SIZE DIFFEREN- TIAL WAS NOT CONSISTENT WITH SIZE OF AIRCRAFT. CONCLU- SION: INCONCLUSIVE.

B. NEGATIVE #2: DEPLICTING CYLINDER SHAPED UNIDENTIFIED AERIAL OBJECT IN UPPER LEFT PORTION OF PHOTO. FILM FOUND TO BE UNALTERED. FILM SHOWED OBJECT TO BE CONSISTENT WITH FIELD DEPTH AND CONSISTENT WITH RELATIVE SIZE OF FIXED OBJECTS. CONCLUSION: LEGITIMATE NEGATIVE OF UN- IDENTIFIED AERIAL OBJECT. BOLTON/REINFELD METHOD DID NOT REVEAL VISIBLE MARKINGS ON OBJECT.

C. NEGATIVE #3: DEPLICTING IRREGULAR SHAPED UNIDENTIFIED AERIAL OBJECT IN SEVEN FRAMES OF 8MM FILM, BECAUSE OF THE SIZE AND APPARENT SPEED OF OBJECT NO FURTHER CLASS- IFICATION OR CONCLUSION COULD BE DRAWN. FILM SHOWN TO BE UNALTERED.

D. 34 INCHES OF 8MM FILM: DEPLICTING APPARENT COLORED OBJECT MOVING IN FRONT OF STILL CAMERA. FILM FOUND TO BE UNALTERED. SPECTROGRAPHY REVEALED COLORS TO BE BASIC PRISM FEATURES. DEPTH ANALYSIS REVEALED OBJECT TO BE WITHIN 152MM OF CAMERA. OBJECT WAS NOT CONSISTENT WITH RELATIVE SIZE OF FIXED OBJECTS OBSERVED FOR SEVERAL SECONDS IN FILM. CONCLUSION: INCONCLUSIVE.

E. ORIGINAL NEGATIVE DEPLICTING UNIDENTIFIED OBJECT. FILM FOUND TO BE UNALTERED. BECAUSE OF A LACK OF FIXED OBJECTS IN THE FILM, NO DEPTH ANALYSIS COULD BE PERFOR- MED. BOLTON/REINFELD METHOD REVEALED OBJECT TO BE SAUCER


302


SHAPED, APPROXIMATE DIAMETER 27 FEET. OBJECT CONTAINED A TRILATERAL INSIGNIA ON THE LOWER PORTION OF OBJECT. CONCLUSION: LEGITIMATE NEGATIVE OF UNIDENTIFIED AERIAL OBJECT.

F. REF YOUR REQUEST FOR FURTHER INFORMATION REGARDING HQ CR 44. THE FOLLOWING IS PROVIDED: CAPT GRACE 7602 AINTELG INS CONTACTED AND RELATED FOLLOWING: (S/WINTEL) USAF NO LONGER PUBLICLY ACTIVE IN UFO RESEARCH. HOWEVER USAF STILL HAS INTEREST IN ALL UFO SIGHTINGS OVER USAF INSTALLATIONS/TEST RANGES. SEVERAL OTHER GOVERNMENT AGENCIES, LEAD BY NASA, ACTIVELY INVESTIGATES LEGITIMATE SIGHTINGS THROUGH COVERT COVER. (S/WINTEL/FSA) ONE SUCH COVER IS UFO REPORTING CENTER, US COAST AND GEODETIC SURVEY, ROCKVILLE, MD 20852. NASA FILTERS RESULTS OF SIGHTINGS TO APPROPRIATE MILITARY DEPARTMENTS WITH IN- TEREST IN THAT PARTICULAR SIGHTING. THE OFFICIAL US GOVERNMENT POLICY AND RESULTS OF PROJECT AQUARIUS IS STILL CLASSIFIED TOP SECRET WITH NO DISSENINATION OUT_ SIDE OFFICIAL INTELLIGENCE CHANNELS AND WITH RESTRICTED ACCESS TO "MJ TWELVE". CASE ON BENNEWITZ IS BEING MON- ITORED BY NASA INS, WHO REQUEST ALL FUTURE EVIDENCE BE FORWARDED TO THEM THRU AFOSI IVOE [censored]. REF YOUR REQUEST FOR TECHNICAL ASSISTANCE. BECAUSE OF A CHANCE OF PUBLIC DIS- CLOSURE, NO KNOWLEDGEABLE PERSONNEL WITH SPA WILL BE PROVIDED. CONTINUE TO RECEIVE ASSISTANCE FROM INDIVIDUALS MENTIONED IN YOUR MESSAGE, MILLER, FUGATE. BECAUSE OF THE SENSITIVITY OF CASE, REQUEST


[Censored]


303


' a Pon W°OST_ONLY \3 ry SSF Panta pe


20) ASUAL GUJNCT IN LOWE RIGIT PORTION OF FILM. FILM FOUND 10 BE UNALTGD. Size SSS DIFEERENTLALWS NOT CONSISTENT WITH SIZE OF ALACRAFT, CONCLUSION: INCONCLUSIVE t. NEGATIVE #2; PEPLICTING CYLINDER SHAPED UNIDENTIFIED AERIAL OBJECT IN UPPER + LEFT PORTION OF THOTO. FILM FOUND TO BE UNALTERED. FILM SHOWED OBJECT TO BE CONSISTENT WITH FIELD DEFH AND_ODNSISTENT.MITHRELATI VE_SIZE OF FIXED. OBJECTS ,_


ON: TIMATE NEGATIVE, OF UNLDENTIRIED AERIAL OBJECT... STON REINFELD. ere DID NOT REVEAL VISIBLE. MARKINGS ON OBJECT. awe Sa ( ' NEGATIVE #3: DEPLICTING IRREGULAR SWAPED UNIDENTIFLED AERIAL OBNICT IN

‘SEVEN FRAMES OF BMM FILM. BECAUSE OF THE SIZE AND APPARENT S12D OF OB. OCT

( NO FURTHER CLASSIFICATION OR CONCLUSION COULD BE DRAWN. FILM SHOWN TO BE


sa, De 34 TNDHES OF BMM FILM: DEPLICTING APPARENT COLDED LAJECT MOVING IN FRONT WBA oe STIL. CHERA, FILM FOUND TO BE UNLTODD. SHCTIUQINIY HhvEN A) NL805; TO

1 UASIC MUSH FEATURES, - DEPTH ANALYSIS REVEALED OQJECT TO ME WITILLN 15044 OF (GAMERA, OBJECT WAS NOT CONSISTENT WITH RELATIVE SIZE OF FIZED OBJECTS OBSERVED


NO_LONGER ICLY ACTIVE IN UFO, RESEARCH, NOWEVER USAF STILL. HAS INTEREST __ WY ALL, UFO SIGSTIKS OVER USAF INSTALLATICN/TEST RANGES. SEVERAL OTHER GOVETIMENT (GENCIES, LEAD BY NASA, ACTIVELY, INVESTIGATES LEGITIMATE SIGHTINGS THROUGH COVERT _ _ . (S/WINTEL/FSA)S_ ONE CONER=IS.| cone, AUAVEY, ROCKVILLE, FILTERS RESULTS OF. 30. LITARY DEPAR’ WITH INTEREST IW THAT PARTIQULAR_SIGHTING. THE OFFICIAL ..... US GOVERNMENT POLICY AND IG:SULTS OF BROECTQQUAMIUS IS_STILL SECRET TH NO D) OUTSIDE PEFICIAL I CENCE, ¢ FEE wCESS TOC TWELVE). \CASE OY BOWNEMITZ\IS BEING KONITORED BY NASA INS, ( 9) \pequest E EVIDENCE BE FORMARDED ‘TO THEM THAU AFDSI/IVOE. . <=. — 4. , REF YOUR REQUEST FOR TECHNICAL_ASSISTANCE,— BECAUSE OF A CHANCE OF PUBLIC AQISCLOSURE, MO KNOWLEDGEABLE PERSOWEL WITH GD MILL BE PROVIDED. CONTINUE TO RADHIVE ASSISTANCE FROM INDIVIDUALS MENTIONED IN YOUR MESSAGE, MILLEN, FUGATE. BECAUSE OF © ye SENSITIVITY OF CASE, ROQUEST THEY BE THONOUGHLY DEMRIEFED AT REGULAR INTERVALS. ~ 4 ‘ LAR ATEN


Souda a


Downgraded copy of the AFOSI TWX identifying "MJ TWELVE” on line 45.


304


CHAPTER VIII A MAJOR BREAKTHROUGH - SCULLY WAS RIGHT!


All during this investigation, the predominant thought that kept going through my mind was, ‘If I could only locate one well known sci- entist, who was actually involved in the super-secret government re— search and development projects of this nature, or otherwise, during the time of the alleged Aztec UFO recovery, to confirm or refute the real truth of the story’. But that remained elusive snd seemed contin~- vally unobtainable, yet a dream that pleagued my mind. I searched and searched through books and indices that gave references to the various members of the Office of Scientific Research and Development, during the war, of the Joint Research and Development Board immediately after the war, and of the Research and Development Board, that immediately succeeded that. It was logical that Dr. Vannevar Bush and his collea- gues would have to have been the scientists that were involved in a project as secret as this allegedly was. But, the more I searched, the more I found out that most of the well known figures had passed away long ago. I contacted same of their descendents, but they didn't know anything, or they weren't talking.

Even documentation from official government sources, military and scientific, was nowhere to be found, which referred to flying saucer crash recoveries, and their subsequent analysis. The rumors persisted, but official proof to back up the rumors eluded my research efforts.

Finally, light started to dawn at the end of the tunnel, when a doc- ument was released to a persistent ufologist, not in the United States but in Canada, in the late 1970s. The investigator was Arthur Bray, a former member of the Royal Canadian Air Force, and retiree from the Royal Canadian Navy, who had been investigating the UFO phenomenon for 30 years. The document that was released to him was actually titled, "Geo-Magnetics", and was written by Wilbert B. Smith, Senior Radio Engineer of the Canadian Department of Transport, dated November 21, 1950, and it was classified Top-Secret!

The purpose of the document was to initiate a formal request to set up a Canadian Government sponsored UFO study, in order to accumlate knowledge on how the saucers operate, so that the technology discover- ed could be put to practical use formankind, The "Memo" was directed to C.P. Edwards, the Director of the Department of Transport, with support. requested from the Canadian Defence Research Board (DRB), dir- ected by Dr. Omand M. Solant (Dr. Bush's counterpart in the Canadian Government and close friend). This old document itself was downgraded fron “Top-Secret" to "Confidential" on September 15, 1969, with the stipalation that, "It should never be revealed to the public."


305


The vital part of that document that pertains to crashed-recovered- analized flying saucers is as follows:

"While in Washington attending the NARB conference, two books were released, one titled “BEHIND THE FLYING SAUCERS" by Frank Scully, and the other, "THE FLYING SAUCERS ARE REAL" by Donald Kehoe. Both books dealt mostly with the sightings of Unidentified Flying Objects and both books claim that the flying objects were of extra-terrestrial origin and might well be space ships from another planet. Scully claimed that the preliminary studies of one saucer which fell into the hands of the United States Government indicated that they operated on some hitherto unknown magnetic principles.

"I_made discreet enquiries through the Canadian mrbassy ‘staff in Washington, who were able to obtain for me the following information:

"a. The matter is the most highly classified subject in the United States Government, rating higher even than the H-bomb.

"b. Flying saucers exist.

"c, Their modus operendi_is unknown, but concentrated effort is being made by a small group headed by Doctor Vannevar Bush.

"d. This entire matter is considered by the United States author- ities to be of tremendous significence.

Arthur Bray had found an official government document, though not of U.S. origin, significent in the fact that it implied that the U.S. Government has in its posession crash-recovered flying saucers, with- out stating it outright. Evidently, Wilbert B. Smith, a very intelli- gent man, took Scully's book very seriously, in that he went to the extent of making those "discreet inquiries" through the Canadian Er bassy staff in Washington, to find out if there was anything to it! We have listed above, the four pieces of information which Snith con- sidered the most significent of the data obtained through those "dis- creet inquiries". Notice that Smith mentioned Scully's book and its contents about the crash-recovered flying saucers just before his telling of making those “discreet inquiries". This proved to Arthur Bray that there was a direct link between Scully's book and the four mentioned pieces of information that Smith found out. But why didn't Smith simply make the statement outright that "the United Stated Gov- ermment has in its posession crash-recovered flying saucers, that are subsequently being examined under concentrated study by a small group headed by Dr. Vannevar Bush"? He didn't consider himself allowed to state it outright, nor did he allow him self to make a statement about the most. highly classified subject in the United States Goverment in written form. He did the next best thing, he implied it by making statements about it, without stating it directly.

Many UFO researchers latched on to this newly found document and referred to it in their campaigns to substantiate their claims that


306


the U.S. Government does indeed have recovered flying saucers.

But, there was still something lacking, in that there mist be some written notes somewhere, in some diary or something, that referred directly to those "discreet inquiries” and their content, channels, and the answers.

Another very significent point in Smith's "Geo-Magnetics" Memo was the direct tie established between Dr. Vannevar Bush and flying saucer analysis (crash saucer analysis also implied)!

Arthur Bray bagan an intensive search for anything else pertaining to Smith's "discreet Inquiries". exhausting every possible official avenue; but he came up with nothing. His next plan of action was to look up and search through any of Wilburt B. Smith's personal notes. He met and befriended Wilbert Smith's widow, Murl. Through her, he found out that Smith's research notes were in the posession of W. James Smith, Wilbert's son.

After a few days of patiently waiting, and then searching, he was finally permitted access to Wilbert's research notes. Smith, like any other collector of extensive research notes, had a unique "system" of organization known only to himself. This makes it a little difficult for one to find what he is looking for. Together, Arthur Bray and W.J. Smith attacked the room full of notes, which had been "cannibalized" by scientific researchers who were interested in Smith's "New Science", based upon the saucer'’s technology. Tediously, Bray searched on, with those two words always on his mind, "discreet inquiries". He knewthe dates for those inquiries at the Canadian Ambassy had to fall some- where between August 1950 (the date Scully's book hit the book stores) and November 21, 1950 (the date of the "Geo-Magnetics" Memo) .

They found thousands of notes written in Wilbert's own handwriting; and they had to carefully read each set, same of which consisted of several pages. Finally, after a long and tedious search, the light that dawned at the end of the tunnel when the Geo-Magnetics Memo was found, flooded in upon Bray's consciousness. He couldn't believe that the long search was over at last. He actually held in his hand, three pages of noted marked "Notes on interview through Lt. Col. Bremner with Dr. Robert I Sarbacher", dated September 15, 1950! Was this the actual interview made by Wilburt B. Smith through the Canadian Hrbassy, that were the substance of those "discrete inquiries"? The date was right, the subject matter was right. Now all he had to find out was, who were Lt. Col. Bremner and Dr. Robert I. Sarbacher?

Bray made Xerox copies of the three pages of notes, and then began to search for the positions, job capacities and responsibilities of those two men at that time. Bray decided not to reveal the notes to any other UFO researchers before everything about them was substan- tiated to his satisfaction.


307


Wilbert B. Smith Interviews Dr. Robert I. Sarbacher 15 September 1950


‘ she™ WILBERT B. SMITH Dr. ROBERT I. SARBACHER


1910 = 27 December 1962


Lt. Col. Bremner was found to be the Canadian Defense Attache at the Canadian Bnbassy in Washington, D.C. This showed the notes to be the substance of those "discrete inquiries"!

Dr. Robert I Sarbacher proved to have been Director of Research for WEDD Laboratories, Dean of Georgia Tech's Post Graduate School, anda consultant to the U.S. Government's Research and Development Board (R&DB)! This information cinched it. These notes definitely were the substance of those discreet inquiries. Bray still kept this information secret from the rest of the ufological commmity for the time being. He would wait until the MUFON Symposium in Toronto, Canada, on 2 to 4 July 1982 to reveal it personally and privately to Leonard H. String- field.

On July 3, 1980, Bray mished a letter out to Stringfield saying:

"I have read your Status Report II, and, with particular reference to item B-12 (Frank Scully), I thought you would be interested in the following:

"The noted Canadian ufologist Wilbert B. Smith, conducted an inter- view with a top American Scientist involved in the UFO business in the early days, who confirmed to Smith, that the facts in Scully's book were "substantially correct". I have Smith's personal notes recording


308


this interview on September 15, 1950. The interview was conducted through the good offices of the Canadian Frbassy in Washington. I re- ported this information on page 59 of my recent book, THE UFO CONNEC- TION. The name of the American Scientist was Dr. Robert I. Sarbacher, who was Director of Research, National Science Laboratories, Inc.

"This greatly strengthens Scully's claims and certainly lends sup- port to the "contrived exposure" theory.


(Note: In Status Report II, Case B-12, —- Stringfield says that some UFO researchers theorized that maybe the exposure of BEHIND THE FLYING SAUCERS, as a hoax, was contrived. Well, now you know it was, as I pointed out in ChapterIv.]


Needless to say, Bray, not knowing for sure whether these interview notes should be made public just yet, did not bring copies to show Stringfield at the Toronto Symposium. But he did confimm, along with Murl Smith, that the Geo-Magnetics memmo of November 21, 1950, was an Official Canadian Document. Stringfield didn’t ask about these interview notes.

Stringfield came out with his monograph titled "UFO CRASH RETRIEVALS: AMASSING THE EVIDENCE, Status Report III, immediately after the Toronto MUFON Symposium. It was available to the public in September of 1982.

As a last minute case, under the heading "Supersecrets, Et Cetra", on page 41, Stringfield mentioned the letter from Arthur Bray, telling of the Smith-Sarbacher interview that confimned the Scully story.

I purchased Status Report III fron Leonard Stringfield in October of 1982. For same reason, I let it lay for four solid months before I began my own search for Sarbacher. I guess I presumed that he must be dead by now, since 1950 was 33 years ago. But finally I awakened to the startling realization that he could possibly be alive and willing to talk. I wrote to Stringfield on March 10, 1983, requesting the address of Arthur Bray. On April 7, 1983, I received the address from Stringfield. On April 8th I wrote to Arthur Bray. explaining my Scully story research, and asking him for the postal address of Wilburt B. Smith's widow. I also thought, at the time, that I might as well go all the way, and ask him for a copy of those Smith-Sarbacher interview notes. What could it hurt; he could only say no.

But to my surprise and amazement, Bray sent everything that I had asked for. There before my eyes was the same flood of light that over- whelmed Bray's mind, flooding mine beyond comprehension! Here, I came to the startling realization, was a major breakthrough in the solving of the Flying Saucer mystery that had pleagued the minds of countless researchers for almost 40 years! The United States Government DOES INDEED HAVE CRASHED-RECOVERED FLYING SAUCERS OF UNKNOWN ORIGIN! Scully was right! He was telling the truth all along!


309


Here is the complete Wilbert B. Smith interview with Dr. Robert I, Sarbacher through the offices of the Canadian Hmbassy on September 15th 1950:


Sept. 15, 1950 Notes on interview through Lt/C. Bremer with Dr. Robert I. Sarbacher,


WBS I am doing some work on the collapse of the earth's magnetic field as a source of energy, and I think our work may have a bearing on the flying saucers.


RIS What do you want to know?


WBS I have read Scully's book on the saucers and I would like to know how mich of it is true.


RIS The facts reported in the book are substantially correct. (The emphasis is mine -WS)

WBS Then the saucers exist?

RIS Yes, they exist.

WBS Do they operate as Scully suggests on magnetic principles?

RIS We have not been able to duplicate their performance,

WBS So they come from some other planet?

RIS All we know is, we didn't make them, and it's pretty certain they didn't originate on the earth.

WES I Understand the whole subject of saucers is classified.

RIS Yes, it is classified two points higher than the H-bomb. In fact


it_is the most highly classified subject in the U.S. Government at the present time. (Hmphasis mine -WS)


WBS May I ask the reason for the classification? RIS You may ask, but I can't tell you.


WBS Is there any way in which I canget same information, particularly as it might fit in with our ow work?


RIS I suppose you could be cleared through your own Defence Department and I am pretty sure arrangements could be made to exchange in- formation. If you have anything to contribute, we would be glad to talk it over, but I can't give you any more at the present time.

Note: The above is written out from memory following the interview. I have tried to keep it as nearly verbattum as possible


310


2,2 ease


pes om i : peor SL Ronee gs BLL eS


yee Lam abcngteme werk on Bde


POEL ce Soe Aamig


Ws Met olo your MAND OD feoraci) . O_Lane Aad SenlZ!

Wiis ovate enced Sah ss pgs Ae? peer neeek GA:


zh jeee epee a nes iby. Sad Mehaee WE Lhan Whe Aneeers Ob eer? Ms. Go : ey aa t,

@


“rAty as ell


. if. Phagnhic

Actual reproduction of Wilbert B. Smith's handwri

,
itten notes on hi

interview with Dr. Retexe I Sarbacher conceming the possibilits of

captured Flying Disc's in the hands of the United states Gove: = ment .


311


AS:


Ris


Circa

ZL. j

Lepcteinn wl magic “ At es Chih ol Kb

bps se leas

Ce ww Aicol sors oe OF

ae ; ae p ftetne


312


Rs.


@)


Can

patients a, Sees

ys oes ann an neg

2 fist yen cent

pecee oon Ope Chae Taw Fé res

ttt re 5, tel Lh em


Here we have it —- Wilbert B. Smith has an interview with a prom inent U.S. scientist, a consultant to the U.S. Goverrment. Research and Development Board, who actually stated, in an official capacity, that the contents of Frank Scully's book BEHIND THE FLYING SAUCERS, "are substantially co: ". He was literally saying that Scully was telling the truth; The United States Bovernment does have crashed-recovered flying saucers, and the bodies of the occupants!! There actually was an Aztec recovery!

Part of my elusive, and seemingly unattainable dream had came true. Now, if Dr. Robert I. Sarbacher is still alive, I mist locate and in- terview him myself. I went to the local library to see what I could find. Both WHO'S WHO IN AMERICA and AMERICAN MEN OF SCIENCE gave the new york listing of his Research Company, but I couldn't find an up to date listing.

I tried the clean-sweep approach, which involved looking through Telephone Directories of cities that had major Aerospace Research and


Development Centers —- no such luck. Then I decided to go by his bio-~.


graphy in AMERICAN MEN OF SCIENCE. I tried using logic as far as the places he would be likely to settle in at retirement age, based m the places where he went to and/or taught school. I found that in 1933 he received his Batchelor of Science Degree from Florida Uni- versity, meaning that he at least spent four years there. Then I no- ticed that he was the Dean of Georgia Tech Graduate School from 1945 to 1948. Then I further noticed that he received his Doctor's Degree of Electrical Engineering from Florida University in 1951. It seemed as though Dr. Sarbacher liked it in the Georgia-Florida area. Palm Beach, Florida, was a more or less retirement commmnity, and at the same time had some aerospace research and development going on there. I picked up the 1983 edition of the Palm Beach, Florida Telephone Directory, and lo and behold, there was Dr. Robert I, Sarbacher listed at not one but two addresses and telephone numbers!

On May 18, 1983, I generated my first letter to Dr. Sarbacher as shown in the reproduced pages following this one. I waited patiently for an answer, wrote two one page reminder letters to Sarbacher, and then called him on the telephone on July 31, 1983. That conversation went as follows:


WSS My name is william Steinman, I wrote a couple of letters to you.


RIS Yes, Lremember, I was away for a while and I didn't receive the letters until recently. I do fully intend to respond to them. I am in the middle of moving all my stuff, right now.


WSS Do you agree with the full contents of my letters?


314


@


WILLIAM S. STEINMAN 15043 ROSALITA DR, LA MIRADA, CALIF,


90638 DR. ROBERT |. SARBACHFR: 500 BRAZILIAN AVE. PALM BEACH, FLORIDA 33480 MAY TE, 1983


DEAR DR. SARBAC!


ALLOW ME TO INTRODUCE MYSELF. MY NAWE IS WILLIAMS, STEINMAN, | AM A FREE~LANCE INVESTIGATOR INTO THE SUBJECT MATTER PERTAINING TO UFOLOGY, PHYSICAL EVIDENCE. AT THE PERSENT TIME, | AM, AND HAVE BEEN IN- VESTIGATING INTO THE CRASHED AND RECOVERED FLYING SAUCER CASES. IN SARTICULAP, | AM INTERESTED JN THAT FLYING SAUCER THAT WAS RECOVERED EAST OF AZTEC, NEW MEXICO, IN 1948. SO FAR, | HAVE COLLECTED THE FOLLOWING FACTS PEFTAINING TO THIS PARTICULAR CASE: 1. | HAVE LOCATED, VIS/TED, AMD VERIFIED THE EXACT PECOVEPY SITE, WHICH |S SITUATED 12 MILES NORTH EAST OF AZTEC, NEW MFY/CO, IM HART CANYON, ON TOP OF A ROCKY PLATEAU. 2. | HAVE LOCATED AND INTERVIEWED THE 1948 OWNER OF THE PANCH QO! WHICH THE FLYING SAUCE WAS RECOVERED. 3. | HAVE LOCATED AND (NTEPVIEWED A PANCH OWIEP, WHO SAW THE FLYING SAUCER COIING DOWN ACROSS HS OWN RANCH, ON ITS WAY TO THE CRASH RECOVERY SITE. 4, 1 HAVE LOCATED AND INTERVIEWED THO RETIRED MILITARY INTELLIGENCE OFFICERS, WHO WERE MEMBERS OF THE RECOVERY TEAY'. 5. | HAVE LOCATED AND OBTAINED COPIES OF TWO DOCUMENTS THAT REFFENCE THE AZTEC FLYING SAUCE. INCIDENT. ‘A. A DECLASSIFIED A.0.S.1. COCUMENT, B, THREE PAGES OF NOTES RECORDING AN INTERVIEW BETWEEN WILBERT B. SMITH WITH YOURSELF THAT VERIFY THE SCOK BY FRANK SCULLY, BEHIND THE FLYING SAUCERS, AS CONT AINING "FACTS THAT ARE SUBSTANTIALLY COPRECTY 6. | AM IN THE PROCESS OF FOLLOWINGUP ON MANY MANY OTHEP LEADS, PEP TTAINING BOTH DIRECTLY AND. INDIRECTLY TO THIS AZTEC, NEW MEXICO CASE.


DR. SARBACHER, CAN YOU PLEASE TELL ME WHAT YOU D0 KNOW, AS PER~ TAINING TO THIS PARTICULAR FLYING SAUCER RECOVERY OR ANY OTHERS THAT YOU M|GYT SE MORE FAMILIAR WITH. | NEED TO KNOW WHERE | CAN OBTAIN PHOTOGRAPHS OF THE AZTEC FLYING SAUCER AT THE CRASH=RECOVERY SITE ANO AT THE COMPOUND IN WHICH IT IS BEING


STORED TO THIS DAY.


William S. Steinman's first letter to Dr. Robert I Sarbacher.


315


PLEASE CONSIDER EVERY THING THAT WAS SAID PEFOPT, IN


@


DR. SARBACHER, TER, AND THANY YOU VERY MUCH FOP YOUP HELP. © IN THIS MATTER. o | WOULD ALSO LIKE TO HAVE A COPY OF THE FULL COVERIMENT pEogEr q LETTE EASE He OU POSSIBLY CAN CONCERNING THIS VERY IMPORTANT MATTE, THE RECOVERY OPERATION, THE ANALYSIS, ANT THE AUTOPSIFS PERFOPNIED Oy re HERI ae THIS EryRITE TO ME AS OCCUPANTS. | NEED THE NAMES ANC CURRENT MAILING ADDRESSES OF ANYON EUse wegen Lok BE ASLE TO HELP ME ON THIS MATTER. WHO Heyy DID THE FOLLOWING PERSONS TAKE PAPT IN THE ACTUAL RECOVER) AND/OR ON SPOT,AND/OR POST ANALYS/S PROCESSING OF THE AZTEC FLYING SAUCEES ATION THOMAS, TOMNSENE BROWN VERY SINCFPELY YOUPS OR, HELLMUT SCHMIDT Vm , DR. ROSERT H. KENT DR. JOHN VON NEUMAN a OR, WERNER VON BRAUN MI LENA Re STRIN


DR. FRANCIS BITTER DR. LEO A. GEBAUER DR. J. ROBERT OPPENHEIMER 1 BO KNOW AS A FACT THAT DR. VANNEVAR BUSH AND OR, ERIC HENPY WANG DID PEPEQEY gape, ANALYSIS ON THE FLYING SAUCER. BUT | DON'T QUITE KNOW WHETHER THEIR ANALYSIS vines YOU PLEASE CLARE PACTUAL RECOVERY SITE, AT LOS ALAMOS, OP SOKE OTHER comsoung, "AS,, YOU PLEASE CLARIFY THIS FOR ME, . AS PERTAINING TO THOSE INTERVIEW NOTES, AS REFEPENCED ON PACE #1 OF HIS LETTER, UNDER COLLECTED FACTS, POINT # 5,B; THESE THPFE PAGES CAME FROM THE PESE ary” DIATY OF WILBERT B. SMITH, AS HE WAS COLLECTING DATA PRECEEDING THE SETTING Uo ne CANADA'S"PROJECT MAGNET" (THAT COUNTRIES OFFICIAL FLYING SAUCEP |NVFEST/GAT| oO PROJ EPT 1950-1953). AS YOU ALREADY KNON WILBEPT B, SttiTH WAS THE PROJECT HEAD, WORKING WiTHim CANAD'S DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION, THE PORTION OF THE NOTES THAT CALICUT Hey ATTENT INA AND CAUSED ME TO CONTACT YOU, WAS SMITHS SECOND AND FOURTH QUESTIONS TO YoU (SEE your XEROX COPY, ATTACHED TO THIS LETTER). SMITH ASKED YOU, "1 HAVE READ SCULLY'S Fone on THE SAUCERS AND WOULD LIKE TO KNOW HOW MUCH OF 1T 1S TRUE." YOUR ANSWER WAS, "Tur FACTS: REPORTED IN THE BOOK ARE SUBSTANTIALLY CORRECT". ANO AGAIN SHITH ASKEC YOU, "nn vuFY OPERATE AS SCULLY SUGGESTED ON MAGNETIC PRINCIPLES?" YOUR ANSWER WAS, "WE HAVE Nor BEEN ABLE TO DUPLICATE THEIR PERFORMANCE." THIS INTERVIEW TOOK PLACE ON SEPTEMBER 15, 1950 THROUGH L.H.C. BEE! OF THE CANADIAN EMBASSY IN WASHINGTON D.C, CAN YOU PLEASE SUBSTANTIATE THIS INTEFVICX, AS YOU KNOW, THE BOOK THAT SCULLY WROTE, BEHIND THE FLYING SAUCERS, PURLISHED AY HOLT AND COMPANY, IN AUGUST OF 1950, DELT EXCLUSIVELY WITH THE SUBJECT MATTER PERTAINING TO THE MILITARY RECOVERY OF THREE FLYING SAUCERS FROM 1948 TO 1949. THE WAIN THRUST OF THE BOOK DELT WITH THE AZTEC, NEW MEXICO, RECOVERY IN PARTICULAR, AND YOU SAIC THAT CONTENTS RECORDED IN THAT BOOK," ARE SUBSTANTIALLY COPREC MY MAIN PURPOSE OF THIS INVESTIGATION, 1S TO ACCUMULATE DATA AS PI ’ TO PROVE THAT OUR GOVERNVENT DOES INDEED HAVE THESE FLYING SAUCERS HAPSCUSTN AWAY IP VARIOUS MILITARY AND SCIENTIFIC COMPOUNDS AROUND THESE UNITED STATES. THEN USE THIS EVIDENCE TO PERSUADE THOSE WHO CONTROLL THIS SHROUD OF EXTREME SECRECY, 70 [0 Wer WITH THIS UNNECESSARY SECRECY AND TURN THE CRAFT OVER TO THE TOTAL SCIENTIFIC BOP ys UNITY FOR THE PROPER ANALYSIS THAT THEY DESERVE. THIS PROPER ANALYSIS SHOULD FVE Ay THROUGH A CONCENTRATED EFFORT, LEAD TO A DUPLICATION Cr THE CRAFT. THIS WILL ee My REVOLUTIONISE OUR TECHNOLOGICAL ADVANCEMENT, TURN OUR ECONOMY AROUND FORTHE NET. FEW HUNORED YEARS, SUPPLY OUR MUCH NEEDED ENERGY NEEDS, AND IN THE LONG RUN, ADVAM MANKINDS KNOWLEDGE OF THE UNIVERSE.


316 317


RIS Yes, it is correct.


WSS My primary concern is to substantiate the Scully flying saucer recovery story, Is it true?


RIS Yes, I will respond to your letters in detail, be patient.


I waited a while longer (two months) and then called him on the tel- phone once again. That conversation on August 28, 1983, went as fol- lows:

WSS Dr. Sarbacher, this is William Steinman, once again.

RIS Oh yes, I am going to answer your letters as soon as I can.

WSS My main interest is that particular subject matter pertaining to the recovery of three flying saucers by the U.S. Military between 1948 and 1949, as reported by Frank Scully in BEHIND THE FLYING SAUCERS.


RIS Yes, I fully intend to answer your questions pertaining to that subject.

WSS Do you remember having that conversation with Wilbert B. Smith in September of 1950, at the Canadian Hmbassy in Washington, D.C., and did you verify that the facts as reported by Scully, were substantially correct?


RIS Yes, I do sanewhat recollect meeting with Snith there.


WSS Then, you do agree with what was contained in those notes that recorded that interview, that I sent you?


RIS Yes, but I will write to you. I am very busy... You will probably receive an answer in a month or two... Don't worry; I will answer your letters. Please write to me explaining just exactly what you want.


WSS I will do that, and I will anxiously be waiting for your answer.


On 12 September, 1983, I wrote another letter to Sarbacher, as he had requested, asking him 5 clear, concise questions, and also asking him to review the previous letters. A copy of this letter follows:

I waited patiently for another month, and still no reply. On October 14, 1983, I wrote my last letter to Dr. Sarbacher, asking him if there any particular reasons why he thought he shouldn't, or couldn't, an- swer my letters? A copy of that letter also follows:


318


gid


willidm $-.STein ny, 15043 Rosalita Bee La Miveda, coli


90638 \ Gavbdcher De Robey | stvalisn ve clo! peach s Fe Pareo Sept 12,)993


This 15 9 Follow - ue te my ai Telep one Conv evsyT IM s jeter “bted $1983 , 6-15-73, 7-3! P5lTek)


to you oS] 9-29-83 (Tele). During that


to hele phese Conver sot ian 7% You las g-1e-%3 4, yor asked me just exactly r Cosy pevtam Moy 4. Those by lyme Sauce coSes, Ne Te os a Stated


| st Jettev On 5-17-93, Z need ae Wilts Infor net Fvorn you, if gt a\\ oss) P .

@ yelate Your Q0N exp ey itnce ds Tamms Fo Our OWN Mwolvement with these Vvecevercd Shs SQucevs ~ Diseyi py in oy


William S. Steinman's second letter to Dr. Robert I Sarbacher asking about the Wilbert B. Smith interview. 319


og


Sauceys poceuparts , NImes of othevs mvelved Pisces 6 yeenNlevies, dates °F -vecover, J ete. * © VeriFiceting thet the person ¢ listed) we Towed: @ Thomas Tewnsend Brow, @ De. Weisbers "Helmvs Schmdt @ De. Rober F H. kent

  • © De. Tohn Von Neuman
  • ® De. Wernher Ven Broun

@® De Yvrendys Bitte, G) Dv. Lee A. Ge Bwer

  • @ Dv. ST. RoberF Oppe » helmen

@ De. Evie Hene Wins S s ® Mi ng ush. . cop oO ee & Tce Govt. repoct Texto phe Aztec New Mexico vecsve. 2 any othe~ that you mnighh have ay Baa >: +H), / Copies o e oF Vie read fGle oae both ah the Trash. S4o9 gig


320


OS)


st the Jo bona Tory sand Phiteseaph ety he wecsseates By De Yn oy 5 eet ys jciel Analys oO jcio na hys>_ Gupte oy Sek a Ty, 2 Saucer = hy She Octy pont >> syiew the prevrous letters — “Jouek with Meas posgitly Con oy thie MATTE. -


321


De. Robert i Saehacher C/o 150 Australis, AVS Palm Gesch, Florida 33490


Deoy Dr- Sorbveher *


This is 9 follow


Telephon Conver soT™ *


6-IS-93, 7-31-83 (Tele> ?

PAL-RZ , Copies Atte Is there an7

ye: Feel that yer


Insure m vestin


Jetiers


@


193 ond dated Se hy jand/


William S. Steinmy 15043 Rosulita Dy


Ly Miredy , lp 0699 (53)


Octobe, 14,1983


-ve to my letters and »P yu, dete J $1823, 840-83, B-r0-92 (Tele) and hed .


athigvlas evs, that


ghouldn'} ond/oy Coulda)


s ,95 asked a, phe


S-12-72 ?P rf not then


ay


Se ys please saa aves Pms Fo phe best


pleoss dns we


d


OF your ability oro I photo ies much


ve este) ye por 7 Thank ors


™m this vevy im pew


please Suppl, dhe 9 rp he 2 ) | fart me i


Very Dncerely Moe Te Sed


William S. Steinman's third and last letter to Dr. Robert I Sarbacher-


322


Then I forgot about the entire matter, thinking to myself, 'If he answers, he answers -- if he doesn’t he doesn't.’ After all, Sarbacher is a busy man, and he did promise verbally, two times, that he would answer my letters.

Finally, on December 5, 1983, a letter came in the mail, dated Nov- ember 29, 1983, from Dr. Robert I. Sarbacher. In that letter, a copy of which follows, Dr. Sarbacher, Consultant to the Research and Devel- opment Board in 1950, once again, this time to me personally confirms that the Scully Story is true! The United States Goverrment does in- deed have crash-recovered flying saucers and the bodies of their oc- cupants!

I had carried this one through all the way. My so-called elusive and probably unattainable dream had been fulfilled beyond my wildest im- agination. I had finally reached my goal ~- the Scully Story confinned as true by one who actually knew. Now there was not a doubt in my mind as to the truth or untruth of the Scully narrative account.

In my jubilation over the whole thing, I called William L. Moore and told him that I had received a two-page letter from Dr. Sarbacher that confirms the Scully story as being true. He asked for acopy, promising to keep it confidential. I hesitated at first, and then said, "Come om over on the 7th (December 7th, 1983) and I will give you a copy; but don't distribute it to anyone, except Stan Friedman. Don't give Stan his copy until he promises to keep it confidential also.” Need- less to say, Moore was over like clock work on the 7th of December to pick up his copy...

nm December 24th 1983, I wrote Gray Barker, sharing my jubilation with him, but being careful not to mention Sarbacher's name; only the phrase, "a well known and priminent scientist.

Also on December 9, 1983, I shared my jubilation with Mr. James W. Moseley, asking him to share this remarkable information with his non- subscribers to "Saucer Snear". I was also very careful not to mention Sarbacher's name to Moseley.

The reason behind not sharing Sarbacher's name with Barker or Mose- ley was that I thought the time was not quite right for his name to be published in connection with crashed-recovered flying saucers. After all, Sarbacher did state to Wilbert B. Smith, on September 15, 1950, that the subject was the most highly classified secret in the U.S. Government, at that time. He also implied to me, that the subject still had high classification, when he made the statement in that November 29th letter to me, "I still do not know why the high order of classification has been given and why the denial of the existence of these devices."

If this were still true, then publishing his name in association with crashed-recovered saucers, would place him in a very dangerous


323


WASHINGTON INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY


OCEAMOGRAMHIC ANO PHYSICAL KEENE ES


November 29, 1983


Mr. William Steinman 15043 Rosalita Drive La Mirada, California 90638


Dear Mr. Steinman:

I am sorry I have taken so long in answering your letters. However, I have moved my office and have had to make a number of extended trips.


To answer your last question in your letter of October 14, 1983, there is no particular reason I feel I shouldn't or


couldn't answer any or all of your questions. I am delight-


ed to answer all of them to the best of my ability,


You listed some of your questions in your letter of September 12th, I will attempt to answer them as you had listed them,


1, Relating to my own experience regarding re- covered flying saucers, I had no association with any of the people involved in the recovery and have no knowl- edge regarding the dates of the recoveries. If I had I would send it to you.


2. Regarding verification that persons you list were involved, I can only say this:


John von Neuman was definitely involved. Dr. Vannever Bush was definitely involved, and I think Dr. Robert Oppenheimer also.


My association with the Research and Develop- ment Board under Doctor Compton during the Eisenhower administration was rather limited so that although I had been invited to participate in several discussions asso- ciated withthe reported recoveries, I could not personally attend the meetings. I am sure thatthey would have asked Dr. von Braun, and the others that you listed were probably asked and may or may not have attended. This is all I know for sure.


$00 BRAZILIAN AVEMUE PALM BEACH, FLOMIDA 33400. 308,434


Dr. Robert I Sarbacher answers Steinman's letters and identifies three other scientists definitely involved in the crashad


saucer study and research projects.


324


Mr. William Steinman November 29, 1983 - Page 2


3. I did receive some official reports when I was in my office at the Pentagon but all of these were left there as at the time we were never supposed to take them out of the office.


4. I do not recall receiving any photographs such as you request so I am not in a position to answer.


5. I have to make the same reply as on No. 4.


I recall the interview with Dr. Brenner of the Canadian Embassy, I-think the answers I gave him were the ones you listed. Naturally, T was more familiar with the subject matter under discussion, at that time. Actually, I would have been able to give more specific answers had I attend- ed the meetings concerning the subject. You must understand that I took this assignment as a private contribution. We were called "dollar-a-year men." My first responsibility was the maintenance of my own business activity so that my participation was limited.


About the only thing I remember at this time is that certain materials reported to have come from flying saucer crashes were extremely light and very tough. TI am sure our laboratories analyzed them very carefully.


There were reports that instruments or people operating these machines were also of very light weight, sufficient withstand the tremendous deceleration and acceleration ociated with their machinery. I remember in talking with some of the people at the office that I got the impression these “aliens” were constructed like certain insects we have observed on earth, wherein because of the low mass the inertial forces involved in operation of these instruments would be quite low.


I still do not know why the high order of classification has been given and why the denial of the existence of these devices.


I am sorry it has taken me 50 long to reply but I suggest you get in touch with the others who may be directly involved


in this program. Sincerely_yours,


, pf, We be d pr.“f bs : ? s P. S. It occurs to me that Dr. Bush's name is inccorrect as you have it, Please check the spelling.


Sond aa 7 cep iff


Dr, Sarbacher confinms recovery of material, instruments and occupants from the crashed discs.


325


Cillian 'S043 Ro


Ly Mi é socan'’s Calif


S. Stei solita Aa


Gray Bovker Box D. June Lew, W.V. 26372-0066


December 241983 Deo Gray :


Thanks very much Foy that Copy of VFO Guide 72 fate . This Sesaeres tool uill come in handy durin my: ON90in9 inves tiga ion inte the Aztec Saqucey crash- Recover y- x,

recent y received o letter ProminenT and Vey. js Scientist, who pvesided over g i aie Amevican UnNersity. fi hed Scientist weleres eee see fet theft 4h. Unite,/ tates overan men Bid RE cover 3


7 = Flying Saveers bet ween teas


fromm


named names , gave descrip” He

Zold’ <a | Meeting per ini WES sda!

recovere. Flying Sovucers- 2% Phese My specu!


ybias ave Hu the p ps


326


of those meetings were 7o- O Determine”, just exactly whos did Y Yecover. GJhe htt kale) them. where ‘ they Come m. How much Should Are neem public Know Concerning his.


I believe that the outcome of the meeFing went pvelally Myke Phis: Wwe do not know what we hve @ we oo not know whe radnvforc veo!


@® we ae net know whe re Arey Come


ves * @ The subject matter wos A remir the most highly clossifie! sub jezt


matter iin thé Unite States


Hence , I believe the Following d/iversionsry measures were set-up % craw pull atte ntion owsdy from Die Pruth os Ardvingy fo Flying Savcers: ® Sion Grudge , Blve- Book ® Robertson Pannel , Condon Stoo, ® Civilign Study Gyrovds > efte-


327


_ Now , because of what this Sdys .* 7a pee e ot e

d Few Shov} months the 35 security Iyd wil probably batt


the pblic will


Se v9".


know the Arvth Pied,


ae PS a new » Paadova’s Box ” il) < opened. But, this is whol we yj)


hove &


een anxious ly woihng for ,


ws. Now, W mus


Jetermine Where oh we v7) Hack Gray » please prblish 99 from shee News Letter ond forww/


Copy +s me,


Hove a Very Mer

Chistes ee % Happy New Yeo. Very Sincerely Yours in Resewreh on

Lavestioutian

tlm


328


f Phe bug"


William S. Steinm

. 3 'S043 Rosality D.. La Miveds ocaliy


30639 6 Mosele James w Y pO. Box 163 fort Lees NJ. o70r4 Dece m ber 39,1993 Dear Tim +


atgone wont te open this letter. by wishing yourvevy mevry Christmas ane o happy hew yedy , and may the holiday Sedson byin yer many Supyrises Tim, F hod v very unen pected ond

very pve ound answer Fo one of m investigat iNe letters , Sent out os’ te in the davk”, concer nm the oven men yecovery Crashed “dnd/o “ois vbele lyin Saucers + This Jeter was Sen out last may , te 9 Very prominen ond cuvvently aetive Scientist , whe was inve Wed na United els jeabente Reseyroh an evelsp me, Ursa FS Ywmed iatly offer Tike Second tor lel Wan. ZF Yidn} veally expect om gene ot dll. But the OnSwer Care OH Pies $ ,\983., with anSwevs te my Yvests 3


329


gs, See Bes i wn every detail » concer BT adh.


oveyn ex Vecovey Cvas Teecileled Fhym Sees duvin 1947-1950 Thm pevied. ? This Scientist , toho'’s Name shall Ve mdi Anonymous yo. the Time bem fecay of Seewsy Veasons ond fr his owe pwstectin stoted that here weve 7p


level meetings, held mm Pe pentegonr behine. wee bers of the Pen! and the Scien tifre and Commonites dure

these reine Vee F 3 Sovucers . He

yYNneeT) s Wd s iad ig eat bs we hve eats ow BVhal// s

wey oe kia : Mo, a pr6olic know Je, > bx dod know what nee weren? Manu fire ~ >


toved om Phis eovth » oi)


3 Be Sotas the. nos suv ject tf in Government, wae yom os 7- ersm yb, HY, ‘ d 4 P. ue bho Wey dnectp Smvived 2 Me Yeesvery eperaifin®


yar lida. Znte lisence l94y- /9S5e Cancer hi


wn


cs, So Unt’) this


330


Vannever Bush .@ Dy. abhn Vr Neuman A gd Dr. i


Oppenhesmen 3@ 9” PP ane "Ege very


Dy. ea J. Rober


aye on Braun - He Bir lid 5 Name on/y eceus & + *Recwerp Prijeds - oF He wend on ts Es exp hay me tol yor Crypt, 74 bers si phe morsel mode of opera Dn . i Tt considen Ahis letter r from,


Men ond get sve


_


I belive thet this Scientist Wwe $


veady and waitin ty veved!) as Teulw Concern me, th. bec overy op Sauces - He. pyes ent ea) The Fe


Flys add? rathe~ honchdlomnty ,as iP he Nad No) Concer yor CXT ve ma Secrecy Suaeoading Aw hole mater. Jim, please poblish Sore of This Vette, in? sou, Sede » Tor petlie yessbo> namgud yihert


Y

Pv pose: nn li yn

So ifs ries > ee fale feed-back pos MOK Senos aves tly nS NN the


Rell


331


The contents of this settee x~A Oe i Bye Seriovs + Zn fact 2 Tavs th say , Lf dm_ mor Serious he TZ have ever been. This mmsver rads chills v§ Sey vw and down yn y yeh mv'st sa The rrsy [dL JES pe cy) y Fels. vesedrchers » So DT typ this news dnd my jy) wi) she


Please oe back 49 WH as Sn ¥ 5


oss ih\ vey arding Hhis Ve Pollen! | Sub jee Sect moter: ve


v Si ev¢) ae INC ty


3229


position, whether he realized it or not!

Moseley beat Barker to the punch by publishing my letter to him (Moseley) in the January 20, 1984, edition of "Saucer Smear", as is shown below.


DEDICATED TO THE HIGHEST PRINCIPLES OF UFOLOGICAL JOURNALISM


SAUCER SMEAR


OFFICIAL PUBLICATION OF THE SAUCER AND UNEXPLAINED CELESTIAL EVENTS RESEARCH SOCIETY


MAILING ADDRESS:


P.O, Box 163 24 Volume 31, No, 1 Pany Ley, Beghe B70) Jan. 20th, 1984


NON~SCHEDULED NEWSLETTER EDITOR AND SUPREME COMMANDER;


James W. Moseley


About the most exciting tidbit on hand right now is an unsubstanti- ated claim by crashed-disc researcher (and former Zechel associate) Wil- lian Steinman of California. In a recent missive to us, Bill claims he has received a letter from "a very prominent and currently active scien- tist", in which said scientist confirms "Government recovery of crashed and/or disabled flying saucers during the 1947-1950 time period". Unfor- tunately Bill does not trust us, and so far has refused to reveal the name of the alleged scientist, even in confidence, or to send us a copy of the alleged letter. But he tells us by phone that he has turned the letter over to famed researcher Bill Moore, who presumably is more trustworthy, and that Moore will take it from there, with the help of semi-retired re~ searcher Stan Friedman.

We can't help but wonder why this scientist would confess to Bill Steinman - a complete stranger - information that said scientist alleged- ly adnits is "the most highly classified subject matter in the United States Government”, after having kept the lid on for so many years. It simply makes no sense to us, but if there is even a Germ of truth in this, Perhaps a Congressional investigation is needed! In the meanwhile, we await further developments with the usual Baited Breath. Stay tuned!


The Barker version of my letter caused quite a stir fron William L. Moore, who lashed back at me for what he called "sensationalizing" the Smith-Sarbacher meeting. I tried to explain that that was not all that T had discovered, but he wouldn't believe me.

Moseley, joining Moore, came out with a few more "tidbits" about my letter in his March 1, 1984 and April 25, 1984 editions of "Saucer Smear", both of which made more snide remarks about my efforts, and insinuating that I was hoaxing.

On September 15, 1984, I submitted an article for publication in "Fate" Magazine, titled "The Scully Story Reconsidered". In this ar- ticle, which Jerome Clark turned dow, I mentioned Dr. Sarbacher as "Dr. S." and had Xerox copies made of the Smith-Sarbacher interview notes, which I included. Clark rejected the article on the grounds that "Fate" has a traditional skepticism of crashed-saucer tales."


333


Despite Moseley’s comments, at least 200 to 300 more of the ufolo. gical community were informed that a major breakthrough had been ac. complished. Though it was taken out of context, and lacked a whole lop of the support data in that release, it could be an awakening for some.

Gray Barker finally published a somewhat distorted version in his April 1984, Issue #21, of his "Gray Barker's Newsletter, as shown, below. Compare Barker's version to the original that I wrote to him


on December 24, 19837 Lepding Sclentist Tells All!


Dear Gray:

I recently received a letter from e currently proml- nent and very active scientist, who presides over @ major American university, This sclentist ecknowl- edged that the United Srates Government DID RE- COVER THREE FLYING SAUCERS between 1947-50.

He named names, gsve desriptions, told dates and places of meetings (which he attended) pertaining to these recovered Flying Seucers. The purposes of these meetings were to determine:


1, Just exactly what they did recover,

2. Who manufactured them,

3. Where they came from.

4. How much the American public should know conceming this,


The outcome of the meetings:

(1) We do not know what we have.

(2) We do not know who manufactured them.

(3) We do not know where they came from.

(4) The subject matter was to remain the most highly classified subject matter in these United States.


Hence certain diversionary measures were set up to draw public attention away from the truth pertaining to Flying Saucera:


1. Sign, Grudge, Bluebook. 2. Robertson Panel, Condon Study. 3. Civilian study groups, etc.


Now, beacuse of what this scientist says, "The cat Is out of the bag.” In a few short months the 35- year-old security Id will be lifted, the public will know the truth, snd perhaps a new "Pandora's Box" will be opened. But this is what we all have been anxiously walting for these past 35 years. Now, we must determine where we go from here.

Please publish this in your next NEWSLETTER.

William S. Steinman, 15043 Rosalits Dr., La Mireda, ra OLth.


But, to my recollection, one of the earliest editions of "Fate", May 1950, carried an article by Ray Palmer titled, "Space ships, Flying Saucers, and Clean Noses", which was pro-crashed-recovered saucers.

I carefully and purposefully did not submit a copy of my letter fron Dr. Sarbacher with that proposed "Fate" article. I still felt the time was not quite right to associate Sarbacher's name with the highly se- cret, or so it seemed, subject of crashed-recovered saucers, at least until I knew a little more about this breakthrough.

Then, during late 1984 and early 1985, I began hearing rumors about copies of my Sarbacher letter circulating among ufologists on the east coast. I questioned William L. Moore; but he still maintained that he only gave a copy to Stan Friedman in December of 1983. The rumors in- tensified. By summertime, I heard of at least 8 UFO researchers having copies of that Sarbacher letter (which I had given to Moore in con- fidence) .

Dr. Bruce Maccabee admitted that he received a copy anonymously, in his mailbox, with a postmark from Trenton, New Jersey. He gave a copy to Barry Greenwood, who in turn shared it with Lawrence Fawcett and larry Bryant.

In the meantime, Jerome Clark came out with an article in the August 1985 issue of OMNI Magazine, "UFO Update" section, titled, "John von Meumann and Vannevar Bush were told that the vehicles came from an- other solar system". This article gave quite a bit of information al- most verbatum from my Sarbacher latter, which really wasn't released yet for publication. Clark also included information fran a telephone conversation that he had with Sarbacher (which telephone number he wouldn't have had without my Sarbacher letter). I chalked it off as just another way to spread the news of my big breakthrough to the general public (maybe 3,000,000 of them) in an indirect way.

When Larry Bryant, Barry Greenwood and Lawrence Fawcett (the "Gov- eming Council" of Citizens Against UFO Secrecy (CAUS) received their copy of the Sarbacher letter, they called Sarbacher via telephone on August 5, 1985 to verify for themselves. At first, they considered the Sarbacher letter to be a hoax; but Sarbacher himself verified that the letter was "bona-fide". The contents of my Sarbacher letter, plus their telephone conversation with him, was consequently published in their newsletter, "Just Cause", edition #5, September 1985 as shown on the next page.

The "snowball" kept rolling right along, getting bigger and bigger.

Gordon Creighton of Snodland, Kent, England, publisher of the inter- UFD periodical, "Flying Saucer Review", read the OMNI article and then wrote about Dr. Sarbacher and the crashed saucers in the October 1985 (Vol. 31, No. 1) edition of Flying Saucer Review.


335


JUST CAUSE


Address: P.0.Box 216


Publisner: Lawrence Fawcett Coventry, Conn. 0623: Editor: Subscription:


Barry Greenwood 4 issues-$10 ($15 foreign


NUMBER 5


NEW SERIES September 1985


CONVERSATION WITH DR. SARBACHER '


The August 1985 issue of OMNI carried a story in it's "UFO UP- DATE" section about inside govern- ment information on UFOs as repo- rted by Dr. Robert Sarbacher. For those not familiar with his conn- ection to UFOs, Or, Sarbacher was reported to be the source of the information contained in the now- famous "Smith memo" of Nov.21,1950


JUSY CAUSE reports the unauthorized publication of Steinman's letter from Dr. Robert I Sarbacher in the August 1985 issue of OMNI Magazine in an article authored by Jerome Clark. Up to this time Steinman had authorized no other persen to publish his personal mail, and had only given a copy of the letter to one person.


336


(see CLEAR INTENT, pgs XVI-XV) asserting the reality and high security classification of UFOs by the U.S. government.

CAUS has received a copy of


a letter which Or er_had sent to Ui T Steinman. da


Novenber 29, 1983, he told

a that_meetings of the o! ‘search and “onder Dr. Kar] Compton, urred. The R&DB was part of the National Military Establishment, wnicn 15 now the Department of Defense. The particular meetings Sarbacher referred to revolved around the recovery of a crashed UFO. He said he was not directly involved in the meetings but was told of some of the discussions. As @ result, specifics have elud- ed him over’ the years. He recall- ed that Dr. Vannevar Bush was involved along with Dr. John Von Neumann and possibly Dr. J. Rob- ert Oppenheimer.

More interesting still were statements later in his letter which relate what he did recall about the crash/retrieval info- tation:


"About the only thing I re- member at this time is that cer- tain materials reported to have come from flying saucer crashes were extremely light and very tough. I am sure our laboratories analysed them very carefully.

There were reports that in- struments or people operating these machines were also of very Light weight, sufficient to with- stand the tremendous deceleration and acceleration associated with their machinery. I remember in talking with some of the people at the office that I got the im- pression these ‘aliens’ were con- structed like certain insects we have observed on earth, wherein because of the low mass the in- ertial forces involved in oper- ation of these instruments would be quite low.

I still do not know why the high order of classification has been given and why the denial of


337


the existence of these devices."


Remarkable statements indeed! They still do not amount to proof of crashed UFOs as they must be considered second-hand accounts of the meetings. However, neith- er do we ignore them. Your editor made several attempts to call Dr. Sarbacher in the past witn- out success. Sarbacner also did not answer a letter sent to him so I thought it mignt be a lost cause to get through, as has happened so often in the past with government-orfented contacts on UFOS.

This situation abruptly turned around when on 6/5/85 Attorney Robert Bletchman of CAUS managed to make contact with Sarbacher, Bletchman in- formed me that Sarbacher was ava- dlable so with that I called and finally made connections.


Tetters and documents have plag- ued us in the past and many potential "blockbusters" have fallen by the wayside because what at first appeared to be sen: ional UFO incidents ended up as crude attempts to mislead investigators.

Sarbacher's involvement in this subject came about due to his connection to the Research and Development Board. He was primarily in charge of National Scientific Laboratories, a pri- vate company which supplied experts for various projects.

At the time of the R&DB meetings, Sarbacher was closely involved in an attempt to set up a radar monitoring system near the North Pole to detect missiles iaunched from the Soviet Union. Sarbac- her's company supplied 300-400 people, mostly engineers, to General Electric for their task of putting the system together. As various problems developed along the way, Serbacher would


be in touch with the engineers from his Washington office to solve the problems. This requ- ired his constant attention and kept him from devoting time to the uFO-related meetings of the R408, Sarbacher's role with the R&DB was as Chairman of the Guidance and Control Panel of the Guided Missile Committee

of the R&OB.

The RS0B meetings were not necessarily UFO meetings per se but were part of their regular schedule and UFOs came up among other subjects under discussion. Sarbacher told me that since he dig not attend the meetings, he hao only heard snippets of stor- ies which others more closely involved in the meetings had heard. This included the inform- ation in his 11/29/83 letter to Steinman. The crash/retrieval data originally came from Wright Field,as Sarbacher recalls.

Sarbacher also received UFO Teports from time to time aside from the R&DB mettings. These consisted of regular UFO sight- ings which went to Project Blue Book plus reports of objects which fell into water and subs- equent failed recovery attempts. He said that the budget was limited for such recoveries so, to his knowledge, nothing was actually retrieved from the water. I asked him why he received these sightings and he said that since his company collected data on missile guidance & control, the people receiving the information (Wright Field) passed them along to him for information purposes. Sarbacher said some files were at National Scientific Labora- tories but the company was sold Jong ago and he has lost track of their whereabouts or even whether they exist anymore,

Curiously, Sarbacher seemed genuinely surprised to hear about the Smith memo as he was not aware that the information he gave to the Canadian Embassy had been written up by Wilbert Smith and then rediscovered by UFO1- ogists later.


What can we sa this? Clearly, Or. sarget ail was near to, but not in cnet high level discussions 90”) I note with interest nig pUPOs, arks about UFOs entering Teo.

water. 1 mentioned the g the


Pu Sound case to him (see 3 y9°t CAUSE, Sept. 84, Mar, ay


he did not react to thie) Dut reminisces fill dn a fee’ tts about his involvement, paveos larly on why he recel veg ie information in the first pi, Most notably, nis statementect> point directly to the Rescsscp and Development Board sc°o source having very detaiieg knowledge of ‘the Ur

ncluding impressive Phys. evidence. The records of thet RDB are being sought and ne have names anda time pering to focus upon. CAUS feels Ir 4s close to some very seniny] @atly UFO research by the gov ernment. We hope to nave goo “news to report to you in the Neat future on the discovery of these files.


338


9 phenanenon,


gpuceR REVIBM, Vol. 31, No. yING ‘ Ss SCIENTIST ADMITS CRASHED


TOP U. UFOS Gordon Greighton


INI Magazine Section of OM!

nx his UFO Pl august 1985) Jerome Cutt tener

Tiel 7 pe US pO RT oe

areca x ¢ entry ae -ducation at

er, “whos ity print, including €

ice Sn a Deo he ceton 2 yrgia Institute of

rnguate Shoo! e ent Head of the Washington


one (teen es oe ence Consultant (0 the US. De- int Research and Development Co teind a vit from the Canadian electrical en~ ince pon then being held by the USS. Government Gnd being investigate Vannaier Bi oe erated tht, during thowe years in Dr, Sacbarhet eerce just ofter World War II, he aera ‘the crashed vehicles “were composed ara tatemely ight and very tough materia? appurenty in ‘ended to withstand tremendous acceleration and deceler- ation’. i .

‘one point, says Dr.’Sarbacher, he was invited to aes i pectin a Wat Patterson Air Force Base, at Dayton, Ohio, where officials reported on their findings to scientists connected with the Defence De~ parment’s Joint Research and Development Board. Sarbacher had other commitments at the time, and says he therefore did not attend that particular meet- ing, but he says that those who did attend it, including Dr. Vannevar Bush and the noted mathematician John von Neumann, were told that the vehicles “ap- peared to be spaceships from another solar system.”

Jerome Clark goes on to say: “Writer William Moore, who has been chasing Government UFO sec- ets for years, considers Sarbacher’s testimony signifi- cant ‘It’s the first time’, says Moore, ‘that someone Muth a reputation has come forward to state publicly that the Pentagon has a recovered UFO. ‘This isn’t Proof. of course, but it fits in with information that we

‘ave from other sources."™


As we all know now, thanks to the investigative


bine of Leonard Stringfield and William Moore and ia tlat is precisely at Wright-Patterson Air Force held by ee ost Of the crashed craft and small corpses 'y the Americans are allegedly being kept?


§ clip from t with Dr, pment Go, to his h Dr, Vanni the Mana


1, October 1985, London, ENGLAND


NOTES AND REFERENCES a full photostatic copy of Wilbert Smith's report of

(0 Nebember 21,1950, t his superiors regarding Wis tas in Washington with the Americans about their crashe UFOs, see FSR 30/1, published last year ipages 10 and 10),

1 descriptions of the amazing strength and toughness Seructed, see chapter 12 of Frank Sculls classic work, BEHIND THE FLYING SAUGERS (1930. British edi tions in 1950 and 1955), and chapter 4 of THE ROS- WELL INCIDENT, by Chatles Berlitz and William Moore (1980 — British edition by: Granada Publishing, also 1980). It is of course still fashionable 1 laugh off Scully's book and dismiss (tas a ridiculous hoax. Which only gocs to show how effective the oficial campaign of debunking and brainwashing has been, because in 1953 Captain Edward Rrinpelt (who had just retired from his post as Head of US. Air Force Project Blue Book and fubsequentiy wrote The Report On denied ising

1956) made an astonishing admission when tal ia Sea nay late n 983 Slr Sele fa cstified, when Ruppelt said to her husband:— SS leet apelog not ae

blahed abst fying saucers, your book seus the one that

{gave us the mast headaches because it was the cloves! to

the truth”.

(N.B. Captain Ruppelt, as will be recalled, was later forced by the US. authorities to issue a fresh edition of his own book, with several chapters fe-written, and the whole tenor of the original deleted.)

(3) For those who seek a handy list ofall the important ma- terial published s0 far on crashed craft and dead occu pants, the following items will be found 10 just about cover the whole story so far as itis known to us up until now:—

ink Scully: Behind The Flying Saucers (1950), US. edi- ton Brtshedions by. Gollan in 1990 and again

‘Aug. 1958, 96). US. syndicated columnist Dorethy Kit.

allen reported ftom London (Los Angeles Examiner and

many other papers) on May 22, 1955 that "a Britwh ufficia fof Cabinel rank who forfers to remain unidentified” had just informed her that a crashed UFO had been found sn Briain, fond that investigation of the wreckage indicated that it had been creiwed by “mall men, prabolly under four feet tall” She said that the British Government was withholding any of ficial report on the matter “because it does wot wish to frighten the public® (Our assumption at the time, and an later years, was that the official in question may very likely bave been

Lord Mountbatten, I wrote to Dorothy Kilgallen at once,

secking further information, but never got a reply from her,

fand she died a few vears later, We may take it as certain that

she had been effectively: silenced — G.C)


he British Flying Saucer Review describing an interview Robert. Sarbacher, who was with the Joint Research and Devel- ard at the time of the crash recoveries and who here admits 'aving briefed Wilbert B. Smith of Canada on the crashed UFOs. evar Bush and Dr. John von Neuman are clearly implicated in ‘Sement of the recovered residue.


339


MI. Creighton: “Croat Poper Exploinut Saucers” Ibid (p29) This early and important article, which I translated from Croatian, was about the protorype “ying saucers” built by the Nazis during World Was I at factories near Prague and near Breslau to the designs of Micthe, Habermol, and Schreiber. Also about another alleged Nazi prototype, 4 "fly ing igor’, said to have crashed in Spitabergen on a test Dight and to have later been recovered from there and removed by a Canadian warship, to be re-assembled in Ca- nada by some of the Germans who originally had built it The reason for including thes machine in the present lst is that in 1955, in Oslo, the Norecgion military outhonivies are understood to have held an enquiry, at which meeting the Chairman, General Gerrod Darntni, allegedly repurted that the matter was of immense importance, “because the General Stoff were emphatic in their belief that it had mot been built ‘anywhere on Earth.” (The shipping of the craft ta Canada seemed reasmable becowse, as the Criitian report concluded, “a Canadian firm was in 1955 building w new type of wins fess aircraft designed by Mr John Frost and known as "the Flying Beetle.")"

IV. “Landed Dise Entered in Argentina”. Dewailed report of Italian engineer's discovery of w erashed disc on the Argen= tine pampa near Bahia Blanca in 1950, with three small dead occupants abour 4 fe high. In FSR Vol. 1, No. 4 (Sept/Oct. 1955),

V. " Creighton® “Close Encounters of an Unthinkable and In admissible Kind." In FSR 25/4 (July/August 1979). ‘VI. Leonard H. Stringhield: "Retrievols of the Third Kind’: (Paper given at MUFON Symposium, July 29, 1978. Re- printed in full in PSR 25/4, 25/5, 25/6'(1979) VIL Creighton: Further Evidence of “Retrievols": Details of Gaver: Up revealed following Lauesuit against the CIA, In FSR 26/1 (1980) VIL. Charles Berlitz and William Moore: The Roswell In- cident (1980, British Edition by Granada Publishing, (980). TX. Creighton: Continuing Evidence of Retrievals of the Third Kind. In FSR 28/1 (1982).


X. Stringlield: The UFO Crash/Retrieval Syndnane: Siar Report Hl Newe Saurces, New: Data (1980). Reprinted in full in FSR 28/2, (1982), 28/3, 28/4, 28/5 (1963)

XL Creighton: Postscript to the Reported Argentinian Crash, Landing of 1950: te FSR. 28/6 (1983).

XI. Dr James A Harder, PhD. A Smoking Gun at the Na: tional Security Agency (NSA). The Ins and Outs of UFOs and Secrecy since 1940, Both in FSR 29/6 (1984)

XUL” Creighton: More Tell-Tale Photostat, In FSR 30/) (1984), (ncludes photostat of complete text of Wilber Smith’s “op-secret letter of November 21, 1950, to Canada's Controller of Communications, giving details of what he bad just learned in Washington about the crashed craft held by the US, Government — details which, as the Amencans had told Smith, they considered “the mos! highly classified subect in the United States, rating higher even than the H-finmb) XIV, Stnngheld: UFO Crash/Retrievals: Amassing The Evi dence; Status Report HH] June 1982). Abundant further proot (Full (ext to be published shordly in FSR. In the meanome, readers should also note that, if they need copies now, these can be obtained from Mr Leonard Stringtield direct, 3 bis home address: 4412 Grove Avenue, Cincinnati, Ohio 45227, USA. The price is USS10.00, plus about $5.00 for airmail)


Postscript In a letter dated August 21, 1985, Mr Stringfield has now informed me that, at the annual MUFON Symposium in St Louis, Mo., on June 29 of this year, he presented yet a fur: ther important paper, namely his Storus Repurt 1¥: The Fatal Encounter at Fort Dix — McGuire: A Case Study. The printed text of this és available in the MUFON PROCEED- INGS, 1985, from the MUFON Offices, 103 Oldiowne Road, Seguin, Texas, 78155, price US$10.00 (postage extral

‘We have not yet applied for permission to reproduce this Status Report IV, but hope to make such application in the future. Obviously however, owing to our very limited space, it would be a long time in any case before we could be able to print i. — Gi


An


FLYING SAUCER REVIEW Vol. 30, No. 1


Photwttat No. 5


TOP-SECRET MEMORANDUM DATED 21 NO- VEMBER 1950 TO CANADIAN DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORT, OTTAWA, FROM WILBERT. B. SMITH, THEIR SENIOR RADIO ENGINEER AND HEAD OF THEIR BROADCASTS AND MEASUREMENTS SECTION AFTER HE HAD ATTENDED AS CANADA'S REPRESENTATIVE AT A CONFERENCE IN WASHINGTON, D.C, OF THE US, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION OF RADIO BROADCASTING (N.A.R.B)


DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORT Intra-Departmental Correspondence OTTAWA, ONTARIO, November 21, 1950 Subject: Geo-Magneties


MEMORANDUM TO THE CONTROLLER OE TELECOMMUNICATIONS:

For the past several years we have been engaged in the study of various aspects of radia wave propaga tion, The vagaries of this phenomenon have led us into the fields of aurora, cosmic radiation, atmos: phoric radlio-activity and geo-magnetism: In the case of geo-magnetics our investigations have eun- tributed little to our knowledge of ea propagation as yet, but nevertheless have several avenues of Investigation which may well be explored with profit, For example, we are on the rack of a means whereby the potential cnergy of the earth's magnetic field may be abstracted anil

ec.

On the basis of theoretical considerations a small and very urude experimental unit was con structed approximately a year ago and tested in our Standards Laboratory, The tests were essen- Wially successful in that sufficient ene: ab stracted from the eatth’s field to oper volt approximately 50) milliwatts, Although this unit was far from being self-sustaining, it neverthe less demonstrated the soundness of the basic prin- ciples in a qualitative manner and provided useful data for the design of a etter unit

The design his now been completed for a wait which should be self-sustaining and in addition provide a small surplus of power. Such & unit, in addition to functioning as a ‘pilot power plane’ should be large enough to permit the study of the various reaction forces which arc expected to develop.

We believe that we are on the track of some: thing which may well prove to be the introduction fo now technology, The existence of a different technology is burne out by the investigations which are being carried on at the present time in relation to flying saucers.


While in Washington attending the NARB Con- ference, two books were released, one titled “Be- hind the Flying Saucer” by Frank Scully, and the other “The Flying Saucers are Real” by Donald Keyhoe. Both books dealt mostly with the sightings of unidentified objects and both books claim that flying objects were of extra-terrestrial origin and might well be space ships from another planet. Scully claimed that the preliminary studies of one saucer which fell into the hands of the United States Government indicated that they operated on some hitherto unknown magnetic principles, ft ap- peared (0 me that our own work in geo-magnetics might well be the linkage hetween our technology and the technology hy which the saucers are de- signed and operated. IF it is assumed that our geo: magnetic investigauions are in the right direction, the theury of operation of (he saucers becomes quite straightforward, with all observed features explained qualitatively and quantitatively

T made discreet enquiries through the Canadian Eimbassy stall in Washington who were able to ob- tain for me the following information; —

a. The matter ix the most highly classified subject in the Cnited States Government, rating higher even than the U-bomb,

b. Flying saucers exist

© Their modus operandi is unknown but concen- trated effort is being made by a small group headed by Doctor Vannevar Bush

d. The entire matter is considered by the United

Kes authorities to be of tremendous signifi cance,

Twas further informed that the United Sates au thorities are investigating slonk quite a number of fines which might possibly be related to the saucers, such as mental phenomena, and 1 gather that they are not doing tou well since they indi- cated that if Canada is doing anything at all in geo magnetics they would welcome a discussion, with suitably accredited Canadians,

While [am not vet ina position (© say that we have solved even the first problems in geo iiagnetic energy release, | feo! that the correlation heween our hasie theory and the available infor: ination on saucers checks (00 closely to be mere coincidence. It is my honest opinion that we are on the right track and are fairly close to at least some of the answers.

Mr A. Wright, Defence Research Board Liaison officer at the Canadian Embassy in Washington, was extremely anxious for me to get in touch with Doctur Solanct, Chairman of the Defence Research Hoard. to discuss with hint future investigations along the line uf geu-imagnetic energy release, we have as yet sulficient data co ce Research Board which would


Flying Saucer Review publishes Wilbert 8. Smith's Memorandum to his superiors after his meeting with Dr. Sarbacher in Washington. This was the beginning of several joint development projects along this line with the Canadian Government. One outcome was a joint development and research project with Canadian A.V. Roe Company to try to duplicate or to copy some of the technology observed on the recovered craft.


341


enable a program to be initiated within that organ isation, but 1 do feel that further research is necess- ary and 1 would prefer to see it done within the framework of our own organisation, with, of course, full co-operation and exchange of information with other interested bodies.

T discussed this matter fully with Dactor Solandi, Chairman of Defence Research Board, on November 20th, and placed before him as much information as { have been able to gather to date. Doctor Solandt agreed that work on geo-inagnetic energy should go forward as rapidly as. possible and offered full co-operation of his Board in pro- viding laboratory facilities, acquisition of necessary items of equipment, and specialised personnel for incidental work in the project. I indicated to Doctor Solandt that we would prefer to keep the project within the Department of Transport for the time being until we have obtained sullicient infor-



> oe DEPARTMENT OF TMANSMONT


Lemmons


mation to permit a complete assessment of the value of the work.

Its therefore recommended that a PROJECT be set up within the framework of this section to study problem and that the work be carried on a part-time basts until such time as sufficient tan- gible results can be seen to warrant more definitive action. Cost of the program in its initial stages are expected to be less than a few hundred dollars and can be carried by our Radio Standards Lab appro- priation.

Attached hereéta is a draft of terms of reference for such a project which, if authorised, will enable Us fo proceed! with this research within our own organisation.

(Signed)

W. B. Smith

Senior Radio Engineer was/Cc


Photostat Sa


0


Photostat Sb


Reproductions of Smith's actual Memorandum published by Flting Saucer


Review of England.


342


In the meantime, Tom Benson, of Trenton, New Jersey, publisher of a very limited circulation periodical titled "The Sixth Quark Journal", received a copy of the Sarbacher letter from Marge Christianson, a public relations director for MUFON, who had received her copy from Barry Greenwood.

Benson forwarded a Xerox copy of his copy of the letter, showing me proof that he now had it in his posession. On October 5, 1985, we corresponded back and forth up until November 11, 1985, when Benson finally asked permission to publish samething on the Sarbacher letter.

This article appeared in the Springtime Issue #4, 1986, of the Sixth Quark Journal:


Reroing 1m On The Crashed Flying Saucer mystary he Wi2Liaw 5, Steinman Letters To Tow Benson *


Letters of Octaber 23, 1985 ad wovenber 5; 1885 fron William Steinman to wysell Are excerptat below regarding material pertinent to the subject.


MilLiam 5, Steinman, # UFO researcher was able to obtain # copy of three pages of notes from Canadian Government Flying Saucer researcher, Wilbert 8, Smith's persondl research diary, that recorded an intervie that he had with Dr, Robert

3, Sarbacher on Septennar 15, 1950, The notes originated from Smith's widow Unorl) who obtained then out of Milbert's own resetech diary, which is in the posession of Ais non, The notes are preliminary to, ant are mentioned in, the ~ceo-magnetica™ document, The mentioned xection, is on page 2, kecond parsgraphi nt made discreet enquiries through the Cansdian mxbtssy atatf in Washington.” The Smith Notes” says Steinnan are the discreet enquiries And he has had these notes for over two years and they are vhat prompted hits to look up Dr, Sarbacher in the first place, Dr, Sarbacher renenbered the Smith interview vhen @ copy of the Seith potas ware sent to hints jog Nis memory,

Im fact, anys Steinman, nobody would ever have thought of Dr, Sarhacher, in the first place, vithout first having the "Seith Motes", In these notes, Smith algo verifies the Frank Scully book, “Behind The Flying Saucers” (Wew Yorks Nenry Wolt snd Company, 1950) ax being mubstantially correct (quote by Sartacher), Stein= an considers the discovery of the "Smith Notes", #£ & major breakthrough An solv~ ing the crashetorecovered Flying Saucer mystery, Steinman considers the letter trom Dr, Sarbacher to hin as a further breakthrough, Wilbert B. Smith set the basic grounivork for the Canadian ant U.S. government's cooperative effort to mild Flying Saucer aircraft, The nane of the project wae “Prozect 7,

‘The Canadian Flying Saucer investigation prozect, “Project Magnet", headed up by Wilber B, Smith, vos « front very similar to Project's Sign, Gridge, ani wue- Book in the U.S. The front projects kept the public satisfied vhile the real pro jects vere being worked on behind the scenes (to antlyze and subsequently duplicare the recovers Flying Saucers), says Steins,

A copy of the Dr, Sarbacher letter to Willian S, Steinman and a copy of Kilber B, Baith's Geotagneticn memorandum follove ax documentation to the above,


dust prior to publication of the above, on January 16, 1986, Benson, after reading the October 1985 issue of Flying Saucer Review, sent a letter to Gordon Creighton, explaining how Steinman, not Jerome Clark, was responsible for locating and making the first contact with Dr. Sarbacher on the crashed saucers. Creighton published that letter in


343


Flying Saucer Review for July 1986 (Vol. 31, No. 5). This was followeq by a copy of my Sarbacher letter, that Benson had enclosed with his


letter to Creighton.


THE UFO CRASH REVELATIONS: AN INTERESTING NEW DEVELOPMENT


Dear Mr Creighton,

In a recent issue of Flying Soucer Review: (Volume 31, No. 1, 1985" your article entitled “Top U.S. Scven- fat Admits Crashed UFOs" indicated that it was first to Jerome Clark that Dr Robert I. Sarbacher revealed Ibis knowledge of crashed UFOs. Well, Mr, Clark was mot the first Mr William Steinman in recent months hhas provided me with the following information


a cops. The handwriting of the notes matches that

exactly of other notes in Smith's own long-hand”

‘A copy of Dr Sarbacher’s letter of November 29. 1985 10 Mr. Steinman is enclosed for your informa tion The onl cops Mr. Steinman asys he gave ans fone was to US UFO researcher Mr, William L Moore in December, 1963 (in fact, within one week of receiving it in the mail on December 5, 1984) You can uke it from there how all the others, including myself, in the grapevine finally obtained their copy. A


“I first became aware of Dr Sarbacher when I read notes of Wilbert B. Smith regarding his interview with him on September 15, 1950 I had obtained the notes from Wilber Smith's widow, Mur! She ‘obwained them out of Wilbent’s own research dian, which is in the possession of Wilber’ son Dr Sar bacher remembered the interview when I sent him


more in-depth article with Mr Steinman’s approval will be published regarding the above flair in m UFO publication, The Sith Quark Juurwil thy


Spring Sincerely,

‘Tom Benson, (Se phubamn P.O. Boa 1174, wn Page 25 und 0)


Trenton, NJ 08606, USA January 16, 1986


Thus it is easy to see how one small slip in a confidence can grow into an international affair in a very short time!


IMPLICATIONS OF THE


In that letter from Dr. Robert I.


SARBACHER LETTER Sarbacher to Steinman, dated 29


Noverber 1983, several things may be inferred that were not stated outright. These implications may be seen by comparing the letters from Steinman dated May 18, 1983 and September 12, 1983, to that written by


Sarbacher in answer to them.


1. In the May 18, 1983 letter, Steinman asked Sarbacher questions in particular reference to the Aztec, New Mexico recovery of 1948 (par- agraphs 1,2, 4 in particular, and Paragraph 5 which mentions Scully's book BEHIND THE FLYING SAUCERS). (Question #2 of the September 12, 1983 letter is basically the same.) In Sarbacher's answering letter


effect verifying its actuality!


2. In the May 18 letter, paragraphs 5 and 6, Steinman asked Sarbacher if he still agrees with the contents of the interview that he had with Wilbert B, Smith at the Canadain Hrbassy on September 15, 1950, though Lt. Col. Bremer (Steinman misspelled the name as L.H.C Brenner). A copy of Smith's notes which recorded that interview were inclosed with the letter to Sarbacher to refresh his memory.

In the Sarbacher letter of November 29, 1983, Sarbacher made the statement, "I recall the interview with Dr. Brenner” (In his aged condition, Sarbacher had forgotten Smith's name, and remembered him as Dr. Brenner - derived from Steinman's misspelling of Bremner, who was the one who actually set up the interview at the Canadian Hmbassy.) In his reply, Sarbacher said, "I think the answers I gave him were the ones you listed". (He didn't realize that those were Smith's own hand- written notes he was referring to)."Naturally, I was more familiar with the subject matter under discussion, at that time. Actually, I would have been able to give more specific answers had I attended the meet- ings concerning the subject."

Here, Sarbacher is saying that he is aged; a lot of time separates his mind from the details of the subject, plus he would know more of the details had he actually attended the meetings at Wright Patterson Air Force Base.


3. In the May 18 letter, Paragraph #7, I mentioned the "shroud of ex- treme secrecy". I wrote that with a thought in mind conceming what Sarbacher had said to Smith on September 15, 1950 -- "Yes, it is clas- sified two ppints higher even, than the H-bomb. In fact it is the most highly classified subject in the U.S. Government, at the present time."

In the Sarbacher letter of November 29, 1983, he made the statement, "I still do not know why the high onder of classification has been given and why the denial of the existence of these devices."

This statement implied that the present day classification may be the same as it was on September 15, 1950 —- a fact we have been unable to verify, because of the policy of denying that such classifications for UFOs, which are also denied, even exists...

So here we have it. The United States Government has Flying Saucers "Not manufactured on this Earth", hidden away for 40 years. The public has been deceived and actually manipulated to the point where the very subject of flying saucers is considered ridiculous and silly!

But, why? Why not tell the public the truth? Why classify the whole phenomenon so high — “above TOP-SECRET", "FOR EYES ONLY" (meaning no


dated 29 November 1983, he answered #4 by stating that "John von Neu- mann was definitely involved. Dr. Vannevar Bush was definitely invol- ved, and I think Dr. Robert Oppenheimer also." ‘Thus, since that par- ticular question dealt with the Aztec recovery specifically, he was in


copies, limited access for a very few, by sight only, with a direct need-to-know)? What could the motivations be? Dr. Robert I Sarbacher died on July 26, 1986!!!


345 344


CHAPTER VIII EXHIBITS


Exhibits for this chapter have mostly been worked into the text where they appear in the narrative account. A small carry-over to avoid more repetition, but still not lose valuable evidence is shown in this part of this chapter.


Exhibit 1. A reproduction of Wilbert B. Smith's Intra-Departmental Memorandum within the Department of Transport, Subject: Geo-Magnetics, dated 21 November, 1950, is shown in this exhibit. This is the official result of the meeting in the Canadian Brbassy in Washington, and those hand-written notes on the meeting with Dr. Sarbacher. In the following chapter we will examine the results of that historic meeting.


346


=a Exhibit 1 @


_0p=arcrer conFioewtya L


DEPARTMENT. OF TRANSPORT


INTAN-OEHANTMENTAL CONMESHONOENSA


OTraivA, Ontario, Wavembur 2L, 195%


Goo-Maznotics — |: ells Lata SO ss


ee a al (et


Pa Lacrent pemmemaczesrinesn BE CoM geet MENON TO THE CONTROLLER OF TELU COMMUNI CATIONS ¢


For tho past saveral yeers wo bsve beca engaged io the study of various especta of radio wuvo propagetion. Tas vegaries of thio bhenciseaon Nave Jud us into tho"flelds sf aurora, cosmic sadiatloi atuosnterie radio-aetivity and geo-masretian. Ia the cave of Geo: our investigations have coutributed little to our kmowledse of redio wave propagution as yet, but nevortheless have indicated serers? aveny invevligation “hich may well bo explored with profit. Fer ezarp: on the track of 4 means whoreby the potential vaergy of tho earth fimld may be ebstracted and used.


mpguotto


On the beaia of theoretical oonsideretions a small and very crude oxperimeotal uait mas constructed approsinately © year aco and tes jn our Ston¢arda Laboratory. The tosts were esseatiolly successful to & suffictent ongrgy Waa atstracted from the earth's field to operate a volt-

2, appraviuistely 50 millimtts. Altbosgh this uait was far fraa-belng volf-sustaining. 4t neverthaleay danonetrated the soundness of the busic Principles {na qualitative manher acd provided useful data for the desicn


of a better unit.


The design haa now been completed for a unit which skoulé be solf-sustmining and Ln addition provide a small surplus of pow Such a unit, tc addition to functioning ea a "pilot poser plant’ should be large enough to permit the study of the rarioun reectioa foreos which ure expected to develop.


Vo believe that ws are on the track of something which may well Prove to be the introduction to a new technology. The existence of o diftervat technology 4s borne out by the investigations which are being carriod ci at the praseat time in relation to flying ssucors.


While in Washington attonding the NARB Conference, two Wooks were relessed, one titlad "Behind the Flying Soucor" by Frank Seully, ard


‘he otber "oe Flying Saucere are Real” by Donald Heyhoo. Both books Ucelt Mostly with the sichtings of wildentified cbjocts and bots books clutm thut flying objects were of extra-torrestrial origin ood wight well bo space SN1YS


347


fren Resthor plonet. Scully claised that the preliatuery studtus of one aoucoe which Foll Lato tha hands of tho Unttud Stzten Govelazeat Avdicvted that thuy operated ca same hitherto unknow: magnetic peiiciples. 1t epyaured te me knot our ova wort ta Gev-uzyauties Well he the liakage botwees our techuology and the technology By Wich tho saucers ara doaigmod and oporeted. If it ta ozsucud that our geo-agnetic Investigztiers aro in the right direction, tha theory of operation ef thy Giucers Lecenos quite strateltrorward, with ell adsorved feuturss explained qualitatively aud quuatitetivoly,


I nédo diservet enquiries throug’ the Cansdinu Intaasy state tm Yositogton Wie wore ablo to obtain for ca the follostay dafermetioa:


a. Tas witter in the most highly clascitiod subject in tha Uattod States Governaeat, ratlug highor o7ou thao the


bt. Flying saucers exist,


Toeir nodus operandi 1s unknown but conceatrated effort {3 veins


& wade by a cnoll group headed by Doctor Vannevar Bush.


4, Tho entiro netter 13 considered ty tho United States authorities to Lo of tresendous efgcificance,


I wac furthor informed that thé United Stetoa authoritiesere inrestigatiog Dlong yuite a amber of liaes which might possibly be celuted to the saucers uu a8 mental phenonena ond I gather that they are not dotng tos wstl since they indicetod thet tf Canady is doing snything at all in goo-rsgnctica they would waleoma @ discussian wth suitably accrodites Canadiana.


Wnilo I an uot yet ino position to ory that wo have sotvod even the first problems in goo-siagnetio enorgy relesss, I feel that tho correlation betiwon our besic theory and the avail @ information oa saucers checks too closoly to bo mére coincidence. It 1a my hoasct opiatos thet @ oro on the right track end ere fairly close to at least soas of the


answers.


Mr, Wright, Defexe Researoh Doard lieizon officer et the Canadien Bxbassy in Washington, wan extrazely snxious for ne to got in touch with Doctor Solandt, Ctairman of the Dorcnce Research Board, to discuss with him future investigations along the lino of gco-magsetio enorgy release.


348


Cente


TGo not feol that «0 havo as yet sufficient data to placa before beroucs Pesearch Beard which would enable c program to be initiated within that orpsateation, wut I do feol that further research ta necessary ood 1 would trefer to gee it dong within the framo work of wur ovm organization xith, cf course, full ca-operotion nad oxchangs of infermation with other


Aptwecstes bodteas


J discussed this mattor fully with Doctor Solacdt,, Crelmman of Divence Wesenren Boart, on November 2oth aad placed before bim ay much Lalerenttea as 7 hava deen able to guthoc to date, Pscter Solaadt agvoed that Gork em geo-magnetic oayzay ehculd go formard aa rapidly a3 poss ible au) offered full co-operation of bis Board to providing laboratory fazilitiog, eequisitioa of necessary itera of cquipcent, uci specialized personnel ror Snsigeatsl work in tha project. I indlosted to Dactor Solardt that we vould prefer to ksop tho project within tho Deperteont of Transport for tha time delag until we tevo obtained sufficient information to permit a complots asscssaeat of the valuo of the work.


It 1s therefore roconnended that a PROJECT bo set up within the frame work cf thi Section to study this problem and that the rock be cayricd on a part tjmoe beste until such tine ag sufficient tungible results cua be seen to warrant more definitive action, Cost of tho proyram in its joitial stages are expactod to be leas than a few hundred dollera and can be carried by our Redio Standards Lab appropriation.


Attached hereto {8 a draft of torna of rofereace for suoh # project which, if authorized, will enable us to proceed with this rosearch werk withio our own organization,


2 MED


(1B, Smita) Senior Radio Enginoor


349


CHAPTER IX


OTHER RECOVERIES AND DUPLICATION ATTEMPTS


So why all the secrecy, then and now, and why such a massive ang expensive cover-up, deliberately imposed, of something so important to us and to the world at large; the opportunity and adventure of a lifetime, arrogated to a few self-chosen individuals among the broad spectrum of our society? Was there more to this than any of us ever expected?

The military recovery of a flying disc near Aztec, New Mexico, wasn't the only such incident to take place. There were at least four other similar recoveries here in the United States, and maybe more.

The remains of one such saucer-shaped craft was recovered by an Air Force Intelligence Unit out of the 509th Bomber Group at. Rosewell Army Air Force Base, between the 7th and 9th of July 1947. That saucer was in literally thousands of pieces spread over a remote portion of the Mac Brazel Ranch not far from Roswell. As stated in an earlier chapter, the Rosewell recovery set a kind of precedent on how the military was to handle such matters as far as security was concerned. William L. Moore, then living at Dewey, Arizona, conducted his own investigation into this recovery operation when he was assembling material for THE ROSWELL INCIDENT BY Charles Berlitz and Moore (Grossett and Dunlap - 1980) and in Moore's follow-up monographs.

Another flying-saucer was recovered northeast of Globe, Arizona, om the Apache Indian Reservation, in very early 1948. This incident was witnessed by Wayne Henthom and his brother Glen while they were look- ing for a piece of real estate to purchase. They were stoppedona very remote dirt road by Military Police and were told in a very er phatic manner to tum around and immediately leave the area. Wayne and his brother were able to catch a quick glimpse of a large disc-shaped object being loaded onto a huge heavy equipment hauling trailer. Later Henthorn came to the startling conclusion that what he and his brother had seen that day was indeed a flying saucer being recovered by the United States Military.

Still another flying saucer was recovered just across the border from Laredo, Texas, in the Nueva Leon Region of the Federal Mexican state of Coahuila. Rumors about this recovery effort have been circulating since January 1950. This recovery took place on July 7th of 1948, and was headed by the then Secretary of State, Army General George C. Marshall himself. Marshall had to do same fast and fancy diplomatic talking with the Mexican Goverment in order to get that flying disc into the United States, to Carswell Air Force Base. He used the story that a V-2 experimental rocket from the White Sands Missile Test Range


350


in New Mexico, had gone off course and crashed on Mexican Territory... The Mexicans believed the story, even though the V-2 distance capabil- ity was far short of the spot where that flying object was found.

The person who really got the ball rolling as to an accurate and in- depth investigation into the Mexican recovery was W. Todd Zechel, a former CIA and NSA employee. Zechel first heard about the incident from the nephew of the man who was in charge of cordoning off the area around the recovery site, Ql. John W. Bowen, Then Provost Marshall at Carswell Air Force Base. Bowen's nephew related the story to Zechel while both men were in Korea on Intelligence Assignments in 1975. Todd Zechel, through same very clever investigative techniques, no doubt learned while in intelligence, located Gb1. Bowen, whom he confronted, both on the telephone and face-to-face. Bowen got very excited and became belligerant with Zechel when asked about the Mexican saucer recovery. Needless to say, Zechel now treats the Bowen connection to that incident with kid gloves. Zechel went on to find two more key witnesses to that incident; one a retired Naval Intelligence Officer, and the other an Air Force Pilot who saw the saucer in the air immed- jately before the impact.

In another incident believed to be connected to this case, James Lorenzen of APRO (Aerial Phenomena Research Organization) in Tucson, Arizona, corresponded with a texas housewife who's father was involved in the post-recovery amalysis of this "Mexican Saucer". He worked for the San Antonio Air Depot (SAAD), on the outskirts of San Antonio, on Special Projects. At that time, when his daughter was around seven years of age, he was working on a very special project that required a lot of extra hours. One night after dinner, this woman's father had arranged a special meeting pertaining to that project, to be held in their house after supper. The girl's mother and her were told to stay out of the way. The meeting started in the kitchen and then progressed into the living roan.

The daughter, who's curiosity was aroused, and thinking she needed a drink, quietly sneaked back into the kitchen where she saw about a dozen 8"x10" black and white photographic prints, some sheets of white Paper with tabular listings, penciled dimensions, and lots of hand- written notes and sketches. The photographs were of a large circular metallic machine, disc-shaped, and curved on both top and bottom. This fuge metal disc was sitting on a cement floor propped up with wood cribbing on one side.

Several years later, the girl, now somewhat older and more mature in her thinking, confronted her father about what she had seen in those Photographs that night. Her father said he could not discuss that pro- ject for security reasons. Later still, after she was married and had children of her om, she tried again. Her father, an old man by now,


351


steted that he could not discuss the project because it was stilla security problem, classified above Top Secret.

Another lead in this incident was provided by Ray Stanford of Pro- ject Starlight International, when he told Werdelle Stevens during a visit to his hone in Austin, that he was in touch with a scientist holding a doctorate in physics, wham he could not identify because he was on the faculty of the University of Austin, there in Texas, who had examined a disc-shaped object of considerable size under an ob- scuring cover within a warehouse type building at the Air Force Base at San Antonio. He was provided with tools and special equipment, and was asked to describe the materials making up the alloy in the skin of the craft.

Years later, in another investigation effort, that statement by Ray Stanford may have been verified. Dr. Donald R. Dickens, a Professor of Physics at the University of Austin, who specialized in chemical metallurgy, was said to have been called in to the San Antonio Air Depot (an Air Force Base at San Antonio) to examine and describe sone peculiar metal being held in a very high security building there.

After an extensive briefing and discussion, this physicist was ush- ered into the building by security escorts, where he saw a very big circular form campletely covered with a canvas material. It was tilted over to one side, with the canvas pulled back at a lower position exposing a surface of shiny metal. His job was to study ard describe the surface as well as its metallurgical composition and properties. He was provided all of the necessary equipment with which to carry out

Dr. Dickens stated that the metal was a most peculiar substance, exhibiting an unusual combination and/or composition of chemical ele- ments. It was very resistent to normal working, was exceptionally strong, and was very light in weight. He finished his testing, reach- ing little in the way of conclusion as to what the material was, was debriefed, and immediately swom to extreme secrecy, and was escorted away fron the building. He remains puzzled about what he examined to this very day.

Sam Petok, a journalist with a Los Angeles newspaper was told by Mrs. Alma Lawson, a Los Angeles business executive, that she knew of a flying saucer that had crashed in the Sierra Madre Mountains of Mexico (which happens to be southeast of Laredo). She claimed that a friend of hers, Dr. A.W. (true name witheld as he is umder threat), a physi- cist fron the University of California at Los Angeles, accompanied a team of scientists to the crash-recovery site in about 1948. Dr. A.W. explained to her that the saucer-shaped craft was about 100 feet in diameter, very light in weight, and was accompanied by "bodies".

These reports have been collected by different parties unknown to


352


each other, yet they seem to be describing a similar or possibly the same event. (See Appendix 2)

Another UFO crash and recovery took place in those early years that was more openly and more thoroughly analyzed by another government until WE persuaded them to withdraw their plans for public announce- ment of the results of their recovery and study. We speak here of the large disc-shaped craft recovered from Norway's Spitzbergen Island lo- cated above the Arctic Circle, about 450 miles north of Norway, in the Spring of 1952.

This grounded flying saucer was accidentally discovered by a routine air patrol of Norwegian AF aircraft while flying over the vicinity of the Hinlopen Straits. It was there that they spotted the huge disc- like object laying on the ground, and they immediately radioed back to Headquarters. Norwegian Air Force officials rushed an expedition to the crash-site. This huge saucer was reported to be between 100 and 150 feet in diameter (rough first estimates). Actually, after recovery and accurate measurements were finally made, the dimensions proved to be 93 feet in diameter, and 70 feet in height. This huge craft was dismantled as best they could and taken back to Norway where a team of scientists performed a very thorough examination of the find.

This craft had a crew of seven “human-like beings", bumed beyond recognition. They averaged 4' 11" tall, in a reclining position. The "instrument panel" had what appeared at first glance to be "Russian- like" symbols on it seeming to label some of the various highly unique instruments and devices.

The chaimman of the Special Board of Inquiry that was set up by the Norwegian General Staff to investigate and analyze the recovered disc- shaped craft was Qbl. Gernod Darmbyl. Dambyl stated, during an in- struction lecture for the Norwegian Air Force Officers in 1955, "The crashing of the Spitzbergen Disc was highly important technologically. Although our present scientific knowledge does not permit us to solve all the riddles, I am confident that these remains from Spitzbergen will be of utmost importance in this respect. Some time ago (1952) a misunderstanding was caused by saying that this disc was probably of Soviet origin. It has - this we wish to state emphatically - not been built by any country on Earth. The materials used in its construction are completely unknown to all experts who participated in the investi- gation".

Qne of those above mentioned experts, Dr. Hans Larsen Loberg, a very prominent Norwegian scientist, described the saucer as measuring 93 feet in diameter and 70 feet in height, confirming an earlier measure- ment. He described the metal of which this saucer was constnicted, as being seamless, resembling aluminum in color and specific gravity, but at the same time significantly more durable in that it could withstand


353


abnormally high temperatures without melting. Dr. [oberg stated, “The cabin of the craft was closed and sealed hermetically. When we finally were able to enter, we noticed in one of the compartments that there were beds similar to the portable beds in an ambulance. When we got to the next room (apparently sleeping quarters) an unbelievable sight met our eyes... for at that very moment we saw for the first time those seven "human beings" almost one on top of the other due to the inclin- ation of the craft to one side. At the time of impact, apparently, all of them were dead."

"Statements from the other scientists, as well as myself, considered their apparent age to be about twenty-five to thirty years. All were severely bumed. The height of those men was approximately one meter and eighty five centimeters. Their teeth were of considerable perfec- tion."

At first, it seemed as though the Norwegian Officials spoke openly and freely about the Spitzbergen recovery, as was evidenced by the various newspaper articles (June 28, 1952 edition of the SAARBRUCKER ZEITUNG, West German paper, and the July 9, 1952 edition of the VOLKS- BLATT BERLIN paper); but, after second thoughts, they decided to plug the leak and clamped a very tight security lid over the whole affair.

Frank Edwards, a UFO researcher and Radio Broadcast Gomentator dur- ing the 1950s and 60s, located bl. Gernod Darnbyl in 1964 and corres- ponded with him. He asked what happened. After four months a cryptic reply was received in the mail: "I regret that it is impossible for m to respond to your questions at this time." Bdwards immediately sent another letter asking if the questions could be answered at some fur ture date. Edwards waited and received no reply to that letter ever...

So what did happen? How could such a stupendous event. just disappear fron knowledge and be lost to all...?

This may be one answer. (n 5 November 1981, an older gentleman, a tourist visitor from Califomia looking to be in his upper sixties, who spoke with a foreign accent, contacted Wendelle Stevens and ident- ified himself as Major Qolonel Folkroft, who having seen a copy of Stevens’ UFO CONTACT FROM RETICULUM, and noting that the address of the author was in Tucson, Arizona, a city on his itinerary to visit this trip, contacted Stevens through an intermediary and offered to meet for coffee. In that meeting he gave the following first person eyewitness testimony conceming a similar recovery.

Folcroft said he was a Swedish Goverment Scientist working at Fal- bourg Station in the early fifties when an unidentified disc-shaped flying vehicle crashed on Bjombholm Island in the Baltic Sea. Swedish Government: Authorities, he said, took charge of the crash residue and moved it to Falbourg.

Folcroft alleged that he personally examined and handled various

(Continued to page 362) 354


aU Pe | ate Toma,


PRANKLINSUNDET ® | eo uy,


oR


3

q

ye %


at


Bhiuibe ~ \ oh Norsteinhalygy,


War ening


—- + T J | o ! Lagunepynt Pe acl oe neniynn Bllingsenodden't Mosy Bice


Wise


5 al Ne (ar =


PUBLISHERS MEMORANDUM


This 1:500,000 map of SPITSBERGEN (Svalbard), Blad 3, Nordre, of the Norsk Polarinstitutt, Oslo 1982, shows the Hinlopenstretet running from 80 degrees 10’ north down to 78 degrees 40' north, and from 24 degrees east longitude west to 16 degrees 30' east longitude. We are trying to further pinpoint the exact location of the UFO crash and recovery in this area.

Qur friend and colleague in this research, Mr. Hakan Blomqvist of Norrkoping, Sweden, has been trying to follow up an the Spitsbergen clues for us, and he wrote on 4 August 1986:

"...1 am presently trying to follow up on a lead on the Spitzbergen crash, In 1986 my friend, the Swedish ufologist Mr. Ake Franzen re- ceived a letter from a Swedish man B.S. who got the story from a Norwegian aircraft mechanic who worked at the home base of the patrol men in 1952. The pilot who First found the craft never returned to his home base but presumably landed somewhere else. After the discovery there was a lot of discussion among the personnel at the base but they were ordered to shut up about this event. The pilots' friends at the base started looking for him but he was nowhere to be found. They can not find him in the military papers anymore. Not even in the church- books in his home town. Like he never even existed. I hope I can lo- cate B.S. and possibly also the Norwegian aircraft mechanic. I'll keep you informed of eventual progress in this case..."

Ik is amazing that even that much exists today in light of the demonstrated policies of the Norwegian Government at this present time. (See QUEST, Sept/Oct 1985, page 39 - reproduced on the following page.)

We can only conclude that the deep cover-up of such information is modelled on our own, which excludes all elective and appointive pos- itions of all kinds from access to this kind of information. After the first fau-paux in the public release by Col. Gernod Darnbyl in 1955, and after the records were purged, and several generations of new in- cumbents in the Royal Ministry of Defense had passed, all possible trace of such information through them would be impossible, and they would not even know that such information ever existed, hence the very likely correct answer (for them) by the Ministry of Defense to the UFO crash inquiry.

This is reminiscent of the actions of many responsible government officials and scientists here in the United States in a similar cover-up by deception and deliberate lieing over the crash of the UFO at Roswell in 1947 and the complete denials of the UFO crash at Aztec in 1948. We shall for the time being, let what we have stand for what it is, but we have no intention of ever giving up. The truth of any matter cannot be suppressed forever.


357


QUEST - Seg. Oct. FS


“f course the Freedom of Information Act, does not always represent such valuable data. The document reprinted on the right & shows how the ‘Act works, no matter what inyene says, the Governments of this World (===


si) only tell you what they want to, as lisplayed by this very long name and address which has been blanked out!


However, how dn other Governments react to specific requests for UFO related informa~ tion? Well I tried to find this out more by testing the Norwegian's MoD in relation |" tn a popular incident which was supposed

to have occured in 1952, The story goes that in T9°2, a crashed UFO was found on the Island nf Spitzbergen near Norway, by the Norweaian Airforce. According to many articles written and published in respect of this case, the MoD released a statement claiming, "they dn not know what it is, but it was definately not of ‘human design and we promise to release all the details as sonn as possible".


The €>1!owing letter mre or less explains the Spitzbergen UFO crash and alsn displays quite clearly the present policy of the Norwegian MoD.


heren forwarded to this


rome tarts


@ Anteussens Dy our sutvastdance


28 hats 1985


. cyt Wan remotely resembling


eeured. consequently


Unless special eircums 1 hope =nis ante Ehone, although Ae my not quate meaty


Yours sincerely


beedd, egy


oF Information Division BQ


358


PAPO VEL 2/AL/ARE NONE


As we were in final editing of this text, another of those strange and unexpected coincidences tack place. A new correspondent friend, happened to mention that he had read of a UFO crash in Norway, and in response to a request, forwarded a copy of his reference. It turned out to be pages 83, 84 and 85 of Arthur Shuttlewood's UFO PROPHECY, under a heading "Technical Secrets of Crashed UFO Hushed". Shuttlewood quoted a fellow English journalist, Bruce Sandham, who wrote a series called "Invasion from Space" for the Western Daily Press of Bristol. Sandham, working from contemporary reports, before available,before the big "hush up", narrated the following account which is probably the


most complete and most accurate of all to date: "The pilot of a Norwegian Air Force Catalina flying boat was bored.

For over five hours, as the aircraft droned deeper into the long Arctic

shadows, he and his crew had seen nothing but a vast expanse of grey


sea and white ice-flows.

"Only occasionally was the sombre scene lit by a shaft of dim, watery sunlight that coloured the vast ice-pack off Norway's North Cape a delicate pink. It was May of 1952 and the Catalina was on a routine ice survey mission. from its base in northern Norway.

"Ahead of the craft, the jagged snow-capped peaks of Spitzbergen rose from the icy sea. The pilot turned slightly, bringing the Catalina over the western shores of the islands. Dwarfed by the mountains that towered above it, the aircraft cruised on.

"Another half hour or so and it would be time to set course for home. Suddenly a flash of reflected light caught the pilot's eye. There was something down there, something that glittered among the icy crags. Skimming past a sheer mountain wall, the pilot brought the Catalina down for a closer look.

“Whatever was down there appeared to be metallic... The long polar shadows made it difficult to pick out the exact shape of the object -- but it looked like the crumpled wreckage of a crashed aircraft. If it was, there might be survivors, and in that freezing climate help, to be effective, had to be quick.

"As the Catalina climbed away from Spitzbergen, its radio operator flashed a priority signal to the Norwegian air rescue service. Within half an hour, rescue teams were on their way by air to the island. While the Catalina flew homewards, its crew were unaware that their discovery on the barren island of Spitzbergen was destined to become one of the biggest mysteries of modern times.

"It was a mystery which has remained a closely guarded secret for the past sixteen years. Whatever the rescue teams actually found on Spitzbergen, it was certainly not an orthodox aircraft. And a few days later, the Norwegian government released an amazing statement in the newspapers.


359


"It claimed that the object found on the island was, incredibly, the wreck of a flying saucer--a disc shaped craft that was ‘definitely not of this Earth.' The statement added that a thorough investigation ang analysis of the alien object was being carried out by Norwegian, British and American experts.

"Journalists flocked to Europe, into Norway, seeking more informa- tion, but the Norwegian government refused to make any further com- ment. After the initial earth-shaking announcement, the security wraps came down. From then on, there was only silence and complete secrecy.

"The silence was broken very briefly a few months later, when an unnamed United States Air Force spokesman told newsmen that the mys- terious craft had been of Soviet origin and carried Soviet markings. The newspapers were by no means satisfied but they filed away the story as unusable through lack of reliable information--and forgot it.

"Then, in September of 1955 the Norwegian government revealed that a Norwegian general staff board of inquiry had practically completed an investigation into the nature of the mystery object, and was about to make its Findings public.

"The chairman of the board, Norwegian Air Force Colonel Gernod Darnbyl, stated emphatically that the wrecked craft could not have originated on Earth; for the materials used in its construction were completely unknown and had defied every attempt at analysis.

"The statement that it was of Soviet origin was false. Furthermore, a detailed examination of the disc had revealed certain technical features which were beyond the grasp of terrestrial science. Colonel Darnbyl went on to say that a team of air force specialists--who had been keeping a close watch on the Arctic regions since the crashed disc was discovered--now believed that the area within the Arctic Circle was being used as a base for alien craft.

"The specialists, moreover, had logged a great deal of Unidentified Flying Object activity during their three years of surveillance. The statement concluded that the true facts behind the affair were of sensational importance and should be made known to the public without delay.

"The full report, it was said, would be published after discussions with the British and U.S. governments. But the report was never teleased. One rumor was that a NATO partner--either America or Britain, or maybe both--had clamped down on any release of further information.

"Certainly, since the early Fifties, both the United States and Britain have been classifying information about UFOs under the heading of 'secret'. To issue the standard type of explanation in connection with the Spitzbergen saucer would be futile, particularly in view of the announcements already made by the Norwegian government.


360


"Is this why the whole affair was cloaked under a veil of ‘no fur- ther comment'? And what finally happened to the Spitzbergen saucer? Did the Norwegians find its crew dead inside it? Were its technical secrets ever unlocked? These are questions which, for the time being, must remain unanswered.

"One day, perhaps, public opinion may force the authorities to lift the curtain of secrecy that hangs over that May afternoon when invaders from space landed amid the Arctic ice."


Some of the later reports of this event described the discovering aircraft as "Norwegian Air Force jet fighters on patrol", which intro- duced a strong element of disbelief into the story, because at that time Norway had no jet fighters with the necessary range to fly there and back, no mid-air refuling capability, and no aircraft carriers for sea operations. This Consolidated Catalina air patrol plane fills the bill perfectly since the Catalinas also carried long range radio communications facilities aboard, and could have radioed the discovery back to home base.

Norwegian Naval Air Sea Rescue Operations took over from there.

Another puzzling aspect of this and the reported Baltic Coast UFO recovery by Germany, is the identification of one Dr. Hans Larsen Loberg, a Norwegian scientist, as one involved, which at first seems confusing, but on second thought, not necessarily so. If he had act- ually examined one downed UFO, he would in fact be the logical man to call in if another similar craft came down elsewhere. How many scien- tific experts who have actually examined a downed UFO are available?

Working from this and other descriptions, we have marked the most probable location of the crash and recovery at Spitzbergen. All of the terrain and topographical features fit this location.

What happened to the residue of the object? Perhaps the Folcroft story offers a clue.

Perhaps someone will pick up the challenge here...


361


parts from the crashed disc, and that he managed to retain a piece of the basic metal composing that ship for himself. He said that his piece weighs about 3 pounds where it looks like it should weigh about 8 if it were an alloy we commonly use. He also stated that he helped pack and prepare some of the crash residue for shipment to the United States, and that the documents showed that it was destined for Wright- Patterson AFB in Ghio. He said he has a page of the shipping document and a copy of a preliminary analysis report made on the metal in Swe~ den. The report, he said, was inconclusive as the component parts of the alloy were not camonly found in that state and indicated sam other process of formlation. His government invited the Americans and the English to send representatives for a briefing before release of the story to the world.

It was after that briefing that the whole thing was raised to high classification and hushed up. He feels this was at the instigation of the visitors invited to view the residue and who immediately made the arrangements for samples they selected to be shipped out of Sweden and to their respective countries. Does this sound familiar?

Was this the confirmation of a pattern of such activity? Did some- thing like this take place in Norway? Were there two crashes, or is one designed to be a cover-up for the other?

Folcroft would not leave an address, telephone number, or any other way to contact him. We don't even know if Folcroft is his real name. He agreed to another interview and to exhibition of the piece of light metal, the shipping document and the preliminary analysis report, pro- vided absolute anonymity could be assured. He said he would get back in touch with Stevens at an appropriate time. Stevens went out of circulation before any re-contact was made. Major Oblonel Folcroft has disappeared completely. We must leave this one for samnebody else to add to or deny. None of the proof is available to us at this time.

Leonard Stringfield, one time AF NCO:-in S-2:, and long time UFO in- vestigator from Cincinnati, Ohio, has accumlated an impressive file of Flying saucer recovery operations dating from 1947 through 1977. Ie came forward publicly on the UFO crash-recovery subject in 1977 when his book, SITUATION RED, THE UFO SIEGE, was published by Doubleday. Since then he has published four working papers on this issue; each one adding more updated information as data reached him.

Several of Stringfield's cases are based on different witnesses tel- ling of the same incident. Possibly with more information some of the various other cases could be boiled down to less in number, but seen fron different points of view. That possibility also exists for sar of the evidence we have presented here. It all needs a whole lot mre light on the subject to sift the wheat from the chaff. Stringfield


admits that one mist be constantly on guard against disinformation 50 (Continued to page 366)


362


PUBLISHER'S MEMORANDUM


Before we leave this subject of European UFO crashes, we would like to report a narrative account translated from Italian by W.R. Drake and published by Joseph L. Ferriere in his PROBE Magazine, 132 Fifth Ave., Woonsocket, Rhode Island 02985, because it shows some pattern similar- ities resembling the other "covered-up" accounts. That clip reads as follows:


A FLYING SAUCER DISCOVERED NEAR THE COASTS OF N. GERMANY


"Some indiscretions have reached us allowing us to become aware of a sensational piece of news; the discovery of a space-vehicle which was lying submerged off the German North-Sea coasts.

"In spite of the great circumstances with which the investigation unfold and the enquiries in which world-famous scientists have par- ticipated, important news has leaked out which - leaves one to imagine the importance of the secret jealously guarded by the scientists in- terested in the extraordinary find.

"Thanks to these indiscretions it is therefore possible to speak of the exciting enigma referred to us by a source of information, whose genuiness cannot be put in doubt. Indeed it deals with a scientist, the Norwegian Hans Larson Loberg. (Prize-winner for physics in Hungary) who was called with other experts to collaborate in the exceptional ‘operation’ which developd at Heligoland, a small German island which on account of its fortifications deserved the apellation ‘Gibralter of the North'.

"From the waters arose to the surface during low tide the dome of a flying saucer.

"The discovery (according to Loberg) has contributed to clear up a few obscure points on the mystery of the spacecraft and has served to confirm the existence of extra-terrestrial creatures, much distant from us and our actual life, whether in time or space. The revelations of Dr. Loberg truely leave us thoughtful.

"The flying saucer half-submerged was of impressive proportions; it measured 30 meters in diameter and 23 in height. Externally it was a light colour similar to aluminum, but there was no question of that metal. The material of which it was composed, resulted from ex- ceptional solidity, being however extremely light. As proof of its casting a sample of such material resisted 15,000° Farenheit without melting.

"In its construction, the disc did not not present any traces of any screws, riveting or of soldering; it seemed coined in a single piece like a coin.

"The cabin of the giant flying saucer, hermetically closed, was pro-


363


vided with beds similar to removable reclining chairs, but no one was lying there.

“The crew because of the slope of the spaceship were stretched out in a corner of the cockpit in a macabre heap of carbonized bodies, Seven corpses were counted; all men from 25 to 30 years old, whose stature attained about a meter and 85 (6 ft). In the judgement of Dr, Loberg, the unfortunate pilots had found death in the precipitate de- scent of the Saucer, which had happened to find itself in the tremen- dous active ray of a hydrogen-bomb exploded during the frequent ther- mo-nuclear experiments. In their death contortions the poor souls showed a magnificent set of teeth.

"In the same cabin was found an ampoule containing a transparent liquid similar to water. but with a specific gravity some three times greater.

“Two cylindrical jars were brimful with small discotal-shaped sweets which one supposes to be composed of nutritive and energy-giving sub- stances. In the Saucer no other food at all for the pilots was found..

"There was discovered, deterioriated and unserviceable, a microsco- pic radio-apparatus, some special maps and a few volumes printed in an unknown language

"In the saucer no weapons of any sort were traced, but as regards this, Loberg affirms that Flying Saucers do not need offensive arms, in as much as they are protected by their powerful magnetic field, whose existence was confirmed. This magnetic field constitutes, how- ever, the defensive armament of the Saucer and its own motive force, since it was provided with motors and possesses uniquely a gadget for landing formed by a metallic tripod which can rotate in any direction.

"The apparently fantastic revelations of the Norwegian scientist on the other hand do not represent an isolated echo. Mr. Jose Rohrer, Director of Pueblo Radio and President of the Pike's Peak Broadcast- ing Company, in fact related about 3 Flying Saucers forced to a catas- trophic landing by American military aircraft while flying over the State of Montana. The sole Extra-terrestrial pilot who survived the crash was kept alive for about two years in an enormous incubator pur- posely constructed in California and transported to an isolated lo- cality which could even be fortified.

“Rohrer maintains that in order to be able to communicate with the Space Being, United States acientists had recourse first of all to pictures then some linguistics succeeded in teaching him to read and write in English

"The same Rohrer asserted moreover that he had penetrated in one of the captured Saucers and describes its characteristics. It measured 30 sections like all the space-machines of that type, which (according to Rohrer) consist of giant discs, rotating around a cabin fixed in


364


the center.

"The pilots' cabins of the Saucer visited by Rohrer resembled thick cylindrical tubes with hermetic lids at both ends. The atmosphere in- side resulted from a composition of a gas under pressure containing

"% of oxygen and 70% of helium. As mative force, the Saucer utilised electro-magnetic turbines, creating an enormous magnetic field gener- ated by dizzily rotating rings, and capable of propelling it at a frightful velocity.

"The variations of the fields in relation to the different speeds explains the changings of color so often observed in the reflections of the Saucer in flight.


wee ‘This translation has been checked by CLYPEUS and is certified as "eccelento'.


[CLYPEUS is written in Italian and published in Italy by Sgn. Gianni Settimo - Casella Postale 604 - Torino-Centro, Italy. When pressed for further details of how the Saucer was opened, how it was removed, who exactly is Hans Larsen Loberg, Settimo regretted that he was sworn to secrecy. Gianni Settimo is convinced of the accuracy of this report. We know Settimo to be a serious and careful researcher who does not repeat stories he has not verified to his own satisfaction first. He is highly regarded as an authority in the UFO community. Of particular interest here are all the pattern keys that seem to check with others of the more reliable reports. He has picked up, through entirely dif- ferent sources, a certain amount of information on the saucer occupant taken alive from a downed craft and treated in California until he was moved to a specially prepared habitat in a remote place. We have now told you who treated this occupant, where it was done, and where he was taken for housing in the permanent habitat. We have reported the translation exactly as it was published by PROBE, and subsequently in FLYING SAUCERS, No. 60, October 1968. Although the dimensions of this craft are very similar to the one reported at Spitzbergen, the rest of the details vary considerably, and we do not believe that one of these reports just grew out of the other. An interesting new observation here is the speculated cause - disabling by a hydrogen bomb explosion. This craft was found in late 1952, date not specified, and it is of interest to note that our first fission-fusion hydrogen explosion, the one that was out of control, occurred on 1 November 1952. Did this ship fly through that lethal cloud and crash on the German coast?]


The descriptions of the Heligoland craft are almost identical to that of the Spitzbergen ship, even to the number of bodies aboard, and the same Dr. Loberg was identified in the later Heligoland report. Did two similar craft come down close together in time and place, or is one event confused as two? 365


easily planted and nurtured to cause confusion in this field. He very carefully weighs the evidence and checks all his sources for credibil~ ity before adding the data to his files.


PROJECT "Y"


Now that the military had recovered some UFO "hardware", the next step was to attempt to build something like this for themselves, as close as possible to that advanced technology associated with the originals. The philosophy behind the attempted duplication project was, "the first country on Earth to discover the secret behind that advanced technology upon which the principles of the flying saucer is based, would assuredly becane untouchable as far as military power is concemed."

‘That is why the saucers were classified "above Top Secret", in fact the most highly classified subject matter in the United States Govem- ment. This secret is ectremely guarded in a very jealous way. In fact the "Comittee of 12" will go to any extremes to keep it tightly under wraps! (See Appendix 3)

The code name for this duplication program was "Project 'Y'", Phase 1 and Phase 2. Phase number 1 was the initial analysis of the residue in government hands, leading to sane kind of an understanding of the recovered saucers' mde of operation. Phase number 2 was to eventually be the actual construction of a workable copy based on what was being discovered in Phase 1. Regretfully, we must say, after sone 38 odd years of working under stringent security conditions, nothing has been accomplished toward campleting Phase 1. The technologies seen still elude us.

In desperation, sane of the scientists on the project decided to bypass Phase 1 if necessary and proceed into phase 2. In our relative- ly primitive state of comparable technology, the scientists could not find out how the saucers operated or were powered, so they did what they considered at the time, the next best thing. They substituted a primitive type nuclear power plant for the original unknown power plant in the same basic design.

All of the stories involving crashed saucers and recoveries between 1947 and 1950 if verified, were almost certainly bona-fide UFO craft, not of "this world". Same of the reported UFO crash and recovery oper- ations in 1952 and after were more likely “our ow", originating in Project "y".

To carry out this Project an operating facility was needed, and it could not be a part of any known establishment. It would have to be an independent entity, properly remote, and with the best security systen money could buy. We suggest that such a facility «exists. (Appendix 4)


366


The entire "flying saucer program", though it was known by different names at different levels; which involved original UFO recoveries, analysis, and attempts at duplication, was overseen and directed by the "Gomittee of 12" (Appendix 3). Also, as mentioned before, the actual group who recovered the original saucers was the "Interplanet- ary Phenamena Unit (IPU) of the Scientific and Technical Branch” of Amy Qounterintelligence. The analysis of the original saucers was carried out by members of the "Joint Research and Development Board" (RDB), later known as the “Research and Development Hoard” (RDB). ‘They referred their findings to the "Office of Naval Research" (ONR), who in tum worked in conjunction with "The Department of Special Studies" at the Wright Air Development Center and the "Langly Air Lab- oratory" at Langly Field, Virginia. There were close ties between the Wright Air Development Center and the Langly Air Laboratory, both of then using the NASA Aerodynamic Research Facilities at the wind-tunnel camplex at Langley.

We reiterate that the "Air Force Office of Special Investigations" (ACSI) was not directly in the know concerning the recovery operations but they had sub-tier responsibility as far as covering up the real facts, as we saw in a previous chapter. During the Air Force extension of the duplication program (which they understood to be completely Air Force Generated and designed), AOSI played a major role in its protec- tion and taking the extreme security precautions. They did not know of all the UFO recoveries. The whole miltifaceted set-up was so carefully compartnented that few at operating level knew more than their single aspect of the project they were working directly on. None of the lower echelons knew anything about other echelons above or beyond their own Special channel, and none of them were aware of other aspects of the investigation or development activities going on. That is why the staff of the later Project Blue Book could confidently say they had all the information on the UFO phenomenon. They carried out their real public relations role well, and they believed what they said. Brigadir General Garland, the last supervisor of the old Project Blue Book Staff function, takes credit for making the Blue Book files available for public examination. To this day he believes that they had it all there in that little ill-equipped and ill-staffed office in the For- eign Technology Division of Air Technical Intelligence. Either that or he knows ard is still playing his role in retirement. Garland is well known to, and actually a neighbor of the author of this book.

Several of the rumors that came out of Wright-Patterson Air Force Base pertaining to the goverment secretly holding captured"flying saucers" there, may have had their origin with actual models in the attempted duplication program that were under analysis and test at Wright Field for a time. It is significant that one model was report-


367


edly removed from there to Langley (the Air Laboratory at the wind- tunnel facility). Then again, if it were real UFO residue it would very likely go to the same place but to the separate secret research pro~ ject at the same facility, and few outsiders would know anything about it.

Most of these rumors started around 195] and forward. It is tme that Dr. Henri M. Coanda was invited to Wright Field in late 1947 to explain his "Coanda Effect" (vaccuum lift). Qoanda had been working on that principle of aerodynamics which involved a Lenticular Aerodyne (a lens-shaped aeroform) which could rise vertically through vaccmm lift since 1930. His invitation was stimulated by several factors at that time:

1.) The original UFO sightings, beginning in 1945-46 over Burope were thought to be of Soviet origin, a development of the captured German scientists who had been working on Flying Wing and Disc-shaped Aeroforms for some time in the Black Forest of Germany. ne thought was that perhaps Goanda's principle was involved.

2.) The actual recovery of the "Roswell Fragnents" in duly of 1947.

3.) The "old" belief that the "total wing" design could be the per- fect aerodynamic form.

4.) Conversations with Dr. Wermbher von Braun and his team of Rocket Scientists, who were brought over to the United States immediately after the war, from Gemmany. Von Braun knew of the German flying-disc projects in development in the Alps between Gemnany and Austria in early 1945, He also knew of Goanda's related work.

5.) Inspired by the above, a direct invitation, through the media- tion of Air Attache Gol. Valentine, in Paris, brought (banda to the United States.

Dr. Goanda's ideas were added to the pieces of the flying saucer puzzle. Meantime, Dr. Vannever Bush, Dr. John von Neumann ard their group at RDB (the Research and Development Board) were putting forth a concentrated effort, trying to analyze the “nuts and bolts" saucers that they actually had in their posession at super secret sites around the country. No matter how hard they tried, the technology involved was far beyond their comprehension, and they could not even describe it adequately. It seemed to be based on a scientific system that made ours look like the stone age in comparison. Bush ard von Neumann had the, what were then considered, greatest scientific intellectuals in this country at their disposal. But, the Above-Top-Secret, Need-to- Know, and Eyes-Only atmosphere under which this attempted analysis was being carried out, was too stringent for these free-thinking, amaly- tical scientific type minds to operate under, and stifled them. That very system was to confound and confuse, and guard the secret, until the principles could be duplicated. This only hindered the efforts and


262


defeated its own purpose. Bush could see this and complained accord- ingly, as did the others on the project. That is one reason why, after almost 40 years, the entire program hasn't really even left square one! Ch, they attempted to marry the geometrical disc-form design to various propulsion systems, but with very little success. However they haven't even scratched the surface as to what the original mode of Power and operation of the recovered flying saucers was.

Dr. Eric Henry Wang, Austrian bom graduate of the Vienna Technical Institute, and close associate of Victor Schauberger, who was in on the beginning of the "German Flying-disc Program", came to the United States as part of the Vienna scientific circle's sponsored migration in 1942. Wang taught structural and metallurgical engineering at the University of Cincinnati from 1943 until 1952, while at the same time acting as a consultant in his area of expertise, flying disc structure and metallurgical design, to the Wright Air Development Center.

Prior to his arrival in the U.S.A., Dr. Wang made a point of becom ing very leared in the principles that made up the basic concepts behind the most advanced design in the "German Flying-disc Program" (Qoanda's vaccuum lift concept powered by Schauberger's "Tomado" Im- plosion Electromagnetic Generator, utilized in the Miethe-Schriver- Bellonzo Disc Structure design). Through this knowledge, Dr. Wang became a very valuable and mich sought after asset to both the United States and the USSR. Once in the United States, his very existence and whereabouts were to remain classified Above-Top-Secret, for fear of his knowledge falling into the wrong hands.

Dr. Wang was drawn completely away from his job at the University of Cincinnati in 1952, when the U.S. stepped-up and intensified its ef- forts to duplicate the recovered flying discs. Wang had been called in to examine the first recoveries and to give his expert advice as to what he thought they were and where they came from. He and Miethe, who was also in the United States at thac time, both agreed that the discs that were recovered in New Mexico, Arizona, and Mexico, were not part Of the "German Flying Disc Program", but may be powered in a similar manner. They were asked to compare the recovered discs to those of the German development program, because one of the theories of origin for the saucers, by some echelons of the military and the government, was that they were coming from the USSR. They thought that these discs originated in that part of the German Flying Disc Program that was captured by the Soviets immediately after the war and taken to Russia. The Soviets are believed to have taken Schriever, Habermohl, Bellonzo and Bock, the cream of the crop from that program, and they were be- lieved to have been taken to Siberia. Here they are believed to have set up a flying disc development program of their om, Itwas later dis- covered that Bellonzo has escaped capture, and he became available too,


369


This is one of the reasons behind the extreme secrecy regarding fly- ing saucers. There is and has been a race going on for over 40 years, between the USA and the USSR, to see who would be the first to per- fect the flying saucer aerofom.

In 1949, Dr. Wang became Director of the Department of Special Sti- dies, within the Structures Division, of the old Wright Air Develop- ment Center, near Dayton, Chio. As mentioned, he had to break away from the University of Cincinnati due to security reasons. He worked long hours in cooperation with scientists from the "Office of Naval Research” (remember that one) and with Dr. Vanneyar Bush and others fron the "Research and Development Board", to try to successfully analyze the recovered flying saucers and residue.

Dr. Wang found it very hard to operate a saucer duplication program based on the analysis of the hardware that was being stored 2,000 miles away at the Kirtland-Sandia Complex, near Albuquerque in New Mexico. He relocated the Department of Special Studies from the Wright Air Development Center to Kirtland Air Force Base in order to be mre! near the hardware.

Dr. Wang had a very ingenious scientific mind oriented towards tak- ing the most baffling and complex problems and making them appear to be quite simple. He wasn't afraid to tackle any problem. In fact, the more complex the problem, the better he liked it. He seemed actually to thrive in that kind of atmosphere.

Dr. Wang kept all of his notes pertaining to the flying saucer pro- gran in his own unique version of Gemman scientific shorthand. This was done as an added security safeguard. If these notes fell into the wrong hands they would be meaningless to the posessor. He learned this note-keeping technique while a student at the Vienna Technical Insti- tute, which has its own history of producing more than its share of technically oriented scientific geniuses, including Dr. Rudolph Stein- er, Dr. Victor Schuaberger,and others. It was also out of this partic- ular Institute that the "German Flying Saucer Program" was bom.

Dr. Wang dedicated his entire life to the flying saucer research program. He maintained his own private study in his home, where it was a common sight to see him burning the midnight oil as he worked on his favorite program.

Dr. Eric Henry Wang passed away on December 4, 19%0, at the early age of 54, leaving a huge gaping hole in the U.S. flying saucer re- search program.

Dr. Wang's name first appeared among UFO researchers in April 1976.

Raymond Fowler, amature astronomer and UFO Field Investigator from Wenham, Massachusetts, had an article published in the April 1976 issue of OFFICIAL UFO magazine, entitled "What About Crashed UFOs?". This article concerned a person whom Fowler interviewed over a period


370


of time in 1973, and to whom he assigned the pseudonym "Fritz A. Wer- ner". "Fritz" claims that he took part in the recovery of a crashed flying saucer on May 21, 1953, in a desert area near what he believed to be the Kingnan, Arizona vicinity. He didn't know the exact location because the bus in which he was riding to the crash-site had its win- dows blacked out. "Mr. Wemer" worked out of the Department of Special Studies at the Wright Air Development Center, and was on a special project at the time, studying blast effects at Frenchmen's Flat, Nev~ ada, when he was diverted to this new project. His particular job was to calculate the velocity that the flying disc was traveling at the time of impact, based upon the structure itself, how far it was embed- ded in the sand, and at which angle is was laying in the earth. He said that the saucer was disc-shaped, like two plates or shallow bowls inverted one on top of the other. Mr. "Wemer", never saw bodies in- volved in this case; but one other member of that team claimed that he had seen one body.

This particular incident could have been a craft of "alien" origin or it could have been one of the duplication attempts (a part of pro- ject "Y"), though doubtful. Regardless of which it was, Dr. Eric Henry Wang seemed to be in charge of one or more phases of the flying saucer investigation, research and development programs. There is an inter- esting footnote to this UFO crash in the desert story and the covered windows in the bus. See Appendix 1.

Immediately following Wang's death, members from IPU moved quickly, confiscating all of Dr. Wang's private notes, ard relocated them in a super-secret heavily guarded section, within the super-secret section of the Kirtland Air Force Base Technical Library. Even though those notes were useless to anyone except Dr. Wang, no chances were to be taken. The secret had to be guarded at all costs. When the very name of Dr. Eric Henry Wang was brought up in conversation with a retired Intelligence Officer, he said, "Leave me alone about that. I want to live the rest of my normal life out in peace."*

Wang's death threw almost the entire flying saucer research program, at least as far as solving the original propulsion problem, back to square one! Of course the program did go on; but not in the way and along the lines that Wang had intended.

So here was a substantial set-back in one research area, but there were others still going full steam, This setback did not alter all the programs going on at the other research sites full blast. The staff left at Sandia, unable to read the notes, had to proceed as best they could on other aspects of research involving different scientists. There was still considerable activity there at Sandia.


  • IPU (Interplanetary Phenomena Unit)


371


CANADA JOINS THE U.S. EFFORT

The canadian phase of Project "Y", which as explained in Chapter VITI began with Wilbert B. Smith's inquiries into the crashed-recovered UFO wumors, Made some headway under John C.M. Frost, a British born aero- space engineer with a passion for solving the flying saucer enigna. Frost was chief design engineer for special projects at A.V.Roe Canada Ltd. (part of England's Hawker-Siddley Aircraft Group). He was chosen to work on the "Flying Saucer Project" because of his special know- ledge of the "Qbanda Effect".

This project was centered in a Top-Secret, heavily guarded, area screened-off within AVRO's Malton, Ontario, Plant. His first design was a semi-saucer shape, flat on one end, with a spindly undercarriage and was nick-named "The Praying Mantis". This design was not a true flying saucer, as far as Frost was concemed, and it could only take- off at a 40 degree angle after a short mn.

Frost wasn't content with the performance of the Praying Mantis as he wanted a true flying saucer that could take off vertically, hover, and fly horizontally, obtaining speeds up to mach-3. The only way to obtain these requirements was to apply the "Goanda Effect" successful- ly. Frost invited Dr. Henri M. Ganda to the Malton Plant several times. Qoanda gave Frost the basic design requirements for his om "Lenticular Aerodyne", the perfect lens and disc-shaped flying object with a bubble canopy pilots campartment in its center.

The "Coanda Effect" is vaccuum lift obtained by creating an air tur- bulance around the 360 degree edge of the disc and evacuating the up- per surface. This turbulence generated by a turbo-jet engine centered under the passenger compartment, took the air from the upper surface and ducted it to nozzles spaced every 2 degrees around the entire cir- cumference of the edge, causing lower pressure above the surface of the disc on top than below. The amount of "vaccum" is dependent on the rate of ingestion from the upper surface and the angle and curve of the nozzle ends which were controlled by the pilot, via switches on the instrument panel and a stability control system.

Through the same control system and ducts, when desired altitude is obtained, the nozzles can be straightened out and be used for direc- tional movement. For directional movement the cockpit rotated within the main disc, facing the pilot towards his desired direction of m- tion. The main disc remained stationary and the nozzles that were re- quired for that particular direction of flight were automatically activated, as well as for forward and backward thnist. This concept worked in atmospheric conditions, but what about space?

Bits and pieces of information started leaking out that Canada was working on a flying saucer. This all started unintentionally through the casual friendship that was gradually established between Wilbert


372


B. Smith and Major Donald E. Kehoe, beginning in 1950. Keyhoe, the outspoken flying saucer researcher (later Director of NICAP), met Wilburt B. Snith in Washington, D.C, in Septenber 1950, while Snith was there attending the North American (NARB) conference. Kehoe's book FLYING SAUCERS ARE REAL had just come off the press; and it seamed as though Smith looked Kehoe up to discuss the subject. After that, every time Smith was going to Washington, D.C., he would contact Kehoe and they would set up a rendezvous point, where they would meet and dis- cuss flying saucers. Snith was very careful NOF to mention his inside knowledge conceming the recovered flying saucers, not wanting to up~- set the delicate relationship that had been set up between Canada's Defense Research Board and the U.S. Joint Research and Development Board. But Smith let it slip out that Canada had started "Project Mag- net", to study the flying saucers. Kehoe wanted to know more about the project, so “off-record" Smith divulged the original intentions of Project Magnet, described what they were doing (as far as geophysical and terrestrial magnetics were concerned), and said that Canada was going to build a flying saucer.

Kehoe, outspoken as he was, could not contain himself, and immedi- ately began working on a new article for TRUE Magazine that would in- clude the information pertaining to Project Magnet. "Off the record" evidently didn't mean the same thing to Kehoe as Smith, but he did have the decency to submit an advance manuscript to Dr. Qnand M. So- landt, Director of Canada's Defense Research Board, who in tum for- warded it to Wilbert B. Snith for his review and editing (censoring) .

Smith made some revisions to the advance manuscript and sent it back to Solant on 24 November 1950. In the accompanying letter to Solant, Snith stated, "I would suggest that the article, as revised, be scru- tinized by others in the group (DRB) and any anmendments which they may suggest be incorporated into the revision. I am quite sure that Major Keyhoe will accept the revised material in the same spirit in which it is offered, and furthermore that the publication of this ma- terial, if permitted, by the United States Research and Development Board (Bush's Group), would be in the public interest."

Qh the same day (November 24th, 1950), Smith wrote a letter to Maj. Keyhoe inserting a copy in the package to Solant explaining what he did to the manuscript and why he did it. This letter was stated in such a way as to persuade Keyhoe to accept the manuscript revisions — without arousing his suspicions as to the real reasons why he had had to revise it.

Evidently the TRUE Magazine article was never published, (RDB?) Smith was very worried about how Dr. Vannevar Bush would react after reviewing the advance manuscript. On January 3, 1951, in a let- ter to Gordon E. Gx at the Canadian Embassy in Washington, D.C.,


373


marked SECRET, Smith expressed his concer stating, "I returned the article with revisions to Dr. Solant, together with a letter to Keyhoe explaining my action. I also asked Dr. Solant to show the article as revised, and the letter to the others in our group (DRB) for their caments and any further revisions which they might consider in best Canadian interests."

"I have heard nothing further in regard to the Keyhoe article and 1 was wondering if you could throw any light on the subject. I imagine that since it has long since been retumed to the Canadian Embassy in Washington, after which I understand Keyhoe was to take it to Dr. Bush for clearance. I do not know what Dr. Bush's reaction will be to the material contained in the major portion of the article and revision, but his reaction should certainly be interesting and I would like you to have a talk with Keyhoe sometime, at your convenience, to ascertain this point."

Gordon E. Qox answered Smith in a letter dated January 5, 1951, as- suring him that he will be informed via Dr. Amauld Wright, Defensé Research Board Liaiaon Officer at the Canadian Embassy in Washington, D.C., and through Dr. O.M. Solant, of anything new that develops over this particular situation. Also Smith would, through these same chan- nels, hear of further developments pertaining to the Canadian and U.S. cooperative effort in analyzing the recovered saucers. Cox also stated that he and the Ambassador were particularly interested in whether Smith was aware of any possibility of the United States Government issuing an official statement regarding the flying saucer recoveries.

Smith's main concem was than he might have jeopardized the delicate relationship that was established through his initial interview with Dr. R.I. Sarbacher which was being worked out between Canada's Defense Research Board and the U.S. Research and Development Board (mentioned in Chapter VIII).

Kehoe's article concerning "Project Magnet" did however see publica- tion in 1953. This was in a chapter entitled "The Canadian Project" in his book FLYING SAUCERS FROM OUTER SPACE, published by Holt and Com pany. Due to the extreme concern over the Smith to Keyhoe "leak", among other things such as the “Heiland-GeBauer-Newton leak" (already mentioned in Chapter III), Canada was forced to disband Project Magnet per se - amd the entire duplication program went "underground". In the meantime, the editors of FATE Magazine published an article in their October 1953 issue entitled "Canada Builds a Flying Saucer". This ar- ticle carried an artist's conception of the flat-nosed Preying-Mantis design and a generalized article without mich detail. This particular design was the only one that was allowed to be made known publicly. The design for the "Lenticular Aerodyne" was kept under wraps. The Canadian official position on the flying saucer projects was, "We


374


don't know anything about it." to “There isn't any officially spon- sored Government Programs."


T. TOWNSEND BROWN'S INFLUENCE


In the meantime, Thomas Townsend Brown, one time Director of the RADAR School for the Bureau of Ships under the Office of Naval Re- search, Inventor, and developer of a new technology which he called Electro-Gravity, had been working in his own secret laboratories on disc-shaped aeroforms propelled through his new technology. Mr. Brown had been working with this concept since he first discovered it in 1928. He found that a capacitor will move towards the positive plate, if charged with enough current. Eventually he found that this could be applied to a disc-shaped aeroform suspended from a pole.

Brown was not very forward, as far as introducing his findings to goverrment circles at first. His suspended disc models were accident- ally "discovered" by Major General Victor E. Bertrandias, a former vice president of Douglas Aircraft, camissioned directly into the U.S. Air Force. Bertrandias was highly connected in Air Force circles, and his daughter had married Chief of the Air Force General "Hap" Amold's son. Vic Bertrandias was the Officer sent into Japan 4 days after the Nagasaki Bomb was dropped because he had "connections" in Japan caming over from his earlier business associations there, to negotiate the surrender tenns. But more important to this narrative, Bertrandias' Aide on that mission was Cbl. Albert Boyd from the Flight Test Divis- ion of the Wright Air Development Center, a perfection test pilot who had flown everything the Air Force had, Ql. Boyd returmed to take command of the Flight Test Division at the Wright Air Development Genter in 1945. He later became the Director of the Air Force Systems Command, and then took over command of the Air Force flight test Cen- ter, rising to Major General by this time. It was under General Boyd that the Air Force Systems Command carried out most of their early super secret research projects mentioned in this report. And so it is no surprise that Bertrandias was the one to "discover" Townsend Brown and his flying disc- aeroforms, and he knew exactly where to take the knowledge.

Brown was asked to give a demonstration to representatives from some prime Air Force contractors, along with same Air Force "Brass". In 1953 a demonstration was given at his laboratory with some 24 inch models which obtained the speed of 17 feet per second, and immediately the subject was classified. Brown's concept was confiscated by the National Security Administration, and at the same time he was told that it could not be utilized.

Brom met with Dr. Henri M. Coanda, hearing of him through the


375


"scientific grapevine", through their mutual interests in disc-desigy aeroforms. Dr. Qoanda, who at this time was employed by Ia Societe National de Qbonstruction Aeronautique Sud- Quest in Paris, invited | Brown to demonstrate his concept at the SNCASO Laboratory. Brown's concept coupled with Goanda's design was accepted by the company.

Inmediately a French project. to construct a full-scale working pro- totype flying saucer, based on Brown's and Qoanda's concepts and de- signs was implemented into action. The May 1956 issue of INTER-AVIA, the French intemationally distributed Aerospace Magazine, carried an _ article on the new flying saucer design, based on Brown's concept of Electro-Gravitics.

The project was reportedly dropped when the company's owner died, and his heirs decided to concentrate their efforts on more convention- al aircraft designs.

The French joined Project "Y" in 1957, but they were not allowed to know about the original recovered flying discs. As far as France was concemed, they were working on designs thought up campletely by the contemporary scientific commmity on Earth. Even though Cbanda had his own disc-design ideas dating back to 1928; these ideas were not di- rectly related to those saucers of unknown origin.


376


THE COLUMBUS, OHIO, CASE


In August of 1952 an intact flying saucer 30 feet in diameter was recovered in a section of hilly country north of the Qlumbus Amy Supply Depot, outside of Columbus, Ghio. This happened to be one of the early experimental models, developed during phase one of project “y", Security was very tight conceming this particular incident, re- sulting in the Supply Depot being placed on "Red Alert" as a diver- sionary tactic, during which time the saucer was brought into a very high security Signal Corps building to be held temporarily until it could be taken, unnoticed, to Wright Air Development Center's Depart- ment. of Special Studies where it originated.

But, someone who wasn't supposed to know about it, accidentally found out. Mrs. Vivian Walton, a civilian switch-board operator work- ing for the Anny Signal Corps, was on her way to the restroom late one night, when she accidentally opened the wrong door, entering a photo- graphic laboratory by mistake. She couldn't help but notice several Photographs of what appeared to be a flying saucer. Her curiosity aroused, she moved closer for a clearer view. This saucer seemed to be on the ground with people and vehicles scattered around it. As she was deeply entranced by what she was seeing, the photographer came walking in, Joseph C. Sheehy, the Signal Corps Photographer, who held an Above ‘Top Secret security clearance, immediately asked Mrs. Walton what she was doing there looking at classified material that she wasn't cleared for. She became very frightened and explained her accidental entry in- to the lab. Sheehy, taking her into his trust, explained that now that she had seen the photographs she might as well know what they are of.

He explained how the saucer came down north of the Depot, was sub- sequently recovered, was temporarily being stored at the Depot ina high-security area, and was to be taken to Wright Air Development Center for examination. He told her all of this without letting her know that the saucer was built by the United States Government, thus not spilling the beans concerning Project "Y".

But Vivian couldn't keep the secret. Her husband got a new job sel- ling cookware for the Lifetime Cookware Company based in Milwaukee, Wisconsin. His boss, George Wolfer, of Miami, Florida, just happened to have an avid interest in the flying saucer enigna. Vivian, in order to get her husband in good with the boss told Wolfer of the Gblurbus flying saucer episode. She told Wolfer that she didn't relate this story to anybody, even her own husband, prior to this. later, Wlfer persuaded Vivian to repeat this story during a telephone conversation, While he was tape-recording it without her knowledge. Wolfer played this tape during a flying saucer discussion at his house in Miami, with William Nash, Noman Bean, and Donald Keyhoe present.


377


Gm April 15, 1954, William Nash informed James W. Moseley, flying saucer researcher, and publisher of Saucer News, via a letter, about the possibility of a flying saucer being stored at Wright-Patterson AFB. His curiosity aroused, Moseley called Nash, who in tum told Jin Moseley about the Wolfer tape. Moseley paid Wolfer a visit in May of 1954, during which time the tape was again played. Wolfer refused to divulge the woman's name to Moseley on the grounds that this was his case. Wolfer, unintentionally, gave Moseley a few clues as to who the woman was. Moseley, in his investigation located the woman, whom he interviewed in July of 1954.

Vivian Walton retold the story to Moseley, only this time with mich more detail. Moseley actually went over to the Columbus Amy Supply Depot. asking for Joseph C. Sheehy, the photographer. There he inter- viewed Sheehy, who in tuum got his Superior, Signal Officer C.T. (only the initials are given here because C.T. is still living and wulner- able) involved. Both men did agree that Mrs. Walton did work in cam munications, on the teletype, in the Signal Corps section, but that she left the base in early 1953 due to health problems. C.T. went on to say that Mrs. Walton did work nights and that there is a highly classified building on the Base; but that Mrs. Walton wasn't in it.

If Mrs. Walton worked nights and C.T. worked days, there is some question of how he would know whether she had entered the building or not. Even if he did know that she was in that building, unauthorized, looking at flying saucer photographs, he would be foolish to admit this to James W. Moseley. Both Sheehy and C.T. denied the whole story, which is exactly what one would have expected, considering the classi- fication involved. C.T. made the comment that he was going to report the entire matter to the CIA. Later, while Moseley was speaking to Sheehy alone, Sheehy said, "Vivian's been talking out of turn". Mose- ley asked him if he meant that she had been divulging classified in- formation (implying that the saucer recovery was true); ami Sheehy quickly changed his tune. Again, with C.T. present Moseley asked, "If this whole story were true, would it be classified?" C.T. answered, "Yes, very, as I knew nothing about it." Moseley then asked him quite pointedly, "Would you lie, if ordered to do so, if the story were tre and you were involved?" C.T. answered, "I would just refuse to discuss aca

later, during a telephone conversation between Moseley and Sheehy, Sheehy seemed very interested in where Moseley lived, etc. Moseley gave him his address and telephone mmber, and told him that he pub- lished a small private newsletter on Flying Saucers entitled NEXUS. At that moment Moseley became very disturbed. He had the very strange feeling that he was about to be investigated by same sort of gover- ment intelligence agency. Moseley published the story in the September


378


1954 issue of NEXUS.

Whether Jim Moseley investigated further and found out that this flying saucer was part of a U.S. Government project, we don't know; because Moseley isn't talking. Whether he was investigated by some U.S. government intelligence agency, or not, we don't know; because, likewise, Moseley isn't talking. He did, however, make the closing statement at the end of his September 1954 issue of NEXUS, on page 13, "It is my intention to continue investigating this and other similar cases conceming captured saucers and little men. If I receive any future information of value along these lines, I fully intend to pass it on to the readers of NEXUS just as soon as possible. the other hand, should this for any reason be the last issue of NEXUS, I think that most of our readers will be able to surmise that the question, ‘who's lying’ has been answered." Moseley took a tum of same sort, during 1954, regarding his opinions conceming the flying saucer enig- ma. He came up with his unique "Earth-made devices" theory contrary to what was accepted by the vast majority of researchers. He has main- tained that stand until this very day.

This however, only describes one case, and a very doubtful one at that. The problem is mich, much bigger than we have imagined.

The flying saucer duplication project still goes on. Many of the actual test flights originate out of the Kirtland AFB-Sandia Lab can- plex near Albuquerque, the Site 51 Complex in Nevada, a site in Texas, and at the Edwards Air Force Flight Test Center in Califomia, of those within this country.

Stan Deyo in his highly controversial book THE COSMIC CONSPIRACY, published in Australia, describes a multinational consortium of the U.S.A., Australia, Canada, England, and West Germany in a combined attempt to develop technologies similar to those observed in the study of the UFO phenomena and the crashed disc residue. Deyo reports same success in developing radical atmospheric vehicles in the wastes of the West Australian Desert, at Pine Gap, near Alice Springs.

We have had indications for some time that the available residue has been divided and decentralized. It may be significant that Deyo men- tions repeat visits by Dr. Vannevar Bush and some of the other scien- tists we have just named for you. To us this is significant.

We should point out before leaving this subject, that the Vivian Walton story is only one very small piece of the whole Wright Field story, and certainly does not represent the trie statement of the real situation there. There is considerable evidence that real crashed-disc residue was also taken to Wright Field and stored there. The aerotech- nical research projects were a nommal part of their business. The Air Force Development Center had research projects under study there all the time.


379


Many of those early UFO crashes were mentioned in the specially classified Project Grudge/Bluebook Special Report Number Thirteen of 1952, the existance of which is denied by all levels of Goverment. Remember that the Project Gmidge staff was still trying to do a job, believing that they really held the responsibility for such investi- gations, peculiar in itself because of their limited staff, budget, and resources, but they were sincere and did the best they could. What they apparently were not told was that the other services were also carrying out similar projects quietly, internally, while the new Air Force carried out the "public information mission" designed to screen the other activities. This mission did also serve the purpose of at- tracting informants to the Air Force where procedures were set up to neutralize them. Because the UFO crashes necessarily involved many witnesses, some of whom found their way to the Air Force Project, they were allowed to recover some crash residue and transport it to Wright Field. The famous Hangar 18 stories evolved from all this while, of the military services, the Navy held the dominant vole in actual in- vestigation all along. But the Air Force, not being kept infommed of this carried out their project mission to the best of their ability and produced their reports. They had picked up enough material in the first two years of operation to warrant a special highly classified report to supplement the public information reports 1 through 12, but for special staff level only, and they accordingly prepared their om Special Report: number 13. That report by its very nature crossed the channels set up and threatened the whole research effort and did not fit the image being fostered through the Air Force Project and a sen- ior Air Force Staff Officer, a trusted agent of the special internal control group, ordered it recalled and destroyed.

That report #13 included in a special section, photographs of sev- eral recovered UFOs, debris and residue, as well as photographs of some of the dead bodies of the occupants of those ships, including the crash at Aztec, New Mexico. ‘There were pictures of whole bodies of alien extraterrestrial humanoids (even then classified as Es) as well as photos of body parts such as the severed arm on an examining table in what appears to be a medical facility. A peculiarity here is that a man standing by the table, presumably a doctor, is wearing an Amy uniform, rather than Air Force, We have no doubt that such photos exist for we have viewed and examined some of those photographs our- selves.

Qne such photograph was published on page 247 in a Japanese book titled ies HICH ARRAS ad (translation - "UFO Occupants") copyright 1985, ISBN 4-89521-130-4. This picture shows a right shoul- der, part of the right rib cage (with ribs all the way to the abdoren) and a fractured right arm and hand. The hand has only four long digits


380


with a kind of webbing between the fingers as shown in this sketh. Some of the photos showed other stages of dissection, including an ab- damen that had been opened and internal viscera exposed, different from nomnal human organs. The photo below is not from that Report #13.


AREAMEB TIE TOU ER CRY SHEMGOLG.


+ ARRA’ DED AKO MTEL.


AMIS IIMS oT


BARU I7I Rw f MERE SU TH

Ut: FARR OF

tc, BRP y—KE 2H CAMS yy ATS LCA FEL te TOERL)


F (4) Y Vea


FRA


RR (AME Yo & 384)


WR Ani y Fe ML)


aa


a

FAR OID HADI ORBAN TSE WD ORIG ST KN ii.


St he itg—y WABASH, ADI PB AOL PRBAKTOE FAH.


we Se deme cTUSF Y SB.OH. Kt


The Japanese report went on to show a picture of the Wright- Patter- son AFB flightline and Hangar 18, together with a photo of one of the recovered alien cadavers in a see-through storage case. Note that this


storage case is identical with that shown in Appendix 8.


382


RED FLAG ALERT


During a UFO investigation at Stoner, Qblorado in September 1977, the witness, Mr. Randy Barnes, referred wendelle Stevens to the owmer- operator of a country store and gas station at Four Qomers, a cross- roads point in the vicinity, who told a very unusual story.

It seemed that this gentleman's son had been hame on leave recently, and telling of his flying adventures, suddenly tumed serious, and after making sure that what he was about to tell would be held in the strictest confidence by his father, he began a narrative that was chilling in its intensity.

‘The young officer was an Air Force Fighter Pilot in a Tactical Air Command Combat Squadron that had been assigned to the "Red Flag" ex- ercise in Nevada that year. A squadron of captured MIG Jet Fighters flown by especially trained American pilots simlate the enemy. They Operate out of a specially prepared Air Base at Tonopah, Nevada, to the north of the Atomic Pnergy Commission Reservation that takes up most of northern Nevada. That Base is made to look like a typical Rus- sian airfield, and the American Forces are deployed to bases at sim- ulated strike distances from this field.

That fighter pilot was assigned to a strike mission against the Red "Enemy" Airfield on a particular day, and after careful briefing for the "attack", was launched and headed out on a course designed to con- fuse the "enemy" radar. Deciding to "bend" the rules a little to give himself more advantage, he cut across the comer of the forbidden AEC Reservation area to make his approach to the airfield from an unexpec- ted direction, hoping to thus avoid or delay detection. Radio silence was being observed.

He entered the Reservation area at what he thought was below radar scanning levels, and as he cut across north of the Site 51 area, he saw a circular disc-shaped craft looking to be about 60 feet in diam- eter in flight to the south of his position.

Almost immediately, his radio came alive on the Emergency channel and a loud voice, "in the clear" ordered him to abandon his mission and fly directly to Nellis AFB and land immediately. All other mis- sions for him were cancelled.

When he taxiied up to the park the plane it was surrounded and he was met by both unifomned and plainclothes men who took custody of him and escorted him directly to a security office in a bunker area. he of the civilian interrogators identified himself as an FBI Officer and produced a badge that looked official.

The pilot was held in this area and questioned for two days about everything he had seen until he mentioned the disc-shaped aircraft.


383


Then the attention shifted to that and he was badgered and intimidated and was questioned and re-questioned about that object, until he began to realize that this would continue as long as he stuck to what he knew as fact. They obviously were seeking to convince him that the Object he had seen was not flying at all, that it was standing on the ground on legs, and was in fact a water tower. They showed him pic~ tures of such water towers until he let himself be convinced that that was what he saw. After persuading them that he was now sure that they were correct, amd signing a statement to that effect, he was taken back to his airplane and allowed to return to his base.

A few days later he was suddenly transferred to another squadron in another part of the country. He was warned not to discuss what had taken place, and sworn to silence before being released. He strictly observed this silence, telling his father only after obtaining agree- ment not to discuss it. He told his father he was convinced that what


he saw was no water tower, as it was higher in the air and was moving, —


and it had no legs.

That was nothing more than a "war story" and the note was filed with no further follow-up, until another piece of information fell into place.

Wendelle Stevens had given a UFO slide lecture at the Northem Ari- zona State University at Flagstaff, and after the lecture an ethnic American Indian gentleman, a Navajo, in the Shaman line in his clan, a post-graduate student working on his doctorate in Comparative Eth- nology, offered a story to tell -- but only away from there and other people. "We went to a small restaurant and took a back table where we could talk and I could record the conversation without too much dis- turbance. ‘This was the story told me by Mitchel Uribe," Stevens said:

An adult Navajo friend of his backpacking in a canyon in Nevada that ran down into the AEC Reservation area saw something that puzzles him to this day. He was in remote country far away from roads and he had Spent the night in the canyon. He was up and had prepared his pack, and was sitting with his back against a rock near the upper rim of the gorge, when he heard helicopters. Soon a big helicopter with the five- blade rotor came into view, caming up the canyon at low level and as it did so, every few seconds it would broadcast something from a loud Speaker arrangement. The message broadcast was warming anybody in the canyon area to step out and make his presence known so that he could be moved to safety as a military test was scheduled to take place in that area soon and would be very dangerous.

The Indian, feeling adequately protected among the rocks in that area, decided to remain still and wait and see what was going to take place. The hilicopter disappeared up the canyon to the right. He sat there and waited. In about 15 mimtes the helicopter came back down


384


the canyon, going the other way, still broadcasting its waming. He sat there and watched. Nothing happened for about a half hour. Then he heard helicopters again, more of them. This time three, no two ‘copters and a third craft, a big disc-shaped craft came into view, caning up the canyon, below the rim. The two big choppers were on the outsides, about 500 feet apart, and the third craft the clean dark gray disc- shaped craft was flying between the two 'copters. At first he thought: they were carrying it suspended between them, but then he decided that was impossible because they were all at the same height and he couldn't see any suspension cables. He couldn't distinguish any sep- arate sound coming from the disc-shape. It was smooth-skinned metalic and circular in form with a raised dome on top and flew steadily along in the formation. There were no visible markings on the disc. Nothing else happened and the trio flew out of sight around the bend in the canyon to the right. He waited another 10 minutes or so and then he heard the helicopters again and they came into view and flew back the way they had come and disappeared. It was quiet and he wondered where the other plane went. Suddenly it appeared flying very fast back down the middle of the canyon, seeming to follow its same track on the out- ward flight. It too disappeared after the helicopters and the canyon got quiet again. He waited another two hours and then resumed his hik- ing, still wondering about the amazing spectacle he had witnesed. Back home later, he told the tribal elders about the experience and they advised him not to tell anyone else about it. Finally he told Mitchel Uribe, who was recording a list of such sightings by the tribe over a period of time. The indian's name and his home reservation have been witheld here at the tribe's request. Anyone seeking more information on this will have to obtain it from Mr. Uribe, who may be located


through the University. ONE RESEARCH SITE


That was in 1978. In 1980 when Stevens and Jun-Ichi Yaoi of Nippon TV were tracing crashed-disc stories for a Japanese program, they in- terviewed Leonard Stringfield and Charles Wilhelm in Cincinnati, Chio, and then went to Las Vegas to interview sane leads there. It was there that active interception of potential witnesses took place. Che of then "disappeared" and was never heard from again; another left tow and did not retum."A third was contacted by parties unknown within minutes of the team's introductory arrangements, and he was warned not to meet with us. Ten minutes later, that witness called us back at the hotel where we were checking-in and said he could not met us” then and would not discuss it," Stevens said.

Qe contact, after refusing to meet the team anyplace, tured up at


385


the airport playing a slot machine in the departure lounge at the departure gate to Los Angeles, waiting for the team to pass by as they left to board the airliner to Califormia, and gave an interview which was recorded on a hidden body device as he played one machine and the interviewer played the ajacent one.

It was there in Ias Vegas in 1980 that the team picked up nmors, unconfirmed, of the explosive destruction of a flying disc at Site 51, piloted by American test pilots. It reportedly blew into small pieces killing both pilots instantly. That loss apparently brought that pro- ject to a standstill for a time.

At this point it was impossible to determine whether the exploded craft was one of ours or one of the recovered alien vehicles. The question remains open as far as definitive information up to now. It was filed as an unconfirmed rumor.

And then in 1984 a surprising new development called attention back to all the above (See Appendix 6). As of this writing, the tme facts cofceming this development are classified too high for us to get any- thing reliable, and so we will have to leave that question open.

We believe, however, that a direction is clearly signified by the older preceeding events which can now be fairly well established. We offer this collection of data, information and nmpr, as a starting point for the next investigators to confim or refute as mre and mre information becomes available. We are confident that at some time in the not too distant future, more definitive information will became available to improve the history of this unique aspect of the strange UFO phenomenon.

We want to caution that mich of the information in this chapter is speculative; some, more than rumor; and some clearly established fact. We do not seek to persuade or to convince anyone, but simply to inform those who are interested.

We believe that real extraterrestrial interplanetary spacecraft have crashed here on Earth, have been recovered by various governments, and have been thoroughly analyzed and studied. We believe that we have sought to duplicate, then to copy, then to model our own developments on what we were able to perceive — and that we have succeeded to sane


measurable degree.


386


STOP PRESS REPORT


In the first week of December 1985, the Tuscon Daily Star-Citizen published the following report:

SPACEPLANE: COAST TO COAST IN 12 MINUTES -- NEWSDAY --

It might use a runway for takeoffs and landings and look much like a conventional airplane, but the aerospace plane Pentagon and NASA of- ficials are talking about will have little else in common with any~ thing flying today.

It will travel at 4,000 to 8,000 mph. It will reach up to 350,000 feet. A coast to coast trip might take as little as 12 minutes. New York to Tokyo could take an hour.

Are the planners only fantasizing on their drawing boards? Not at all, says Jan Bodanyi, a Pentagon spokeswoman. Bodanyi said that in the last few years, several million dollars has been written into the military budget to study the feasibility of the aerospace plane. And in recent years aerospace engineers have made breakthroughs in engine, material and camputer technologies that have led Pentagon and NASA officials to conclude such a plane could be built and flown.

The Air Force Officer said that if all went according to plan, an experimental serospace plane could be tested in the 1990s.

Major aerospace companies such as Rockwell International, Lockheed Qorp., Boeing and McDonnell Douglas have been toying with different designs for nearly two decades. But their spokesmen said the program only got hot in the last few years, when new engine technology became available.


End of Quote


387


CHAPTER X CONCLUSIONS


As I said in my introduction, "the absence of direct proof of the ultimate fact" does not negate its validity. "Actually, circumstantial evidence, ...is capable of producing at least as high a dergee of cer~ tainty as that arising from direct proof." We have presented a consid- erable number of items of information “which tend to establish a chain of circumstantial evidence", sufficient to "afford the basis of a logical inference relative to the issue and supply a 'link in the chain'." We have no doubt about the existence of the evidence, and where it is, and what is being done about it. We do doubt the reasons for the prolonged secrecy in this matter, and implore those in charge to now share the material and the knowledge they have gained with all of us, and all scientists in this world. Fourty years of secrecy is a very long time, and exceeds the normal term for all security classifi- cations we know of.

The evidence clearly shows that a circular, disc-shaped flying machine about 100 feet in diameter crashed at Aztec, New Mexico, on 25 May 1948. It was recovered nearly intact with the bodies of 14 occupants aboard, by a military team and a group of carefully selected scientists. This ship had a central cabin about 18' inside diameter surrounded by a thin, light weight, ring flange about 10% of the diameter thick. The the bodies were removed and preserved and the craft recovered and taken to a secret secured storage site for study.

Less than a year earlier, on 3 July 1947, a 30 foot outside diameter circular craft (or central cabin of a larger craft), with 6 bodies in- side was found crashed on the San Augustine Flats near Magdalena, New Mexico, southwest of Albuquerque. Those bodies were also removed and preserved. Then on 5 July a mass of lightweight metallic residue dis- covered on 3 July also, was reported to authorities by a rancher. Upon investigation, this material was considered to be the dismembered and shattered remains of a much larger circular craft, perhaps up to 100 feet in diameter. Attempted assembly of some parts seemed to indicate that this material had formed that shape. The metallic fragments were lightweight, like a kind of foil, but extremely durable and resistent. This material was found on a ranch 75 miles northwest of Roswell, to- ward Albuquerque, and about a hundred miles east of The San Augustine Flats. Up to four similar bodies were reportedly found here also.

The nature of the metallic material, the sizes and shapes of these craft, and the size and descriptions of the bodies found in both of these ships seems to indicate a canon origin.

Then, about a month and a half after the Aztec crash, another similar


388


circular metallic flying object about 100 feet in diameter crashed in Mexico about 30 miles southeast of Laredo, Texas on 7 July 1948. Only one body was reported by the photographer, in the residue he saw, and that was badly bumed. Some of the description reported, as two doctors examined the body, however, corresponds with the descriptions fram the two earlier crashes. There were rumors, unconfirmed, of more bodies found around the area, possibly ejected, or scattered by the explosion.

A new correspondence developed here though, when it was discovered that the wreckage residue contained lightweight but strong channel, rod and tubing structural members marked with straight rows of symbols in an unknown and unearthly language resembling something between Russian, Egyptian hieroglyphics and American Indian sign language.

Although the second crash, at Aztec, was not torn asunder, exposing intemal structural members, it did contain a "book" of some very dur- able, tough material, something like parchement in appearance, which had pages filled with symbols approximating the description above.

All of these remains were taken to super-secret storage sites in New Mexico in 1947 and 1948, where they were studied and tested by teams of scientific experts.

In 1949 to 1950 a special underground custodial facility was prepared in the already secured Nevada Atomic Fnergy Commission Reservation, at an airfield which was actually an installation belonging to the New Mexico based U.S. research centers. It was here that the UFO crash residue was taken into intensive work. Other subsequent crashed discs recovered by the U.S. Government were collected there as well, and a substantial research project was carried on.

Meanwhile, our government funded many projects designed to duplicate these machines, or to build our own designs, taking advantage as much as we could of what we were able to learn from the real interplanetary vehicles.

We flew our first copy projects in 1954 and 1955, built jointly with the A.V. Roe Company in Canada. Then we took off on separate projects of our own which had reached marvelous sophistication by 1978.

More contact with extraterrestrial beings of size, morphology and physiology similar to that found in the crashed saucers developed over the years until, in 1979, a man was abducted at Charleston, S.C., by alien beings similar to this race-type, who actually told the abductee that they had “lost ships in the westem part of this country" and that our government still had the residue of the ships and bodies! Other similar contacts have been made.

I believe that this deception has gone on long enough, and that it is now time for us to be told the TRUTH by our government.

A healthy democracy cannot survive long with a few self-appointed individuals setting themselves up as a select elite, authorized to do


389


the thinking for all of us, without even a popular mandate to do so...

When this author went to Mrs. Alice Scully at the start of his om investigation in 1982, she was not mich help except to state that she had seen photographs of the crashed disc and sane of the occupants. The records and files were no longer in her posession, and she could not get to them. She was cautious in her discussions, because she knew that Scully had been attacked so many times before. The approaches were disguised and the attacks came later. She was warey but cordial, and she preferred to wait to see what was going to happen. She wrote a letter stating her position at that time. It was dated June 12, 1982, Palm Springs, California, a copy of which is reproduced here.

When a copy of the final draft of this manuscript was sent to her as a courtesy, for her personal information and review, she responded by letter dated November 16, 1986, saying she was glad that the final truth had come out, vindicating the efforts of her husband so long ago. A copy of that letter closes this report.


foes)


Tobia Sprui (Me 12, 1982


he pelocke A


fae


wh The _. Hekien aca Bia ao irom aA RW ie Aual


391


Palm Springs, CA,


November 16, 1986


Mr. William S, Steinman 15043 Rosalita Drive la Mirada, CA. 90638


Dear Williams


Having just finished, reading your manuscript, I am terribly impressed by your research, by the intensity with which you have stuck to it over many years, and by the honesty in your report.


It is now many years since Frank's book vas published, and many things, small details, had been forgotten by me, but it is remarkable how, on reading your manuscript, the things forgotten come to life, and fall in place.


One thing I didn't realize is that the U.S.Government was behind the scandalous way of discrediting BEHIND THE FLYING SAUCERS and the men who have the information. I knew it was a hush-hush subject, but not a top-top secret.


As far as other writers were concerned, I felt it was jealousy, and wanting to be “in on it all." For all parties to actually systematically go out to destroy men's reputations is appalling. You have really done a scholarly piece of research, and I'm glad you did it, and that through it all you came to the con- clusion that Frank Scully was telling the truth.

For this I am grateful to you.


With best wishes,


Miteskadly


APPENDIX 1


THE RAY THOMAS AFFAIR


A question frequently asked is: How can such transcendent informa- tion be kept from public knowledge? One example, and perhaps only one of many, may be illustrated by the Ray Thomas case. Ray had been swom to silence about an operation he was involved in when he was a U.S. Marine on active duty in 1967. Twelve years later, upon seeing the public movie "HANGAR 18" at a theater in Las Vegas where he lived, he recognized some of the information portrayed there, and believing the government had finally released information on "the project", decided to report his personal experience as verification. After all, 12 years is a long time and all original classification whould have died by normal expiration long ago.

Having heard of APRO in Tucson, Arizona, he obtained a telephone number through Operator Assistance and made the first call on 14 July 1980, taken by Christine Panter, office secretary for APRO in Tucson.

Ray Thomas told christine Panter of having seen the movie "HANGAR 18" recently and that there was more to that which he could tell her for a fact. He briefly described how he was with the K-9 (canine) Division of the U.S. Marine Corps at Camp Pendleton, in the grade of corporal (E-4) back in June of 1967, when he was summoned for a "special as- signment".

He was prepared, together with his dog, and they were put aboard a military transport aircraft with “blinded" windows (the windows had aluminum foil taped over them) and was flown to a desert location, guessed at but actually unknown. They were taken directly fran the airplane into a canvas covered truck and the entrance was laced closed with the men and their dogs inside. They rode in the truck for a time, 45 minutes to an hour, and then the truck stopped in a desert location where the back was unlaced and they all got out in front of several of the old style 4~man pyramidal tents, already erected. There was also a hospital tent erected some distance away.

The men and their dogs, all unknown to each other, were briefed on their quard mission, ordered not to discuss anything they saw or did with each other, and were assigned to patrol shifts, 4 hours on and 4 hours off, around the clock. Their job was to patrol amarked perimeter around the hospital tent some distance out from it. They were heavily anmed, with full ammunition clips, an unusual departure from the usual 3 ballets in the clip.

A plain clothes Colonel seemed to be in charge, a man identified to them only as Gl. Painter (later identified as Obl. R.V. Painter, MA), Many other technical persons came and went. Once as Ray


393


Thamas was being relieved from guard duty, and was heading for the mess tent, he dropped the leash and his dog ran into the tent. He ran in right behind him to get his dog out, and then saw the inside of the tent.

There he saw for the first time what the tent covered. He saw a big disc-shaped object resting on the ground and propped into a more level position with timbers of wood. He also saw long folding tables which had been set up, and they were covered with technical instruments like he had never seen before. He saw what he thought were body-bags but he didn't see any bodies.

He apparently had seen more than he should have because he was im- mediately taken to Captain Painter (strange name coincidence whether contrived or natural) who was in charge of the guard. He was warned and punished for his infraction and was returned to security patrol for the rest of his duty stint. He says he was kept under security surveillance over the ensuing years since his discharge from the U.S. Marine Corps.

Seeing the movie and recognizing some of the events, and knowing of

+ their actual validity, he thought that the secret was out and that was why he had seen little of the security surveillance lately. It mst have been relaxed, and that is why he decided to call at this time.

Ray left his address and an unlisted telephone number for "Chris" to get back to him. She checked the APRO files for a local member to put into direct contact with Thomas to see what he could verify and try to learn more about the situation. She selected John Romero and notified him by letter.

Before that letter could reach Las Vegas, a second call came in the very next day from Ray Thomas. He had already been visited by two mn representing themselves as from an intelligence agency and flashing badges, which he thought looked like FBI, but he didn't get a good look at them. They arrived at his hane the night of the 14th, the same day he made the first call to APRO, They reminded him of his oaths and his signature verifying that he understood them and the National Se- curity Act. They re-read him certain paragraphs of the Act and had him sign once again that he understood what had been read. These men took great interest in a map on which Ray had pinpointed where he thought the location of the site had been. The visitors left no doubt about the fact that Ray was still under surveillance and that they would be

watching. He wondered how the telephone call was discovered almost immediately. That call to report the visit was made from an outside telephone.

‘Two days later, he was again visited by two different men who were now aware of the second call to APRO. These men were more threatening and left no doubt about their warming, and they ordered him to get out


out of this immediately.

Ray worked as a house painter and his wife worked at night. a couple days after the second visit, a neighbor in an ajacent apartment saw two men trying to get into the Thamas apartment. He got a camera and Photographed them. The men became very upset. The neighbor told them there had been too many "break-ins" around the neighborhood. Ray's wife was visited by two men in the daytime when she was trying to sleep. The developed photos came back and were shown to Ray but he could not recognize either of the men.

the night of the 21st of July 1980 Ray Thomas’ apartment was bro- ken into and the map and all of his notes were taken. He called the Police and they came out and dusted for fingerprints but found none. (Ray told police that gold coins were taken so he wouldn't have to discuss the UFO angle with them.) Ray's wife, Cathy, said that after her visitor left, she went out on the balcony and watched the stranger depart in a black Cadillac. It had an unusual glow of red lights on the dashboard whereas she thought most cars had blues and greens. The dog was very nervous.

That did it! Ray called APRO from his hame again and asked for help, telling chris all that had happened and how disturbing it had become. John Romero had not been there yet. He didn't know where to tum. What could they do?

That was when Chris called Wendelle Stevens and asked if he had any contacts up there in Vegas who could get on this right away and go see what could be done for Ray Thomas. Stevens went over to the APRO of- fice on Qbuntry Club Road and Chris briefed him on what had happened up to then. At that time Stevens was one of APRO's lead investigators.

Stevens went hone and immediately called Gene Applegarth, an AEC man who at that time headed a small local UFO study group called APRON for Aerial Phenomena Research Of Nevada) in Las Vegas, who had previously indicated that they were looking for some live UFO cases to investi- gate as a team. Other officers of APRON were Evelyn Schiff, and Ron Gurtiss,; a local DPS (Department of Public Safety - Police) plain clothes officer. Ron was on leave recovering from injuries received in a DPS raid. Ron would get in touch with Ray immediately and see what he could do.

By the time that was taken care of the phone rang and it was chris from APRO again, who had been trying to get in on the line. Ray Thamas had called her back between two and three hours after the earlier call that day, sounding very excited and telling her that he had been vis- ited again by two more men about that earlier call, whom he admitted to the apartment. He seated them on the sofa and left the room on sane simple pretxt, and went to a box in a closet in his bedroom and got out his gun and a pair of handcuffs. He came out and pointed the gun


395


at them and ordered them to place their weapons and wallets on the table, which they did.

He called the Las Vegas Metro Police and told them he was holding two burglers and to hurry. He handcuffed one of them to the sofa, and as he did so the other one jumped up and ran out before he could shoot to stop him, but he still had one and the weapons and identifications. He called his wife to come home ard help identify the men for the Po- lice who were on their way. While he was waiting he took a camera ona shelf there and photographed the wallets and contents. As the Police still had not arrived, he called APRO to report what had happened and that he was holding one at gunpoint and would charge them with the burglary, harrassment and mental anguish to his wife. He had mde a citizen's arrest. He also had tried to call John Romero, the APRO mem- ber there in Vegas, but could not reach him. He would call back later,

That call mst have caused those two bungling agents a little bit of trouble from whoever analyzes all those calls. :

The Police finally arrived and took the handcuffed intruder and his partner waiting in a limousine below into custody. They searched the limo and found blue lightweight metal suitcases in the car (possibly surveillance equipment). They took them away to the police station, Then they arrested Ray Thomas and took him away in another police car, and he never saw the two intruders again. When he got home mich later their car was gone. The Police would never tell him what they did with the intruders, but under local law he had committed a felony by point- ing the gun at them. The charges were later dropped.

Chris finished the report on the second call while Ray Thomas was still holding his intruders at bay. I immediately called Gene Apple- garth back to advise the new developments. He was still trying to get hold of Ron Gurtiss to tell him about the earlier call, and gave m some numbers I could try for Ron. I finally got him later that evening and he said he would be able to check on things in the moming.

The next moming, the 23 of July, Ray Thomas called chris back and reported the details of what had happened after hanging up the day before. He still had not heard from John Romero. Ray's wife had re- tuumed before the police and identified the handcuffed man as one who had called on her. They still were not the men photographed by the neighbor. Chris advised him that a friendly Vegas DPS officer, Fon Qurtiss would be getting in touch with him.

Stevens got in touch with Ron again that night and discussed the events up to now. Ron contacted Ray Thanas and made an appointment to meet him the next moming. Ray, properly "gun shy" by now came with no evidence of any kind. After a discussion They arranged to meet again the following day (17:00) and Ray would bring Ron Xerox copies of the photos of the Identification Cards if he could get the prints back


306


by then.

Ray delivered the copies and Fon took them to regular friends at the DPS facilities and arranged to have the IDs traced. That was 26 July.

later in the day on the 22nd Chris Panter got hold of John Romero and asked him to go the Police Station where Ray Thomas and his visi- tors were being taken, to lend whatever assistance he could by being there. He agreed to see what he could find out.

Later in the day on the 23rd Romero called APRO back (call taken by Allen Benz, APRO Librarian) to advise that Las Vegas Metro Police had no record of such a police action. Romero further advised that in Nev- ada, to invite a person into your hane, and then pull a gun and hand- cuff them (as RT said he did) was a felony. If the Police came and found RT holding a gun on the stranger, RT and all would have been taken to the station (exactly what happened, but apparently not to John Romero's knowledge yet). John Romero said he could send sameone to Ris apartment, to see if the limo dash could be seen from Ris balcony. No further word was received fron John Romero.

M the 28th Ray Thomas called Chris Panter back at APRO to tell her that his wife was typing all the notes up in narrative form which he would send to APRO together with the photos via Federal Express. There was a note on Christine Panter's telephone memo saying: "Said he'd re- ceived both letters from me (cp), but I only sent one! He even read them back, to me. I did write the first note; but the second? Qn APRO stationery, my signature. Harmless platitudes, but I DID NOI write it", RT says dog is very nervous; has taken to Vet who says dog is on the verge of nervous breakdown. Dog is Shepherd, trained quard-dog. RI was also approached by a "new" stranger and offered an exchange of infor- mation: 'You tell me what you know, and I'll tell you what I know! sort of thing. “Asked me what I thought: I advised against."

RE never called APRO again. Christine Panter called his home once and got his wife. Whe worked nights and slept days, so was very sleepy but she said she had done some typing for him.

Nothing ever arrived from Ray Thomas.

While Ron Qurtiss was waiting for the identification and story on the ID cards photogragphed, he ran a background check on Ray Thomas.

RT had an Alpha Red Top Secret Clearance (Crypto), granted under section 18 NDA. He had signed a "Contact Team" oath and had a copy. Department of Defense records showed that Ray Thomas was indeed in the Marines and a menber of the K-9 Corps attached to DOD Special Qper- ations at the time indicated. Ray Thomas had no police record but his credit record had been "flagged" due to a camplaint that he was behind in payments on his rent. His record address agreed with the residence address given.

28 duly when Ron went back to pick up the results of the ID card check, His supervisor was waiting for him with the xeroxes and seemed


a


very upset. He asked Ron what he was doing, that he didn't recall hay~ ing assigned him to any such project. What was he after? Ron tried to explain but the explanation did't seem to satisfy the supervisor who kept the Xerox copy of the cards photographed and whatever was revea]~ ed by the checkout of the cards. Ron never did learn what was found in the checkout. He reported this new develogment to Ray Thamas and arranged to meet him two days later when they would both have time available to talk and discuss this whole thing. Ron wanted to bring Gene Applegarth into that meeting if agreeable to Ray Thomas. Ray had no objection and they settled it for the evening of the 30th.

That day, Gene Applegarth was unable to make the meeting, giving no explanation to Ron Qurtiss. Ron went to the planned meeting at the Big Boy reataurant as arranged. Ray Thomas did not show up on the schedule so RC took a booth and ordered coffee. He waited an hour and then went to the phone and called RTs number. The phone rang but there was no answer. He thought RT must be on his way. He waited another hour, and then called again. The ‘phone still rang but no answer. Then RC began to think that one of them had confused which Big Boy restau- rant, so he called the others and had RI paged with no success. He finally gave up and went hamne.

He tried a couple more times the next day but he wasn't too worried when the phone didn't answer because he thought Ray Thomas would be working. He tried in the evening and still failed to get any answer. Finally in desperation he got in his car and drove over there, only to find the apartment completely empty. Checking with the apartment of- fice he found that the Thomas family had moved out the night before and left no forwarding address. They were told they would be contacted later.

Upon further inquiry, Ron leamed that the move was not entirely un- welcane as Thomas had been running behind on his rent payments for some time and the office had suggested he get the situation in hand or find another place. The woman behind the desk said a man who said he was a friend of theirs had came in and asked how much they owed on the rent to date. She gave him a figure and he paid it up in cash and then went to their apartment. A moving van pulled up an hour later and they moved out that night. Ron kicked himself for not: going over there the night before.

Although no record was made of this seemingly unrelated item at the time, Gene Applegarth who was in the habit of calling Stevens about twice a month, called a little earlier than usual to say that he was being pressured at work to get out of this kooky UFO kid stuff because it was not a good image for an AEC employee such as he. He felt that as an implied threat and withdrew fron APRON, tuming the records and files over to Ron Curtiss.


398


But the disappearance of Ray Thomas piqued Ron's curiosity and, as he was still on recuperation leave, he spent a lot of time trying to pick up same leads. He was amazed at the thoroughness of the operation because he was unable to find the moving company. It mast have been an outside agency. Checking with the credit bureau to get a List of cred- itors for possible leads he found that they had all been paid up also, over $10,000 dollars worth! The service bills were paid up with no changes of address. Returns went to the old apartment address at 3665 Cambridge (Apt. 212), Las Vegas, Nevada 89109. The unlisted telephone number (702)-734-1928 was paid up and closed out. All leads seemed to cane to an end.

That was about the situation Stevens found when he stopped in Las Vegas on his way back from San Francisco near the end of August. He had a meeting with Gene Applegarth and they called Ron Curtiss and joined him for coffee at a local restaurant, where Stevens met Ron Qurtiss face-to-face for the first time. The case was discussed for a couple of hours and then Applegarth drove Stevens back to catch his plane to Tucson. Ron had been back to the Apartment to look around and to take photographs several times. He learned that the "friend" had been in twice to pick up the accumlating mail, He asked to be advised when the friend showed up again, but never got a call. Then even Ron was contacted by a man who warned him that he was pursuing dangerous lines of research, and he was advised to give it up so that his two orphaned neices would not be left alone again. When he reported in to his office to go back on duty he was told that he had been terminated, and that there were at present openings in Abilene, Texas and Pensa- cola, Florida, but they would be filled in 10 days. He asked for the Xerox copy of the cards back and was told that that information was highly classified and not available to him. He had only a few days to get started.

He went home and called Gene Applegarth and said he was getting out of the UFO business altogether, that he was giving the APRON files back or he was going to dump them. He was resigning completely as of now. If Gene was out too he could give the files to Evelyn Schiff, or dump them himself. That was the end of APRON. Their first and only case did them in.

But the bizarre events were not yet over for Ron Curtiss. He loaded his live-in girl friend and their selected posessions in his little Volkswagon sedan and they headed for Abilene. Three days later Stevens got a collect call from El Paso, from Ron QGurtiss who reported that they had been aware of being followed by a bigger car since leaving las Cruces, New Mexico. About 30 miles down the road, the bigger car suddenly moved up fast and deliberately side-swiped the Volks knocking

it off the road and into the ditch, but it was a wide shallow ditch


399


and Ron was able to keep control by driving down, across, up the other side a ways, back down and up onto the road again, and getting there in time to see the big car speeding away ahead. The drivers side was damaged so bad he could hardly get the door open.

After interviewing for the Abilene job they decided to go on to Flo- rida, and got there a week later. Ron decided to take that one as it was too far to go back to Abilene. He would report for duty in a few days.

Then his girl-friend suggested that while he looked around and was getting settled she would like to go down to Miami and see an girl friend from college days. He prepared the car and she started out. As she was driving along the beach road not far from Singing Sands, the litle Volks was sideswiped by a big car again, this time knocking it out of control in the beach sand and it flipped, throwing the woman out and larvding on her and killing her instantly.

Meanwhile, near the end of September, Stevens was back in Las Vegas with Jun-Ichi Yaoi of Nippon TV, pursuing another matter when they de- cided to see what they could find. They began by canvassing the neigh- bors in other apartments in the same closed and walled-in complex where Ray Thanas formerly lived. A neighbor was discovered who said that Mrs. Thomas worked at the Lucky Lady downtown before they moved away. Other details learned only verified what was already known. But the new lead proved interesting.

The Lucky Lady tumed out to be a Dealer's School for Casino workers and Cathy Thomas had been an instructor there. There werd several co- workers who considered her a friend but said they knew very little about her private life and she didn't discuss it with them. The thing of greatest interest however, was the fact that Mrs. Thomas worked for the Lucky Lady for two weeks after the sudden move and loss of contact with Ron Gurtiss. She never mentioned the move and the old address was the only one listed in her file there.

This meant however, that they did not move that far, and that they may still be in the area. The mail was picked up at the apartment un- til it stopped coming there. No forwarding address was filed with the Fost Office for automatic forwarding.

Qe guess here, but not the only one, is that RI's story was true, that he made a mistake in judgement, which he acknowledged, and sought to correct. He already enjoyed a high security clearance and was an expert guard with a dog, in fact he loved those dogs so mich that he kept one of his own. He was not doing too well on making his Living in the situation he was in. He may have been easily persuaded to take a new job "inside" the project area, where his wife could work too, and they would be provided living quarters or allowances in same facility where he would not be so exposed.


Ray Thomas’ major contribution in this story is the name of the Med- ical Adiministrative Officer previously associated with the original preparation of the facility to study recovered UFOs in the grade of Major, and then finding him 15 years later in the grade of Colonel, probably retired and still working in a civilian graded position, but being recognized in his retired grade as Oblonel. He was wearing civ- ilian clothes in the latter position according to the witness' state- ment. And he was recovering a crashed UFO! (See Appendix 4 for earlier information of Major Painter.)


APPENDIX 2


THE LAREDO UFO BODY


Much has been written about the strange body found in the Laredo UFO crash remains. He has been derisively called "fomatoe Man” by the us- ual detractors in such cases. The fact is, this body was reportedly Photographed in the remains of an Unidentified Flying Cbject that came down in a crash collision with the ground at a point near the Sabinas River and about 30 miles southwest of Laredo, Texas, but across the border in the Mexican State of Nuevo Leon, on 7 July 1948.

U.S. Secretary of State, General George C. Marshall, reportedly in- tervened directly with the Mexican Government and obtained permission for U.S. Army personnel to recover the remains of a U.S."Special Test Vehicle" that had gone out of control and crashed in Mexico.

Gol. John W. Bowen, USAF (Retired), then Provost Marshall at Cars- well AFB, was sent over to take immediate charge of cordoning off and controlling the area. The bulk of the residue was picked up on big Army Transporter ‘Trucks and hauled to San Antonio Air Depot for study.

But before removal a special photographer with a very high security clearance was flown down from White Sands Missile Test Center in New Mexico in a light weight, special slow-flight photo-liaison airplane. The photographer was alerted at 20:50 to prepare to be airlifted to the site of a top secret airplane crash. At 21:30 they were picked up by an Amy L-19 Bird Dog airplane, five team members and equipment, and were flown directly to the crash site, arriving at ahout 02:15 AM.

As they circled the floodlighted site before landing, they could see the remains of a fairly large cirsular craft still smouldering and smoking some 12 hours after the crash. They landed on a makeshift run- way about a half mile from the crash site, and were picked up and driven right to the crash scene by an Army truck. Commander Snith (a pseudonym for the U.S. Naval Intelligence Officer from the U.S, Hmbas- sy in Mexico City who accompanied the Mexican Authorities to the site) told them to photograph everything in as much detail as possible.

They worked steadily until about 04:30, when they were allowed to get some coffee and breakfast at a rudimentary campsite that had been set up. They went into a tent and got a little sleep until they were awakened about 08:00 to finish documenting the scene in daylight, They continued steadily until about 13:00 hours when a C-47 arrived and the


body was taken away. Army troops began cutting up the wreakage and-


loading it on trucks. At 18:00 hours that same day, the 8th, they

packed their equipment and the 500+ exposed negatives and were taken

by C-47, along with Commander Snith, back to Alamogordo, New Mexico. Back at White Sands, they were taken off all other duties for three


402


STATE OF TEXAS UNITED STATES OF aueRica


,O«— Loredo Texas NUEVO —3Q) LAREDO


APPROXIMA TE, LOCATION >) OF CRASH


RIO SABINAS GULF OF MEXICO


ENTIRE AREA 1S KNOWN AS THE STATE OF NUEVO LEON


THE COUNTRY OF MEXICO


( THE OBJECT IN QUESTION EITHER LANDED OR CRASHED IN MEXICO IN THE STATE’ OF NUEVO LEON AT A POINT MID-

WAY BETWEEN NUEVO LAREDO AND SABINAS RIVER, APPROXIMATELY 30 MILES SOUTH OF LAREDO TEXAS on JULY 7th 1948, )


Map fixing the position of the Laredo UFO crash site in a Mexican Tegion known as Nuevo Leon, which is also the northern end Ne Sierra Madres Mountains of Mexico. This map is from the Coal.

of Concerned Ufologists report... and this site agrees with som other similar reports for this region. at


n


403


weeks and spent all their time in the laboratory developing negatives and making prints. Armed guards were posted around the darkroom area until the work on this project was done. As soon as a complete set of 8"x10" prints were made, Commander Smith took them and left for Washington and the photo people never saw him again. The source of the two photos furmished claimed he had 40 negatives in all showing this crash scene.

This information was extracted from the series of letters from the original photographer to MARCEN, 123 Olney Sandy Spring Road, Sandy Spring, Maryland 20860, a fledgling UFO Joumal organized by Williard McIntyre, who has come urder some very heavy criticism by the usual debunkers who devote their primary effort to jealously going around "pissing on everybody else's fires". The counterintelligence boys find them very easy to manipulate and do so to great advantage.

But those letters contained more details of interest which dovetail


back into information that neither the photographer nor MARCEN could


have had at the time. We continue from MARCEN:

“What that team observed and photographed was an unearthly-shaped craft made up of earthly-looking debris. The basic structure looked as if it could have been built by earthly hands. Things were badly bummed by the time the photographers got to the site, but they noticed a car Plete absence of any type of wiring, rubber, glass, plastics, wood, or Paper products.

“Qur source noticed what was some supportive structures, which were held together by what appeared to be conventional bolts but when the mechanics attempted to unscrew them with wrenches, they would not tum at all. They had to be eventually chiseled off and the metal was very hard, The Amy was using carbide and diamond drills and diamond saws for the final disassembly. There appeared to be two kinds of metal in- volved. The first and most abundant could not be cut by the oxy-acety- lene cutting torches brought in. The second inmediately began buming when the cutting torches were used on it.

“The structural skin of the craft was apparently blown away in the explosion when the device crashed as the whole valley was littered with fragments of what appeared to be foil, very much like our cigar- rette packages, only much harder. You could not bend the material. Before anyone could leave the site, the MPs searched them and confis- cated all fragnents that had been collected.

“As best the source could ascertain, the craft was nearly perfectly circular and was about 90 feet in diameter and about 28 feet in thick- ness at the center and tapering off to about 5 feet thick at the per- imeter.

“There appeared to be 5 or six levels in the center of the craft and they were told same sort of instmmentation and machinery were removed


404


before they had arrived. No propulsion system or mechanism was appar— ent to the source.

“There was only one body, and it was badly burned at that, still in the structure. Our source photographed it in place in the structure as best he could with the intense heat from the still smouldering remins and the buming hot sand. After they had taken photos of the entire scene and attempted to use multiple flash guns and a tripod to record the overall scene from a nearby hillside, The Air Force crash and rescue firemen on the scene dragged the body from the craft and put it on a nearby bank so they could photograph it away from the in- tense heat.

“During their briefing, before photographic work began, one of the team members asked what this was and where it came from. Commander little fellow we were photographing did not come from this Earth.

"They only saw and photographed one body but nmors were floating

around the site that two or mre creatures had been blown out of the vehicle and were captured and taken away injured severely but still alive. Qur source said he had no confirmation of this aspect of the case. "The body they photographed was 4' 6" long. Its head was extremely large for the body size by human proportions. The eyes were gone from the fire but the eyesockets were mich larger than in humans and were almost wraparound as if to give 180 degree vision. There were no vis~ ible ears or nose but there were openings where ears and nostrils would have been in humans. There were no lips and the mouth was just a sort of slit with no teeth or tongue. There were two legs of normal proportions with short feet having no discemable toes. The two ams were longer than in humans and the hands had four claw-like fingers each with no apparent thumbs. The arms and legs appeared to have joints in approximately the same places as in humans.

“There were two Amy doctors that arrived on the moming of July 8th and they made a superficial examination of the body. Qur source lis- tened to them while taking photos of their work. There was no teeth or tongue in the mouth and no apparent duct connecting the mouth to any kind of digestive system. There was no reproductive organs visible by human standards. The most remarkable thing he overheard was that no stratified (sic) muscle fibre was discovered in any of the extrem ities. The tissue, which was gray in color was extrenely smoth and the doctors compared its consistency to the tissue of a human female breast. They said that the bone structure in the extremities too was more complicated than in humans and speculated that motion may have been accomplished through the supporting bones instead of muscles. The entire abdomen was encased by a rib-like structure all the way to the


405


hips. he doctors were amazed that the right arm extremity had a met. allic joint at the elbow. No external examinations were made at the site.

“The hands each had four digits, longer than human fingers, and they tapered to an almost claw-like appearance at the tip. There were no opposing digits like thumbs. There was no visible evidence of toes and the feet came to a blunt point. The body appeared to have been clothed in a metallic-like material, most of which had been bumed away.

"The doctors said there was no evidence of hair growing on the head or other areas of the body as they found no immediate evidence of hair roots. The only fluid found in the apparent veins in the extremities was colorless with a slight green cast and a strong sulfurous odor.

"Qur source noticed a strong sulfurous odor and an ozone smell when working around the buming structure.

This all started in a rather remarkable way. MARCEN had just mailed

out their first journal ard received the usual mail from interested and curious readers. Qne inquiry contained a number of questions about motivations and goals. After exchanging three letters with that par- ticular writer, a gentleman in Tennessee, a large letter arrived in mid-December (1978) containing an 8"x10" glossy print showing the charred remains of some kind of body in a lot of debris, and a chal- lenge to MARCEN to identify the contents of the photograph. They sent a reply guessing the remains of a lightplane crash and the body of its unfortunate pilot. A three page reply in early January (1979) detailed the activities of a young Navy photographer flown to Mexico in duly of 1948 as part of a team to document the crash of a 90 foot diameter UFO and its dead pilot. The writer expressed concern for his own safety and insisted upon anonymity. MARCEN assured confidentiality and ex- pressed their doubt that such matters were still classified after 30 years. In mid-March 1979 another letter arrived reiterating the writer's concerns, and giving more detail. MARCEN verified the man's background and everything cnecked out as he had said. Microscopic and microdensi- tometer tests made on the print showed no evidence of double exposure or lab trickery.

By the end of November MARCEN was able to obtain the negative fron which the print was made. This original negative was then analyzed by Kodak and other photo laboratories. Eastman Kodak concluded that their analysis indicated a negative that had been processed at least thirty years previously. Their tests also showed no evidence of deliberate hoaxing, at least photographically, in making the negative.

In May 1980 the contact sent a second negative showing the body as it lay in vegetation on a slope. That one was also examined and tested and found to be equivalent to the first. Now there were two photos.


406


photographs phs sent to MARCEN by the ani onymous mili-


jret of two


grapher+ 1 rap! fis one was a crop from a larg ger picture.


AGOVE IS AN OUTLINE OF THE SIZE OF THE ORIGINAL NEGATIVE AND INSERT SHOWING THE POKTION SENT FROM THE SOURCE, WE WERE ADVISED THAT NEGATIVE #1 HAD TO BE CUT UP RE CAUSE OF THE RECOGNIZABLE PERSONS STILL ALIVE GATHERED AROUND THE BODY, AND THEY HAD TO BE CENSORED OUT, HE ALSO HAD TO CUT OFF THE EDGE IDENTIFICATION MARKING FROM THE NEGATIVE SO AS FOR IT TO NOT BE IDENTIFIED, NEGATIVE #11S THE PICTURE DEALING WITH THE "CREATURE" STILL WITHIN THE CRASHED OBJECT. NEGATIVE #2 SHOWING THE "CREATURE" TAKEN FROM THE OBJECT AND PLACED ON A RIVER BANK IS FULL FRAME AND WAS LEFT INTACT.


ATIVES 1S AS FOLLOWS: i Kodak lens, The cut


TECHNICAL INFORMATION ON THE NE‘ The camera was 9 4X5 Speed Graphic with a 137%


negative was taken ut a focus of between 6 anu >) feet ut F22 using 4

  1. 3 flashbulb and Kodak XX film. The full negative was foiused at 15 te

ut F16 with a #3 flashbulb. The shutter speed in both cases wus 1° 30th of a second,


ead WITH SKIN Baek oy Here To Skuel


cK Partially CoveRED Bac Pa


Lepr Arm PaRTiauy Covered By Meracic Suir


ALLEGED ALIEN BODY PHOTO #1


SRASH OF 7/7/48


409


The second photo later sent to MARCEN by the ANONYMOUS phot uo, in a follow-up letter. This one is full Frame, without "eran, aa


TOPPingH


410 4


Neck


Lert Hand Burweo ‘own To Bone pent Hane, Chi (HAD Swarre? Back In Crash)


pu AU Leer Aam


‘Torso With Severe Buens


Lert Foor.


Bugneo Pow Te Bone Leer LEG


Right Leg


Rien Foor PaRTIAicy oascured By Fouace


ALLEG! ED ALIEN BODY GRisie oF ce PHOTO #2


411


More prints were made from the original Press Camera negatives and the negatives were then sent to Ground Saucer Watch in Phoenix, Arizo~ na for further analysis with computers.

Recognizing the significance of the story, the holders of the prints now decided that the best course would be to release the pictures to the public. It was hoped that this would give everyone a chance to see the images so that if they were not what they were purported to be, someone would be able to identify them and set the matter straight. It was also hoped that publication of the photos would encourage others with evidence that they were sitting on to come forward.

Qn 22 August 1980 the photos were released to the Associated Press in two areas and to newspapers and broadcast stations. The next few weeks were a bedlam, according to MARCEN, as the media clamored for more information.

All the public attention over these photographs was expected to gen- erate jealousy from other quarters of the ufological community who were pushed out of the limelight, and that came "in spades". The usual team of debunkers were roused by the the various agensies of counter- intelligence and disinformation, no difficult thing to do given the strong egos that predominate in this field, and sent in to do battle. Taking their cue from counterinformation slyly fed them the opposition took the form of condemnation, snubbing, outright lies, and character asassaination of all involved. Ninety days later the hullabaloo still had not abated, and the wrath of the UFO heirarchy intensified as var- ious tabloids publicized the photos and story. This old disinformation ploy has worked for 30 years and is still being used. As a matter of fact, the revelations you have read in this book are expected to rouse the same kind of reaction. Please note who the heavies are. You will see them again next time.

Universally condemed as hoaxes by skeptics and establishment alike, the photos remain unidentified. No other legitimate explanation has emerged, nor even any other plausible theory that holds up. There has been no lack of attempts to explain them away as something else, but none has stood very long.

It has been suggested that the photographer was duped wheh he took the pictures and was told it was a UFO to cover same other testing failure of the U.S. Government. All other testing possibilities that existed at the time fall far short of fulfilling the known requisites. As for the deliberate hoax theory that keeps caming up in new dimen- sions, who would perpetrate a hoax and then wait 30 years to spring it on the public? If they are blaming the hoax on those who released the photos, none was over 9 years old when the negatives were developed.

We submit that the additional information offered in this report gpes a long way toward substantiating the original story.


412


‘The analysis performed by GSW confirmed the 30 year age of the neg- atives already established by Fastman Kodak. They reported a shallow depth of field in the untrimmed second negative, probably due to the wider diaphragn aparture used in the night shots with the artificial light. But their analysis showed a characteristic weakness in prejudg- ing the picture and then attempting to make the rest of the data fit that conclusion.

They said that their measurement of the head and jawbone area on the face, the arm versus leg lengths, and a careful study of the extrem ities, hands and feet, showed features in common with a laboratory monkey. It is difficult to see how they came by that conclusion be~- cause the head is tumed away and all that can be seen is the back of the skull in the first picture; and the head is turned sharply up in the second and all that can be seen is an under-chin jaw-line, and that very indistinctly. The first problem would be the relative size of the skull. And please note that that is not a helmet, and none of the witnesses there ever saw a helmet, nor is there any helmet hard- ware in the debris. That skull is unusually large for the rest of the size of the body, disproportionately so compared to a human, while the skull of most primates is proportionately smaller than for a human. GSW thought they saw evidence of a homy sheath "covering the toe por- tion of the primate," and "the nail, which is covered by hair, is very similar to that of a monkey." Apparently they were working without benefit of the rest of the story, for the verbal description by the photographer who took the picture was quite different as we have al- ready seen. According to him the foot was short and had no separate toes, and there was no hair on the foot or anywhere else on the body.

GSW concluded that there was no evidence of a hoax or deliberate manipulation of the film. Still huing to their first hypothesis, GSW preferred their monkey pilot in a rocket or missile test theory, they ask, "Why would any trained anthropologist even remotely consider pic- tures of this calibre to be connected with an alien creature?" Appar- ently they would like to believe that all crashed UFOs were ours.

In their response, the Coalition Of Concerned Ufologists (MARCEN, UFOIN and UFOIL) said: "The main problem we have with the analysis is when GSW begins speculation that the body is of a Rhesus Monkey or an Orangutan... We don't honestly know why Mr. Spaulding is attempting to manipulate this case toward an explanation of a monkey. We would also be speculating to advance the hypothesis that: Mr. Spaulding may be trying to mold the evidence to fit his own personal theory advanced on national television that UFOs are not extraterrestrial and originate from mundane sources on Earth.

‘The Chalition then goes on to offer the cogent argument that: "If we are to believe that the photos were taken in 1948 as stated by the


413


source and confirmed by both GSW and Kodak are actually the corpse of a monkey in rocket debris, then the only rocket the U.S. posessed was the captured German V2 which was brought in numbers to White Samis, New Mexico."

‘To find out more about the V2, members of the Coalition went to the National Air and Space museum of the Snithsonian in Washington, D.C., and talked to Dr. Gregory Kennedy, described by his colleagues as the most knowledgeable person on the subject of V2s in America today. Dr. Kennedy made statements which he documented with the reports of U.S. Amy Project Hermes, which was started in 1944 to stuly the V2 and continued with the testing of the captured V2s brought to the U.S.A. According to Kennedy, only 4 V2 launches were ever made containing monkeys in experiments to study the effects of launching primates. ‘The first was V2 #37 launched on 11 June 1948, in which the Rhesus mon- key died before launch. The next primate launch was on 14 June 1949 and the next two following it resulted in the V2s exploding in flight so that no monkey was ever recovered alive.

Please note that the 2nd monkey launch was one year after the photos in question were taken. There is no doubt about the date because all the negatives were marked in the customary military fashion of dating. All V2 primate experiments utilized only Rhesus Monkeys which attain a maximum length of about two feet, far smaller than the dimensions of the pictured creature. Also, in the first picture we clearly see the buttock area of the creature and there is no evidence of a tail. While the body measurements of the pictured creature might approx- imate those of an Orangutan, which could reach a length of about four and a half feet, no Orangutans were ever launched in V2s according to Dr. Kennedy. After examining the instrument capsule which replaced the warhead on the front of the V2s they could see why Orangutans were not launched. The cone-shaped capsule is 30" in diameter at the base and tapers to a point 78" above. It would be quite a feat to crama live Orangutan 4';' long with a 7's" am span into that tiny space along with breathing apparatus, seat, and gear, leaving no room for instrumenta- tion.

Another problem with the V2 hypothesis is range. The V2 had a theo- retical range of 200 to 225 miles. Dr. Wemer Von Braun, writing in the HISTORY OF ROCKETRY AND SPACE TRAVEL stated that the maximum range of any V2 fired in the United States was 111.1 miles. Dr. Kennedy in- dicated that the maximum range attained in the U.S. was only 68 miles. All fall far short of the nearly 1,000 miles from the only launch site at White Sands to the crash site in mexico where the photographs were made. Kennedy further verified that all the V2s fired in the United States were launched from White Sands except two which were tested at Cape Canaveral, Florida, and two fired from the deck of the aircraft


414


carrier U.S.S. Midway far out of range and on later dates.

We think the facts speak for themselves, and that they adequately support the other data collected on the Laredo UFO crash. We believe that it is pure accident that the "Tomatoe Man" photos came to light as we were investigating other aspects of the case and completely un- aware at the time that any such connection would tum up.

Williard McIntyre, the original founder of MARCEN and the central figure who was first contacted by the photographer and around whom the study and release of these photographs took place, has come in for some heavy attacks from many sources, possibly indicating an orches- trated program of character asassaination, defamation and outright discrediting of the source of this phenomenal information. You will see more of this in the future as the powers that be try less and less successfully to "sweep the pile of dirt under the rug”.

‘There are other definite tie-ins here to other aspects of the crash- recovery of UFOs and their occupants. For instance the descriptions by the two doctors, one to the other, as they examined the body sound very similar to the descriptions of recovered UFOnauts by the medical pathologists in the eastem part of the country, and also that report- edly described in the missing Grudge Report number 13. The "Tomatoe Man" was unknown at the time those statements were obtained. Those examinations were all done many, many years ago in strict confidence and the information was known to very few people.

This site was about 30 miles SSW of Laredo, not far from the higtway to Mexico City, and near where the Rio Sabinas joins the Rio Salado before they empty into the Rio Grande, in The Sierra Madre Oriental.

Is this the site in the Sierra Madre mountains of Nuevo Leon where Dr. Alfredo W. Alvarez, a physicist from the University of California in Los Angeles, together with other scientists, was taken in July of 1948 to examine the residue on site of a crashed 100 foot diameter cir- cular flying vehicle of unknown origin? When Dr. Alvarez was finally located again and contacted on this matter by the author of this work, he refused to comment on the matter or to discuss it in any way. We had expected no more than the reaction we got, because many we were contacting had already been approached by security and been re-briefed om their security oaths and the penalties for violation. Very few were willing to talk about the subject with us.


Note: Exerpts and quotes for the above have been drawn from the pub- lished report ALIEN BODY PHOTOS: AN UPDATED REPORT prepared by The Coalition Of Concerned Ufologists, made up of MARCEN, UFOIN, and UFOIL, a 40 page document with photographs available from any of those listed agencies; as well as material from other associations and sources.


4i5


THE LAREDO RECOVERY


In the middle 1970s Jim Lorenzen of APRO (Aerial Phenomena Research Organization) in Tucson, Arizona, carried on an exchange of letters with a Texas housewife and mother who reported that when she was about 7 years old, living in San Antonio, she got back up one evening, after being put to bed early for the night, because her father had to work with some friends and was not to be disturbed. She was restless and thirsty, and had to get a drink of water. She waited and when the men went into the living room and the kitchen was quiet, she sneaked back out there for the drink.

Her father had arranged this meeting for after supper with same men from work and she and her mother were supposed to stay out of the way and leave the men alone for the meeting. The mother had made a pot of coffee and set out same cups in the kitchen, and had also gone to bed. The father worked at the San Antonio Air Depot (SAAD) there on the outskirts of the city, and was recently involved in a special project that required a lot of extra hours.

Well, according to her story, when it got quiet in the kitchen, and the men had moved into the Living room, the girl sneaked quietly back into the kitchen to get her drink.

As she came by the kitchen table there, where the men had been sit- ting, she saw on top of it some paperwork and about a dozen 8" x 10" black and white photographic prints, along with same sheets of white paper with tabular listings, penciled dimensions, and lots of hand written notes and sketches.

The pictures were of a circular metal machine, a thick disc with a curved top and bottom, big, like an-airplane, on the cement floor in- side a building. It was leaning over on one side, and was propped up on the other side with wooden cribbing to keep it tipped over to the one side. There was an opening in the bottom, with some parts laying in a cloth near it. All of the pictures were of the same object fron different angles and perspectives.

She didn't dare ask about it at the time, because they did not talk about her father's work at SAAD.

Several years later however, she did ask her father what that was in the pictures on the table, and he explained that if was a situation at work which he could not discuss with anybody not cleared for such information, and who did not have special permission to discuss cer- tain things.

Many years later, after she was married and had children ani a fam ily of her own, after her father had retired and was an old man, she asked him about it again, and he told her that he still could not dis- cuss it, that it was still a security. problem, and that he was


416


still being reminded of his oaths of secrecy. He did add however, that all the parts of that project that were not especially preserved were encased in cement and dropped in the Gulf off Padre Island.

Some aspects of this account may seem ridiculous at first glance, but from another point of view this might not be the case. If there was no other evidence in corroboration such a story would be flimsy indeed, but is there any supporting evidence in fact that may actually have been beyond the knowledge of this witness at the time? Consider the following item from my files.

Ray Stanford told me one time on a visit to his home, in response to my inquiry about the Iaredo crash, that he had been in communication with a professor with a doctorate in physics, specialized in chemical metallurgy, on the faculty of the big University at Austin (Texas), Ray's home town, who had been called to San Antonio (San Antonio Air Depot) to examine and describe some peculiar metal in a closed and se- cured warehouse building.

After extensive briefing and discussion this physicist was ushered into a big paved room where he saw a large circular form completely covered with canvas material. It was tilted over to one side and the tarpaulin was pulled back at a lower position exposing now a surface of white metal. His job was to study and describe the surface and the metallic composition, making all the tests necessary, equipment for which was provided. He could see that it was securely held in position by wooden braces.

He said the metal was a most pequliar substance in unfamiliar com bination and very resistent to nommal working. He finished his tests, being able to reach very few conclusions about the "metal", was "de- briefed", sworn to secrecy, and returned to Austin.

He remained puzzled about the metal, but is almost certain now that he had examined an extraterrestrial vehicle of very peculiar construc— tion and materials.

He never knew where it came from or what happened to it. He never heard of the housewife's story because it had not been told to anybody at that time. The housewife knew nothing of Ray Stanford or of the Physicist.

‘here is one more item which may or may not be pertinent in this particular case. On 6 May 1980, when W. C. Stevens was visiting the Honorable Brinsley Le Pour Trench (now known as the Earl of Clancarty) the head of the English House of Loris Special Study Group,, in his home in London, during a discussion in his study, Trench confided to Stevens that America's 5-Star General George C. Marshall, when Sec- retary of State of the United States, personally arranged for U.S. Amy forces to cross into Mexico and recover a UFO that crashed on the Mexican side of the border south of Laredo, Texas. It was transported


417


on huge Amy conveyor trucks to a big U.S. Military Base for study,

This infonmation was confided by none other than Air Marshall Lor Dowling, Commander in Chief of the English Royal Air Force at the time. The excuse apparently given to the President of Mexico, was that a U.S. test missile had gone out of control and landed on Mexican ter~ ritory. Damages were indemnified.

While this is only hearsay information, and mst of the principal parties are no longer living, the personalities involved are not the kind to perpetrate silly jokes for effect. Qn the other hand, the se crecy under which such things were handled would deny any extensive public records of such activities to be referred to. In fact one would expect, if those people were doing their jobs, to find that no record of any kind available to the public would exist.

It is interesting to note that the nearest "big U.S. Military Base" with any kind of analysis capability was the San Antonio Air Deopt.


THE DETAILED STORY OF THE UFO CRASH OF JULY 7th 1948


AND OF THE EVENTS THAT LED UP TO THE TAKING OF THE ALIEN


BODY PHOTOS


The following material has been taken from actual letters from our source sent to Witiard McIntyre of The Mutual Anomaly Research And Evaluation Network. The letters date from December 1{th 1978 to August 2nd 1980. Nothing has been done to distort what the actuat letters have to say, although some material has been edited in order to protect the identification of certain people mentioned and ta pre~ sent a coherent flow of the correct sequence of events that took place,


At the time this Ufo incident took place our source W235 2a mee photographer assigned at White Sands New Mexico, Most of his time was spent photographing and documenting fatigue and stress results on various metallic alloys after a variety of shock distresses. Before July 7th 1948, the most exciting part of his duty was sporadic visits to the atomic test sites to document various after~ effects of the blasts.


Our source had heard that at approximately 1322 hours, the DEW line early warning radar was tracking an object moving at speeds in excess of 2,000 mph when it crossed into Washington state flying south by southeast. Attempts by our inter- ceptors to identify it resulted only in seeing a metallic streak go by. Apparently the the airwaves were filled-with talk of the object because two fighter pilots operating out of Dias Air Base in Texas heard the flight path of the bogey and got themselves Into position over Albequerque, New Mexico to attempt to either intercept it or to identify it.


As the ufo approached the two F-94s it was about 2,000 feet above their altitude of 9,000 feet and it made a 30 degree turn without slowing down and headed east over Texas, This maneuver took place at approximately 1401 hours. Other pilots in the new flight path reported that the abject seemed to be slowing down and was wobbling in flight. Several radar units tracking the object reported that it had slow~ ed to a speed of approximately 90 mph by 1413 hours and by 1429 hours it had dis- appeared from all of the radar screens,


Using triangulation from all of the radar stations, it was determined that the object either landed or crashed in Mexico in the state of Nuevo Leon at a point midway between Nuevo Laredo and The Sabinas River, approximately 30 miles south of Laredo Texas.


RECOVERY TEAMS ARE SENT TO THE LOCATION


The Mexican military authorities were notified of this incident and the U.S. Army and Air Force units were rushed to the site and arrived there at about 1830 hours, Commander Smith (real name on file), a Naval Intelligence officer was in Mexico City when he heard of the crash and went to the scene with Mexican authorities, arriving about 2010 hours. After surveying the site, he apparently called his super- iors in Washington or wherever because at 2050 hours our source's team received a call to prepare a photographic team to be airlifted to the site. They were told they were going to the site of a top secret airplane crash.


At 2130 hours they were picked up by a U.S. Army L-19 Bird Dog and it was rather uncomfortable cramming five of them and their bulky equipment into that plane. They landed in Del Rio, Texas around midnight to refuel and then arrived at the site about 0215 hours.


419


As they circled the site before landing, they saw the remains of the frame and structure of an apparently disc shaped craft still simuuldering and smoking some 12 hours after it had crashed, The crash site was a deserted valley surrounded by heavily vegetated hills rising a few hundred feet on three sides.


They landed at a makeshift runway about half a mile from the crash site and were immediately taken to the site by U.S. Army trucks, Commander Smith had apparently been given command or at least as tar as their mission, and told them to photograph everything in as much detail as possible.


WHAT THEY OBSERVED AND PHOTOGRAPHED


Details of the object :

What they observed and photographed was an unearthly shaped craft made up of earthly looking debris. The basic structure looked as if it could have been built by earthly hands. Things were badly burned by the time they got to the site, but they noticed a complete absence of any type of wiring, rubber, glass, plastics, wood, or paper products.


Our source noticed what was some supportive structures, which were held together by what appeared to be conventional bolts but when the mechanics attempted to unscrew them with wrenches, they would not turn at all. They had to be eventually chiseled off and the metal was very hard, The Army was using carbide and diamond drills and diamond saws for the final disassembly. There appeared to be two kinds of metal involved. The first and most abundant could not be cut by the oxy-acetylene cutting torches brought in, The second immediately began burning when the cutting torches were used on it.


The structural skin of the craft was apparently blown away in the explosion when the device crashed as the whole valley was littered with fragments of what appear- ed to be foil , very much like our cigarette packages, only much harder, You could not bend the material. Before anyone could leave the site, the MPs searched them and confiscated all fragments that had been collected,


As best the source could ascertain, the craft was nearly perfectly circular and was about 90 feet in diameter and about 28 feet in thickness at the center and tapering off to about 5 feet thick at the perimeter.


There appeared to be five or six levels in the center of the craft and they were told some sort of instrumentation and machinery were removed before they had arrived. No propulsion system or mechanism was apparent to the source.


"Details of the body

There was only one body, and it was badly burned at that, still in the structure. Our source photographed it in place in the structure as best he could with the intense heat from the still smouldering structure and the burning hot sand. After they had taken photos of the entire scene and attempted to use multiple flash guns and a tripod to record the overall scene from a nearby hillside, the Air Force crash and rescue firemen on the scene dragged the body from the craft and put it on a nearby bank so they could photograph it away from the intense heat.


During their briefing, before photographic work began, one of the team members asked what this was and where it came from, Commander Smith told him not too ask. An Army captain wha assisted them said the little fellow we were photo~ graphing did not come from this Earth.


420


They only saw ancl photographed one body but rumors were floating around the site that two or mare creatures had been blown out of the vehicle and w captured and taken away injured severly but still alive, Our source said he had no


confirmation of this aspect of the case.


The body they photographed was 4 feet 6 inches long. It's head was ex~ tremely large for the body size by human proportions. The eyes were gone from the fire but the eyesockets were much larger then in humans and were almost wraparound as if to give 180 degree vision. There were no visible ears or nose but there were openings where ears and nostrils would have been in humans, There were no lips and the mouth Was just a sort of slit with no teeth or tongue. There were two leas of nor= mal proportions with short feet having no discernable toes. The two arms were longer then in humans and the hands had four claw-like fingers each with no apparent thumbs. The arms and legs appeared to have joints in approximately the same place as in humans.


There were two Army doctors that arrived on the morning of July Bth, and they made a superficial examination of the body. Our source listened to them while taking photos of their work. There was no teeth or tongue in the mouth and no apparent duct connecting the mouth to any kind of digestive system. There was no reproductive organs visible by human standards. The most remarkable thing he overheard was that no stratified muscle fiber was discovered in any of the extremities. The tissue, which was grey in color was extremely smooth and the doctors compared it's consistency 10 the tissue of a human female breast. They said that the bone structure in the ex~ termities was more complicated than in humans and speculated that motion may have been accomplished through the supporting bones instead of muscles, The entire abdomen Was encased by a rib-like structure all the way to the hips. The doctors were amazed that the right arm extermity had a metallic joint at the elbow, No external examinations were made at the site.


The hands each had four digits longer then human fingers and they tapered to an almost claw-like appearance at the tip. There were no opposing digits like thumbs. Thera was no visible evidence of toes and the feet came to a blunt point, The body appeared to have been clothed in a metallic like material, most of which had been burned away.


The doctors said there was no evidence of hair growing on the head or other areas of the body as they found on immediate evidence of hair roots. The only fluid found in the apparent veins in the extermities was colorless with a slight green cast antl a strong sulfurous odor.


Our source noticed a strong sulfurous odor and an ozone smell when working around the burned structure.


@ MISC DETAILS OF THE CASE


They worked until about 0430 hours, and then were allowed to get some coffee and breakfast at a rudimentary camp that had been set up after being cautioned not to discuss what they had seen with each other or the Army troops. They went to a tent and caught some sleep until 0800 when they were awakened to begin documenting the scene in daylight. They worked steadily until 1300 hours when a C-47 arrived and the body was taken away and the Army units began cutting up the wreakage and putting the dismantled parts on U.S. and Mexican trucks. The Mexican trucks departed toward Monterrey and the U.S. trucks left in the direction of Laredo Texas. The source does not know the final destination of any of them.


421


The source also aVerheard a conversation be a metallurgist who Was braucht to the site on July ath saying that the metal seemed to have a honeycomb crystalline Structure unlike anything known on earth and he believed that the metal was an alloy containing silicon which could also account for some of the phenomenal hardness,


At 1830 hours on July 8th 1948, they packed up all of their equipment and their more then 500 exposed negatives and were picked up by 4 C-47 along with Commander Smith and flown to Alamogordo New Mexico, When they got back to White Sands, they were taken off all other duties for three weeks and spent all of their time developing negatives and making prints. No one else was allowed near their darkroom while they were working there, In fact, Marine guards were posted around the dark- room area to ensure security, As soon as a complete set of 8 by 10s of all negatives were made, Commander Smith left for Washington and the source never saw him again, In fact, some of the guys began talking about Commander Smith and decided that he probably was not even a Naval Officer since they never saw him in uniform and his speech was decidedly non Naval, Various other intelligence officers visited them sporadically and they were cautioned about disclosing what they had seen or photograph- ed.


A few years later when our source's transfer was obviously imminent, he re~ moved "0 negatives from the file and made duplicate negatives which he put back into the files. He took the original negatives figuring the whok episode would be forever buried in bureaucratic bungling and secrecy unless one of those involved was able to reveal the secret someday in a credible way.


In answer to a question about radiation, the source did not know if any measure ments were made or not. They were asked to bring a scintillometer, which they did bring on the trip, but apparently it was damaged because it did not operate in a prop~ er way. The source did not notice anyone else with radiation measuring equipment but he told us that a sizeable number of his negatives were badly fogged when he processed them. The source feels it could have been radiation, or it could have been the heat from the crash, but they did notice that all of the film that was loaded on the site inside of changing bags was fogged to some degree or other.


APPENDIX 3


THE COMMITTEE


There has been much speculation on what happens to all the UFO data, reports and photographs that just seem to disappear. Where does all the military gun-camera film of UFOs taken over all the years, scores of sequences, go? Why is it never’ heard of again? What happens to all the confiscated UFO original photographs that can never be found any~ where? Are they destroyed? Are such valuable documents simply "lost" in bureaucratic inefficiency?

Nothing of the kind. This UFO phenomenon is very real, and the level of custody of such material is very high, so high in fact that it is above all elective and appointive positions in this country, and that includes the President of the United States, all Cabinet members, and the Qongressmen and Senators of both houses of the legislature. This may sound impossible, but it nevertheless had been in operation for some time before, and was confinned by Secret Executive Order 54/12, signed by President Dwight Di, Eisenhour in 1954,

At the time itwasconfinned, members of this select Comittee inclu- ded the brothers John Foster Dulles, U.S. Secretary of State, and Allen Dulles, head of Central Intelligence; General George C. Marshall, former chief of Staff of the Ammed Forces and also former U.S. Secretary of State, father of the Marshall Plan; Dr. Vannevar Bush, a top research scientist, and a number of others. Replacement metbers were picked another way and have little known public identity.

Their files and real operating facilities are deep underground in the Virginia Mountains not far from Washington.

All existing agencies of government are used by the Committee as desired in carrying out their plans. The CIA has been blamed for a lot of operations carried out by the Comittee, sametimes involving the CIA directly, but at other times involving entirely different agencies such as the FBI, Military Intelligence, and the security forces of the State Department, Treasury, Inmigration, local DPS and others.

Leonard H. Stringfield made reference to this on page 42 of his book INSIDE SAUCER POST 3-0 BLUE, where Stringfield had pointed out that he might be able to prove something by making a case for Federal Gourt out of it. He reported Allen Dulles, then Director of Central Intel- ligence, as saying; Yes he did have a case for Federal Court, however by use of injunction, if necessary, he would prevent anyone from tes- tifying in court concerning Stringfield's book, because maximum secur- ity exists concerning the subject of UFOs. Leonard's attomey then suggested they drop the case. We have since that time seen such in- junctions used to block evidence sought under the Freedom of Informa- tion Act by CAUSE, GSW and others.


423


Bernard on page 14 of his HOLLOW EARTH concludes; "Air Force saucer files, therefore are...under the lock and key of “maximum security".

But even more importantly, he goes on to conclude: "At one time, along with many others, it was my opinion that it was the Air Force who were witholding the true facts about the UFOs. However, as a re- sult of later developments, I no longer adhere to that conviction. tne of the principal factors in my change of opinion was a conversation with the late Wilbert B. Smith, approximately two years before he pas~ sed away. During the course of this conversation, I asked Mr. Smith whether it was the Air Force or same other department of government that was keeping UFO information from the public. Mr. Smith replied that it was not the Air Force but a 'small group very high up in the goverrment.' Upon further questioning, Mr. Smith refused to identify the group to which he had reference, and quickly led the conversation into other channels." Bernard continued:

"Tt was not until publication of the book THE INVISIBLE GOVERNMENT in May 1964, that the apparent key to this mystery was at last pro- vided. The book states: 'The Special Group was created early in the Eisenhour years under the Secret Order 54/12. It was known in the innermost circle of the Fisenhour Administration as the "54/12 Group" and is still so called by a few insiders It has operated for a decade as the hidden power center of the Invisible Government... The Special Group has operated in an atmosphere of secrecy exceeding that of any other branch of the United States Government... CIA men gen- erally have the Special Group in mind when they insist that the agency has never set policy, but has only acted on higher authority.' "

"Newsweek of dune 22nd, 1964, carried a review of ‘The Invisible Government' which stated; 'Qne of their major revelations is the ex- istence of the Special Group "54/12", a hitherto Classified adjunct of the National Security Qouncil, specially charged by the President with ruling on special operations. Practically speaking, there are ro higher-level figures imaginable than the composition of "54/12". The names of some members of the group followed at that point."

We believe that the, "small group very high up in goverrment", men- tioned by Wilbert Snith is none other than this same group, also known as "The Committee of 12", simply "The Committee", "The 54/12 Group", or simply “The Group". We believe this is one reason why all attempts to date to obtain open hearings on UFOs have failed, nor do we see any imminent change on the horizon. "Majestic-12" or "MJ-12" is in control.

Bernard concludes; “ne can only hope that the public will eventual- ly realize their inalienable right to know the truth about the UFOs. Or can a top-flight "Special Group" thwart their efforts? nly time will tell!"

That was the same close that Captain Edward J. Ruppelt used in his


424


original version of UNIDENTIFIED FLYING OBJECTS. ‘The book was re- called and he was "persuaded" to re-write the last chapters and the ending of the book.

If there is nothing to this, why all the secrecy and the fuss? Why not just let this transient myth die its om death???


APPENDIX 4


PROJECT RED LIGHT


With several crashed UFOs falling into government hands in 1947, and more in 1948, national authorities became concerned. They did not know at that time what this signified, how many would crash, what to do with them, where they came from, what was developing, whether they were hostile or not and whether this was the beginning of something much bigger or not. There was a lot of confusion ani the residue was scattered requiring mich duplication of high security.

There were no clear lines of authority and no agreed upon agency jurisdiction over such matters. Nobody wanted to give up what they had and the residue was possesed by several different agencies. As the UFO sightings increased, and this began to look like the beginning of something, the extent of which was unknown, officials at central gov- ernment level decided to get it under control as soon as possible.

We had just come through a super secret development project success- fully with the Atomic Bomb, and so they tumed to that project as a model. In fact the only really secure super-secret area they had at the time was the Atomic Energy Reservation, already set aside and secured and protected, with back-up protections in a mumber of ways. The weather was good and the facility could be successfully isolated from the public.

A Navy Auxiliary Airfield in the Groon Mountains, inside the ABC Reservation was selected. It was south of Tonopah and North of Las Vegas, was screened on all sides by dry mountains, and was well inside the perimiter of the existing AEC Area, already under guard.

A plausible but unproved story conceming this situation evolved from three separate contacts in different parts of the country at dif- ferent times, with individuals who seemed to be unknown to each other.

After a UFO lecture by Wendelle Stevens in California, where mention had been made of a UFO recovered from a desert area in Arizona which was believed to have been taken to Nellis AFB in Nevada, an older man in the audience waited until most of the crowd had left and then came up and volunteered some information that might fit somehow.

He said that he had been a medical corpsnan at a Navy Auxiliary Air- field within the AEC Area in Nevada in 1951, when all the base per- sonnel were transferred away to other units except the Base Hospital staff, who remained on duty there but were restricted to the hospital grounds. A Navy Cee-Bee Gonstruction Battalion was moved in and ex- tensive dismantling of the base and underground construction began.

Around the end of 1951 the since-reinforced Cse-Bee Battalion finished their work and moved out, and a Project Red Light team moved in. The


Red Light staff grew to 800 to 1,000 men permanently on duty, all of then living on base. The facility was protected by 3 separate defense rerimiters, and security tests and alert practice against alien re- prisal became a daily routine. A detachment of Blue Berets was later assigned to duty on a 24 hours a day round-the-clock schedule. A large but undetermined number of leading scientists having top security clearances came and went in this maximum security research program. Some of them had been associated with the Manhattan Project.

Although no statements were released and nothing was said of this in official briefings, the research was said to cover UFO propulsion, UFO weaponry, and examination and description of UFO hardware. There were even rumors of attempted repair or reconstruction of captured UFOs.And there were rumors of attempts to fly the captured craft or copies of them. He had heard of the successful flight of one of the vehicles. The facility was said to have at least three captured UFOs, two nearly complete and one dismantled. One of the operational UFOs was said to have exploded in flight with 2 U.S. Test Pilots aboard.

As if that wasn't enough to swallow, he said that a special habitat had been prepared during the re-construction of the facility, and that two human-like alien beings that had been kept alive in special en- virorments were moved there to the new habitat facility. At the time of this story one of them had died in the habitat shortly after being moved there. The other was believed to be still living then. The alien creatures were described as small size humans of a grayish-white to parchment-white color. The alien clothing recovered from one of the crashes was of a neutral brown color, and other pieces, possibly fron other crashes, were silver ard a gray. Same of the beings didn't wear any garment.

He said the Red Light area was a roughly 100 square mile site inside the over 3,000 square mile ABC Reservation. The first defense is a fence.

This was a pretty wild story, but Stevens happened to mention it in another lecture in Indiannapolis. After that one a man contacted him and said that he had been assigned to a Cee-Bee Construction Battalion that worked a project in Nevada. The facility was formerly a Navy Aux- iliary Base south of Tonopah Test Site within the AEC Area. In 1951 the Marine Cee-Bee outfit moved in and immediately began heavy con- struction. Parts of the existing runway was dug up and most of the new facility was installed underground. As the work began nearing com- pletion the existing complement of base staff personnel were rotated out and new civilians came in and took over. The underground constnic— tion was finished and the numway was relaid to look like it did be- fore. Then the constriction battalion left. That was around the end of 1951,


427


The Cee-Bee engineer had given Stevens more information than haj been revealed in the brief mention during the lecture, which seated to tie the story in with the previous wild tale.

Now that the wild story was getting sane support, Stevens began to seek additional information wherever he could find it. He leamed that the Project Red Light Area was protected by three lines of defense. The first is a RADAR-mnitored fence within the AEC Reservation. The fence is a system that detects movement within the vicinity. The se- cond line is another security fence made up of "Y" posts set in cement and strung with barbed wire, which is electrically monitored. ‘The third line consists of trip wires, pressure sensors, TV monitors, watch posts and siren alerting systems.

Of the two captive alien beings, one was reported to have lived for about one year and died in 1952. The other lived 8 years and died in 1960. There were eleven alien bodies reportedly at Wright Field, 4 in medical institutions, and one at Fort Riely, Kansas. Langley is re- ported to have tested one disc-shaped craft in the wind tunnel there, and is said to still have one in storage in the wind tunnel facility. Parts of damaged disc-shaped craft are said to be at McDill AFB, Flor- ida (mostly complete) and one at Eglin AFB, Florida (damaged and part- ly disassembled).

The UFOs recovered in the Arizona Desert, at Aztec and Roswell, New Mexico, and Paradise Valley (probably the Globe case) were similar in several respects. All the others were noticeably different. Some 16 discs reportedly have been recovered worldwide, Two of the vehicles at the test site were reported to be relatively undamaged. A third was complete but was disassembled in order to study the systems,

As we said, we have no proof to offer and so all of this mst be taken with a grain of salt, however this points out some directions for further investigation and follow-up by those so inclined in order to someday get closer to the real facts as they exist.

We are of the opinion that where there is enough smoke, there my be fire.

Another element of corroboration that seems to pertain to this sare situation was provided by a witness in Qlorado. After a UFO lecture and slide show there in 1981, Wendelle Stevens was invited for coffee at a near by restaurant, to meet a man who had some information that may be of interest in connection with a point made in the lecture con ceming a possible UFO research facility.

The witness was a Navy Chief Medic retired with twenty years active duty. In the late 40s or early 50s (he couldn't remember exactly) he had been assigned to a U.S. Navy facility located about 50 miles NW of las Vegas. Atomic weapons were stored there by the U.S. Navy at the time. The area surrounding the base was closed byahigh security fence


ADQ


and the military reservation surrounding that was restricted and was constantly patrolled. The airspace above the area was PROHIBITED.

According to this witness, in about 1951 this base was placed on alert. All base personnel were evacuated with the exception of Medical personnel and the Security troops. The medical personnel were restric— ted to the Hospital Facility. This lasted for 6 to 8 months. This was of considerable significance by itself however the witness went on to state that, while restricted to the hospital, he was able to leam that a Sea Bee unit was attached to the base during that time and that heavy construction was taking place...

Part of the witness' duties were emergency room activities under one Major R. V. Painter*, who at that time was the medical officer of the installation during that 6 to 8 month period. The Major stuck in the witness' memory because he was with the Air Force on a Navy base.

Another strange thing remembered, was that during the time recalled, a mumber of Sea Bees were brought into emergency with what appeared to. be second degree burns over 100% of their body. They were always given a lotion for the inflamed skin and blisters, had blood drawn for a white-cell count and were released.

At the end of that period, all medical personnel were evacuated and the witness was reassigned to the Pacific Fleet. After completion of his Fleet duty he was assigned to a shore base and was discharged from the Navy.

He did say that the desert base was still there but he was unable to give the name. He was in ill health and the interview was terminated by his wife and they left...

Tn 1980 the MUFON Journal published an article on the Amateur Radio UFO Nets titled NET NEWS "Project Redlight” authored by David L. Dobbs KSNQN, in which he reported:

"One mystery often leads to another. Such has indeed been the case with the UFO movie shown by the Air Force to select groups of radar Specialists during the 1950s. Len Stringfield's report on this mvie was described in an article, “Hams on the Trail of UFOs," published in the April 1980 issue of 73 MAGAZINE. Shortly after reading it an am- ateur operator with a fascinating story checked into the 40-meter net to recontact the author. Although his subsequent disclosure is still


  • Of particular significance here is the fact that a Major R.V. Painter,

USAF Medical Administrative Officer, running a U.S. Navy medical hos- pital facility in 1951, matches the description of one Colonel R.V. Painter, USAF MA, in charge of a crashed UFO recovery operation invol- Ving "body bags" at a desert location in 1967. The two separate wit- nesses were entirely unknown to each other and knew nothing of either


other's story!


429


under investigation, Journal readers may be able to supply additional information which would be helpful.

"Matt Archer, as we will call him, runs an electronics business to- day in a small mid-western town. From 1961 to 1963, he performed radio maintenance at the Atomic Proving Ground. He also did same top-secret radio work for the Air Force at times. "Area 51" was located 60 miles due east of the base camp, behind a mountain range which separated it from Yucca Flat. Under highest security, an operation was conducted there under the code name PROJECT’ REDLIGHT. Archer presented a body of evidence strongly suggestive that this project involved flight-testing Of a UFO which had been shipped there fron Edwards Air Force Base.

“The craft was not conventionally powered, but flew silently. Radios in good operating condition often "just died for no reason," only to begin working again as suddenly. Although security men always escorted him inside and out of view of the runway whenever IT, as they referred to the craft, was about to take off or or land, he heard no engine sound of any kind. Qnce he saw the craft on the ground at a distance of about a half mile. It was 20 to 30 feet in diameter, he estimated and pewter-colored, lacking any wings or tail,

"A friend of Archer's was a radio operator at a station near Tonopah there. He confided that he often observed UFOs over the test site, but was told to ignore them. Me was described which crossed the [radar] screen completely in three revolutions of the antenna, an extraordin- ary velocity.

"AL1 work on the project stopped suddenly in 1962. Archer remembers reading an article in Reader's Digest, he believes, which described a UFO exploding over eastern Nevada after crossing the U.S. from the east coast. He assumed that it might have been the craft being tested, since the date given in the article was around the time when PROJECT REDLIGHT came to a halt. As yet, this article has not been substanti- ated, however. Archer also believes that the craft he saw may have been the undamaged UFO shown in the Air Force movie, which intelli- gence sources cited in the Stringfield disclosure said had been re- covered after crashing in New Mexico in 1952.

"Archer was familiar with the turbojet fan driven experimental disc tested at nearby Nellis Air Force Base during this period. Gbincicen- tally, this was pictured on the front cover of the MUFON UFO Journal for February 1980. This was not the craft he observed, nor would it have flown silently, if indeed it had flown. He thinks that this "non- flying saucer" may have been a cover-up for the real UFO research be- ing conducted in Area 51."

This report was remarkable to us because we had picked up very sim- ilar infomation from entirely different sources in 1979 who could have known nothing about the MUFON article because that came later.


430


In his book A COSMIC CONSPIRACY, Stan Deyo, former West Pointer, describes his investigations of a similar operation being carried on at Pine Gap, near Alice Springs, Australia. This is a mltinational effort including that of Australia, The United States, England, and West Germany, almost the same nations whose warships and high ranking officers were gathered in the Tongue of the Ocean near Andros Island to observe the RCA "AZROC" tests (undersea launch of an ICBM from the atomic submarine “Skipjack"). Two Australian, Two British, Two West Geman and possibly one Italian naval vessels closed off the Tongue of the Qoean inner access to the area for those tests. It may be presumed that the United States had its fleet protection deployed farther out.

The point here is that all these same nations (with the possible exception of Italy) had access to the UFO observations and the cine theodolite movie film of the UFOs that interrupted that AZROC test from close range on 21 May 1966. And is it not significant that these were the only nations invited to view that highly important test from first hand grandstand seats? Why? These are the same nations, accord- ing to Deyo, that are conducting joint research on crashed UFO residue At Pine Gap, where they are trying to adapt same of the technology discovered to Earth application.

These are also the SAME nations who succeeded in persuading the Norwegian Government to withdraw the announced release of details on their crashed UFO recovered from Spitzbergen Island, and who all sent technicians to acquire sample residue from the damaged UFO. (See the Tarmbyl story and Gernod account elsewhere in this report). Leonard Stringfield has published references to this situation also.

The following topographical map cuts show the estimated location of underground UFO research facility in the Atomic Fnergy Commission Area in Nevada. Note the unusual facilities in the Kawich Valley area. A RR spur comes down the Railroad Valley into Kawich Valley. There are water wells and pipelines below Wheelbarrow Peak. There is the San Juan water reservoir across the valley toward Kawich Range, with Antelope Reser— voir to the north, A number of service roads run up to the edges of the dry lake, elevation 5311, which is big enough to land most aircraft in any direction. It could be an extension of the established runway net- work for experimental applications. Pipelines and installation features are not shown on maps available to the public.


UNCON TY \


\ | ae beet aa


So Wisin


ia


“LINCOLN COUNTY


APPENDIX 5


UFO? A REAL BOND MYSTERY


On 26 April 1984, Lt General Robert M. Bond was, according to the Associated Press Release, killed in “an Air Force specially modified test aircraft" which crashed at the Super-Secret Area 51, within the Super-Secret Atomic Energy Commission Area north of Las Vegas, Nevada, He was killed in a crash "on site" at about 10:45 that Thursday AM.

Bond, 54, was Vice Commander of the Air Force Systems Command accor- ding to Air Force officials, who refused to say what type of plane Bond was flying.

Witnesses at a Cafe in Lathrop Wells, a mumber of miles away, later reported hearing a loud "boan" at the time of the crash, and saw smoke inside the secret test site. Officials at Nellis AFB refused to admit that a plane had crashed until the Systems Command had reported it seven hours later. P

Eight days later the Washington Post asked, "What was an Air Force 3-star General doing at the controls of a jet warplane, apparently a specially modified Soviet MIG-23 Fighter, that crashed in a secret U.S. test program?" and "Why was such a high-ranking officer, only two months from retirement, permitted to fly such an aircraft?"

The Pentagon was doing nothing to answer those questions and others surrounding the crash that killed General Bond. One well placed source said that as soon as the crash became known, senior Air Force leaders made inquiries to the Chief of the Air Force Systems Command, General Robert Marsh, Bond's inmediate superior, about what Bond was doing flying a MIG. There was no official confirmation of this.

Details of that crash are known only to a very few top officers. Pentagon and military sources who had been picking up information about the crash second hand, were quoted in same press accounts as in- dicating that the plane was a MIG-23, and in others that the plane was connected to the Air Force "Stealth" Project to develop new fighters and bombers that can elude enemy radar. And that report went on to say, “Actually, it appears that both accounts may have been true, in that the secretly acquired MIG was reportedly being used in tests asso- ciated with the "Stealth" technology. Both projects are Top-Secret however, amd so the Pentagon was not disappointed about the confusion, an Air Force official said."

Besides raising questions about the nature of the flight, the crash had rekindled debate about the concem of allowing senior generals to perform flights normally carried out by younger pilots."On the one hand," said one Air Force officer, “our test pilots do not want to be led by desk-bound officers." There is a big leap, others said, between


434


flying familiar aircraft and specially modified high performance air craft such as the plane that Bond was flying. Bond was due to retire very soon.

In September 1972, another 3-star Air Force General, George Simler, was killed when a 1-38 jet trainer he was piloting crashed on take-off in Texas. At that time Simler was Chief of the Air Force Training Command. The plane he was flying was a two-seater and the officer in the rear seat was his Aide, a pilot who officials said yesterday was also rated as an Instructor Pilot. After that the rules on Generals flying airplanes was tightened.

Air Force directives require that generals who fly planes with dual controls mist have an instructor pilot with them. That directive was on the books before Simler's death and remains in force today. Spokes~ men said that Simler's death caused concem within the military at the time about older general officers at the controls of airplanes, and caused even further limiting of the number of such officers permitted to fly.

Air Force sources said that of 435 Air Force Generals, Bond was among only 84° authorized to fly. He was an experienced and highly ded- icated aviator, but it still isn't clear whether he camplied with Air Force Directives that require generals to be "fully qualified and cur- rent" in whatever aircraft they pilot. Bond's flight records, sources said yesterday, are part of the accident investigation, and not avail- able for examination.


Newsweek for 14 May 1984 had this to say, "It was a real-life Bond mystery having potentially serious implications for national secur— ity. A hard-charging Air Force Lieutenant General and former fighter ace named Robert Bond climbed into a top secret jet late last month, sped over the desert range at Nellis Air Force Base in Nevada — and died in an emergency bail-out. Was he testing a brand new stealth plane designed to foil Soviet radar? Was he piloting a covertly ac- quired Soviet MIG-23 as part of the stealth tests? Officially the Pen- tagon said almost nothing about the tests or the crash, but several conflicting explanations were suggested privately by government sour- ces last week -- making Bond's death even more mysterious."

"The crash focused unusual public attention on same little known, but not unheard of, programs operating in the 3 million-acre AEC Res- ervation northwest of Las Vegas. Mhe is an elite "Aggressor" base of U.S. pilots and planes that mimic Soviet tactics in the regular "Red Flag" Exercises. Red Flag is no secret but some other things at Nellis AFB are, Among them, according to defense sources, are at least a squadron of Soviet-designed MIG aircraft and some top secret test planes that may be a part of the enomously expensive "Stealth Project".


435


"As Deputy Chief of the Air Force Systems Command, General Bond was involved in the research and development of all new tactical and stra- tegic aircraft. Industry sources say that only one or mre small stealth fighters has been produced experimentally, but that wider application is still years away and may never be fully developed."

The Newsweek report went on to say, "It is not clear that General Bond was actually flying a prototype "stealth" aircraft, but sam sources think he may have been participating in a test of "stealth" technology by flying a MIG-23 "Flogger" —- one of the most modem Soviet planes in U.S. hands ~ to see how it performed in the air against the "stealth" plane. Folks around Nellis say that Soviet planes are a familiar sight. The U.S. has obtained then over the years, mainly from defectors and former Soviet allies like Egypt. Such craft have been very useful in the Nellis exercises that pit U.S. Air- men against Agressor units “immersed in the tactics and paraphernalia of Soviet fliers", The "Red Flag" operation at Nellis now uses modified F-5 jets, though it began with a handful of older soviet MIG-19s. But since "The object of the exercise is to make things as realistic and as difficult for the American pilots as possible," says a source with good AF connections, "the service has also acquired a number of Mig- 21s and 23s to dogfight in secret."


Whatever General Bond was flying, his death remains a mistery. The 54 year-old veteran had flown jets in Korea and Vietnam, and tried to maintain his proficiency with hot new planes on the line. "He felt it was necessary for the job he was doing," says an old friend in the service." Bond had planned to retire from active service on duly Ist.

Now, this all sounds routinely sensational. Enough to satisfy almost anybody's appetite for news and sufficiently answered to take the heat off amd satisfy anybody's curiosity. That is UNLESS he knows a little about what has been going on out there for a good many years.

First of all, there is a reinforced wing of jet interceptor fighters based at Nellis, and they have been there since the Manhattan Project protecting the vast AEC Reservation from any intrusion.

Second, there are same captured Soviet MIG fighters at Nellis AFB, but the similated "Enemy" squadron operates from the simulated "Enemy" airbase at Tonopah, Nevada, to the north, an auxiliary field of Nellis main base. It is not too far from the "stealth" research project at the Air Force Flight Test Center at Edwards AFB, California, to the Nellis Range at Las Vegas, Nevada, although the testing and calibra- tion facilities are more likely at Edwards AFB.

Both explanations are plausible, but why two? Whoever launched the mission knew exactly what. Bond was flying and why! I suggest that both are a smokescreen to provide cover first, and secondly a fallback


26


cover if either of those offered begins to fail. And what then would be so important that it needed a double cover-up (both the stealth project and the MIGs were already known publicly), so important that a 3-star General, and no less than the Deputy Chief of the Air Force Systems Command, formerly the Air Technical Services Command, was directly and personally involved!!

To answer that we will have to look at same history. Robert Bond was of the old school of super-precision test pilots originally set up by Ql. Albert Boyd, who later became the long time Commander of the Air Force Flight Test Center at Edwards AFB, retiring as a 3-Star General himself. As pilots they were the best. They could hold altitudes with- in 50 feet and headings within 2 degrees manually, before the sophis— ticated auto pilots and computers came along. They felt that they ought to be able to do anything they expected of any of their test pilots, and better, and they disciplined themselves to do this. Hence General Bond, with the greater experience making the first move in something far beyond routine testing or joy-riding in a MIG. Something possibly with more unknowns than knowns requiring his very special experience. Not really a "stealth" already flown by other project pilots, nor a MIG-23 also flown by special project pilots!

and why the first reference to Area 51, which was quickly changed to Nellis AFB, and Area 51 never mentioned again? Those who heard the ex- plosion thought it came from Area 51. Qnce more we must look at his~ tory, but this history will be difficult to trace for all records of it have been removed. (See Appendix 4)


Sometime in the 1950s this area became known as "Site 51". Some of the crashed UFO residue and material that seemingly disappeared else~ where began to show up here, including at least two relatively whole disc-shaped craft not too badly damaged. Two living occupants of some of these strange vehicles were reportedly installed in a special hab- itat facility prepared for them in the underground construction pro- ject carried out by a Gee Bee Battalion in the very early 50s. They were successfully kept alive for years though they remained quite un- responsive and were essentially uncummmnicative due to their radically different physiology and alien background factors.

Specially selected scientists and technicians stuiied the craft for years and analyzed the residue, attempting to understand whatever they could and to apply what they learned in new secret research projects such as the successors of the AV ROE failure.

Sometime in the early 1980s we began flying a disc-shaped craft at Site 51 which blew up killing the American test pilots aboard. Those pilots would have been the project pilots who trained and grew up with the project, but making regular reports to the Flight Test Center and


437


to headquarters Air Force Systems Command. That would have been cne of the special projects involving General Bond's headquarters, even if it were a joint service operation. This would be so secretly controlled at the highest levels that the truth of the matter would have to be protected by false "cover stories", a standard practice in the United States anmed services activities.

May we suggest that General Bond was involved in activities so sen- sitive that it required a double smokescreen. Or shall we assume that our top research facilities are so confused that they do not actually know what was going on out there in Nevada that day?

We submit that whatever was happening there might be of sufficient significance to require the personal attention of General Bond, and especially so if something had occured in a special program that was under his personal supervision either as a flight test project or asa Systems Command Development, or both, which under the scenario we have been able to put together could very well have been the case.

lest this all sound like a grasping at straws to put a story to- gether, we must affirm that we have interviewed a number of eyewitnes- ses to what we have described, and even more, not included here be- cause it would put them at risk.

In the early 1960s a United States Marshall, now deceased, was sent into Area 51 on official business. He was admitted to the AEC Reserva- tion and was escorted to Area 51 where his escort had to wait at an inner gate. A new escort took him into a quard house where he was pho- tographed and fingerprinted and asked to sign a register. Then he was briefed and issued an opaque black bag, bigger than a laundry bag, and was shown how to fold it and tuck it under his belt. A new escort now led him out to go to the place of interest. Outside there were a few buildings with no windows, and there were walls constructed in such a way that they baffled extensive viewing, especially of the runway and aircraft parking area. Few people were outside in the streets.

His escort told him what the black bag was for. If the siren sounded they had 2 minutes to get inside one of the buildings or else to pull the black bag over their heads and down to the waist, and to lie down on the ground face down. They mst stay that way, unmving until a different sound announced the all clear.

In response to inquiry, the escort said that he had never seen or heard anything during such exercises, but said that he had heard it said that on real occasions such as that, an airplane of very secret

nature took off or landed. It was supposed to be kept underground there. He knew of nobody who had seen it.

This was long before the advent of the "stealth" program or the MIG fighters.

So why the confusion of cover stories, unless somebody does not want us _to know! Is this our government or is it not?


438


APPENDIX 6


PROJECT SIGN REPORTS


Before 24 June 1947, the day of Kenneth Amold's sighting of nine bright disc-shaped flying objects skipping along like saucers on water from which the term flying saucers came into popular usage, reports of unidentified aerial phenomena were normally processed by military intelligence to the Air Technical Intelligence Center at then Wright Field, Dayton, Ghio. At that time there was no special project as such to handle this special kind of intmider reports.

There were reports of this nature however, going clear back to 1944, They were being carefully studied by upper levels of Intelligence in- cluding the Air Technical Intelligence Genter staff. The week of July 4th, 1947, set a record for such reports that was not broken until 1952. In mid-July the International News Service quoted the Air Force Public Information Officer at Wright Field as saying, "So far we have not found anything to confirm that saucers exist. We don't think they are guided missiles. As things are now, they appear to be either a phenomenon or a figment of somebody's imagination."

By the end of July the security lid was down tight. The few members of the press who did inquire about what the Air Force was doing, got the same treatment that one would have gotten if he had inquired about the number of thermonuclear weapons stockpiled in the United States! atomic arsenals,

This change of attitude toward truth of what was happening came in the immediate aftennath of the fiasco over the handling of the Roswell incident and the recovered residue. GM 2 July 1947 a strange flying object. crashed on the Brazel ranch 75 miles northwest of the city. &m the very next day another lot of crash residue with small alien bodies in it was reportedly found on the Plains of San Augustine west of Magdalena, New Mexico. Qhe concept is that these two crashes are re- lated or possibly even parts of the same original craft. All of the residue was recovered by personnel operating out of Albuquerque and Roswell, New Mexico. These activities were all handled at special levels and did not get into the hands of the nomnal ATIC operating staff. They were unknown to the Air Force Projects Sign, Grudge, and

later Bluebook.

24 July the Chiles/whitted case caught the limelight, and the Air Staff authorities let it play out, as it was taking the public atten-

tion away fron their mich more serious case of the crashed UFOs which they were trying desperately to cover up.

The increasing confusion here was accentuated by the “Ghost Rockets" being increasingly reported over Scandinavia and Northem Europe. This phenomenon lent weight to the argument that the mysterious flying


439


objects might represent a new technological breakthrough obtained by the Soviets with the help of the captured Geman scientists known to be working on circular wing projects. Every effort was being made at covert levels to find out what was really going on. The ghost rockets were first noticed in 1946 and reports of serious sightings and even photographs of them continued well into 1947, and then diminished for

a time after the UFO crash recovery at Roswell. This seemed to lend

weight to the Soviet hypothesis, and because of this, necessarily in-

volved the Department of State, who exhausted every avenue to collect more data through their channels.

By now the internal handling of all serious matters pertaining to the mysterious objects had been raised to new levels, out of the reach of all but those few especially selected to handle these important projects. Staffs were reshuffled and the teams working on this new and exotic phenomena were collected in new facilities to concentrate their research and investigation. They revised their methods and prepared contingency plans for new and unanticipated events. They assigned tasks to certain forces and set up secret investigation and recovery teams strategically located around the country. Key research staffers followed their projects to new facilities and the ranks were closed behind them. General Nathan F. Twining, then Commander of the Air Material Command, who was heavily involved in setting up the real re- search effort, was reassigned and became the Commander of the new Air Force Alaskan Command, with headquarters at the recently re-designated Elmendorf AFB at Anchorage, Alaska. From there he directly supervised the Ptarmigon Project with all of its classified riders, one of which was an attempt to determine once and for all whether the new flying craft were of Russian origin.

It is significent that one of his final acts at AMC was to write, on 23 September 1947, a request to the Commanding General of the Amy Air Force, a letter requesting approval for a preliminary study of reports of the unidentified flying objects. The letter urged that a pemmanent project be established at ATIC, his office, to investigate and analyze future reports of this phenomena. It requested priority for a project, a required code name, and an overall security classification. APIc's request was granted, and Project Sign was created with a 2A priority. There were two schools of thought among those concerned at that time. Qe suggested a Russian origin, and the other suggested an interplan- etary origin.

Twining arrived in Alaska and took Command of the Alaskan Command on 29 September, and Project Sign was officially established at ATIC on 1 October 1947. The new Project Sign was briefed to believe that they were the Air Force team handling the whole UFO situation, while in fact they were only provided selected information besides what came


440


into their hands directly. ‘The reports sent from Alaska went directly to Headquarters USAF, and not to AMC or ATIC as would have been ex~ pected under the popular interpretation of the intent of Project Sign-

The new upper staff at ATIC received all incoming information des- tined for Project Sign first, and purged it of information above the classification level of Project Sign. This removed a certain amount of information held by the upper staff, which had closed up around new key people after the departure of the special project personnel to other destinations. In time this new upper staff began to become con- cemed about what was coming in and in August 1948 began preparing their "Estimate of the Situation". This was prompted by a resurgence of the ghost rocket phenomena in January and February 1948, which sud- denly stopped in March. Then on 25 March a new “bomb" was handed to all concerned when another disc-shaped craft came down near Aztec, New Mexico. The special teams prepared for just such an eventuality, went into immediate action and successfully recovered this one in al- most complete secrecy. Same word filtered out though, and connections to the ghost rockets were again suggested by the strange parallel with the previous activity of the ghost rockets preceeding the Roswell UFO crash, Then on 24 July the Chiles/Whitted case hit the newspapers and came under investigation by Project Sign and its team. Many more very good reports were collected during the Spring of 1948.

The Estimate of the Situation gained new urgency on Project Sign's first anniversary, on 1 October 1948, when 2nd Lt. George F. Gonnan pursued a luminous object that took evasive tactics, and out-turned, out-speeded, and out- climbed his modern F-51 fighter in every instan- ce during the intercept attempt. This went on for 27 minutes. The new "Estimate" started up the line sometime in November and reached Gen. Hoyt S. Vandenberg, then Chief of Staff of the Air Force, in early December 1948, another of the few men who really knew what was going on, and he immediately ordered it destroyed. It was declassified and bared.

Captain Eduard Ruppelt said that Estimate of the Situation concluded that the phenanenon was interplanetary! "It was a rather thick document (some 600 pages with appendices), with a black cover, and it was print~ edn legal-sized paper. Stamped across the front were the words TOP Secret," a classification ordinarily above that of Project Sign.

In November and December 1948 “green fireballs" were reported all around Albuquerque, and over both Los Alamos and Sandia Base, which mist have caused considerable concem to those in the know, because by then, both Roswell and Aztec recovered UFO residue was being stored there.

Undeterred, the ATIC staff responded with Air Intelligence Report No. 100-203-79, dated 10 December 1948, Also classified TOP SECRET,


441


which made reference to some of the same appendices as the Estimate of the Situation, and ended with the following conclusions:

"Since the Air Force is responsible for control of the air in the defense of the U.S., it is imperative that all agencies cooperate in confirming or denying the possibility that these objects have a domes- tic origin. Otherwise, if it is firmly indicated that there is no do~ mestic explanation, the objects are a threat and warrant more active efforts of identification and interception."

"TT MUST be accepted that same type of flying objects have been ab- served, although their identification and origin are not discernable, In the interest of national defense it would be unwise to overlook the possibility that same of these objects may be of foreign origin."

Robert Todd, in his diligent pursuit of official documents under the Freedan of Information Act, has succeeded in obtaining a copy of this Air Intelligence Report. We are pleased to offer a copy of a reproduc- tion of that report here for your examination. (Not complete document)


Also of special interest are two more official: documents which were declassified on 29 January, 1985 and stamped CONFIDENTIAL. They reveal official feelings about this secret intelligence report. Please note the authors of these two documents. They are:


A Memorandum dated 11 August 1950 to GG, Alaskan Air Command from AFOIV-TC; Subject: Downgrading of Air Intelligence Report No. 100-203- 79. The AAC response: "Subject document, for which your Command re- quests downgrading action, contains info and speculation on the "fly- ing saucer" situation which have never been released or intimated pub- licly by the Air Force."


A Memorandum dated 25 September 1950 from Headquarters, Department of the Air Force, subject: Destruction of Air Intelligence Report Nun ber 100-203-79. The instructions were: "It is requested that action be taken to destroy all copies of Top Secret Air Intelligence Report Number 100-203-79, subject ‘Analysis of Flying Cbject Incidents in the U.S.,' dated 10 Dec. 1948. It was filed under: 313.6 Records, Destruc- tion of, 17 Oct 50." Fortunately that order was never carried out.


Captain Ruppelt became suspicious of the motives behind the public- ly known Air Force projects when a unique plan to get real data on the UFOs was scuttled by superiors, at a time when UFO reports fram the public were pouring into ATIC greater than ever. He began to suspect that the projects might actually be a ploy to go underground and make the real analysis more secretive in order to cover up the interplan- etary origin the data suggested, at all costs, He never leamed how correct his suspicions were.


M 11 February 1949, Project Sign was changed to Project Grudge and Project Sign's files were boxed and stored. Project Sign charter mem- bers were "purged". "These were the people who refused to change their minds, and believed the UFOs might be interplanetary," Ruppelt said. The new team attempted to explain away every report, and to tell the public that the Air Force had solved the problem. Dr. J. Allen Hynek was given a contract to sort out all the UFO reports (in the files) that might possibly be attributed to stars, planets, meteors,etc.

After turning down a number of reporters seeking to tell the Project Sign/Grudge story, feature writer Sidney Shallet of the Saturday Even- ing Post was given the green light to write a feature article for the Fost to "play down" UFOs as a reality. His two-part article appeared in the issues of 30 April and 7 May 1949. This set a pattern for other articles written from the Air Force files. Real data, already well known to the public, was liberally mixed with demonstrable hoax cases, which cast the inference that they were all in the same boat. Even the chief of Staff of the United States Air Force, Gen. Hoyt S, Vandenberg himself, deluded us by reporting that he had seen a UFO which turned gut to be a reflection on the windscreen of his B-17. Of all people, he knew the reality of the phenomenon, and carried out the deliberate delusion of the public on a mass scale.

Q 27 December 1949 it was announced that Project Grudge was being closed out and that a final report would be issued in a few days. When it was finally released, it caused widespread interest because this supposedly, was all the Air Force knew about UFOs. That report was officially titled "Unidentified Flying Cbjects —- Project Grudge", Technical Report No. 102-AC-49/15-100 and was commonly referred to as The Gnidge Report. This was prepared in a format similar to the ear- lier Estimate, but focussed on the weak cases, and took the view that probably all the cases could be explained away with more data. It was concluded that:


1. Evaluation of the reports of UFOs (show that they) constitute no direct threat to the national security of the United States.


2. Reports of UFOs are the result of: a. Amild form of mass hysteria, or "War Nerves". b. Individuals who fabricate such reports to perpetrate a hoax or to seek publicity. c. Psychopathological persons. d. Misidentification of various conventional objects.


It recomended that Project Grudge be "reduced in scope" and that only those reports clearly indicating realistic technical applica tions" be sent to Grudge. An added note said, "It is readily apparent that further study along present lines would only confirm the findings


443


presented herein." We may see from these examples just mentioned, that thick several


hundred page reports were characteristic of this reporting within this agency, and so the 624 pages alleged for the unconfimed Project Grudge/Bluebook Report No. 13 no longer seems excessive.

The heavy and unprecedented activity of the "green fireballs" around the Albuquerque, Los Alamos, Sandia Base area in late 1948 and early 1949 may have signified the beginning of another most highly classified and super-secret operation being carried out by our government. It is now known that the remains of at least two recovered UFOs were being stored at the Los Alamos complex at that time. It would be only one natural next step for those in control to seek to establish some kind of contact with the civilization from which these craft had cam.

There is strange evidence now that that step was taken way back then in 1949, and that some success was realized. Rumors were flying and interest was running high in that area. When, in 1952, Captain Faward J. Ruppelt, the last head of Project Bluebook, the successor to the closed out Project Grudge, briefed the AFC staff at the Los Alamos Complex, so many attended that the theater could not hold all of the people who tried to get in. It was necessary to record the briefing and replay it many times. The same thing happened at the Atomic Fhergy Commission's Sandia Base, near Albuquerque.


Siem,


‘Air Intelligence Raport No, 100-203-709


ANALYSIS OF FLYING OBJECT INCIDENTS IN THE U.


‘Air Intelligence Division Study No, 203 10 December 148


Directorate of Intelligence and Otfice of Naval intelligence


DISTRIBUTION "Cc"


WARNING: ‘This document contains information affecting the national defense of the United States within the meaning of the Espionage Act, 60 U.S.C., $1 and 32, aa amended. Ts transmisalca or the revelation of its coctents In any manner to an unauthorized peraco is probiblted by law, Raproductlon of the tsteligence, in tha pubilcaiton, ‘mer the provisloas of Army’ Regulaltcn 380-5, Is authoriced for United States military agencies provided tbe source is Indiccted,


Directorate of Intelligence Citica of Naval Intelligence Headquarters United Biates Alr Force Davy Department


445


ANALYSIS OF FLYING OBJECT INCIDENTS IN TEE Uv.


BUNOAARY AND CONCLUSIONS


PROBLEM


1, TO EXAMINE pattern of tactics of “Flying Baucera” Qharelnefar referred to as flying objects) ‘apd 10 develop conclusions am Lo the possibility of existence.


FACTS AND DISCUSSION


2. A DETAILED discussion of information bearing op the problem as set forth above is attached as Appendix "A". The malo points establinbed therein are summarized below.


3, THE FREQUENCY of reported incldants, the almllarity in many of the characterlatica sitribuced to the observed objects and the quality of observers considered al @ whole, aupport the contentioa Yat some type of fying object has beon observed. Approximately 210 incidents have been reported, ‘Among the observers reporting on such incidents are trained and exparienced US, Weather Bure Dersonoel, USAF raied officers, experienced civilian pUcts, technicians assotlated with various r search projects and technicians employed by commarcial airlines.


4, THE POSSIBILITY that reported observations of Dying objects over the U.S. were influenced by previous elghtings af unldentitied phenomena in Europe, particularly over Scandinavia in 1046, and that the observers reporting such incidents may have bean interested in obtaining personal publicity have been considered as possible explanations. However, these possibilities seem to be improbable


when certain selected reports such as tbe one from U.S, Weather Bureau at Richmond are examined,


During observations of weathar balloons at the Richmond Bureau, coe wall trained observer has wighied strange metalic disks on three occasions and apctber observer bas sighted a almilar object on ope occasion, The last observation of unidentified objects was in April, 1047. On all four occa- sions the weather balloan and the unidentified objects ware in view through the theodalite. ‘Thate observations at the Richmond Bureau occurred several months before publicity on the flying saucers Appeared in a US. newspaper.


6, DESCRIPTIONS OF the fying objects fall into three configuration categoriea: (1) disk-shaped (@) rough clgar-shaped (3) balls of fire. Varying conditions of vistbility and differences in angles at which the objects may have been viewed introduces « possibility that single type object may ‘have bean observed rather than three differant types, This possibility is further mubstantiated by the tact that tn the areas where much objects have bean observed the ratio of the three general configurations 4s approximately the same.


8, THEREPORE, IT appears that some object has been sean; however, the identification of thal object cannot be readily, accompliabed on the basis of information reported on each incidem, It 4s possible that the object, or objects, may have been domestically launched devices euch az westher balloans, rockets, experimental flying wing aircraft, or celestia] phenomena. It is necessary to obtain information oo mich domestic activity to comtirm or deny this possibility. Depending upon the dorree with which thia may be accompllahed, foreign devices must then be considered 1 6

ty.


7. THE PATTERN of sightings is definable. Bightings have been most intense throughout! the siaies Bordering the Atlantic and Pacific coast Lines, and the central states of Ohio and Kentucky, A map bowing location of alghtings is attached as Appendix "“B"


TORSscase rae 446


pe ee


8. THE ORIGIN af the devices Is not ascertainable. ‘There are two reaxonable possibilities: (i) The objects are domestic devices, and Wf ao, thelr identification or origin can be established Vy 8 murvey of all lauochings of airborne objects. Domestic ying wing type aircraft observed

Ll various aspects of Hight might be responsible for some af the reported Dying objects, particu- larly those deacribed as disks and rough cigar shapes, (See Appendices "C" and "Among thoce which have been operational in recent years are the XFGU-1 ("Flying Flapjack") developed by Chance-Vaught, tbe Northrup B-96, and the turbo-Jet powered Northrup YB-40, The present existence af any privately developed Qying-wing type aircraft baa not been determines but one Auch aircraft, the Arup tailless monoplane, was cperational al South Band, Indiana, prior to 1996, (2) Objects are forelgn, and I nv, It would mom moat logical to consider that they are from = Soviet source, The Eovlets poaneas information oo a mimber af German fying-wing type aircraft auch af Ue Gotha POOA, Junkers EF 130 long-range, high-speed Jet bombar and the Hortan 220 twlo-Jet fighler, which particularly resembles some of the dencripticn af unldectitied fying objects Gee Appandix “D"), Ax early as 1024 Tacheranowaky developed a ‘'Parabola’ aireraft, an all An ‘which was the outcome of considerable Soviet experimentation with gliders ‘af the same general form. Soviet aircraft based oo auch Gasigna might have speeds approaching trans- tonle speeds attributed to some flying objects or greater over-all partormance assuming tbe evccesstul development of some unusual propulsion device much as alomic energy engioa.


§. THAT THE Soviets have « curreat interest in fiying-wing type aircraft ts mutested by their Willrallon of Dr, Guenther Bock who, at the end cf World War ll, was in charge of the flying- wing program tn Germany (See Appendix paragraph 3, page). Achievements satintactory to the USSR, are indirectly indicated by the personal recognition be ls reported to be receiving lo the USS.R, Recently it bas been reported thal the U.S.5.R, 1s plaming to bulld « fleet of 1,800 Morten Oiytng-wing aircraft. Information of low evaluation has been recelved mating that © Toglment of Jot night fighters, Model Borten XI, is at Kurmlkha, an alr base two milan wouth- West of Irkuisk, Kusmikha is Identified ax one of a number of airfields for the protection of an Momic energy plant at Irkutsk, The Hortes XM as developed by Germany was a glider,


10. ASSUMING THAT the objects might eventually be Identified ax forelyn ar forelgn-spansored devices, the possible reason for thalr appearance over the U.S. requires consideration, Severn) possible explanations appear noteworthy, viz:

&. To nagute U.S. confidence In the atom bomb as the most advanced and decisive weapon io wartare,


». To perform photographic reconnaissance missions. ¢, To test U, S, alr defenses, @. To conduct familixrization flights ovar U.S. territory.


CONCLUSIONS


11. SINCE the Air Force 1s responsible for contro} of the air in the detanse of the UB., St ts Lmperative that all other agenclas cooperate in confirming or denying the” posstbiiity thal thane objects bave = domestic origin. Otherwise, if ft is firmly indicated that there 1s no domentic explanation, the objects are m threat and warrant more active efforts of identification and inter ception.


12, IT MUST be accepted that aome type of Dying objects have been observed, although thelr


identification and origin are not discernable, In the interest of national defense it would be unwise to overlook the possibility that aome of these objects may be of foreign origin


447


APPENDIX


ANALYSIS OF FLYING OBJECT INCIDENTS IN THE U. 8.


AND HYPOTHETICAL TACTICS EMPLOYED


1, INTRODUCTION. To formulate the possible tactics of flying objects reported over ths U. 6. assumes from The outset that firm conclusions have beeo reached on beth the existence and origin of the reported fying objects, ‘The current status of information on much incléeats and over-all analysis does not allow substantiation for such conclusions, However, the lark of much firm con- cluslons polnts to the necessity for an immediate and sound statlatical analysis of every aspect of the situation and does not preclude a concurrent examination of the reported incldants to develop explanstions of thelr posalble tactics. ‘The latter will be useful at some future date should the existence and origia af the flying objects be definitely establiahed. Therafore, the following analy. flo of available information ts advanced in order to present evidence on the actual existance of Some type Dying object and to relate same to tactical purposes Yor which the objects are possibly doclgned, The folowing discussion must be considered a provisicoa) analyals, pending « further detalled analysis of all expects of the problem.


2, SOME ASPECTS REGARDING FLYING OBJECT INCIDENTS. A cursory examination af evidence on reported Incidents has been made ponslble to clie certaln ganaralities which it appears may be borne out when detailed analyses have been completed.


‘Among the incidents reported there are many statements by reliable and experianced persons whlch tend to confirm thal Qying objects have been ween, The description of such objects seems Yo fall roughly into three categories: (1) Bliver dinks or balls, approximating a Horten wing type aircraft; (2) Balls of fire of various colors and intensities; (8) Cigar or pencli-shaped objects simUar in appearance to V-2 type rockets in boriroctal Might. The numbers of coafigurations might be further reduced with the following considerations in mind: Bllver disks or balls have, Jor the greater part, been obeerved tn daylight and a mumber wnder clear weather conditions with visibility unlimlted. In most Inatance, balls of fire have been observed at night. Cigar, oF pancil-shaped objects bave been aighted in fewer mumbera but with about equal distribution to @aylight and at night, A few accoums tell af the disks having 2 rough clgar-ahape when viewed while manewering, Bome of the disks are described aa having lumincelty tn daylight, I there- fore ts ponsitle that a alngle type of object may be involved tn all mightings, end ditferences in Geseription may result from viewing the objects al various angles and under Altering conitions of vistbllity.


‘The above tends to Indicate thal some type object has bean seen and the possibility extets ‘that the object or objects ween are couventioua) domestic devices, wuch as weather balloons, tost fockets, or fot-equipped aircraft with pancake or flying wing configurations,


‘The ponsibllity exists that the reporting of flying objects may have been influenced by earlier reports on similar Incidents in Beandinavia and Centra) Europe, ‘Tha publication tn newspaper of details ob much tocidents, both foreign snd domestic, may have infuced some of the description provided in reported domestic Incidents, However, ope of the earliest reported sightings tn the ‘U.S, wns the one observed by US, Weather Bureau personel tn April 1647, af Richmond, Virginls, und on the basis of this one report tt appears thal the disks are not balloons. i would seem that thle sighting was not Influenced by the reports af foreign incidents, the newspaper accounts of domestic incidents, nor by miaidentification of » conventions) object.


448


eererrerT


Aithough reparted domestic incidenta are widely acattered throughout the U.B., frequency of sighting aod umber cf observers por sighting assumes x definable patters. There to » large con- castration of sightings along the Eastern Seaboard; ancther large concentration throughout the Western Coast stales, and afew alghtiogs in the Middle West, Distritnation of incidata by coo- figuration of object and devcription af maneuverability is approximately equal tn each of these reas and this Ia believed to further substantiate tbe possiblity that ane type of object might have deen observed in different aspects of fight.


Ti alghlings are induced by rumor, it seems umumual that more ocidents have not been reported from the areas with hign concamration of population. Reports trom much areas would also have (ruaier taclilty 4n chameling elther to newspaper or afficial reporting agesclas, For the most part, nigbungs have been made io fairly open country where thore are few recrictions to visibility, which may lodicate thal obstructed vision bas reduced alghtings 1n built-up areas.


Lt therefore seems that some type of flying object has bean observed, tbe Mentitication of tts origin requires the competion af other analyses.


$. POSSTBLE ORIGRY OF UNUSUAL FLYING OBJECTS. Provided, upan the completion of analyses, MN FoTEng War toe ar al tie SPST Hag objocta ‘over the US. are of foreign origia, the objects could trom « logical viewpolnl, be considered Soviet. It 1s evident from the parform. acce characteristics atiribuled to the unidentified objects at this time thal if they are foreign, they lavolve etticlencles of performance which have not béen realized in any operational airborne device In this country, It would, therefore, ba a mistake to analyze tha technical aspects of the mituation with the imis of our own knowledge of practical developments. It is more desirable to consider then the outer Umits of possible Soviet developments and objectives in attempting to formulate some


dos af the tactics which might be involved.


First of all, the sclentitic objectives of the USSR. have bean stated many timas and indicated in many forms, "The most clearcut matement af this objective is probably the one costained in the preamble to the Fourth Five-year Plan (1046-1960) which states that the objective af Soviet aclance ls to overtake and surpass the sclectific and technical developmants af the capitalist natloas. It Apparectly would be an impoanible task for the Boviet Union to accomplish auch an objective by pro- ceeding step-by-step along the same lines af development already achieved in the capitalist nallons. ‘This would mean that It would be noceasary to rapldly proceed through exch phase of sarooautical development that bas already bean accompllahad In this country, and this ly would never have aay prospects ct accelaraling Soviet development beyond any poist 7 by the US. Tbe obvious sonar to accomplish thelr objective af not only overtaking, but surpassing the capllalist countrles would be a sclantitic aboricut. This posalbility 1s not so remote whan axamined ca the basis of our knowledge of the current eltuation in the USSR. Provided Soviet emphasis was given to the most promising and advanced ‘dass acquired trom Germany dn 1046 and the wurk alded by Garman sclactlots, the posaibility of catching up and possibly murpassing other nations in techaical davalop~ meni becomes more realistic. i becomes even mare realistic tf the Soviets have abowa a tendancy to concentrate on certain developments which have will not recelved a maximum of priority Jn our


own programs,


Nt As known Ohat the USS.R. bas alnce 1040 enlisted the services of Dr, Guenther Bock, © German who beaded all devalopmant of low aspect ratio (fying wing) type aircraft in Germany, Dr, Bock 1s believed to be the top German eclentist in charge at TSAGI and TSIAM which are “Aur Materiel Command” type organizations in the US5.R. Further, it 1s believed that Dr. Bock baa made available all Garman plans for flying wing type aircraft to the Boviets. Among the de~ algns considared by the Germans and possibly exploited by the USSR, are jet-propelied, ying wing type alreraft whose configuration would be similar to descriptions of carialn <cbjects reported flying over tha UB, The estimated epeeds of such aircraft are within range of tbe lower Unite of wpeed attributed to flying objects over the U.S. I ia not impossible thal emphasis cn -surpassing foreign devalopmacta has led to umumual progress tn fuela and propulsion by tha USAR. In can nection with possible advancements in the fiald ef fuels and propulsion, it mbould be observed that


449


ST


the Russtan of! situation (regardless of estimated of! reserves) is quite different trom that in the US. For example, U.S. ol! industry te prepared to turo out tremendous quantities af highly frac. Uonated petroleum products, whe the U.5.5.R. cannot reasonably approach wuch capabilities This consideration dictates different solutions on fuels for propulaton in the two countries and in turn, dictates the direction taken in developmen of Jet motors or the use of other propulsive devices ‘We must therefore, arrive al the conclusion that any Boviet device which may bave made ila appearance over the U.5. as deacribed, would possess unusual performance characteristics which, do all probability, would include umuual range. ‘The possibility that they could have been Launched AL fairly close range ahould not be discarded.


4, POSSIBLE REASONS OR TACTICS FOR THE USE OF SOVIET UNCONVENTIONAL AIRCRAFT a c Cy foragolng assumplions, Boviet unconventional alreraN may Tave been Town over the U.S, for one, all, or a combination of the following reasons:

4. TO NEGATE U.6. CONFIDENCE IN ATOM BOMB AS THE MOST ADVANCED AND DECISIVE wi 5 joat ve oR © propagunds sense, Tt w Faan le To wemime Thal Use Boviets would choose firet to frighten pro-American nations in Europe with the appearance ‘of & radically pew weapoo to counteract the ability of the U.S, to obtaln full propaganda eflective- ness with the atom bomb. lt will be remembered that strange objects firs appeared over the Scandinavian collntries In 146, The objects observed there had unumual range aod unusual per formance characteristice. As this demonstration over the Scandinavian countries occurred the U.S, was making » vigorous campaign for the economic and political allgnment af these nations with other pro-American Western Euroyean nations, When these incidents mibeided, grange flying objects began to be observed at an increasing rate over the U.S, The conclusion on this polst ip that flying objects may bave been used to frighten both European nations and the U.S, by the appear ance of w new device, and that fallure to identity such a Soviet object would give them invaluble Jodicution that U.S, development Ls far behind thal of the Soviets, Except for this todJcation, tt is belleved ual the use af the objects to promote fear has been worthless in that the U.S, public has tended to characterize these incidents entirely as hallucinations by “‘crack pote", misidentif{catloa of Conventional objects, or that they represent a secret American project which should not be pub- Aclzed, Any fear that’ might remit from Soviet use wlll come anly by a discovery that the objects have been Soviet aircraft aod that they involve radical developments which are in advance of our


own accomplishments,


b. FOR PHOTOGRAPHIC RECONNAISSANCE. It fs possible that the Soviets have employed the fiying “objects Tor the collection af pholographle imellgence or the mapping of certalo areas in the ‘U.S. The evanive action employed by all objects sighted indicates not 8 much an attempt to avold belng sighted, as an attempt to prevant disclosure of the exact type of flying craft and ils mission, The sighting of objects over the US. has been most intense in Eastern and Western Coestal Sues Ib addition, sightings af flying objects have been made near Oak Ridge, Tenn, Las Cruces, N. M., and In the general ares of the Hanford Works in Oregon, Generally, sightings have not been made over what we consider strategic industrial areas. The reason for this migtt be elther that the fying objects have bean observed only enroute to or from missions over these more coocentrated stralegic areas, or thal the Soviets obtained mufficlent information durlag thelr World War II liaison with US. industry to satisty thelr intelligence requiremens and bave a more active requirement Jor information ou industries and areas which were not available to them during World War Tl eon- tacts, This 1s of interest in connection with the sightings near Oak Ridga,-Laa Cruces, anf to the genera] area af the Hanford Works pince these establishments were not, and are not, accensible t0


Soviet collectors of photographic intelligence,


¢. TEST OF U.S. DEFENSES. It ts possible that the use af Soviet flying objects over the US. Se Ante only to determine the ability of the U.S. defenses to spot foreign alrcraf. This would be of exireme Importance tc the U55.R. in the event that a one-way all-out attack of Boviet mute fic bombers ts planned, Ability to operate over the U.S, uninhibited at s time when the U. 6. 15 supposedly re-arming and puttlog greal stress on defenses would provide valuable information oo which to base eatimates for probability of success in bombing strategic objectives in the U. 5.


450


TORE


4. FAMILIARUZATION FLIGHTS OVER U.S. TERRITORY. This possthle reason la perhaps the most Improbable. It Ie assumed thal, ahould Uhls purpose be involved, otber purposes are prob- ably also accomplished in Its executioo. Provided the U.S.5.R. has umumually high performance


aircraft they might flod JI advantageous to familiarize themoalves with the topography of the U.S. 1s anticipalion af future combal missions to strategic targets,

5. CONCLUSION. ‘The conclusion that some type of fying object bas bean observed over the U.5, Pry Ila not known ai this time whetber these observations are misidentifi- cations of domestically lalinched devices, natural phenomena, or forelgn unconventional aircraft, It 4s, therefore, Impossible to make any reliable explanation for thelr appearance over the U.B, or the luctica which they may employ U the objects observed ioclude any forelgn development in maro~ pautical fields, I ia Ukewise Impoaatble at this time to contain discussions of poaalble perfarm~ toce characteristics or tactice within limits of practical reason, if for Do otbar reason than the fact that prot of tbe existence of a foreign developmant of this type would necessarily Introduce Conalderaticos of new priocipala and means oot yet considered practical possibilities In cur awn


reasarch and developmant.


REPORTED SIGHTINGS OF FLYING OBJECTS


4S.OF 1 AUGUST 1048


Semen eetehehiilel <1.


451


APPENDIX “'C” BELECTED REPORTS OF FLYING OBJECT INCIDENTS


technical background and expariance do not appear to bly lees rallable sources:


thelr reports are presented in this appendix, alocg with those from poasl who have reported svidance which is of such a nature that M cannot be entirely ignared,


| Fe


appeared below the balloon and was much larger in alee, The rapl@y, although tt was impossible to estimate lis mpeed The other oteervations were made at 87,000 feet in like manner.

b, The following month, Fem « field exginear for Radio Carparation of America, Teported a disk flying near his home io Oklahoma City, Oklahoma. The object was thought to at an altitude between 10,000 fest and 16,000 feet, and was moving toward the no: ‘of mpeed, leaving no trailing effects,

€, While flying at 10,000 feet oo a course af 300 dagresc, 30 milee northweat of Nevada, ap Alr Force Moutenant reported seeing five or six white circular objects 1s close forms. Mon apd traveling at an estimated speed af 285 miles per hour, Tals cccarred 60 28 June

were


7 8 party of threa, two of them scientists, |, New Mexico, V-2 firing grounds and reported sesing @ large diak or sphere


moving borisontally at « high speed and an estimated altitude af . . ject was in sight for about 60 seconds ght


i i i


om Joly 1047, five Portland, Gregan police officers reported varying mumbers af of the city, All observations were made within a minute or two


day, CRIES cf Phoenix, Arizona allegedly saw a disk circling his locality during wunset' and took two photographs, Tha remulting pictures (page 9) show a dik-like ‘wm pquare tall in plan dorm. ‘These photographs have been examined


object with @ round front and by experts who wiale they are trus photographic images and do not to be imperfection in ‘the emulsion or imperfections in the lens. (See Figs. 1, 2, 8 and 4, Figures 1, 2, 3 and 4 not legible on copy -e- et


AS?


SEER teT


€. On 10 July 1947, Mr, (“2 « Pan-American Airways mechanic reported » circular object


flying at bil velocity, paraLleling the earth's surface and leaving a trall which appeared as a The sighting occurred near Hermon Field, Newfoundland,


“purotng up" of the cloud formation, ‘Two other persous also saw the trall which remained in the aky for about aa hour and was photo- @raphed by another PAA employee. The resulting photograpbs support Mr. Woodruff's observation as far as the ary cleavage 1s concerned, (See Figs. 6 and 6.)


bh. On 29 July 1947, <A while flying near Tacoma, Washington, reported a formation His skoteh of their shape corretponds closely to that shown in the photographs


of fiying objects. made by Mr. [MMB On the same day, two U. S, Air Force pllots at Hamilton Field reported two flying disks tralllng a 7-60, following It toward Oakland, California.


1. On 4 August 1947, the pilot and co-pllot of a DC-3, flying for one Al Jones, near Bethel, Alaska, reported a flying disk larger than their aircraft.’ This disk crocsed thelr path al about 1,000 feet and they turned to give chase. The DC-3 was flying at 170 mph, bul the disk flew out


‘af Bight In four minutes.


J. On 12 November 1947, two flying disks tratling Jetslike streams of fire were reportedly tighted from the bridge of the tanker Ticonderoga, according (0 the second officer. The Ticonderoga was 20 miles off tne Oreron chore. This officer Sald the disks were In sight 45 seconds, moving

mph, curving in a long, low are,


poed estimated at 70) Stettr oe


u


rr


1, A yallow or ight colored sphere, Marcus L. Lowe, USN, Just south of 30 April 1048, It was moving af a about 4,500 feet, north,


B. On 1 July 1048, twelve dinks were reported over the Rapid City Alr Base Hamm, Those disks were ovil-ahaped, abou 100 foot log, fying a t apoed sotizrins C7 ol Bot, _Desceodlng {rom 10,000 foot, theas dlakt made a S0-dagree to 40-dapree chaste acceleraling very rapidly until out of sight. bs ran


2,08 27 July 1648, & report trom Kiruland Air Force Base describes a sighting tn the vicinity of Ban Acacia, New Mexico, of even unidentified objects flying in a

belght af 20,000 foe above the terrain. The formation warled trom‘ to to circle after Pansink the eanith. Flashes trom the objects were observed after passing $0 dagrest beyout the ‘Tenlth bul there was no smoke or vapor trail, Mf the reported altitude is correct the speed was estimated at 1,600 miles per hour, according to the repart,


P. Other sightings af lights and trails, rather than disks, have been reparted, vis: (1) On 12 September 1047, the plict and co-pllt of a Pan American aircraft, en roua from Midway to Honolulu, saw & blue-white light approaching, changing 10 twin reddish glows wpoo withdrawal. Tbe pilot estimated the speed of the light st about 1,000 knots,


(2) Oe 1b June 10665, sar, territory manager for the B.F. Goodrich Compazy, observed & reddish glow with a Jet exhaust in the vicialty of Mules City, Montana. ‘This

glowing Ught made nv sound, traveled about twice the peed of a coqventional aircraft and flew from noth to south several times in a wide arc, finally disappearing over the harlzas.


8. During the early morning of 25 July 1048, two Eastern Alrlines pilots reported having seen a huge flying craft slunllar toa V-2 pose thelr aircraft ta flight. (See Figs. 7 and 6.) Too stached drawings made by these two otcervers very closely resemble a flying object reported Sa have been seen on 20 July 1048, by p chlet Investigator of Court of Damage Laur, his daughier at Arnhaic, Netberlandc. Thit object appeared to be a wiagless alrcraft having te decks. The crah, sighted four times Ubrough scattered clouds and unlimited visibility, was dng al high speed at « high altiiude, ‘A sound similar to thal made by a V-2 was


ed T. Ao object, similar in shape to the ane in the preceding {ncldent was reported by “a Legler American pewshaper reporter about 25 kulometere ncrbeast of Moccow on 3 Avgurt 1048. AR acqualniance idemified ll as a rigid alrubip but the reporter disagrees because ii flew at Do excessive speed.


ree 6, On 1 October 1648 at approximately 2030 bours the plict of a F-5] aircraft, 204 er F. Gorman (North Dakots Air National Guard), flying pear Fargo, North Dakota, pigtted Bo be falttest white Uphi about 3,000 feet below bis 4,500 feet cruising ‘altitude. ‘The ‘pilot pur ‘08 Ught which appeared to ther. lake evazive tactics. The object or light oul-turned, out-mpontess n ‘out-climbed the F-51 tn every instance during the ailemp to intercept. The pilot lost


2 - ttertT 454


455


+132-


rs)


"


“Me


456


Fig. 6


Ee


initia) aightlng. ‘The mame Lgh wan observed by three other witnasnes trom the afar ——— "Ate Tratiic Controller, Mr. ‘GemmeegeeGGE Aea\riant Tretiic Con- Sr WEES ies Ocul. A comparison of all veetimony revealed that coe object aod Dr, TamMiried only of # amall round ball of clear white light with no apparent Connie to B toches in diamter, At times It traveled fastar than the F-61 see an evasive mamner. When first alghted the ball af light was travel- vers flee per hour, Under this condition, the ght was not cantiqucus but

aint 2 igh performance te white lift was continuous, Subsequent investigation euiry wal ais incldect may have beso ancther alrcraft or « roeteorological


an


t Hl


RE ry a


1 at E Hy


ERE g


Te lea L. Bualker, and 20d Lt, Henry Q, Comba, flying pear Andrews Fiald, ‘ountered an unidentified fying object, When first sighted, It appeared to be lighted yasd, went 1/200 feel, Three or four Passes ware made in an attempt to identity i. The aod firing ‘ated that while diving bis aircraft at approximately 240 miles par hour, the Ha Synld climb vertically and tben would drop below the alrcraft from behind and costinue to Jeg last peas, the landing Light was switched co and momentarily a dull gray ¢low was observed. Lt. Combs stated be malntalned contact for about ten minutes with een Lights of Waahington, D. C. and bia aircraft. All that could be light, no wings and no exhaust flame, I finally made a and ‘east coast at an estimated 600 to 600 miles per hour. At the same time Staff Sergeant Joho J. Kushner observed from the ground an unumua] object in the air over Andrews Field. ‘He stated that It was not very high and that it did not look lke an


‘on 18 November 1048 al apprarimaialy Z146 boure, three reserve pilot, Zod Li Karwood tot


E i et


i Spore OF radar intercepts polnt to uusual alr activity which may be related to flying objects.

Oo 1 July 1047, & GCA radar at Hokkaido, Japan picked up an unidentified target at 16 miles, in excess of $00 mph. This target split Into two targets, each estimated to be larger


b. Oo 16 Beptember 1947, an MEW radar at Fuucka, Japan, picked up a target at 69 miles and i it to 19 miles, where i faded. Speed was 640-900 mph. The speed measurement, made foot crew through a 70-sile track, is believed accurate,


ter “603 2 Iuly 16, Captain Benry Glover (Ordnance Reserve) and bis wife obsarved at Van


ms wind was blowing on the ground but the object was quite steady. During the time (5 aogres, RetFvation, about an bour, Ht traveled through 4 vertical arc of about twenty-five Temlcoscency Cort. ‘The observer concluded thal it was pot w celestial bady. Tt has x bluish 12.2 Ulin At the fun set, the object's color gradually changed to orange a dusk and ceased NbUity alles AOR fnstactanoously. The outline was claar and the air was clear with fed. ‘The object traveled trom the east to the west. supatls


pment, HC was determined by investigation to have been s ballocn carrying cosmic ray


457


ete


b. On JF August 1048, at approximately 1050 houra an unidentified tlying object was visible from the ground al Godman Air Force Buse, Kentucky, This object was estimated to be at about 30,000 to 40,000 feet allitude, spnericus in abape, bright sliver color and gave # bright reflection from the gut, An F-61 was dispatched trom Mandlord Alr Farce Base, Kemucky, to observe the object. During observation from the ground, there was no change in the elevailan of the object And il seemed to be moving wouthwest trom Godman Air Force Base, The F-6] which was fiying ever Godman AFB at an alliiude of 30,000 10 96,000 feot reported that Mt wus usable to locale the object although i waa sill) vieible from te ground witt the naked eye, Aztmuth and elevation readings were taken by theodoliie every minute and the path af the object was charted,


‘The object was determined to be the planet Vanus by Mr, Moore, the head astronomer at the University of Loulsville, Loulaville, Kemtucky, I is bellevad that earlier incidents at Godman Field (reterence paragraph 2k, page 12, Appendix ‘C’") may also bave been observations of the Planet Venus.


& AMONG THOSE ineldents stil) not positively explained, reported observations diver to some extent, but three general categories of sightings emerge -- tbe flying disk, the ball of fire and ‘the large jet rocket. Interesting observations that were noted are:

, Most of the objects are a thin disk, round on top and flat on the bottom. The from half of the dish Is ten circular, sweeplog back to « square tail across the full width,


b. A higt rate of climb as well as the apparent abliity to remain motionless or hover for a corsideratit Jenguh af Ume is indicated,


¢. Reported sizes have varied from that of a 2-cent plece to 250 feet tn diameter, acd trom the size of w pursull plane to the bulk of ix B-20 airplanes,


4d, Speed: have bean estimated throughout the entire range trom very slow or hovering to ‘supersoule


€. Sounds and visual trails are not normally assoclated with the slghtings,


16


APPENDIX FLYING WING TYPE AIRCRAFT


1, AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERS 1p several countries have been engaged for some time tn the design, construction, and flight of flying wing type aircraft, The study of flying objects requires, at least, # brief examination of proposed and existing unconvantional alreraf whose configurations, wher, seen by the uninitiated, could lead to reports af strange Mying devices. A description of bome of the more algnificant types by country follows.


2, GERMANY. At the end of World War , German aircraft designers had oumerous projects under way concerning tailless aircratt which concetvably could be mistaken for ‘Flying Saucers” or discelike objects. It Le not clear jum whet the Bovivis are doing tn the way af developing these projects tut Mt ls consisered that German studies on tailiess, dalta-wing, and related con- figurations are available to the USSR,


ARADO NIGHT AND BAD WEATHER FIGHTER, PROJECT 1. This tn a tailless, low-wing wx oline WIth aweptebnel Wag at ange yoo Siar aot VLE E lowe, narrow fuselage.


Span 60.9 toot Length 42.6 toot Power Plant 2 HeS O11 turbo Jet units


Max. Spoed (aoa level) 441 mph ‘Max. Speed (29,500 fost) 503 mph


>. ARADO E S8l-4. A high-wing tallless single-seater with a single jet unlt mounted in the


fuselage. FIG apd rudder units are mounted on the wing midway betwoan fuselage and wing Up a the trailing edge.

Span 20.8 feet

Length 18.4 feet

Power Plant 1 HeS O11 turbo Jet unlt

‘Max. Speed (sou level) -


Max, Bpeed (service calling) =~


€. GOTHA P 60 A. This was the firat of the P 60 series of jet fighters. Tl ina flying wing type and, sloce the pliot and observer lle prone, there 1s no projecting canopy, thua permitting & Particularly clean design, The jet mnlts are mounted at the rear of the center section, one above And one below.


4, HEINKEL P 1080. ‘This is a elngle.


Span 40 feat 8.1/2 tn. ‘Wing Ares BOA square feet Power Plant 2 BMW 003 turbo jet nits


Max. Bpeed (23,000 feet)


606 mallee per bour


fighter with a sharply swept-back wing, resembling


a fying wing type, but having u single fin and rudder with no tall plane. ‘Span 20.2 foot Wing Area 219 square feat


No performance estimates are available,


ft, JUNKERS EF 130, Of the Aytag wing type, ths project was established as & long-range, bigh-spaed jet bomber


Span 78.8 feet Wing Area 1200 square feet Fower Plast 4 HeS O11 turbo jet untts Max. Spoed 620 mules per hour Range 3700 mules

459


See


f. ME 92, This tf « ules: engine’ centrully located ta the


S mid-wing ‘monoplane driven by two ‘Pusher Wings on euch Bide of tbe stubsy rowset Riadiages "7" MU the


4 twlb Jot tighter, » & Harten glider 14,200 feet us early as 1936, the i ge ead Fy ly Proving Soundness cf this


3. GREAT BRITAIN, TRE -ARWOTR:


ONG WHITWORTH. ‘The AW 62 G, @ glider, and the AW


= £6, 8 twip-Jet alr. plant, ri aoe 8) Date ean THEM StabLizers. are located at the ine SF me swepr-back wing. (Figs. 4 and 8) Date on the AW 62 appear folege


Span 80 feet Length 97 foot Mux, Speed (seu level) 435 imots


Mux. Speed (20,000 feet) 436 knots Max. Spoed ($6,000 feet) 417 mote

e 3800 nautical miles Power Plant 2 Neve D turto Jet untts


Powered by two R-2000-% engines,


the airplane will have @ speed range of from 40 to 425 miles per nour. (See Fig. 8)


4 Lunre: By


TH


a IRRTHROP B- J: a flyine wane type aircraft, owerd by four reciprocating enue: BR LAPS Wier Epa OP AT! feet aw a leit, ot oily 83 feel. (Sow Fag. C)


b. NORTHROP Yb 45,


Fowered by eight turbu-Jet engines, this airplane is the jet-propelied version oF Mie Northrop Flying Wing (B36), (See Pig. 15


Developed by Chance-Vaught Alrcraf, this radical design


low npeed performance.


reallly


¢. CHANCE-VAUGHT XFSU-1.


promises


dena Uundivaued apaed and


Fig. 6


not intended jeational type


8. ALTHOUGH APPENDIX “D" is Saucers’ the possibility of unconv


Bot be overlooked.


APPENDIX 7


GRUDGE/BLUEBOOK SPECIAL REPORT #13


A number of early UFO crashes-recoveries were reportedly mentioned in an unverified, highly classified Gradge/Bluebook Report. #13 put out in 1953, the existence of which is denied by all levels of government,

Its very denial raises considerable suspicion because the government. just does not skip numbers, and is not superstitious about 13 either, ‘The Gnidge staff was trying to do a good job within their limited cap- ability, and they put out a number of updating reports, all classified CONFIDENTIAL and made regular distribution through ATIC channels. Then when the project was renamed to Bluebook they continued the confiden- tial reports for distribution as before and in the same sequence but as Project: Bluebook Status Reports, in fact those reports were titled on the cover as:


CONFIDENTIAL SECURITY INFORMATION STATUS REPORT


Project Blue Book - Report No. 9 Air Technical Intelligence Center Wright-Patterson Air Force Base, Chio


CONFIDENTIAL


The first Bluebook Report was No. 5. The one before that was Project Grudge Report No. 4 (Decatber 1951 to February 1952). Bluebook Report No. 7 was classified SECRET and got different distribution. A prece- dent for altered distribution was now established. That included about 60 cases from 1 February 1952 through 31 May 1952. The big UFO flap above the nation's capitol had not yet begun. Bluebook Status Report No. 12 was the last report regularly distributed, and it too was male CONFIDENTIAL. The project went through a change, and months later a final Summary Report No. 14 was put out, also CONFIDENTIAL and then the reporting stopped.

So what happened to Report No. 13? There has always been a mmor to the effect that a Status Report No. 13 was prepared to cover all the Project Grudge and Project Bluebook cases classified above CONFIDEN- TIAL status of most and the SECRET status of No. 7. This report was supposed to include all that could not be put in those earlier reports due to their classification. That makes sense. It would have been even wilder to assume that with all this reporting, nothing had any higher levels of classification. It in fact did, but the TOP-SECRET classification was above that for the Bluebook management office and


462


it had to be made up elsewhere. It would have been distributed under TOP SECRET or higher rules which are very different and the routing is also very different.

Remetber that the project Grudge/Bluebook staff was still trying to do a good job, believing that they really held full responsibility for such investigations, peculiar in itself because of their very limited staff, budget and resources, but they were sincere and did the best they could. They apparently were not told that other services were also carrying out research projects quietly, intemally, while the New Air Force Service carried out the "Public Information Mission" appar- ently designed to screen the other activities. This mission also ser- ved the purpose of attracting informants to the Air Force, and pro- ceedures were set up to effectively neutralize them. Because the al- lJeged UFO recoveries involved many witnesses, some of whom found their way to the Air Force Project, and because of the genuine nature of the Air Technical Intelligence Center, same of the real crashed UFO res- idue and some of the research proposal project material, was collected at Wright Field. Meanwhile, of the military services, the Navy seems to have had the dominant role in actual investigation all along. Bat the Air Force, not informed of this, carried out their project mission in good faith and to the best of their ability and produced their Sta~ tus Reports.

A Special Top Secret Report by its very nature crossed the channels set up and threatened the whole research effort. The rumored "above TOP SECRET" Report No. 13 was said to include, in a special section, what the Air Force knew about crashed discs, including photographs of craft, debris and residue, as well as photographs of dead bodies of some of the occupants of the crashed ships.

We had never found a man who would admit to having examined any ver- sion of Report No. 13, and had considered it simply a remarkable and unaccounted for fiction. There were still many questions left hanging without answers.

Remember, we said that this mysterious Report #13 supposedly summar- ized what the Air Force knew about the UFO phenomenon at higher levels of classification on that subject. It was inevitable that Grudge/Blue- book would sooner or later encounter material that would be classified higher than Confidential -- the staff level for Bluebook -- and in fact they did. Material of higher classification was naturally refer- red to other staff appropriately cleared; but since the Bluebook mis- sion was to keep the public from becoming alarmed, they (Bluebook) were kept out of the higher classifications as much as was possible. Despite all, they did encounter some things that couldn't be purged in time — the reason for the Secret Report No. 7 which was actually done by superior staff people in the Bluebook line of comand.


463


Higher classifications of this phenomenon under Air Force contro] wag handled by The Department of Special Studies at the Wright Air Devel~ Opnent Genter, and any above secret report would have been kept out of the hands of the Bluebook staff altogether. Ruppelt made this clear in his REPORT ON UNIDENTIFIED FLYING OBJECTS.

We are still speaking of only that information that came to Air force attention. Same lower level material was forwarded from other services, but only to maintain the image being created for the public. The other services real high level UFO secrets never got to any level of Air Force.

Nevertheless, because of the Air Force image, some original material did come directly into AF hands and, believing that they controlled it all, the upper level AF WADC staff prepared a position paper on the higher classified material for circulation to their own and associated staff agencies of equal level.

A senior Air Force General at AMC (Air Materiel Gommand), recogniz- ing the potential damage in partly opening Pandora's Box, ordered it suppressed and destroyed and all support files forwarded up channels to safety. Apparently distribution had begun and it had to be recalled.

The rumor from an occasional participant in this drama, making a deathbed statement. to an uncomprehending relative, and always unveri- fiable, persisted, though nobody could find files on it anywhere. The mystery refused to die however, because infrequently samneone would add a bit more to the story.

That is the way things stood for years until a day in 1978 whena new visitor showed up at the public offices of APRO in Tucson. He was asking questions and getting the usual few answers about the time a staffer at that time invited him to go out for coffee. That man made a statement that resulted in another meeting for a taped interview and an almost unbelievable story unfolded.

According to this witness, in 1977 he was assigned to the joint RAF and USAF Security Base at Chicsands when his career suddenly came to an unexpected end. chicksands was used by the RAF until 1945 when the U.S. Air Force began Security Service operations there jointly with the British Government. The facility is near Bentwaters, not far fron london, and was a base where disc-shaped dirigibles were once tested.

The witness claimed he served in Viet-Nam in 1969 to 1972, at Phnom- Phen, as a Special Forces Weapons Specialist where he led a Green Beret Unit. He said his detachment was assigned to Search and Destroy missions, with an additional secret mission to hunt down and asassain- ate American defectors and collaborators.

After "reindoctrination" (a kind of brainwashing to try to undo sane of the worst features of the original "indoctrination" to kill without campunction and to relieve the more horrible memories of the exper-


464


ience, sanething the families were told was treatment for "nervous disorder"), upon his retum from the war theater, he was discharged and sent home. Some time after that he went to work for one of his former superiors, now a civilian in the Security Service. He was am ployed and eventually achieved a graded civilian position. He was later assigned to Chicksands where he worked with the "Big Ear" Radio Listening Post. The purpose of the "Big Har" was to intercept Warsaw Pact Gomunications and copy and translate them. His official title there was Information Analyst, GS-9, in which he received, translated, and abstracted reports from Warsaw Pact Countries. This material con- sisted of captured documents as well as radio communications. He worked in a super secure area, like a vault, where nothing is carried in and nothing is carried out by the analyst. The material he was to work was put in his "IN" box at the beginning of the day and was taken from his "our" box at the end of the day. He seldan saw who put the material in the boxes or who picked it back up again. He never signed for anything because it was always logged directly to him and the log was cleared when it was picked up.

According to his statement, one week in July 1977 he found a sealed pouche in his "IN" box. When he unsealed it for cataloging he found, among other things, what he said was an annotated Project " : Report Number 13, clearly marked "TOP SECRET" with a big red stamp and another red stamping saying "EYES ONLY", meaning that it could only be viewed but not removed from its control.

He described this document as consisting of an incredible 624 pages, typed, offset reproduced on white paper with a gray paper cover, and it included whole pages of memoranda originally prepared by scores of people on various pertinent aspects of the phenomena, only two of which he was able to remember at the time of the interview and those were Dr. Hynek and Off. Friend. It covered U.S. Government Official UFO Procedures, classification proceedures, management policies, and mich TOP SECRET UFO activity from 1942 through 1951, which just happens to be the times of existence of the known USAF Projects covering UFOs up to the changeover to the new Project Bluebook. Project Grudge which came to an end in September 1951 with the reassignment: of Lt. Qumings was the last Air Force analysis of low level UFO data not specifically tailored for the public image. “The new Project Bluebook never saw any of the higher classified reports that might not lend thenselves to being explained away. After 1951, reporting was different.

The Analyst prepared his abstract of the document according to his standard procedures, and it took an unprecedented 4 pages in outline form, single spaced, to make up an abstract that was never to exceed one page. He made the usual two carbon copies and left the carbons in between the sheets as required.


465


wo weeks after preparing the abstract of that document and renova) with the document, the witness's section leader, Staff Sergeant Jom, Home, notified him that he was to report to Col. Black. Obl. Robert Black, the commander of that division told the witness that he wag being terminated, effective immediately. He was advised that he woulg be retumed to the United States inmediately, but that his wife an their children could remain and finish the school year. Me reason being that his wife was the on-base elementary school teacher and they had no replacement for her.

When the witness presented himself at the Port of Bmbarkation for departure processing, British Security advised him that he was being DEPORTED as an "undesirable element" and could not retum to England.

As he was waiting at Fort Dix, New Jersey for release, after proces- sing, he was surprised to encounter S/Sgt. Home, who had also been relieved and sent hame the same way. The witness came to Tucson and S/Sgt. Home settled in Belen, New Mexico. A few months later Hore ran into Gol. Black in Albuquerque, New Mexico, who had also been re- assigned on short notice and was returned under unfavorable ciram- stances, a situation not in character at all for Ql. Black. The one thing they had in common was that they had all been in the direct pro- cessing line for handling the mysterious document and had all seen it and the abstract.

The witness stated that he rose to Sergeant in the Green Berets and then received a battlefield comission under fire, being discharged with his one grade promotion as Captain. He completed his first two years of college at Hanau, West Gemmany, University of Maryland Exten- sion Qourse provided under the G.I. Bill. He completed his second two years of Qbllege at Munich Campus, West Germany, University of Mary~ land Extension Course provided under the G.I. Bill. He majored in Interpretation Analysis, minored in Drama... He is the son of a well known Arizona family.

The witness sat down and tried to reconstruct from memory all that he could recollect conceming that document at the time. The document cover looked something like this:


[Classification] SECURITY INFORMATION


STATUS REPORT No. 13 Project Grudge/Bluebook 1942 - 1951 Air Technical Intelligence Center Wright-Patterson Air Force Base, Ohio


[Classification repeated at bottom of pagel


466


The document carried a two-digit serial number indicating that 10 or more copies were made. The serial numbers were for security control of all copies. There was no control record of its routing or who had han- dled the document. The pouch it came out of indicated posession by an Fast Block country. The copy had been annotated and updated in hand written notes along the margins and in the text up to dates in 1969, and folded page inserts had been positioned between certain pages. There were no names on these notes.

The witness attempted to reconstruct his abstract as best he could remember, and as he was doing this he re-numbered the sequence order, as may be seen from the witness’ reconstruction in his own hand shown here on the following 34 pages.

But Wendelle Stevens published the following summary from the first taped interview before the reconstruction of the document was attempt- ed on paper:


1. UFO Activity

a, Significant UFO sightings (higher classified aspects).

b. UFO Landings (Not included in Grudge and Bluebook Reports).

c, UFO/Alien Close Approaches, Abductions, Detentions.

d. Crashed UFOs and UFO Retrievals.

e. Sensitive Military/Industrial Areas where close encounters had occurred.

f£. Technical Details on Dismantled UFOs.

g. UFO Physics - Exotic, Nuclear, Weaponry. (1) Clean Breeder Reactor size of oval basketball. (2) Ultrasonic, Light, Ray, and Beam Weapons.


2. Photographic Section - All Glossy Pages, photos 34"x5" and 8"x10"

a. Photographs of sensitive UFOs.

b. Qblor Photographs of crashed UFOs.

(1) Three in good condition.

(2) Qne dismantled. . lor Photographs of deceased Aliens (Average 4% feet). . lor photographs of 3 Living Aliens.

e. Qlor photographs of Human Mutilations (head, rectum, sex organs and internal organs, blood removal). One military witness shown to have observed human abduction, body found a few days later. This case which happened in late 1958 had been added to the report by’ inserting a typed page.

3. covered Haman and Humanoid Aliens

a. Humanoid Species.

b. Humanoid Autopsies.

(1) No indication of age.


Bo


467


(2) Small species similar to humans were very similar other. They varied in height by only a few inches.

(3) Liquid Clorophyl Base Narishnent.

(4) Food absorbed through mouth menbrane


(5) Symbol-forn similar in appearance to Sanscrit, + Mathems; Phrases. “:


(6) Live Alien communicated occasiona: Remained silent on mst questions.


ica) 1 responses to quest


An extensive classified summary completed the report.


That report could be easily discounted, except for the fact


that thi witness hit an unusually high number of valid keys in this trilque Pect of this phenomenon for someone with no files, no Collection o¢


material, and mostly on the move. such things in,


We have reproduced the notes he made for Stevens in the witness' own hand, sitting at Stevens' table for over two hours trying to remember. Mach of the information was news to Stevens at the time, but as you have read in this book has been confirmed by the most varied sources completely unknown to each other.

There is a good deal more to that story as once the three men met again here in the west, they decided to use their contacts and try to find out as mich about their situation and the actions behind it as they could in the hope that. they could samehow seek reinstatement.

They discovered more remarkable information equally mind-blowing, but they have all "disappeared" and have not made contact in the last four years. Perhaps at some future time it may be safe to reveal more of that story. There are a few who know what we mean. f

We have reproduced on the following pages, half size shrink sania Neroved from those hand made notes. Stevens removed the notes bats safe location and set about devising a plan to try to get mre iets mation, while at the same time testing the recollection of detail these notes on the part of the sitness.


468


AS Greve rey, C pot Urs Peoveavers 300s REO STALT, rowes GE eererne 151 LAME S eget O ree Tete ear ze Pies wre Sore J 178/ a (2 2 po Ae ai Cerat Cases


© cavers Aamancve « 


EY Coven, Tyree fees , Unor Goose 7 fi sonar 19 Coating gy remy 7 pine Breer, Lede Roats


Maree)


IT — LF Of hire) Coos & ce ae ACHES» ABOU THOR


Vv Ac Al 2 iH Ovsito, Meson? ore hs Roar Irs Common Ties Chawsas © dec mere om Meourees, Derwtie Aeohartiisin ch iTARY, WTLEO 1 Geert Porat O88 snes? i we Ac ¢ W qeenete yous Weare Ovae BALicErea¢ ) ' yeceae PH Gite OF ak ure nN eo RaEA TOR peace ¥ 5 gate We dena? Be Swap DEVE paces )P* a gay SOME Ace Cessy % ' Homanes es) ULT#) row C s CP ve n See p Aven V ponents) 2 HA puore sear OF 30 PECEArEE | cag (We Me mes “ © » Ae oe oe CHOTe Z Line 2 ey Swce /? ited! — & ye “ » Att (3 IW Geeo Ce APNE ‘ s ies a, % oe CRrasHee Disc Disa eroeY ” “ ries Cee Aas, Pa Humans Moria ee ae “ oe 3 Rectum, Sex BR EAT) fore rant [eewnade “ (HeaP, gene) Mawes +) 1 wo fous CAVE = Buooe Lemsini) Me Diy foun Same (458) Aurersies SeREres OF Feew wm)


Vary Ins HELE


Age “6. ve Jvercartord OF ALL How awies ( pane, Wasres FacWeree - ee SPRCIES Base Novels 4 lems To Sarsin et Cooneen ve THaooen Mest! Ips BEREAN —tL! Ap Lae wee Tace (Reso ge sim ipals EWA Foe over Ski PHeAses = Lae A es cAL ssw 5 = RTE AeA ner Desinee pee Herons bees sec Mike = Commo niche ee Reo ae ote Sen Te OBE aah FO Eire) seer USS gL AP Js WENO FOE om


Reet Reo 1 eo On Resi eat gre Orne ay F Facuty Loca Te veo 10 ENE asa V, TES Law Recon ee r omens Me pe GCOUnIO 3 pecence PERIM Ue0 PROP UES oR arager Ue — Resenrcy Covers Ox (54 Sed Be cy 27 A 9


se 0


oes Coens ne Men

= beraugues, Yeoh


1 BASE Permanent


Beasts mospmece, HDi smanre eb Reradiemae Liem 2 AE Mears CeAviare AMCMMECE, Di Sen aaire ea, ~ 5 =f Phos. Ci Forever oman Saerean ENT


= bhwe prem Weor In SPEcAe


_ woenesisee) Fuce Time Seignrists Havin Coe Secert® Chicane (fies


Hie is the first page of notes as the witness sat down to outline all Yemember of the document. Note revisions in order of topics.


469


Atien Tore brevis Wire PaRcimed tT WHi7e Cora Beowe SHER


ney oie Lieut Wear Avy7He


AEE AREA ~ Bpoosy. Myce

eco LieHT = oroody, Ah

(NoetHemn ae i i pee

Wo Koro, © 2, Mowe MoH (Mi Aeeay


= LECE 7 Aagck eS ee) Yo Cennent Pret, Babee IM Exec Ffouy., 2 —ftecrele, Steen Unrew Sas7) TY, Semscpes


the rer Dy00d AH AFC-TEAP Mer Sooaenmen? OF DLUE BPEcerey 4e Senne Sysrem ayy Pe Bmomicaron Aueer, Feows bur OY Mumany Feans roe? fay Posweer Az rec, Kinemar) Oatene pase Aue. Orne OreperentT ecieh, 7 22. ASU \ vt “se Jo. 3 enrecae A Spay ewe Mean


Mee O7heRs Dew,


MO-(8 Desce Woeibwive


I3-1¢ fu Bes Fear drow — (Lise A


ActwarieN — Seceer 3 UFos— 2 Uierniead, coh er IEsr OF GFas Aeven Assis t voetontng Stusy Svszemn. / Meak~ I Maren C7952 me eae peo € viene (=/2 — Untemr—(a7ree59 Ss ~ Mewicae lusritenws

0-2 ~ forer WWercer fA AS

LAVELEY AFP? Dra: Cv bhi Foe 5

Meare. - froeroa~f IS Heed ~f00. —S/Ldig ee LIE


‘The witness revised the order of the topics several times, and ee are duplications in this preliminary. He left this on the table:


470


{


{ buch = Moat 12 : me = ES LY frergta, Gly?’ eo = yore Agen o—~ eel. Panes oe Lie es, WEE ger


pgs a hbo? O42 V9Sf 4 wittis tyr ot


Pouca i vie LO US Sarinnmd UD pircoturas SOP)


tO pecapAt CE/-IE FO Cone Fn CEM urclnesen> ol To Med 5


ot hb Xs OF 95) of Ee On cca wages ha evissted Forugss


ri 2 Lnyglsp lgwaet pels tanofernidl, ‘i Epil licattar Deged we A od OD


beyplok ba~ ee Coat fale A951,


Senos 7 Te ss fags (gem Me opis BEE

ye A ETC Arsen angele tb


wralipinpecaptlice u lls Deka it


they tbeecuent day another outline was attempted on a pretext that Portis one had inadvertently been thrown away. Here was now an op- ty for the witness to change his notes if he wanted to do so. Vata antal change from the original set of notes is indicated. tT he was remenbering was fixed in his memory to some degree and

Sut very mich the same as before.


al


Ke Se, = as DEKE nse — ~ £6 He Agger Lieve * = SPACER ET Agnew ; J ay Toa Likgo) = pp rs Faced a Uuperéeeivay . — AES Say y, Métao04


- fy 2

POW Aye

- Never feapis Alen) Morente (Git tet “Ew Lge fy Seas ih: Can) VEEL tre)


Ear al ge FeO 49 Lay ie, Wee Ot Enz

7 Creede, | Letrowg 2 BNMEYTO Zo Cog tee csewrr sre (wo, Me SPER, C Asmanrmeacus


Fen) 24 M8ey esrmicree


Sancey /ISa% reas


Srxvcrey Is SROJER7-


@n additional table of notes was left after the second attempt at out- lining the contents of the document. ‘his was allowed to "cool" for cry be Joma to cemte 9 somone ae im to memory, which might pemnit better erally Pa Rapes + Perhaps if we could find Some way to re-create the conditions of mind and try to re-live that time in the mind's eye, we might pick sane more detail perhaps even of lesser significance stored scmewhere there in the consciousness. ‘he witness was certainly impressed by the document when he reviewed it.He was somewhat reluctant to continue and the whole thing was allowed to rest some more. After all, the information had only been volunteered in the first place in a discussion over the ineffectiveness of Project Bluebook as an investigative organization. They had published little of real significance to researchers who nearly all had as much infor- mation as the Bluebook reports. The witness’ contribution was that somebody was publishing better reports, and then he described having seen one, and that is how it started. The plan now was to find a way to get more information on the report the witness claimed to have seen


regardless of where or what it was.


AT2


In a further effort to clear up these notes, Stevens arranged, some three months later, for the witness to re-create the situation in his mind's eye and to try to re-enact every act and action that particular day, beginning again from the time of entering his office at Chicsands on the unusual day when the pouche was waiting. By timing the actions it was possible to recreate mich of the feelings and the visual im pressions experienced in that previous event, and to pick up more of the overlooked actions, not mentioned in the notes made. A timetable was prepared and then the witness was asked to sit down with this timetable of events and to try to re-experience the examination of the mysterious document.

In this newly created situation, another description was undertaken by the witness, in narrative voice by the witness, and was audiotaped on cassette. In this way a considerable amount of additional detail was developed. Some of these points did not agree exactly with the earlier version and many new things were added as well as several others previously omitted. The earlier note outline, already shown, had been removed to another place.

As tape No. 1 described security and control procedures, it has been erased. We have transcribed the part of tape No. 2 covering the first fart of the examination of the document. Tape No. 3, continuing the description of the document was lost when the witness' hone was broken into and ransacked. Among other items apparently taken was the com- pleted tape No. 3, which was never seen again. The witness was haras- sed, shot at, and rammed from the rear on his cycle after this, and he was reluctant to continue. He wanted the first two tapes back, which Stevens delayed as mich as possible until the witness had to leave, and said to keep them secured.

Here then is the transcript of the last part of tape No. 2...


.. Standard diplomatic courier's pouch marked » contained pouch serial number + Inside a publication with red tape which indica- ted code red security precautions and a Air Force Disposition Form... Disposition form was standard white page copy, title was Analysis Re- port...Further down was one subject analysis of enclosed report... Subject title was Analysis of Enclosed Report under Code Red. the... one read, “Analyze enclosed report under code red measures, give ab- stract breakdown and report on validity". Two,...observe all code red measures. Analysis required immediately. Underneath thatwas dash, dash dash, dash, dash, NOF ,dash, dash, dash, dash, dash.. Below that, lower left hand comer, the initials WGB under "Publication Withdrawn" hand- written. Publication measured approx 8" x 11" with gray cover, heavily bound, bound paper back style. Across the center front it read GRUDGE, slash, BIUEBOOK, Report No. 13, dated 1953, and in pencil, dash paren- thesis 1963 parenthesis. ...lower right hand comer was an AFSN 2246-3


AT3


and in upper left hand comer was the word "Annotated". Across the front, upper right hand comer to lower left hand comer was red tape indicating code red security measures. Across the front was stamped in xed ink “TOP SECRET - NEED TO KNOW ONLY - CRYPTO CLEARANCE 14 REQUIRED." Inside front cover, upper left hand comer were hand written notations in ink, which were blacked out by black felt. pen. Inside cover sheet. It was basically the same information as the cover. First page was a blank page, then inside cover on 2nd page was title page. Next page after that was an appendix with numerous notations made on it, and basically the notations dealt with inserts of what appeared to be pho- tos and additional notes. This was Roman Numeral page 2. At bottom of 3rd page it read "G/BV page 1 of 624 pages". Title page was subject letter... Not complete list of appendix remembered... Title,.. some notes on the practical applications of the Worst Nemo (?) Equations.

Table of Contents, Part 1 On The Design of Generators to Accomplish Strain-free Molar Translation. Part 2, The Generation of Space Time Discontinuums, Closed, Open and Folded. Part 3, Qi The Generation of Temporary Pseudoacceleration Locas. Part 1, Chapter 1... Design Criter ia For A Simple Generator and Qontrol System, referring to equation 17, Appendix A, Part 2, Chapter 1, Continuation of Einstein Theory of Relativity, to final conclusion, Part 3, Chapter 1, Possible Applica tion of Einstinian Theory of Relativity at conclusion.

Part 1, Chapter 2, Reports of UFO Encounters... Classification... Close Encounters (of the ist kind WE), subtitle, Sightings and Witnesses. Part 2, Chapter 2, Close Encounters (of the 2nd kind WE), subtitle, UFO Sightings Witnessed Within Close Proximity. Part 3, Chapter 2, Close Encounters (of the 3rd kind WE), subtitle, UFO in- counters and Extraterrestrial Lifeforms Witnessed... Personal Encount- ers, subtitled, Colonies, Relocation Thereof, Case Histories.

Chapter 3, Part 1, titled, Military Encounters With UFOs. Part 2,... Chapter 3, Military Reports Gonceming Sightings on Radar, and Elec- tronic Surveillance of UFOs... Subsection 2, Analysis Report, J. Allen Hynek, Lt. Qol Friend on Pertinent Data Subsection... Subsection 3, Refer to Appendix B... At this point Appendix memory becomes slightly blurred, but it continued on for about 5 pages... Qpening Subject page consisted of a report of the findings, as written by Lt. Ql. Friend and his analysis... Must stress at this point that the version seen was annotated... There were inserts that were added to this copy after it had been initially printed...

Sections remembered very vividly are the photographs and reports concerning capture sites of various UFOs, to include Mexico, Sweden, United States and Canada... There were also what are now classed as Close Encounters of the Third Kind... It was made very clear that these people, whom it was determined had genuine CE3s, were moved in


474


the middle of the night, by Air Force personnel, and were relocated to various sites in the mid-west and northwest parts of the United States. In many cases these people experienced physical ailments and exposure to various types of radiation... Qne case especially noted and remem- bered very vividly was entitled, Darlington Farm Case, out of Chio... Case apparently took place in Cctober 1953. Man, wife and 13 year-old son were sitting down to dinner there. As they sat there, lights in the farmhouse began to dim. Dogs and animals raised rucus on outside. The 13 year old boy got up from dinner table to see what was going on. Called his father and mother to come look at the funny light in the sky. Father and mother got up, and as they got up, the son went out- side into the yard and the father and mother went out onto the porch. When they got out on the porch one of the dogs broke loose from leash beside house and came running around front, and the boy began chasing it out into the open field... As mother and father watched, the light came down from the sky, and they described it as a round ball of fire, ani it began to hover over the field where the boy and dog had nun to.

As they stood and watched, the mother and father heard the boy start screaming for help, whereupon the father grabbed his shotgun, which was right next to the door, and began to mun out into the field with the mother following... When the father got to the field, he saw his son being carried away by what appeared to be Little men, into this huge firey-looking object, and it took off... The father fired several rounds at the object to no avail... They found the dog... its head was crushed, but no sign of the boy or any other footprints of the little men who apparently carried him off... The father immediately called the Darlington Police and they immediately came out to investigate it. ‘The official report read that the boy had mun off and was lost in the forest which bordered the farm... Within 48 hours, the Air Force made the determination that the family was to be relocated, and the mother and father were packed up by Air Force Intelligence, and all personal belongings and posessions were loaded into trucks and moved toa northwestern relocation site. The mother was in shock and had to go through a great deal of psychotherapy and "de-programming" as did the father.

An interesting aspect of this case was a classification under the Air Force report which read it was a gemuine abduction, and that for the good of national security the mother and father had been relocated to Relocation Zone 221-14... Not sure whether this indicates map grid coordinates or latitude and longitude, but there seem to be location zones indicated here... According to the report there were at least 4 relocation sites across the United States at that time, depending upon which type of encounter these people had... Report indicated that there were extensive medical facilities available at these relocation


475


sites to deal with all medical emergencies up to and including radia~ tion poisoning, dealing with it as limited as they could at that time, which apparently was very extensive... There was mention in the pub- lication of a site located in the Utah-Nevada area, but no indication of its purpose or what it was for...

The publication gave clear indication of reports of human mutilation, Most notably was a case witnessed by Air Force personnel, of an Airy Force Sergeant E6 by the name of Jonathan P. Lovette, who was observed being taken captive aboard what appeared to be a UFO at the White Sands Missile Test Range in New Mexico and Texas... This took place in March of 1956 (an insert) at about 3 o'clock in the moming...The Sergeant's captivity was witnessed by a Major William QGunningham of the United States Air Force Missile Test Command, White Sands, New Mexico, FHbl~ loman Air Force Base... At about 3 o'clock in the moming, Major Gin- ningham and Sergeant Lovette were out in the field downrange from the launch sites, looking for debris from a missile test when Sergeant Tovette went over ridge of a small sand dune and disappeared for sone time... Major Gunningham heard Sergeant Lovette scream in what was de- scribed as terror or agony... The Major, thinking the Sergeant had been bitten by a snake or samething, ran over the crest of the dune, and saw Sergeant Lovette being dragged into what appeared to him and was described as being a silvery disc-like object which hovered in the air approximately 15 to 20 feet off the ground... Major Cunningham de- scribed what appeared to be a long snake-like object which was wrapped around the Sergeant's legs and dragging him to the craft... Major Qun- ningham admittedly froze as the Sergeant was dragged inside the disc, and observed the disc lifting off from the surface and going up into the sky... Very quickly, Major Qunningham got on the Jeep radio and reported this to Missile Control, and Missile Control confixmed a Ra- dar Sighting at this time... Search parties went out into the field looking for Sergeant Lovette, and Major Qunningham's report was taken, and he was inmediately admitted to the White Sands Base Dispensary for observation...

The search continued for 3 days, and at the end of 3 days a search party came across Sergeant Lovette's body approximately 10 miles down range from the location where they were at... The description read that Sergeant Lovette's body was nude and mutilated, and that the ton- gue had been removed from the lower portion of the jaw, an incision being made just under the tip of the chin and extending all the way back to the esophagus and larynx... He had been emasculated and his eyes had been removed, and also his anus had been removed... There were comments of the apparent surgical skill of the removal of these items, and that the genitalia was removed with thoroughness - precise incision, as though a plug had been removed, as was the anus which ex-


476


tended all the way up to the colon base... Also that there was no sign of blood within the system... Initial autopsy report confirmed that the system had been completely drained of blood and that there was no vascular collapse due to death by bleeding... Subcomment was also ad- ded that this is unusual and that anybody who dies or has complete loss of blood there was vascular collapse... Also noted was that when the body was found, that there were a number of dead predatory-type birds within the area who apparently had died after trying to partake of the Sergeant's body...

There were a number of photos, extremely gross, which were black and white, but fron all indications the body had been exposed to the ele- ments for at least a day or two... New Mexico sun in the desert is ex- tremely hot and debilitating under nomnal circumstances...

In this section of the report, it also indicated that there were numerous occasions in which a UFO tracked alongside a fired missile, and on one occasion said missile was observed being taken aboard a UFO while in flight... The speeds indicated were absolutely phenomenal. William's father had told him privately that on more than one occasion he personally had tracked what they termed as "foo fighters" at the time... His father, an electronics engineer by profession, and a mem- ber of the Arizona ... (body deleted by author)... by choice, but at this time he was fairly well versed on electronics engineering and design, and on more than one occasion he was involved in telemetry programming of missiles...what he referred to as on board computers...

los Alamos area was also an atomic test site area in the late 1940s. For some reason there seaned to be a rash of UFO sightings around the areas, which might give indication to validity of beings looking in on us in regards to what we are up to...that kind of thing.

The report also indicated that there were a mumber of recovery teams that were activated especially for the purpose of recovering any and all evidence of UFOs, UFO sightings... this kind of thing... Most no- tably recorded in the publication was what they called recovery team Alpha... It was reported in the report that Recovery Team Alpha had been extremely active in a number of areas, and on certain occasions had traveled outside the continental United States in Mexico and Can- ada... They were based out of Wright-Patterson Air Force Base... They were on the move constantly... Further on, information in the report consisted of such things as reported sightings and the kind of thing where Air Force planes have been destroyed, or had combat encounters, or had been attacked by UFOs...

Also, there were autopsy reports of various human mutilations and this type of thing... In the memo typed up, a number of things were out of sequence...but it did deal specifically with areas as divided into sections...


477


About midway through the report there came a section which dealt specifically with photographs, and each photo was labeled and appen. dixed to certain report... A number of photos in there dealt witha recovery program of some type that took place in the southwestem Part of the United States... They did not give a location name, but they did give grid coordinates., thus unless there are Air Force grid coordinates for that area, there is no clear indication of exactly where it was... The photo dealt with special team that was called in to recover A crashed UFO... It also dealt with alien bodies and autop-


sy reports... Autopsy-type photographs, high quality, color, 8"x10" and 5"x7"... Photo #1 showed a alien being on a autopsy table, which is a metal table with runnels and traps underneath to trap fluid and feces... The body appeared to be little short of 4 feet...table about 7 feet...no clothing on body...no genitalia...body completely heterous. ..head was rounded cranium, slightly enlarged...eyes almond-shaped...slits where nose should be, plus extremely small mouth, plus receeding chin-line, holes where ears would be... Photo taken at angle, side view, looking at body at 45 degree angle... Left hand was visible... Head was going from right to left...body was right to left position... Head on right jide...closed eyes appeared oriental-looking and almond-shaped... Left hand visible, slightly longer than nonmal...wrist coming down to just about 2" to 3" above knees...wrists appeared to be articulated ina fashion that...allowed...like a double joint... With three digit fin- gers and thumb... Wrist was very slender and palm was almost nonexist- ant. The thumb and three fingers were direct extension from the wrist. Qlor of the skin was bluish-gray, dark bluish-gray. At base of body there was a darker color, indicating body was dead for same time. Body fluid or blood had settled to base of body. This indicates that body was examined before beginning autopsy... Picture 2 showed beginning stages of autopsy... Following standard procedure, body was slit fron crotch to just under chin, and green viscous liquid was in evidence. There were internal organs but could not be identified. Photos there- after concerned specific areas of internal organs of what appeared as small cluster of milti-valve heart, or at least two hearts within the cadaver... No accurate description of autopsy report or what was found within the corpse accampanied the photos... Indication that there was mo stomach or digestive tract per se... Later analysis showed that fluid within the body was clorophyl-based liquid which apparently dealt with photosynthesis or similar. The report theorized that nour- ishment was taken in through mouth, however since there is no digest- ive tract, or anything of this nature, the waste products were possi- bly excreted through the skin. tne section of report did specify that cadavers were extremely odorous, but this could be accounted for by


478


either deterioriation or a mmber of things... But the theory was that waste was excreted through pores of skin. They could only theorize in the report because there was no xenobiology. A report by Dr. J. Allen Hynek was recalled, which indicated that he had also studied the information provided by this particular case, and that he felt that it was indeed a genuine UFO capture, and subsequently (?) the alien was part of the UFO. Dr. Hynek was non-committal, but did how- ever sign this report. It was also indicated in the report that he did not view the bodies personally, but viewed photographs and accompany- ing reports from autopsies.

The photos dealt with a number of bodies which were vivisectioned in various ways... At one point, a head was removed from body and photo- graphed... An autopsie was performed on the head. The cranium was opened and brain matter was photographed and was evident... Interest- ing thing about the photo was that there was ridgebone or dividing partition-type bone munning directly through the center of skull as though dividing two brains one from the other. This seemed apparent fron the pictures. The skin was completely removed from the cranial structure and the skull was laid bare as mich as possible. At one point it was divided directly in half and photo showed underteveloped esophagus and nasal cavities... No clear photo of eye orbs as we know them... Just photos of complete vivisectioned skull itself... Numerous Photos of flesh of the being, starting with cutaneous and subcutaneous layers... Microphotos - graphic plates, appeared to be cellular stu- dies done under microscope...and electron microscope type photos... extreme magnification of tissue samples... (End of Tape 2)

There it is with all its grammatical and other errors, exactly as it was narrated on tape. That is all that survives of this mysterious story.

We cannot affirm that this is not a fiction, because we do not have the document, and we do not even have any other witness who has seen this document. All three of the men who handled the document at Chic- sands have now "disappeared".

That story as we know it is as bizarre as the discovery of the doc- ument itself, and, for obvious reasons, is equally unverifiable. Again we have only the word of the witness up to the point of his disappear- ance.

While they were working on the audio taped re-creation of the point by point development of events in the review and preparation of the abstract of the document at Chicsands, English received a letter from Sergeant Horne in Belem, New Mexico. Home wrote excitedly of encoun- tering Ool. Black in Albuquerque, now divorced and living alone, as was Sergeant Home. They had also deduced about the same reasons for their rebum from England as English, ami had begun investigations


479


with their contacts still in security to see what the real reasons were and what they could do about it.

They picked up leads to an event that had taken place in one of the range areas at the White Sands Missile Test Center, and decided to cet sane proof for themselves.

They pooled their resources (English sold his leather goods business in Tucson to raise his share) and purchased a heavy 4-wheel drive van especially equipped to carry out their plan. The van was purchased ani prepared in Tucson. Both Sgt. Hore and Obl. Black came to inspect it before they took delivery. Home and Black purchased other tools and special equipment they thought they would need.

Horne came in and joined English to take delivery on their big van. Stevens, who had been working with English to re-create and record the review of the document, was invited to join the team, but had to de- cline due to other committments, reserving a possibility of joining the team later.

‘The two men left Tucson in the van to pick up Black and the rest of the equipment and proceed.

About 10 days later Stevens was awakened by an insistent scratching on the screen of his bedroom window. Looking at the clock, he saw that it was 02:15 in the moming! He got up and went to the window and saw Bill English out there by the tree-sheltered window sill. Going to the door and letting him in, he found English disheveled and exhausted, glasses cracked, abrasions and smidges on his clothes, dirty, witha several day beard, and on the verge of collapse. He was hungry and thirsty and wanted a cigarrette. He had been walking for hours.

Sitting him down, Stevens drew a full tub of hot water and tumed the bathroom over to Bill to relax and clean up. Stevens fixed coffee and sandwiches, and found a shirt too big for himself that might fit Bill, and same big heavy socks. English bathed and ate and described what happened until about 04:00, and then wanted to be driv- en to a lady friend's apartment where he had left his motorcycle and some clothes. He had Stevens stop several blocks away and let him out so as not to alert the neighborhood.

Stevens met him once again after that, in the middle of the night, about a week later, when Bill told him he was going to have to get out of Tucson, because two men in civilian suits had been to the woman's home twice asking about him. They had also visited the man who had

bought the leather shop and others, and had been seen by neighbors in the local vicinity.

That was the last contact Stevens had and nobody has seen English since. A friend in the Tucson Police looking for leads, discovered some dreadful news. A man about the same size and build as English, wearing a black leather jacket and riding a red Harley Davidson cycle,


A80


was sideswiped on his left by a car and knocked off the road where the cycle crashed killing the rider.

It was not Bill English, but it did point up the danger he thought he was in. That man and bike would have looked like Bill from behind! During the two hours in Stevens house that night of retum, English related a hair-raising story if true.

He and Sgt. Horne went to Belem where they were later joined by Ol. Black.They studied highway and topographical maps and reconnoitered the access roads all around. They picked out a route and went in with- gut lights on a dark night, walking the route ahead of the vehicle to avoid surprises, amd got to what they believed to be the first area they wanted to examine. They were inside the test range area.

They began deploying the equipment they would use here and set to work. English was a few hundred feet away using a metal probe to check the ground, and he believes Hore and Black were in the truck doing something. Suddenly there was a whoosh and a blast with a lot of light and concussion and then darkness and falling debris. English was blown off his feet and rolled through the scrub, getting cut and scratched and sand and dirt in his hair and eyes. He started scrambling away from the area as fast as he could go. He didn't hear anybody else do- ing the same thing, and he was not going to wait around to see what else would happen. He ran and fell numberless times, still going when he heard a helicopter that came with a searchlight and flew around and then went away again.

At daylight he hid in some scrub in a wash and waited for darkness again. He was out of sight of the blast area by then. He saw several vehicles he thought might be running range patrol, but none came near him. He got out of the range area by the following moming and got to the river that parallels the highway there. He washed his face and tried to straighten up his appearance, and caught a ride to Truth or Consequences with a rancher. There he waited at a filling station with @ restaurant until he could catch a ride to Tucson.


The real question now is not so much what Bill English said was in the document he read, but how much of that is independently corrchor- ated by other evidence not available to English.

Ye are amazed by the significance of all this.

As it tums out, there is quite a bitof other corroborating evidence Supporting various of the statements made in the notes and dictation left by Bill English. the more such, though unsubstantiated in fact, is offered for its independent information tending to support some of the other data reported.


481


We are indebted to Dr. Berthold E. Schwarz, M.D., for another report that fits our alien body description. this case was also reported in his two volume UFO DYNAMICS, Book IT, page 536:

"The following serendipitous account concerns the UFO-related exper~ iences of a former battle-tested military intelligence officer, who is known to myself through several extensive personal interviews, and by telephone and follow-up correspondence. This highly decorated gentel~ man has held responsible positions in which he has repeatedly demn- strated his patriotism and bravery. He is fluent in several Oriental languages and has written sane authoritive monographs on security, Although his UFO narrative is similar to most close encounters that cannot be "proven," it seems to relate to Stringfield's writings and other published material. Since the officer's credentials certified his need for anonymity, and since I have not come across anything like his experiences in my UFO psychiatric researches, I felt that his account should be included. Interviews of some people who knew him well and who are known to myself vouchsafe for his honesty and excel- lent work record. The officer is a successful private citizen who has received many commendations for his courage under fire and for his or- ganizational skills. As far as I am aware, he has experienced no pre- vious emotional instability, use of psychoactive or psychedelic drugs, or contact with noxious chemicles in the line of duty. At no time has he sought publicity for or, as a matter of fact, told anyone about his UFO experiences other than a few close friends of his stepfather. My cursory psychiatric examination of this person revealed no evidence for overt psychopathology, and if what he is saying is apocryphal or untrue, one would have to ask what his motive would be in view of his failure to receive any monetary gain or prestige from his story. If his account is part of a ruse on his part, or if he is consciously or surreptitiously being used by organizations for purposes not clear at this time, this would be an extraordinarily expensive operation, and many would have been fooled for no ostensible reason. The Officer spoke in a clear, direct mannet, but it was obvious that he did not enjoy discussing his experiences. It was as if he was relieved to tell me what happened, and then he wanted to have nothing further to do with the subject. Here is what he had to say:


Schwarz: Tell me now, what happened years ago?

Officer: It was several years ago. I was with the military intelli- gence unit in Arizona. I met a friend of mine who shall remain name- less, and as I happened to mention the subject of UFOs -- experiences I had overseas —- he said, ‘Well would you like to see some Aliens? I said he was joking, but when I saw he was not, I said OK. I did know that he was with a base in Arizona, so he drove me there, but I doubt


482


if I could ever find that place again. ‘There was a highway above ground that went over the base, and after a tum at the entrance, we went underground. We violated every security code in the book. Because of this and the fact that I had a top secret clearance at the time I wondered if this was some kind of a set-up — that they wanted to put a man with combat experience in this spot and see what he does — to sew the seeds of doubt. It was too obvious. We used a staff car and not a private one. We entered a vaulted area.

Now this was on a week-end and the security amazed me because if was so lax. When we got in I observed five humanoid figures. I'll give you as description as best I can. Remember I doubted what I saw. They were very, very white. There were no ears: no nostrils. There were only openings: a very small mouth and the eyes were large. There was no facial hair, no head hair, no pubic hair. They were mide. I think the tallest one could have been about 34 feet —- maybe a little bit taller. As I recall there were three males and two females. The heads were large--not totally out of proportion--but large. Does that make sense?


Schwarz: Yes. Officer: It wasn't exaggerated, in other words. Slender fingers: slen- der legs. There was a small bone structure. Can't think of what else.


Schwarz: Did you see genitals? Officer: I don't remember seeing that in the men, or the female organs in the women, No, I don't remember seeing breasts on the women?


Schwarz: How could you tell they were women?

Officer: As I recall, he told me that the female of the group, the youngest female, was not there. Now he told me that they [the entities] were vegetarians. The teeth were smooth, flat and very small. When I saw the smallest female in the group I could see clear suture marks. My friend said there had been an autopsy, opened with a Y incision. Fron all this they concluded that she was hundreds of years old. There was no bruising on the body. There were no signs of injuries to any of the bodies. I wanted out. I was scared. I wanted my security, and what protection did I have if I were caught? I had no right to be there. I didn't want to understand anything. You get inand you don't get out. I wanted to have a clean record.


Schwarz: Go on.

Officer: They had the craft, and here's how they got it. He didn't give me a date, but it was seen on radar in this area [Arizona]. The craft appeared on radar, then disappeared. It was slowly going from left to right in an arching, falling-leaf motion, slowly falling or descending. You could pinpoint it by cross-triangulation [on radar]. There was no pattem to this descent. It just continued from left to


483


xight, until it finally settled in the desert. When they [themilitary] got out there and they started examining the craft they found a small hole. Evidently a meteorite had hit this craft, caused rapid decap pression, and the people died from that. They were in their seats which were tilted to back on a seventy degree angle. I saw that the seats were a dull bronze metal—not cold to touch. I left my finger prints all over. I still doubt everything. They do have the craft but where, I don't know.


Schwarz: You never saw it? Officer: I saw samething, but it wasn't that. I saw other parts that they had taken from the machine, and things like that from other craft.


Schwarz: Other craft?

Officer: Crashes, and things like that. He told me about one partic- ular crash. Qut of somewhere there was this horrendous explosion which almost knocked a tourist's car off the road. The tourist reported it


as a meteorite strike and they went out and found a UFO half buried in —


the sane with absolutely no damage to it.

Schwarz: Was this in Arizona too?

Officer:No, this was in Nevada, and this craft was brought back to the site that I saw.


Schwarz: What did it look like?

Officer: From the bottom, it was almost flat. It was almost 20 feet across--almost--because I walked it. There was a slight dome, but with a gradual rise. It was dull silver, but it was not paint. Inside the craft no cloth, but dull brown material like a coating over it. Any- where you hit it, you'd get the impression there was something under- neath it. There was a chair in front of a screen. It looked like a screen. It might have been for some navigational purpose. He wouldn't tell me about it. There were instruments off to the side. Anyway, there were other slots to the side, and a big piece of metal med — a computer-like appearance. There were switches and lights. I saw symr bols [figures a and b]. The screen was like a TV — circular, no grid marks. You could put your hand in it. It was more than seven feet high, as I judged. it when I walked in and therefore I would guess about four feet round. I didn't ask about the symbols, triangles cir- cles, rectangles, odd shapes. The gold and green stood out. Beautiful gold. Ghe was green that wasn't green. The color wasn't dull, it was bright. Everything was flush, nothing standing out. There were levers by the seats--stuff I can't describe. There were no holes or rivets. A [container] came out of the wall and part of the food was there. They mist. have been vegetarians. The aisle was very narrow with thick black cloth over it. There were no screws, weld marks or rivets--smooth as


ARA


if it were painted, but it wasn't painted. It was not metal, yet it was firm, not cloth or plastic or fibreglass.

Schwarz: Not painted?

Officer: Not painted. Now, they know how to open and close the doors. This guy had been handling it for same time. This craft in Arizona—he let me in to see the one with the Aliens. It was in a warehouse under- ground--well hidden. Tt was cordoned off with yellow hemp rope. The pack section had a material with a code mmmber. But he wouldn't let m in to see the craft that had been buried in the ground 10-15 feet. Schwarz: Did you know this fellow a long time?

Officer: Yes, we go back some time — we were buddies in 'Nam, and it is just one hell of a strong friendship between us.

Schwarz: You trust him implicitly?

Officer: Yes, I do, but also I know that he puts Security above all else, and that's the reason I wonder if this was a show-and-tell prop- osition.

Schwarz: A plant?

Officer: Yes, to sew the seeds of doubt among the population. Because row that I look back on it I doubt what I saw.

Schwarz: Do you think you were set up?

Officer: I don't know. I really don't know. But I find it difficult to believe. I really don't know.

Schwarz: How about the eyes of the little occupants?

Officer: Oh, that was interesting. They were tear-shaped with the slant going to the outside.

Schwarz: Wrap around?

Officer: No, no. They were not. They were large, Open.

Schwarz: Did they have lids? Cbuld you tell?

Officer: Nob, I could not tell.

Schwarz: Eyebrows or anything like that?

Officer: No brows. Two openings for the nostrils, and the same for the ears. They were delicate. They looked as if you touched them they would break. No signs of wrinkling on them either.


Schwarz: How could you make the guess that the lady was more than 200


years old? Officer: This is what I asked him. He said from the countof the ridges


on the brain. I never heard of that before. Schwarz: Approximately when did this happen?


485


Officer: In the middle 70's. But they had this [craft and entities] from several years before.

Schwarz: Did he tell you if they have other specimens?

Officer: He said that they have several. He said there were parts also...


Schwarz: Following this odd business in Arizona, did you have any aii visitors or questions about what happened?

Officer: Yes. I got the feeling that same of my brother spooks did the usual follow-up. Something like that... My Dad is a good officer. Al- though he has seen and taken a lot in his career, he was effectively coerced. He was visited by three nondescript individuals in a non- descript car with credentials that were not authenticated... not FBI. They asked questions about my career. they wouldn't attract open at- tention by their clothing or conversation. Dad never saw their eyes... and they wore sun-glasses. They would came and ask questions in my neighborhood and then get out, leaving everybody upset. My family would get calls from Washington.


This report is very interesting for its corroboration of certain detail-- the underground facility, parts of crashed UFOs together with preserved remains of bodies, similar descriptions of the hodies, etc. We feel however, that the location has been displaced in keeping with the man's history, to disguise the facility and the officer's possible identification with it.

What stands out clearly is the remarkable similarity in all these stories, coming from different directions, from people completely out of touch with each other, who are usually unaware of any other person telling the same story. It all hangs together very nicely, Does it not?


APPENDIX 8


ALIEN BODY PHOTOGRAPHS


A few alleged photographs of the bodies of alien UFnauts supposedly fron crashed UFOs, have been offered from time to time by unreliable and unverifiable sources. There are pictures of whole-bodied extra- terrestrial humanoids (even then classified as FIs) as well as photos of body parts such as the severed arm on an examining table in what appears to be a medical facility. A peculiarity here is that a man standing by the table, presumably a doctor, is wearing an Amy uniform, rather than Air Force. We have no doubt that such photographs exist for we have viewed and examined some of these photographs ourselves.

Qe such photograph was published on page 247 in a Japanese Book titled there f+ tHiC HABA (translation - "UFO Occupants") copyright 1985, ISBN 4-89521-130-4, This picture shows a right shoul- der, part of the right rib cage (with ribs all the way to the abdomen) and a fractured right ann and hand. The hand has only four long digits or three fingers and a "thumb", all joined by a short membrane. (We have seen similar photos in Leonard Stringfield's home in 1979.)

This business of UFO occupant photographs has taken same very biz~ arre twists. A series of 4 photographs of alleged Els was published by a once factual, but by then sensationally lurid, UFO magazine with a new reputation for almost total dishonesty. When Bernard O'Connor was the editor (for the first 10 issues) of "OFFICIAL UFO", published in New York City, the magazine developed a reputation for integrity and honesty, and went to some pains to verify the stories it accepted for publication. The Publisher, [Myron Fass (?)] ordered O'Gonnor about that time to "spice up the stories", which O'Connor refused to do. He left the magazine instead and an office staffer was promoted to editor to carry out the publisher's wishes. From then on the magazine became a joke with little or no validity at all, and lost its UFO researcher readership, but picked up a good many less educated sensation-seeking fans. The story to go with those four photographs was dreamed up out of thin air by the office staff. It had to do with "Alien Bodies Found in the Undercity Caverns of New York, used by the ET Inve ", etc., and not one word of the story was true.

The facts behind that story are that those photos were delivered to Myron Fass in a plain brown envelope with no story, by a messenger with a note suggesting they might be useful in the companion magazine, ANCIENT ASTRONAUTS —- with an appropriate story. ANCIENT ASTRONAUIS was put out by the same sensationalizing staff. It was inferred that those photographs were the result of same model-making by a friend.

What that magazine did not know was that those same photographs had


487


been delivered a little later to Leonard Stringfield by one of his trusted informants, who claimed that they came from a medical research center on the eastern seaboard of the United States, which had exam ined and pathologically described one of the alien bodies from a fal~ len UFO. We have held in our hands and read the summary page from the front of a copy of such report in the hands of Charles Wilhelm, and have seen the institution name, and that agrees very closely witha similar summary which was reconstructed for us from the missing Pro- ject Grdge/Bluebook Report No. 13 by the intelligence analyst who was summarily discharged from his post at Chicsands, was "debriefed", and was immediately retumed to the U.S.A. under conditions that would prevent his retum to his family left in Pngland.

After the successful compromise of those four photographs by the sen- sationally lurid magazine, Stringfield decided not to do anything with them, though he personally had no reason to doubt their authenticity.


They had already been "stigmatized" he said, and he did not relish the


uproar that would follow.

Now we suggest that this was exactly the purpose for which those photos were delivered to the UFO magazine the way they were, and why it was that particular magazine. We visualize a scenario where the custodian of such information at the institution in question, has dis- covered a loss from one of the "sensitive" files. Not knowing what happened to the missing copies of the photographs or where they went, nor what would be done with them, that part of the situation was out of control and, fearing the worst, the case officer in charge decided to "fight fire with fire" and took the bold move, certainly a success since it served its purpose... Many, seeing these photos again, will simply scoff at them saying they were from that "nutty" UFO magazine.

Though Leonard Stringfield has a great deal of very valid material in his posession or under his control, he is very careful about the confidences he accepts. He also is very conservative by nature and at this time in life seeking answers primarily for himself. Let me assure you however, that Leonard can back up everything he says very well if and when he chooses to do so. He has not published any of these photo- graphs because they may possibly lead back to his sources and may en- danger them unnecessarily. We have had to rely on other sources.

Positive proof in the form of full release on these photographs my still be long in coming.

On the other hand, the claims that these are doll models in model preservation and display cases doesn't stand too well either. Lf they are dolls, they are remarkably accurate in their similarity to the actual UFOnauts described in Secret reports by others. And the "model preservation cases" are quite elaborately detailed, even to the vent- ing of vaporous (nitrogen) gas; a degree of sophistication not neces- sary in a simple ruse.

AQQ


From a transcription of Leonard Stringfield's slide lecture before The Cleveland Ufology Project on 20 September 1980, we extract the following:

"These photos were obtained through an intermediary who was aware of them and a lot of other infomnation this source claims to have. He has a number of photographs, same of them, I understand, much better than the ones I have received. Hopefully, if I do everything right, whatever that may be, I may get more, which may be of a mpre telling nature.

“One area in researching these photographs, first of all, I want to say, what you are about to see is one area of my, our research. This information comes to me from people in an area of expertise, that know what they are doing, and are doing everything they can to help me es- tablish their validity. I have also heard from two sources, very high up people, in a position to know, that the photographs are genuine, that. is the subject matter, the subject matter; I want to stress that, in the photographs is real. They could make no claims about the photo- graphs themselves; the various ways these photographs had been steered to other areas for use, to offset their use, in the event they are used. This is another reason why I have to be so careful in using or referring to these photographs at this time.

"Hopefully, if I ever do another paper, in the next few months, I hope to come out with everything I can gather from all these sectors and publish them. It is my feeling at this time that the subject mat- ter of these photographs that you will see is bonafide, but it remains to be proved.

"The photos which you will see, which I have received, show a dark~ toned body with a luminescent light source above the body. Some ex- perts who have reviewed this felt this sort of anomalous...

"The photos received show a dark-toned body. Same of the bodies were bummed in different degrees, and show up from a beige to a dark brown. I've also seen from my source, which I do not have in my posession, and this gives credibility to some degree to these photographs; I've seen two dis-membered bodies in the same casements, same conditions, which were hardly photocenic. What I mean is they were the type of thing which you just would not show in a magazine or anywhere to get a point across that we were talking about extraterrestrial aliens. These I found to be more convincing, really, than the ones that show the entire body, because why would they take something that looks so utterly messy to prove sanething. I have seen those photographs; they show the leg... and the central part of the body is a bunch of miss- mess which is the charred and dismembered section. I have seen those on a trip I made when I first saw the photographs, but those were not tumed over to me... Those shown here tonight are eight photographs I


489


have received, showing the body from different angles in the same glass-covered casement.

“I have a photograph which I did not bring with me for certain rea~ sons which shows a close-up of the claw-like hand with the sort of swivel effect at the wrist, and the upper arm leading into the rib- cage. fi ing my source, I know of other material the man has which is rather enlightening, and in time, with his permission, I will publish. Up in this region, not clear in this particular photo, there are two beakers issuing out liquid nitrogen, these are up near the head. This is the superstructure of the body, this is the head region, the torso, the chest region running to the abdomen, long amms reaching down and so forth. Along this side of the casement are refrigeration units leading into the case... These are units (ducts) shown in other photos I have showing mich more extensive workings, the pipe units leading into the glass case. Again, what you see along the contour of the body

"What we are seeing here is an infra-red technique., but you do get a clear picture of the glass case, and the two beakers here with the supposed liquid nitrogen emerging venting from the brakers near the head. It also shows the left and right piping leading into the case.

‘Those were some of the statements made by Leonard Stringfield at the Cleveland lecture. He is well aware of the almost constant effort to discredit these photographs to destroy any credibility they might in fact acquire. Of particular interest here is the reference to other photos seen of dismembered parts of similar bodies stored in similar cases. Surely a hoaxer would have a difficult time of creating such body parts in the unique anatomical structure described and then to rig them realistically in such realistic cases camplete with venting nitrogen vapors inside the cases, and for what purpose? Nobody ever paid one cent for these pictures, neither the magazine nor Leonard Stringfield.

We have furnished two more of those photos clipped from the ANCIENT ASTRONAUTS Magazine (another of that four was shown at the end of Chap- ter I, and the fourth from the clip from the Japanese book shown near the end of Chapter IX) here, for your examination. Stringfield declins further release on the actual photographs in his posession until he knows more about them, however four of them will agree with these four exhibited here.


490


“azeuy uoTyeotTgnd A0J ANIZWENMW SIMWNOMISY INSIONY ,SSeq uozAW oj pereaTTep ATSnomAuoue sojoyd amos sy JO CML


APPENDIX 9


BLUE BERETS


In the aftermath of the fiasco over the Roswell and Magdalena UFO crash/recoveries in early July 1947, those in charge, headed by then United States Secretary of State, General George C. Marshall, scurried to plug all gaps in policy and procedure and to get control of the situation. More UFOs came down, and they didn't know how many more there would still be. The craft and their occupants were obviously foreigners, so State Department was involved.

By the time of the Aztec crash on 25 March 1978, the authorities in charge had matters pretty well under control, and the Aztec recovery was seemingly carried off without a hitch. The Nueva Leon, Mexico, crash on 7 duly 1948, near Laredo, Texas, was also nearly faultless, but this was primarily due to the hurried but detailed planning by a few, and a number of programs rushed into being.

Qe of- these programs reportedly involved the "Blue Berets", an organization of highly specialized, all service, equipment operators and transportation movement specialists. These men were especially trained and carried Equipment Operator's Licenses permitting them to check out and use all kinds of heavy lifting, transportation, and even earth moving equipment. Their licenses were a special service-wide authorization allowing them to go into any government motor or equip- ment pool and conmandeer any and all equipment items they might need. ‘They were given priority over all other operations when they were on a call, and they answered only to their team leader who bypassed Service levels and reported directly to samebody above that.

The Blue Berets were reportedly organized at Randolph AFB at San Antonio, Texas - across town from the big San Antonio Air Depot, of the Air Material Command. Business picked up and they expanded rapidly. Their specialists came from all branches of the Services. Some could Operate tanks and tank retriever vehicles. Others could operate boats and barges, and could handle dock and floating cranes and lifting gear. They had members who could operate railroad equipment and switch en- gines, and who knew how to load, move and operate rolling stock

The Blue Berets maintained up-to-date tables of equipment available at all government equipment parks, pools and organizations, and knew the ladder of authority for each.

By the beginning of 1948 Blue Beret teams had been decentralized to be more available for rapid deployment against any alert, hence the quick reaction from Camp Hale in Gblorado in the case of the Aztec UFO crash. By then the equipment teams had been augnented by security control teams as well, who knew exactly what to do and could take com plete charge of a situation and control all aspects of it. Me of


492


their officers was a Captain R. V. Painter.

An interesting sidelight on the Camp Hale special mission came to light in 1982 when Bill Moore and Hal Starr went to the area to follow up on a lead from a long time friend of Starr's. It seems this friend of Hal's had mentioned seeing an official-looking "Historical Marker" along the highway in Qolorado near the abandoned ruins of what was once Camp Hale, a former United States military facility. According to the marker, the base had once been involved with "interplanetary veh- icles"... Nobody knew who had put the sign up. When the Ranger Station at Mintern, Qblorado, determined that it was not a State sign, they took it down, (One of the Amy's secret IPU teams was based here.)

Camp Hale was the official hame base of the 10th Mountain Division during World War II. The sign indicated that this base was oneof three sites used by the "Interplanetary Vehicles Group". The sign carried a map showing the locations of UFO detectors and a quarantine area.

According to an article in the Eagle Valley Rnterprise for 22 July 1982, xreporter Rick Karlin wrote that Joe Hartman of the U.S. Forest Service, said he had heard stories of CIA and Special Forces training activities at Camp Hale in the 50s. Karlin described the sign - now gone - as being installed at the Camp Hale Overlook on Highway 24, a few miles south of Red Cliff. It was mounted on a wooden stand with plexiglass covering.

Forest Ranger Bob Poole told reporter Jackie Bryant of the Vail Trail that he speculated the sign had been placed there by some "nut". “All the nuts are not locked up," he said.

Had Hal Starr and Bill Moore gone a little farther with their in- vestigation and talked to some of the local ladies now in their 60s, who were young wamen in that area dating service men from Camp Hale in 1948, they would have discovered that the activities of the "Blue Berets" at Camp Hale were not unknown, and were very exotic indeed.

Another Blue Beret operation that may have successfully been covered up has been synthesized from a number of unconfimmed reports. After giving a lecture and slide show on UFOs to Officers of the Gomunica- tions Command at Fort Huachuca in 1981, an older man came up to that Speaker, Wendelle Stevens, and stated that he knew of a UFO crash and recovery from the local area. It happened back in the first of the 50s when he was a Deputy Qounty Sheriff in that Gounty. He was coming back from patrol south of town when he saw a lot of vehicles and a number of people milling about along one side of the road. He stopped to see what was going on, and was told that a flying saucer had crashed back up the ravine there. Military police were trying to move the people back and asked for his help. He called for more assistance and then began trying to move the crowd out. They set up barricades and prevented people fron stopping and entering the area. They kept this up for most of the day, and then more military reinforcements arrived


493


eer ‘Ae ot “TREAT (opssoreg) tro,


CLOSE ENCOUNTERS


OF THE CAMP HALE KIND?


Dy Jackie Bryant — ws mtigeut ue sant wernt


iatker Wins erected bs worester with the US est SHIM an 122 ut wah ty pas 8 Serie Olle ay Minturn Organization KIKI" as, i still» emiystery tu Vout


fuls are nit hacked up "He saul 1 will pub

highway deparime

the sign, but int

some tourists are whing 9


von Ack, this mnarker hab


rected (0 inturm the putihe thie marker, Underlying motives for the So, if you haya to te in the fies) hd construction of this Citp ttl Wd Sight LEO


landing, une NEY UN Kem it 1s ust wnotter Horizontal markers were interplanetary Velvele (aking


intended ta be hiyiuy visible sighs advantage ol uur bustatality


An official-looking "Historical Marker" was installed was installed at the Camp Hale Overlook on Highway 24, a few miles south of Red Cliff in the early 1980s. It was a wooden stand with plexiglass covering put there by an unidentified party. (Vail TRAIL, 16 July 1982)


494


with lifting equipment and heavy transportation low-boys. These new men wearing special navy blue coveralls and baseball caps quite ob- viously took charge of everything. They had no insignias of rank nor organizational patches or symbols of any kind, but they all seemed to kmow each other. They were driving vehicles with Fort Huachuca mark~


ings and numbers on the bumpers.

This new team went right into the area and took over. They stationed their ow accompanying guards in the same uniforms on all high points in the inner area. The regular Fort Huachuca rescue and security per- sonnel were sent back to base. The Sheriff's deputies were asked to remain and keep the road clear.

‘This new team worked all that night under floodlights on the equip- ment and vehicles, and before daybreak, sane equipment and low-boy trailers pulled by heavy tractors came out and headed north up the road. They took their own convoy vehicles to clear the way. Others remained behind to clear up the area and restore it like it was before the event, and then they took their vehicles and equipment back to Forth Huachuca and tumed them in.

Puzzled by the mystery of the whole affair, this deputy went to seme pains to inquire discretely about various aspects of the affair. He discovered that the men in the blue coveralls came in by military air— transport, each carrying a blue duffle bag. They disembarked and got into waiting vehicles and went right to the Motor and Equipment Pool, and with a special authorization letter which they carried, they told the dispatcher exactly what they wanted and provided their ow fully qualified operators for every piece checked out. It was all checked back in the following day, except for two low-boy tractor and trailor rigs and two pick-ups. They were retumed by other military drivers a little over a week later. They had taken over the vehicles from others a day earlier.

later, at an APRO meeting in Tucson, when Stevens mentioned this, Michael H. Landwehr, a paraplegic in a wheel chair there at the meet- ing mentioned that at that time, before his injuries, he was working as a dispatcher, and knew that something unusual like that had hap- pened there. He had heard then that a flying saucer had come down south of the base, bat didn't get to see it. No confirmation there either and the whole story just lay in the notes file. It more likely would have been forgotten and lost, except for a letter received by Tou Farish that had been written to him on 25 September 1985. That new letter, though lacking confirmation, renewed interest in this Fort Huachuca story, and so it is offered here for what it is worth. We may remind that the writer of this letter knew nothing of the other fore- going information. The writer was a woman who asked not to be identi- fied and Lou has not done so.


495


"...The story of the crashed UFO must remain brief, as that is about all my husband told me. He was a military man to the core with a NATO Top Secret clearance. He felt very unconfortable with the little he revealed, but he was on his way to 'Nam and ‘knew he wasn't coming back alive'. Mily once prior to that, one evening, he abruptly asked me if I believed in UFOs or life in other galaxies. Naturally, I said yes, and asked him the same. He replied, 'Now I do.' When pressed for clarification, he merely smiled. Since I've been reading and studying about them for years, I truely pressed. He would not be moved. The following was divulged 16 years ago (after more urging).

"The best I can surmise, was it had to be in 19540r 1955 the latest. He was a Marine and what he was doing at an Amy base, I'm not sure, though its not unusual to have other branches of the service mixed in certain areas.

"Tt was at Fort Huachuca, and he worked at the airfield (this is prior to becoming an Air Traffic Controller). He did not divulge month or date, and matter of fact, being uncomfortable as it was. It seemed a blip was picked up on radar and moving with inordinate speed. No traffic was supposed to be in the area and they contacted other in- stallations to see if they had anybody ‘upstairs’. The reply was in the negative, so they put everyone on alert. Meanwhile it was descend- ing at a rapid rate, and they could see it was going to crash. It went off the scope and "below horizon', and they told everybody to get in the vehicle and get over there. By the time they got there, There were several brass and others there just looking at it. When they realized what it was, they herded everyone except key personnel out of there. However, my husband had time to see it. It was sticking out of a dune at an approximate 45°angle and dull aluminum in color. Saucer-shaped. Nb openings i.e. doorway, windows, etc. were visible nor any '‘seans, or bolts, etc. No size was given. After they got back a Major rounded then up so to speak and made them sign a statement indicating they heard and saw. nothing - in fact that nothing had happened that night. My Tusband said that some scuttlebut had filtered down later. Though, this could be considered pure conjecture, the info they heard was that they dragged it to someplace in Nevada (Nellis AFB?) to an underground hangar to study it. Try as they might, they couldn't scratch it, dent it, break it or anyway gain entry. All attempts (at that time) were rendered useless.

"That is about all. It is unfortunate I can't tell you more and if my husband knew more he didn't say as he did mention he wanted no repercussion on me after he was 'gone'...

We feel there is quite a bit of "smoke" here for there to be no "fire". What do you think?


496


But the centerpiece of this Appendix, and the nearest thing to con— fimmation, cares from Leonard Stringfield, himself. Stringfield says he first heard of the special Blue Beret unit (sometimes called "Blue Boys") from his source, a pilot, in Case A-1 in his Status Report II, which goes back to 1977. In 1978 he learmed even more about their operations from a former Amy Intelligence Officer (Case A-3, same Status Report) who described how they “operated secretly and effect- ively by using diversionary tactics to prevent public interference, Such diversions include creating power blackouts," he said.

While in Florida to meet this informant, at a time when Stringfield lectured at a college there, he chanced to speak first-hand with a former Blue Beret, who described his extensive training and same of his retrieval missions of downed American aircraft behind enemy lines in Viet. Nam.

Perhaps the most significent revelation from Stringfield's files, however, comes firsthand from a former sergeant in the Blue Berets, whose unit was alerted when an alien (ET) intruder was shot and in- jured during a UFO encounter at Fort Dix, New Jersey, and later cros- sed a fence into the ajacent McGuire AFB and died on an abandoned run- way there. The sergeant told Stringfield that after being dispatched to the site, where he helped cordon off the runway and stood guard, he was shocked when another special unit of the Blue Berets, unknown to him at the base, took charge and completed the retrieval operation. His unit was told to stand guard outside the ropes. For the full story see, "The Fatal Encounter at Ft. Dix-McGuire: A Case Study", published in’ the MUFON Proceedings, 1985.

Stringfield is actively searching for other Blue Beret operations... and observers or participants willing to contact him in confidence, His address is 4412 Grove Ave., Cincinnati, Ohio 45227


497


APPENDIX 10 AIR FORCE TESTS DISC-SHAPED CRAFT


The following article originally published in IDEAL's UFO Magazine was forwarded to us by Gerald Schultz after he heard that we were pre~ paring an Appendix on UFOs sighted near Nellis AFB and a jet fighter pilot who was held and interrogated at Nellis after sighting such an object in the air, until he pretended they had convinced him that he had seen a water tower and thought it was a flying disc.

We had never seen this article before, so you can imagine our sur- prise at finding several more points in corroboration of the informa- tion we had obtained from entirely different sources.

We had seen other evidence that the Avro publicly announced project was a smokescreen to hide more advanced projects carried out in high secrecy. The indications were that the American developments at that time were jointly carried out between Edwards AFB and Nellis AFB while * some of the real captured UFO craft were being studied nearby at the old "Red Light" facility and at the Sandia Complex in New Mexico. There are other development facilities as well as other research sites also

In the normal compartmentization of projects for security the re- search staff would not nommally be aware of the analysis staff and their work, and vice versa. They would have been working independently under a remote supervisor of both-—-also super secret.

While pulp magazines cannot be regarded as very official sources, it is sametimes possible that that is the only source with enough nerve - and little enough to lose - to risk exposure to the wrath of official agencies seeking to repress.

If all of the leads by all of the researchers along this line could be put together, we might have something tangible to work with.

This article features one of several such craft designed and built around conventional propulsion systems consuming fuel and requiring a storage system for consumable fuels aboard the craft. Other more ex- otic systems based on other methods of propulsion were developed in complete secrecy at high security sites around this country and even abroad.

Here then is a clipping of that article as published. Unfortunately the date or issue number of the particular copy of IDEAL's UFO Maga- zine from which this was taken was not furnished with the clip, and will require a little more research to tie it down. This was actually a follow-up article after an earlier one resulted in considerable new information of a corroborative nature, sufficient to prepare this se- quel report.


498


. ef my Transportation Museum i, Va.


‘atthe U.S. Ar In Fort Eustis


q Hioniy foerecte Ch, ,


PRiKtY Fase (G0 Cera,


O a Nee! L O Fiyoris Gases, Ts ty


By RUFUS DRAKE


Editor's Note:


Rulus Drake has reported on the UFO scene to national publications for 10 years. A pilot and Air Force veteran, at ease in the Washington bureaucracy, Drake set out to follow up the relerence In our first issue to Air Force flight tests of a captured flying saucer. Here, he unfolds the story behind this long-standing rumor.

Is the rumor true? Or isn’tit Much in this thought-provoking account is based on speculation and hypothesis. The views expressed are those of the writer. We encourage comment and criticism.


| was within 500 yards of the guarded warehouse at Nellis Air Force Base when a guard stopped me. He ‘was in battle gear and his M-16 rifle was persuasive. After some discussion, the guard agreed that | had a right” to be on the base but explained that | must have taken a wrong turn, since the Armed Forces Day open house was being held several miles away. was ina restricted area, he said, and would have to turn around, Sadly, ! peered over his shoulder atthe fenced-in, unmarked, low-slung building, knowing this was as close as ! would ever get to it.

When the editors of /deal's UFO Magazine asked me to check into reports that the Air Force had test- flown a captured saucer, neither they nor | expected to get an actual glimpse at it. We had heard that the align space ship had been recovered and tested almost a quarter century ago, but did not even know iC itwas still in existence, After months of prowling in the Pentagon and at the Nellis base adjacent to Las Vegas, | became convinced that the saucer is still be- {ng stored in that warehouse. Some day, perhaps, the Air Force will open the doors of that plain, drab building and reveal to the world one of the best-kept secrets of all time.

Until then, many of the people who contributed to the story which follows must remain unnamed. Ga inthe story must be left vacant. And the reader will have to judge for himself how much weight to put ‘on each detail. The editors present this account with the understanding that much of its based upon tumor and hearsay, and that none of it can be “proven” under generally accepted rules of evidence, for obvious reasons.

With those limits stated clearly “up front,” here are the main conclusions | reached in several months of research, after more than 100 interviews with per- sons having inside knowledge:


© During the big “UFO flap” of 1952, the largest this country has seen, the Air Force captured a saucer, rebuilt it using earthly technology, and later test-flew it several times, For reasons unknown, the tests were halted and the saucer placed in storage until 1974, when the craft was again rebuilt and flown.

@ To divert attention from this project, and to provide an "explanation" for a saucer winging over its test base, the Air Force ordered and built aman- made saucer aircraft, the Avro VZ-9, even though Army experts warned that the VZ-9 was a waste of money.

@ When it publicly abandoned UFO research in 1969, the Air Force also dismantled a top-secret corps ‘of scientists and technicians who were working fran- tically to contact aliens from space, This was done, but a modest, under-budgeted clandestine effort was continued, long after the Air Force had physical evidence that alien ships were operating in our skies.

tall began that summer of 1952, while radar ‘operators at Washington National Airport tracked UFOs in waves. F-34 jets scrambled against them, and saucer sightings filled the nation’s headlines, Lt. Col. William “Bull” Anderson is one of the few airmen who would permit the use of his name in this ac~ ‘count. Now retired, Anderson was flying an F-94 from Andrews AFB, Maryland, when his ground con- troller diverted him with an SOS message reporting a crash in the Virginia tidewater region. One of several pilots asked to check the crash report, he arrived on the scene high above a strange wreck in aremote swamp.


“I circled overhead at 1,000 feet and looked down at a saucer-shaped craft which had burrowed into a mud flat and partially disintegrated, after knocking over several trees on its way in. There were signs of activity around the wreck, impressions in the mud, and apparent scorch marks. Yet according to the radio traffic, rescue teams had not arrived yet. | was told that the area was being sealed olf and that teams were en route by helicopter. Low on fuel, | was also told that they didn’t need my help, after all.” ‘Agquarter century later, Anderson could not remember the exact location or the name of the nearest town. Another Air Force officer recalls a flurry of activity at Andrews AFB: messages being passed, security guards being alerted, and elicopters coming and going. Apparently, chopper crews retrieved the saucer only to find that its crew had already been pulled out, by an identical saucer seen on radar atthe crash site before aircraft arrived. ‘Asource who cannot be named claims that helicopters brought the saucer to a guarded hangar at Andrews and that ground crews scoured the crash site for days afterward, recovering debris and detec- ting signs of radioactivity. Kcontinued on page 24


uro 2


Rumors were rife, during this period, that a saucer had been captured. A secretary then assigned to the Air Force’s Aeronautical Chart and Information Ser- vice, in Room 1 E 394 in the Pentagon, confirms that there was a “rush order” to develop film, which had to be filled by an employee having the highest security clearance. Published reports confirm that President Truman ordered top-secret military briefings of the two presidential candidates, Adlai Stevenson and Dwight Eisenhower. At the Nellis test base in Nevada, a team of Air Technical Intelligence Center (ATIC) personnel was hastily thrown together to receive a new piece of equipment

Aviation writer Jerome 8. Candless was covering the Washington scene then, and remembers seei through the Air Force's cover story. "A Polish pilot, Franciszek Jarecki, had escaped and landed on the Danish island of Bornholm in a MIG-1S jet fighter. ‘Our boys were fighting MIGs in Korea then, and the first MIG ever seen in the West was considered a ‘big catch,’ When a hush-hush team of 200 people was thrown together at the Nevada base, the casinos in Las Vegas were buzzing with the story that they were

joing to test Jarecki’s plane. The only trouble was,

for political reasons the Danes quietly returned the MIG to Poland, and reporters found out about it.”

‘Amember of the ATIC team at Nellis, assured of anonymity, gave me this description of what the “Polish MIG" looked like when it arrived from the East Coast in April 1953:

“it was a perfect saucer, 30.3 feet in diameter, with thickness ranging from one foot around its cir- ‘cumference to nine feet at its center. Ithad a raised cockpit similar to that of a fighter plane and an enclosed area beneath, five by five by seven feet. Its propulsion system had been total'y destroyed and

although in- volving familiar materials, was almost incomprehen- sible. No one ever seriously believed this was an in- terstellar star ship. The feeling was, It was a small craft designed to operate from a mother ship in orbit araund the Earth. ludging from its dimensions, and from the battered wreckage of acceleration couches, Itwas designed to carry two crew members, ap-


2 UFO


parently with human-like limbs but considerably smaller than human beings. It took months of work to redesign the thing so ahuman pilot could fit into iw

This is as good a point as any to emphasize that the Force denies that the space saucer ever existed. /e have no record of any such thing,” says Major ‘Thomas Biggs, an information officer at Nellis. i the Pentagon, | had come across areference to 20 A.C.,"" supposedly the file number of a photo


‘of a“UFO in flight,” bearing the penciled notation apace saucer at Nellis."' A friend in Dayton, Ohio—once headquarters of ATIC—had come


across a Form 31F, “Record of Destruction of Classified Material,” marked “Nellis Saucer, 1953-

55.""I was told the photo had been destroyed in a routine weeding-out of files. Biggs may be right. There may not be any records. And the evidence presented here is, of necessity, circumstantial.

But the previously-quated ATIC man adds:

“There was exhaustive debate at Nellis over, whether the thing could be flown, Metallurgy ex- perts understood the composition of the machine, and actually identified new alloys that we had under development. But nobody could figure out what held it ‘up’ Someone remembered that the only time the saucer shape had been tried on man- made aircraft, the Navy's Vought V-173 and XF SU-1 ex- perimental fighters of World War If, it had been a complete failure. Since there was no ‘airfoil’ built into the saucer shape, it was assumed that it did not operate on the principle of ‘lift’ but, rather, was moved solely by its propulsion source. Ironically, this is the principle used in air-cushion vehicles, which we developed many years later.””

Preparations were apparently underway at this point to retrofit the space saucer with two Wright J65 Jet engines and attempt to fy it, using jet thrust only. While the craft was rebuilt at Nellis, the Air Force was busy in other areas. Arrangements had to be made to cope with the aliens whose existence was now con- firmed. And a “diversion” had to be created to draw attention away from the tests at Nellis.

What was the Air Force doing during this period?


501


The UFO community has long been rife with rumors that "contact tearris” were being established to han- dle what might bethe most important eventin all history, the first face-to-face encounter between humans and extraterrestrial intelligence. Each team reportedly consisted of an officer who'd graduated from the Foreign Affairs Training seminar at Fort Bragg, North Carolina, a doctor, a psychologist, a languages specialist from the Defense Language Institute at Monterey, California, and several paramedics. According to the rumors, these teams were “alerted” for contact with landed saucers several times but never actually encountered aliens.

Ifthe “contact teams” ever existed, all records on them must have been destroyed, Even a request filed under the Freedom of Information Act failed to yield any proof that the teams ever existed. Years later, however, | received a letter from MSGT Parks W. Finley, who recalled a flurry of activity at Thule AFB, Greenland,in January 1955:

“Guys in the radar outtit were telling me that a

UFO had been sighted and had apparently landed on an ice cap 40 miles away. The base was sealed off and placed on alert A high-ranking general arrived in an executive jet from the Pentagon and was followed by several teams aboard C-124 transports. The teams were billeted in heavily-guarded quarters and prohibited from fraternizing with the rest of the men on the base, The rumor was, this special group was going to be taken by helicopter out to the ice cap where they could contact the crew of the UFO. 1 later heard that they flew out there, but found nothing.”

‘Another military source, a Pentagon insider who asks not to be named, told me in an interview:

“Throughout my career, | heard reports of a Top Secret operation aimed at handling the first meeting between humans and space travelers, On one occa- sion, | met a lieutenant colonel who told me that he had been in an outfit assembled and trained for this purpose, and that it was in existence from 1952 to 1969."

W's significant that 1952s the year of the rumored saucer capture and 1969 the year the Air Force publicly stepped out of the UFO picture. If, indeed, the Air Farce abandoned its interest in UFOs in 1969, what about rumors that the captured saucer was test- flown during 1953-55, stored for a long period, then test-flown again in 19747

What, 100, of rumors that a secret Air Force study of UFOs is continuing—even if the “contact teams”


502


and test-flight program have been abandoned?

NBC reporter Ralph Blum, co-author of Beyond Earth: Man's Contact with UFOs (New York: Bantam, 1974) has postulated the existence of “Room 39,” the supersecret location, presumably in the Pentagon, where saucer data is processed and UFO policy is determined. Blum suggests that Brigadier General Edward Giller, a top nuclear expert with high securi- ty clearances, was unable to gain entry to “Room 39” because he could not demonstrate a”need to know” what went on inside.

Other UFO researchers have come across evidence of a secret Air Force project, reportedly continuing on a modest budget since the publicly- announced 1969 divorce [rom UFO affairs, In 1972, writer Otto Binder came upon evidence that the Air Force has a “warehouse” of retrieved parts and debris from saucers, although he apparently learned nothing about actual flight tests of a captured saucer.

Was Binder aware of the same building | “discovered”?

My own investigation produced numerous reports—but no firm evidence—that the captured saucer, after being fitted with man-made J65 engines, was test-flown at Nellis between 1953 and 1955. One source told me that the tests produced lit- tle of practical value. Experts apparently had not mastered the aerodynamic. Principles of thesaucer shape and only tests of brief duration, at law altitude, could be accomplished. Most of the alien technology had been lost in the original crash.

Did the Air Force consciously embark on a“diver- sion“ to draw public attention from these tests?

Man-made saucer aircraft had been under con- sideration for years, but the saucer shape had repeatedly proven impractical. Apart from the un- successful Vought designs of World War Il, the public record confirms that wind-tunnel tests were carried out in 1952-53 at the Navy's David E. Taylor Model Basin, Potomac, Maryland. They produced disappointing results. James Williams, a technician who participated in those tests, told me that “no special utility” to the saucer shape could be found. continued on page 26


UFO


He added, “Other aircraft designs looked more promising...”

Colonel Robert Gammon, a historical expert on ‘Army aircraft, says he has always wondered why a “joint” Army-Air Force project was embarked upon in the mid.'50s to develop a new, man-made saucer airplane, “Neither service had a pressing need,” ‘Gammon says. “In the aftermath of the Korean War, purse-strings were tight and funds were urgently needed for more practical aircraft, The Avro VZ-9 man-made saucer was an interesting idea, but there was no clear requirement for it.”

‘Or was there?

Was the Avro VZ-9, serial number 58-7055, also koown as "Weapon System 606A” and shown in a previously unpublished photo on the cover, intend- ed asa “smokescreen” to shift attention away from the real saucer—the alien space shipt

Ui there was any other purpose behind the VZ. has become obscured by questions this project rai ed from the start. Why the "weapon system designation, when the craft was never designed to be armed? Why, at a time when the U.S. aerospace industry led the world, did Army and Air Force purchasers go to a Canadian firm, A.V. Roe Ltd.

(Avro) in Toronto? Why was the VZ-9 extensively publicized when first announced in 1955 (while the real saucer was allegedly being flown) and yet not publicized when it finally made its frst test flight on December 5, 1953? Why was the test program halted after a few, unsatisfactory tests?

Did the Air Force need the VZ-9 only long enough to cover up its testing of an alien space ship, then lose interest when those tests ended in 1955?

‘Any reader intrigued by this man- made sidelight to the alien UFO story can see the VZ-9 at the U.S. Army Transportation Museum at Fort Eustis, Virginia, near Norfolk, I saw it there last December. It sits ona pole, out of doors, a quirk of history now left at the mercy of the elements. Its three Continental 69 tur- bojet engines have long since been removed and its claimed (in 1955) top speed of 300 m.p-h. and range


UFO


‘of 1,000 miles were never attained. It hardly flew at all, and, says one expert, “when it did fly it wobbled like a sideways yo-yo . ‘

It’s possible, just possible, that it achieved its pur- pose. A fledgling aviation writer in 1955, | recall that whenever a journalist raised the subject of flying saucers with the Air Force, he was immediately told about the VZ-9,


But not about any secret UFO investigation. Not about Room 39, contact teams, or the testing of a captured alien space ship at Nellis.

Not much can be deduced about the tests of the captured saucer at Nellis during 1953-55, although it seems apparent that little was learned from them about alien technology. Again, the captured ship wa apparently intended to operate only rom high Eart ‘orbit, not across the reaches of deep space. Still, some UFO researchers believe that the captured shi, may have contributed to the U.S. ability to “come from behind,” at the time of Sputnik I, and overtake 2 formidable Soviet lead in space exploration.

Who flew the captured saucert Several well- known pilots have been suggested, among them George E. Kimball, who had earlier been the second man to fly faster than sound, Iven C. Kincheloe, a Korean War air ace, and Daniel (Chappie) James, a leading black aviator. Kincheloe and I corres ponded in the 1950s, and there was an uncharacter= istic six-month “gap” at one point which hardly proves anything, although he was at Nellis at the Time. Recently in Greenwich, Connecticut, | inter


503


viewed retired Brigadier General Kimball, Working ‘on another subject at the time, | reminded him that we'd exchanged letters in 1955 and had met in 1969. Alter discussing his role in rocket research, ! tagged ona question asan afterthought: Had he heard of a captured saucer and had he flown it? "That's one! don't have in my logbook,” Kimball said, somewhat enigmatically.

Asstrong possibility exists that the pilots who flew the alien saucer were not well-known atall, and deliberately stayed out of public view."'The whole thing was very low-key,” says one source,

Inanarticle in an earlier issue of this magazine, the story was told of a reputable aviation photographer who accidentally gained entry to the Nellis test zone and took pictures of the captured saucer in 1974, only to have his film confiscated. | re-interviewed this authority, and found his story persuasive, al- though—again—he cauld provide no solid evi- dence, The ATIC expert quoted earlier also claimed that tests were resumed for a brief period in 1974,

Why?

“itcould bejust one of those arbitrary things that happens in the government. You know, somebody pushes hard to have his way and eventually succeeds. Or maybe by installing newer jet engines, they felt they could learn more about its perfor- mance.”

‘Another possibility is that by 1974, tests could assist the advancing state of technology in air-cushion vehicles.

It could afso be that the Air Force learned some- thing new about aliens from space—still un- disclosed—and decided that further tests would be worthwhile.

The 1974 tests were also reported in a tabl newspaper which quoted a pilot, using ‘name, as saying that he had flown the tabloid apparently located several veterans with first- hand knowledge but, as in my own efforts, could find none willing to be quoted by name. An employee of that newspaper told me his staff was


conyinced the story was true, and regretted not hav ing further details.

It’s the absence of those details which is so frustrating. What was learned from the tests? How many people knew of them? With evidence of an alien presence in its hands, why did the Air Force abandon public investigation of UFOs and cut back sharply on its secret effortst What have leaders of our present-day U,5. government been told of the tests? What of presidential candidate Jimmy Carter's pledge to release “every scrap of paper in Washington” on UFOst

Were vital records destroyed to keep the tests secret? Why?

The air of secrecy provides fuel to those UFOlogists who charge that the government has secretly been in contact with space aliens all along, and that the public isn’t being told for fear of wide- spread panic. If that’s what's happening, maybe our leaders underestimate the toughness and resiliency of the strongest asset we have—the ordinary American.

Al the beginning of this report, I made clear the limitations, the gaps, the doubts which persist until and unless solid information becomes public. These disclaimers are particularly important at atime when othersin the UFO field are publishing sensational stories which appear to have little basis in fact. Even after hearing that the captured saucer isin storage today at Nellis, | knew there would be no way to fill in the gaps or ease the doubts, The “case” I've made here, the case fr the Air Force fight-texting «cap. tured saucer, is probably the strongest to be publish- ed yet—but it remains weak enough that, after months of probing and prowling, 'm only 90 per Cent sure I believe it mysel.

It begins, and ends, the only way it could have—with a guard turning me away from a wares house at Nellis. Was! that close, after all, ta undeni- able evidence that man has received visits from the starst

The reader, as | said up front, will judge. a


veo®


éMOU STUQ UT aM ome 870UM “SQS6T eu} UT peqse2 Sem Tepall STYL “4yeroAzTe ad ostp-Hut ATI 4Ttng-ugzeg Tequeutzede syq Jo suotszan pezemod jel uo-MoT [OJ ayA JO suo Jo aangotd © ST STUL


An earlier issue of IDEAL's UFO Magazine carried the following report on page 16 (Issue identification not included in this clipping):

“Benjamin Schermer, editor of Armed Forces Journal, picked up "Cap- tured UFO" rumors several years ago, but didn't print them because he felt they lacked sufficient evidence. (They all lack sufficient evi- dence because it is all picked up, the very purpose of the covert ac- tivities operations in the first place.)

“Otto Binder, a well-known authority on the paranormal, says he's seen classified evaluation reports on a "warehouse" filled with parts and equipment from a crashed saucer, though not necessarily an actual saucer in flying condition.

"A man we can't name, an aviation photographer and a credible source, claims not merely to have seen a captured UFO but to have taken a Kodachrome-25 color slide of it with a 35-m. camera and a 500-mn. telescopic lens. This happened in 1974 in the sunbaked desert at Nellis Air Force Base, near Las Vegas, the site most frequently mentioned as a possible UFO test base.

"Our photographer can't be identified because he holds a defense- related job, although not connected with what happened that day. A Mem- ber of the American Aviation Historical Society and a spare-time col- lector of aircraft photos, he'd spent the moming--escorted, and with permission--taking pictures of F+111 fighter-bombers belonging to Nellis' 57th Fighter Weapons Wing. Heading home, he followed an impulse to explore an isolated desert roadway which is part of the Nellis res- ervation. Passing low stucco buildings and a hangar and parking apron, he was waved ahead by a security policeman—a mistake, he now believes, because his personal vehicle is a Jeep. "I was wearing suit and tie, so maybe I looked like I belonged there, and my old blue clunker could have been mistaken for an Air Force Jeep,"

"Moments later, he saw a saucer-shaped craft rising and approaching at low altitude over the desert.

"Tt was the size of a small fighter jet, saucer-shaped except for a plexiglass canopy. It was natural-aluminum color except for a number in black paint on its upper surface."

"I saw the pilot, wearing the usual Air Force Helmet and faceplate. As I watched, a tripod-like landing gear was sucked up into the bottom

of the craft. It was obviously taking off, in an area where no civil- ian observer would see it."

"I know now--because I've checked, and the information is unclas- sified--that a ‘flying saucer’ was built for the Air Force in the 1950s by the A.V. Roe (Avro) Company in Canada. But I also know that the Avro saucer was flown only briefly, in tethered tests inside a hangar, and was later given to a museum. For several years now, the Avro saucer


506


has been on outdoor display at the U.S. Army Transportation Museum at Fort. Eustis, Virginia, and it isn't the craft I saw that day!”

"What I saw must have been an alien spacecraft."

"I was excited. I leaped out of the Jeep, aimed my Nikon, and started clicking. I have a motor-drive on my camera, so I got off a full 36 exposures during the few seconds the craft passed right in front of me, less than a quarter-mile away. Some of those shots would have been clear, frame-filling pictures as sharp as anything ever published..."

"Would have been!

"IT was immediately surrounded by security police! Vehicles seemed to come from everywhere, blocking me off. They grabbed my camera, yanked out the film, and held it up to sunlight. I was questioned, bad- gered. The fact that I'd been legally admitted to another part of the base earlier in the day was the only thing that prevented a felony charge of unlawful entry. I was taken to one of those stucco buildings, where a captain hinted they might make trouble for me with my employer —although this never materialized.

"I left that place a very frightened person..."

This man is a responsible citizen. His story is one on many which, heaped together, point a finger at the Air Force.

“Better proof, to the extent it exists, comes from occasional leaks —like General Brown's (?). It comes from statements by military pilots who won't be cowed. It comes from fragments of data picked up by ser- ious UFO researchers, and from the sheer abundance and credibility of stories circulating around the nation's airfields over the years. Lamped together, it adds up to a convincing argument--if not evidence-- that the Air Force is perpetrating the Big Lie.

"The Big Lie about investigating UFOs, about seeking contact with their crews, maybe even about having contacted them already and acquir- ed one of their saucers.

"The Big Lie about being worried about UFOs—-deeply, seriously wor- ried over the threats they may pose to our nation, our world, our species.

But our own research and developments along this line did not start, nor did they end there with A.V. ROE in Canada. We actually began our study of circular craft in 1945 with the capture of certain German technology and some of their research projects in our wide-scale col-

lection of German technical documents right after World War IT hostil- ities came to an end in Burope. We learned that the Geman scientists had carried their circular aeroform development projects to a rela~ tively high degree of sophistication, and were making considerable progress in some fields of aerodynamics up to then ignores by us.


507


THE GERMAN "FLYING-DISC" PROJECTS


Slowly we are discovering that Geman research workers and scientists made the first moves in the direction of this circular aeroform, though they were necessarily limited to atmospheric flight, and were subjected to all the advantages and limitations of earth aerodynamic principles and their effects on design.

German engineers built and tested near miraculous flying machines as early as 1940. Designes were drawn up by such Genman engineers as Schriever, Habermohl and Miethe, and the Italian Bellonzo. Habermoh] and Schriever chose a wide-surface ring which rotated around a fixed central cabin. The ring was made up of adjustable vanes which could be brought into proper position for take-off or horizontal flight as de- sired. Miethe developed a disc-shaped plate 42 meters across, in which adjustable jets were installed. Schriever and Habermohl worked in Prague, where they launched their first "flying disc" on 14 February 1945. Within three minutes they climbed to an altitude of 12,400 meters: and reached a speed of 2,200 km/h in horizontal flight -- so they said. It could hover motionless in the air and could fly as fast backwards as forward. This "flying disc" hadadiameter of 50 meters.

The Austrian, Viktor Schauberger discovered what he called an "implo- sion" principle and invented a motor to take advantages of this new principle. The motor consumed only air and water and generated light, heat, and motion. In the implosion motor a diamagnetism was developed which made lift possible through "diamagnetic levitation". In Vienna, one 10 foot model took off vertically at such surprising speed that it shot through the 24 foot high hangar ceiling and was blown to bits.


In GERMAN WEAPONS AND SECRET WEAPONS OF THE 2nd WORLD WAR AND THEIR FURTHER DEVELOPMENT, published in 1962 by J.F. Lehmann in Munich, the author, Rudolf Lasar devoted a whole chapter to the German "flying discs" in which he stated, "The development, which has cost millions, was almost complete by the end of the war. No doubt the existing mdels were destroyed, although the plant in Breslau, where Meithe worked, fell into the hands of the Russians, who removed all the material and technical personnel to Siberia, where further work on these "flying saucers" has been carried on with much success. Schriver just managed to get out of Prague in time. Habermohl, on the other hand, must be in the Soviet Union. Miethe is in the U.S.A. and, as fas as can be deter— mined, is designing "flying saucers" for A.V. Roe & Co. The machines which have been observed to date, have diameters in the order of 16, 42, 45 and 75 meters...

In a letter to a friend dated 2 August 1958, Viktor Schauberger said: "The flying saucer which was flight-tested on 19 February 1945 near Prague, which attained 15,000 meters in three minutes... wa constructed according to model I built at Mauthausen concentration camp in collab- oration with the first-class engineers and stress-analysts assigned to me from the prisoners there. It was only after the end of the war that I came to hear, through one of the workers under my direction, a Czech, that further intensive development was in progress: however, there was no answer to my enquiry. From what I understand, just before the end of the war, the machine was supposed to have been destroyed on Keitel's orders. That's the last I heard of it. In this affair, several armament specialists were also involved who appeared at the works near Prague, shortly before my retum to Vienna, and asked that I demonstrate the fundamental basis of it: The creation of an atomic low pressure zone,


509


————


fs Es cg Pig cz te Sa 2 to


pable of 2,600 (International)


before Germany's collapse and


‘thine would be ca,


gue university graduate said he made


3 2 2 Fa a os a a a 2 2 of = Be 2ag%d 7 Sweet xz Hose ms eeec S44 arise 3 sohe NDw Ss_lf¢E Bes ee o 5° eee 9 e re cecas ba >


42 FEET


[


A FORMER WUFTWAFFE captain and aircraft desi:


a

3

g

A

OF é

«S Zo 2

~ uw of B 38 22 3 i 26 7 3 £8 0 s 33 E 0 §


six to nine months. The 40-year-old Pra;


PROPULSION JET mph with radius of 4,000 miles, Schricver is a U. S. Army driver at Bremerhaven.


‘nat the blueprints were stolen from his laborator:


throughout the world experimented in the eur!:


the United States in slueprints for such a


510


ich develops in seconds when either air or water is caused to move

yasially and axially under conditions of a falling temperature grad- "

ie particular interest is another, quoted in the same book by Rudolf

usar, by Schauberger to the same friend, dated 23 January 1958, in

which he said: ; .

"an American consortium offered me $3,5000,000 to divulge the secret of the UFO to three of their experts. A similar offer was made by Can- dian interests. Both groups wanted to come here to see everything... I answered. « - until the signing of an intemationally valid provisional

tt, nothing would be demonstrated..."

his contract, of which we have a photo copy, is a typical example of unscrupulous American insatiability. In it Viktor Schauberger not only made over to those clever Yankees all rights to his patents, but also all his ideas, thoughts and discoveries, past as well as future. More- over he was not even allowed to talk about them with others. This con- tract degraded him to an empty shell, for his brain, his intellect, aye his whole being and all his thoughts had become the "property" of that U.S. organization. A contract was finally signed.

Several hours later, towards midnight on the 2oth of September, both Schaubergers finally arrived back in Linz. Then began the last 100 hours of Viktor Schauberger's life. No one, however, had the slightest pre- sentiment of it. He died suddenly on the 25th of September 1958 at 74 years of age. "I don't even own myself any longer," he said in utter dejection to friends a few hours before he returned to his home.


EARLY GERMAN TEST MODELS


The Schriever-Habermchl Model I prototype was built and tested in 1941-42 at the facility near Prague. It was followed by a Model II in 1943-44, and by a Bellonzo-Schriever-Miethe discus in 1944 based on the Henri Coanda designs.


pulblasbare Landepufter, inflatable landing buffers


Model I, II and III data is from UFOs, NAZI SHCRET WEAPON? Samisdat '75


Model |


viaweus Si


Model |


This prototvpe was first test-flown in 1941-42; it is also the world’s first vertical take- off flying vehicle. It has similar flight characteristics as the Schauberger models but it was ‘less stable. The wings which Issued from the centre of the craft like spokes towards the outer rim, were tiltable. The Germans called that ‘Flugelrad” or Wingwheel. This caused the designers immense problems because the smallest imbalance caused the wingwheel to vibrate and this vibration Increased at high speeds and was the cause on many occasions of wrecked machines. Perhaps the best comparison is to the tire of a car that is not properly balanced or is unevenly worn. Since the r.p.m.'s were so utterly fantastic, the problems faced by the designers can be easily appreciated even by the layman. Whilst car wheel balancing can be corrected by adding lead slugs to the rims of the wheels, German UFO scientists could employ no such crude remedy and so it was repeatedly “back to the drawing board” and it was absolute perfect workmanship which finally eradicated the problem. This model was test-flown with the standard German Rocketmotor then in use and called the Walterrohr. Because of its tremendous speeds, fuel consump- tion was very high and there was not sufficient tank space on board. At first, the pilot sat in a reclining contour seat as in an airplane. Later the position was changed to lying flat. Provision was made for one flight mechanic whose compart- ment can be seen below the “Flugelrad”. The jet engines on all conventionally propelled flying saucers were manouverable or tiltable in order to achieve whatis called the “Coandaeffeckt" which results in the vertical take-off of the craft. Many improve- ments were naturally made in the course of the experiments and flight trials.


512


UFOs, NAZI SECRET WEAPON?, by Mattern-Freiderich, Samisdat, 1975


Piotenraum 2Pioten legend


Model II


Maschinenraum \Techrirer


unten autblasbare Gummipuller shock absorbers


Model I! embodies some of these changes. The size has been increased to accomodate two pilots ly- ing in a prone position and the engine compartment as well as fuel carrying capacity have been increased. This model also used an airplane-like rudder steering-assist mechanism for stabilization. Speeds of between 1000-2000 km/hour were reportedly achieved. The problem of wheel balancing had been solved and the wingscrew or wing propeller arrange- ment worked to satisfaction. The German terms coined at the time were “Vertikalzugschraube” or vertical pull propeller. As soon as the desired height was reached the propeller blades were adjusted to a very flat angle and now the pull up pro- peller became the “Tragschraube” or carrying propeller — very similar to the principle of the helicopter.


513,


a ae ey ey Ce eee ee, eee ee


Model Ill


Saugschlitze 1 Schwenkdusen


Ballenzo ~Schriever—Miethe= Diskus” Start-und Landebeineunten aulblasbare Gummiputter, ein-und austahrbar


Model If This is the final model; some experts refer to it as the Bellonzo- Schriever-Miethe Diskus. This version was produced in various sizes, some as large as 135 feet and even 225 feet in dia- meter. Actual speeds recorded were over 2000 km/hour. Con-


ventional rocket motor speeds of up to 4000 km/hour were anticipated. As is clearly visible, this model already incorpora- ted a very aerodynamic shape and for the first time also had retractable stilt-like shock absorbers. The craft is ringed by a sophisticated arrangement of tiltable directional jets which guaranteed not only a tremendously increased manoeuverability but also increased speed and better fuel utilization. The top of the craft was ringed by suction openings which had a dual purpose; a) to cool the engine and b) to create a near vacuum into which the craft could glide or ascend into with much less effort. The flight mechanic or flight technicians’ compartment was retractable during high speed flying and was only lowered during slow flying or upon landing.


In this advanced, conventional, design can clearly be seen all the basic ingredients of just about every subsequent UFO type which has been sighted and photographed around the world. Undoubtedly, these models were also powered by Viktor Schauberger's flameless and smokeless implosion motors. However, to date, no German technicians who ever


worked on these advanced machines have volunteered their


Prom the book GERVAN JET FIGHIERS, by David Masters, Jane's Publishing G., Ltd., 1982


Project Saucer


n interest in disc-shaped aircraft seems ed from about the spring of 1941, when Rudolf Schriever, a Luttwatfe aeronautical engineer, designed his first “Flying Top”, the prototype of which was being test-flown in June 1942, Schriever followed these experiments - carried out in collaboration with three colleagues, Habermohl, Miethe and Bellonzo ~ by


how these early designs were to be powered, but a bigger version with advanced jet engines twas reportedly designed at the BMW Tactory neat Prague.

Information on this aspect of German jet aircraft development is very sketchy. The project was always highly secret, and documents that may have existed ‘were probably either destroyed, lost or taken by the Russians when the war ended, A last possibilty is that the Allies discovered Schriaver'swerbenosenaciaradlt oo important 10 reveal. However, in the late 1950s Faaall Schnever Titaelt desorbed his. work on a ‘wartime research programme named “Project Saucer”.

The Schriever and Habermohi design comprised rotating around a central cupol cockpit. The disc was made up of adjustable Surfaces which could be positioned for take-off or level flight. Dr Miethe also developed a 138K (42m)diameter flying disc powered by vectorable jets. This machine is said in many references actually to have flown, andone source even pinpoints the date of the first flight as February 4, 1945, and the place as Prague, On that


‘flight the machine. designated V-7, is supposed to have Sienbed To a Regn ot 47 BOOK TTT aSOim ust three minutes reaching a level speed of 1.218mph {1.960km/ hr) But Schriever claimed aher he war that Eula Ri pipg cise won tyade taady tor teurng enrtyn 1845, the preparations we cancelledinthe face of the Allied advance, and the machine was destroyed and all information lost or stolen. The factory at Bresiau at which Schriever’s saucer 1s said to have been built fell into Russian hands. and the prototype and the tech- nicians working on itare believed to nave been captured and taken to Siberia to continue the project under Soviet control. Also_rumoured was another_near- complete tiying disc which was exoected to be capable


‘of reaching J.000mph (4.B30km7 hry “Aiaugh The evdenos or ine Extence of a German flying-dise programme: is very tenuous, the senior official of a 1945 British technical mission revealed that he had discovered German plans tor “entirely new and deadly developments in air warfare These plans must Obviously have gone beyond normal jet aircrah designs.


‘as both sides already had jet-powered aircraft in production and operational service by the end of the war, Moreover, before Rudolf Schriever died some 15, years after the war he had become convinced that the large numbers of post-war UFO sightings were evidence that his designs had been developed and built,


515


The Bellonzi-Schriever-Miethe design was similar in many respects to the Henri Coanda design shown below. It is interesting to note that a number of these German Disc experts, and Henri